PALHZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. VOL. LXX. THE WEALDEN AND PURBECK FISHES. Parr II. Paces 49—104: Pruares XI—XX. THE PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Pager Pt. Pacrs 303—461; Prares XXXIIIT—XLIV. THE PALMHOZOIC ASTEROZOA. Parr III. Paces 109—168; Prares VI—XIII. BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. Parr XI. Pages a—m, cxlix—clxxi, 527-539. Title-pages and Index. Issuep vor 1916. California _Academ y of Sciences RECEIVED BY PURCHASE Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2011 with funding from California Academy of Sciences Library http://www.archive.org/details/monographofbriti03spen bo PALAONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIKEPY. YOu Xa: CONTAINING . THE WEALDEN AND PURBECK FISHES. Part Il. By Dr. A.S. Woopwarp. Ten Plates. . THE PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Part III. By Mr. F. W. Harmer. Twelve Plates. . THE PALAOZOIC ASTEROZOA. Part II]. By Mr. W. K. Spencer. Hight Plates. . BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. Part XI. By Miss Exttes and Miss Woop (Mrs. SHAKESPEAR), edited by Prof. Lapwortu. ‘Title-page and Index. ISSUED FOR 1916. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE PALHIONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. AGENTS FOR THE SOCIETY DULAU AND CO., LTD., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W. 1. FEBRUARY, 1918. THE PALAONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY was established in the year 1847, for the purpose of figurmg and describing British Fossils. Hach person subscribing ONE GUINEA is considered a Member of the Society, and is entitled to the Volume issued for the Year to which the Subscription relates. The price of the Volume to Non-subscribers is TWeN?ty-FIVE SHILLINGS NEV. Subscriptions are considered to be due on the Ist of January in each year. The Annual Volumes are now issued in two forms of Binding: Ist, with all the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one cover; 2nd, with each of the Monographs in a paper cover, and the whole of the separate parts enclosed in an envelope. Members wishing to obtain the Volume arranged in the LATTER FORM are requested to communicate with the Secretary. Most of the back volumes are in stock. Monographs or parts of Monographs already published can be obtained, apart from the annual volumes, from Messrs. Dey) Dutav and Co., Lip., 37, Soho Square, London, W.1, who will forward a complete price list on application. Members desirous of forwarding the objects of the Society can be provided with plates and circulars for distribution on application to the Secretary, Dr. A. Samirnh Woopwarp, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Kensington, London, 8.W. 7. The following Monographs are in course of preparation and publication : The Cambrian Trilobites, by Mr. Philip Lake. The Paleozoic Asterozoa, by Mr. W. K. Spencer. The Ordovician and Silurian Mollusca, by Dr. Wheelton Hind. The Phocene Mollusca, by Mr. F. W. Harmer. The Pleistocene Mammalia, by Prof. S. H. Reynolds The Wealden and Purbeck Fishes, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward. ANNUAL REPORT PALASONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1916, les al Ee Me Che Council, Secretaries, and Atlembers A LIST OF THE CONTENTS OF THE VOLUMES ALREADY PUBLISHED. Council and Officers elected March, 1916. President. HENRY WOODWARD, Ese., LL.D., F.B.S., F.GS. Vice-giresidents, F. A. Baruer, Hse@., D.Sc., F.R.S. | G. J. Hirnpr, Hsq., Ra D., FOR:S. Rev. Canon Bonney, D.Sc., F.R.S. E. T. Newron, Hsq., F.R.S. Council. C. W. AnpreEws, Hsq., D.Sc., F.R.S. | EF. L. Kirentn, Ese., M.A., Pu.D., F.G.8. G. Barrow, Esq., F.G.S. A. W. Oxz, Esq., LiL.M.,: F.G.S. Miss M. C. Crosrienp. Cuement Reip, Hsq., F.R.S. H. Dewey, Hsq., F.G.S. | A. Srrawan, Esq., Sc.D., F.R:S. Watucot Gisson, Hsq., D.Sc., F.G.S. S. HazzLEpINE WARREN, Hsq., F.GS. Hersert L. Hawkins, Hsq., M.Sc., F.G.S. | Pror. W. W. Warts, LL.D., F.R:S. Joun Hopxinson, Esq, F.L.S., F.G.S. Henry Woops, Esa., M.A., F.R.S. Miss M. S..Jonnston. Grorce W. Youna, Hsq., F.G.S. Treasurer. Rosert S. Herries, Hse., M.A., F.G.S. Secretary. A. Smrrn Woopwarp, Ese., LL.D., F.R.S., British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Kensington, London. S.W. 7. Potal Secretaries. Bath— Rev. H. H. Winwoop, M.A., F.G.S. Hertfordshire—J. Hopxrinson, Esq., F.G.S Berlin—Mussrs. FRIEDLANDER & Son. Oxford—Pror. W. J. Souuas, F.R.S. Cambridge—H. Woops, Esq., M.A., F.R.S. Staffordshire—Dr. Wuereiton Hinp, F.G.S. ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COUNCIL FOR THE YEAR ENDING 3lsr DECEMBER, 1915. READ AND ADOPTED AT THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, HELD AT THE APARTMENTS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, BURLINGTON HOUSE, 24TH MARCH, 1916. Dr. HENRY WOODWARD, F.R.S., Presipent, IN THE CHAIR. THE CounciL, in presenting its Sixty-ninth Annual Report, regrets that the unfortunate circumstances of the time have again hindered the usual progress of the Society’s work. The volume for 1915 will be larger than that of the previous year, with an increased number of plates, and will contain another instalment of Mr. W. K. Spencer’s Monograph of Paleozoic Asterozoa and the first part of a new Monograph of Wealden and Purbeck Fishes by Dr. A. Smith Woodward ; but it will still be smaller than usual, and its publication is delayed at least until the autumn of 1916. The Council, however, has reason to anticipate that, as soon as normal times return, the contributions offered will become as numerous and varied as heretofore, and the deficiency in published matter will be made up by a larger annual issue. The delay and diminution of the volumes for 1914 and 1915 have again made the analysis of the balance-sheet difficult; but it may be noted that the income exceeded the expenditure by nearly £120. Most of the accumulated balance which will be needed for the anticipated publications of the immediate future, remains on deposit, but the Council resolved to invest part of this sum in the purchase of £200 War Loan at a cost of £199 6s. 8d. During the year the Council received with regret the resignation of two of its number, Sir Archibald Geikie and the Right Rev. Bishop Mitchinson. Both had rendered devoted service to the Society for many years, and the Council passed special resolutions expressing their high appreciation of this service. The thanks of the Society are due to the Council of the Geological Society for permission both to store the stock of back volumes, and to hold the Council Meetings and Annual General Meeting in the apartments of the Society. In conclusion, it is proposed that, in addition to those who have resigned, Mr. W. K. Spencer be the other retiring member of the Council; that the new members be Miss M. 8. Johnston, Mr. H. L. Hawkins, and Mr. G. W. Young; that the new Vice-President be Dr. G. J. Hinde; that the President be Dr. Henry Woodward; the Treasurer, Mr. Robert S. Herries; and the Secretary, Dr. A. Smith Woodward. Annexed is the Balance-sheet. *SLOJUPN V cc DNN0K M dDAoa4y NGUUV AA ANIGHIZZVET “S NOSNIMGOHFeNHOS* “CHEI-GCB6L JIS AVA ‘queo aod =f QOZF IOF puke Yoo}G pezeplposuop “jue tod @ [RIVN 00GR OTGL YR) Yolo Ty toy sydtader oy} Udds OST|® JARY OM +: 9001100 aq OF YL pug pur “S.1ATPONOA oy} AI 41 pored oo ‘qunooo0V 9AOGY IY} PoIUIUUVXd JABT OM WANSNALT, ‘SAIMAAF, ‘GQ LAAaLoyy OLE za GG OIL : IT SI 889 Il &I 88 JUNODDY JUeTIN/A a ii 0 0 oe qunoooy ytsodeq—yurg 9v sourleg 9 Son aGeil ULOT IVA OOZF JO osvyoing 0 F 0 Iota Ut pred asvitiro peuanyery Z psp < qisodaq] WO 4se10qUy 8 210 0 OL FP : ULOTT AVAA OOS WO puoprlarq, Q ZB yur < % Cy Ge Cena =) 40g “yuo0 tad © [RAN OOGF WO spuaprarq 0 &L0 I9}1og—soasivyo AVeq Keane | (avak [) xeq, etoouy preday 0 10 : : * — yo0}g TO Calcutta, Geological Survey of India. Cambridge Philosophical Society’s Library, New Museums, Cambridge. Cambridge, St. John’s College. Cambridge, Sidney Sussex College. Cambridge, University Library. Cambridge, Sedgewick Museum. Canadian Geological Survey, Sussex Street, Ottawa, Canada. Cardiff, National Museum of Wales. Cardiff Public Library, Cardiff. Cardiff, University College of South Wales and Monmouthshire. Carlisle Publie Library, Carlisle. Carruthers, R. G., Hsq., F.G.S., 33, George Square, Edinburgh. Chelsea Public Library, Manresa Road. S.W. Cheltenham College, Cheltenham. Chicago (U.S.A.), University Library. Chiswick Public Library, Chiswick. W. Christiania (Norway), University Library. Clarke, Mrs. Stephenson, Brook House, Ardingly, Sussex. Cleveland (Ohio, U.S.A.), Adelbert College Library, Western Reserve University. Clifton College, Clifton, Bristol. Clough, C. T., Msq., M.A., F.G.S., 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. 10 Cobbold, E. S., Esq., F.G.S., All Stretton, Church Stretton, R.S.O., Shropshire. Codd, J. Alfred, Esq., M.D., B.Sc., F.G.S., 7, Tettenhall Road, Wolverhampton. Columbus (Ohio, U.S.A.), Library of Ohio State University. Cooper, C. Forster, Esq., M.A., The End House, Fulbrooke Road, Cambridge. Cornell University, Ithaca, U.S.A. Coventry Public Library, Coventry. Crosfield, Miss Margaret C , Undercroft, Reigate. Crosse, Miss, The Yew House, Caterham Valley, Surrey. Croydon Central Public Library, Town Hall, Croydon. Cunnington, C. H., Hsq., F.G.S., 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. 1. Dawkins, Prof. W. Boyd, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.G.S., Fallowfield House, Fallowfield, Man- chester. Dawson, Messrs. W., and Sons, St. Dunstan’s House, Fetter Lane. H.C. 4. Deane, Henry, Hsq., F.L.S., Campsie, 14, Mercer Road, Malvern, Victoria, Australia. Derby Public Library and Museum, Derby. Devonport Pubhe Library, Devonport. Dewey, Henry, Hsq., F.G.S., 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. 1. Dixon, H. E. L., Hsq., B.Se., F.G.S., 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. 1. Dorset County Museum Library, Dorchester. Dublin, National Library. Dublin, Royal College of Science for Ireland, Stephen’s Green. Dublin, Royal Irish Academy, 19, Dawson Street. Dublin, Trinity College. Ducie, Right Hon. Earl of, F.R.S., Tortworth Court, Gloucestershire. Dundee Free Library, Dundee. Edinburgh Geological Society, Synod Hall Buildings, Castle Terrace, Edinburgh. Edinburgh, Royal Scottish Museum, Chambers Street, Edinburgh. Edinburgh Pubhe Library, Edinburgh. Hdinburgh, Royal Society. Kdinburgh, University Library. Epsom College, Epsom. Krlangen (Germany), Mineralogical-Geological Institute of the University. Kton College, Windsor, per M. D. Hill, Esq., M.A. Hxeter, Royal Albert Memorial Public Library, Queen Street. Florence (Italy), Geological Institute, per Prof. C. De Stefani. Folkestone Public Library and Museum, Folkestone. Foulerton, Dr. J., 44, Pembridge Villas, Bayswater. W. 11. Frankfurt-am-Main (Germany), Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Friedlander, Messrs., 11, Carlstrasse, Berlin. 1] Galashiels, N.B., Public Library. Galway, University College. Garwood, Prof. E. J., M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., University College, Gower Street. W.C. 1. Gateshead-on-lT'yne Public Library, Gateshead-on-Tyne. Gibson, Miss, Hill House, Saffron Walden. Gibson, Ernest, Hsq., F.L.S., F.G.S., 25, Cadogan Place. §S.W. I. Gibson, Walcot, Esq., D.Sc., F.G.S., 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. 1. Gilmour, M., Esq., F.Z.8., Saffronhall House, 1, Windmill Road, Hamilton. N.B. Glasgow, Geological Society, 207, Bath Street. Glasgow, Mitchell Library, North Street. Glasgow, Royal Philosophical Society, 207, Bath Street. Glasgow, Kelvingrove Museum. Glasgow, University Library. Gloucester Free Public Library. Gotha (Germany), Herzogliche Bibliothek. Great Yarmouth Public Library. Green, Upfield, Esq., F.G.S., 8, Bramshill Road, Harlesden. N.W. 10. Greenly, Hdward, Esq., F.G.S., Achnashean, near Bangor. Gregory, Prof. J. W., D.Sc., F.R.S., The University, Glasgow. Gunnell, A. Mortimer, Hsq., Broomfield Park College, New Southgate, N. Haileybury College, near Hertford. Halifax Public Library, Halifax. Halle (Germany), University Library. Hammersmith Carnegie (Central) Library, Hammersmith. W. Hampstead Public Library, Finchley Road, Hampstead. N.W. 3. Harker, Alfred, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., St. John’s College, Cambridge. Harley, Dr. John, F.L.8., Beedings, Pulborough, Sussex. Harmer, F. W., Esq., F.G.S., Oakland House, Cringleford, near Norwich. Hastings Public Library. Hawick Public Library, Hawick. N.B. Hawkins, Herbert L., Esq., M.Sc., F.G.S., University College, Reading. Heidelberg (Germany), University Library. Heron-Allen, Hdward, Msq., F.L.S., F.G.S., Large Acres, Selsey Bill, Sussex. Herries, Robert 8., Esq., M.A., F.G.8., Treasurer, St. Julian’s, Sevenoaks, Kent. Hill, Rey. Canon Edwin, M.A., F.G.S., The Rectory, Cockfield, Bury St. Edmunds. Hind, Wheelton, Esq., M.D.Lond., F.R.C.8., F.G.S., Local Secretary, Roxeth House, Stoke- on-Trent. Hinde, Geo. J., Esq., Ph.D., F.R.S., Vice-President, 24, Avondale Road, South Croydon. Hodges, Isaac, Hsq., F.G.S., Vereeniging, Transvaal. Hodges, Figgis, and Co., 104, Grafton Street, Dublin. Holceroft, Sir Charles, Bart., The Shrubbery, Summerhill, Kingswinford, near Dudley. Hooley, R. W., Esq., F.G.8., Earlescroft, St. Giles’ Hill, Winchester. Hopkinson, John, Esq., F.L.8., F.G.8., Local Secretary, Weetwood, Watford. Hove Public Library, Hove, Brighton. Hughes, Prof. T. M‘Kenny, M.A., F.R.S., Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. Hull Public Library, Hull. 12 Hutchinson, Rev. H. N., M.A., F.G.S., 17, St. John’s Wood Park, Finchley Road. NW. 6: Hutton, Miss H. Mary, Putney Park, Putney Park Lane. S.W. 15. Ipswich Central Public Library, High Street, Ipswich. Isle of Man Natural History Society, Ramsey, Isle of Man. Jehu, Prof. 1. J., M.D., D.Sc., F.G.8., University, Edinburgh. Johnes, Lady EK. Hills, Dolau Cothy, Llandeilo, R.S.O., South Wales. Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, U.S.A. Johnston, Miss Mary 8., Hazlewood, Wimbledon Hill. S.W. 19. Jones, E. Lloyd, Esq., M.D., 59, Trumpington Street, Cambridge. Jones, Prof. O. T., M.A., F.G.S., University College, Aberystwyth. Kilmarnock Public Library, Kilmarnock. N.B. King, W. Wickham, Esq., F.G.8., Winds Point, Hagley, near Stourbridge. Kirkcaldy Naturalists’ Society; Thomson Melville, Esq., 5, Bennochy ‘Terrace, Kirk- caldy. - N.B. Kitchin, F. L., Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.G.S., Geol. Survey of England, 28, Jermyn Street. Se Waal. Knipe, H. R., Esq., F.L.8., F.G.S., 9, Linden Park, Tunbridge Wells. lake, P., Hsq., M.A., F.G.8S., St. John’s College, Cambridge. Lancaster Public Library, Lancaster. Lang, W. D., Esq., M.A., F.G.S., British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Kensington. See 7: Lapworth, Prof. Charles, LL.D., F.R.S., 38, Calthorpe Road, Edgbaston, Birmingham. Lausanne (Switzerland) Cantonal Library. Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society, Leeds. Leeds Pubhe Library, Leeds. Leeds, University Library. Leek, Staffordshire, Nicholson Institute. Leicester own Museum, Leicester. Leipzig (Germany), University Library. Leyton Public Library, Leyton. N.H. Inége (Belgium), Geological Laboratory of the University. alle (France), Geological Laboratory of the University, 159, Rue Brile-Maison. Lisbon, Geological Survey of Portugal. Lissajous, Mons. M., 10, Quai des Marans, Macon, France. Liverpool, Athenzeum Library. Liverpool, Publie Library. Liverpool, Geological Society of. Liverpool, University Library. London, Imperial College of Science, South Kensington. S.W. 7. London, Birkbeck College, Bream’s Buildings, Chancery Lane. W.C, 2. London, British Museum, Bloomsbury. W.C. 1. London, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), Cromwell Road. S.W. 7. London, Corporation of, Library Committee of, Guildhall. H.C. 2. London, Geological Society, Burlington House. W. 1. London, King’s College, Strand. W.C. 2. London, Linnean Society, Burlington House, Piccadilly. W. 1. London, Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street. S.W. 1. London, Royal College of Surgeons, Lincoln’s Inn Fields. W.C. 2. London, Royal Institution of Great Britain, Albemarle Street. W. 1. London, Royal Society of, Burlington House. W. 1. London, St. Martin’s-in-the-Fields Public Library, 115, St. Martin’s Lane, W.C. 2. London, Science Museum, South Kensington. S.W. 7. London, University College, Gower Street. W.C. 1. London, Zoological Society, Regent’s Park. N.W.8. Lonestaff, Mrs., Highlands, Putney Heath. S.W. Lund (Sweden), University Library. Lyons, Major H. G., D.Se., F.R.S., Science Museum, South Kensington. 8.W. 7. Madras Government Museum, per Messrs. Baker and Co., 6, Bond Court, Walbrook. K.C. Maidstone Museum, per Brenchley ‘Trustees, Maidstone. Manchester Public Library. Manchester, Geological Society of, 5, John Dalton Street, Manchester. Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society, 36, George Street, Manchester. Marburg (Germany), University of. Marr, J. E., Esq., M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., St. John’s College, Cambridge. Mawby, William, Esq., 7, Cross Street, Birkenhead. Melbourne Publ Library. Melbourne, Dept. Mines, Geological Survey Branch. Mennell, H. T., Esq., F.L.S., The Red House, Croydon. Metcalfe, Henry F., Esq., Hillside, West Malvern. Middlesbrough Publ Library. Milan (Italy), Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturali, Palazzo del Museo Civico. Milner, H. B., Esq., B.A., F.G.S., Trinity College, Cambridge. Mond, Robert, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.E., F.G.S., Combe Bank, near Sevenoaks. Munich (Germany), Alte Akademie, Geologisches Museum. Munich Royal Library. New South Wales, Royal Society of, Sydney. New York (U.S.A.) Public Library. Newcastle-on-Tyne, Armstrong College. Newcastle-on-Tyne, Literary and Philosophical Society of, Westgate Street, Newcastle. on-T'yne. 14 Newcastle-on-T'yne Public Library. Newport Public Library, Newport, Monmouthshire. Newton, E. T., Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, Florence House, Willow Bridge Canonbury. N. 1. Noble, Arthur H., Esq., P.O. Box 238, Tampico (Tamaulipas), Mexico. North Devon Atheneum, Barnstaple. North Staffordshire Field Club, Stone, Staffordshire. Northampton Natural History Society, Northampton. Northumberland, His Grace the Duke of, K.G., F.R.S., Alnwick Castle. Norwich Pubhe Library. Nottingham Public Library. Odling, M., Esq., M.A., B.Sc., F.G.S., University, Leeds. Oke, Alfred W., Esq., F.G.S., 32, Denmark Villas, Hove, Sussex. Oldham Publie Library. Oswestry Public Library. Oxford, Bodleian Library. Oxford, Radcliffe Library. Paisley Philosophical Institution. Paris, Heole des Mines. Paris, Geological Society of France, 7, Rue des Grands Augustins. Paris, Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Laboratoire de Paléontologie. Paris, Sorbonne, Laboratoire de Géologie. Part, G. M., Esq., B.A., F.G.S., Trinity College, Cambridge. Peabody Institute, Salem, Mass., U.S.A. Penzance, Royal Geological Society of Cornwall. Peterborough Natural History, Scientific, and Archeological Society. Philadelphia (U.S.A.), Academy of Natural Sciences. Pittsburgh (U.S.A.), Carnegie Museum. Plymouth Public Library. Plymouth Institution, Library of, Athenzeum, Plymouth. Pocock, R. W., Esq., B.Sc., F.G.S., 28, Jermyn Street, S.W. 1. Poole Public Library. Portis, Dr. A., Professor of Geology, The University, Rome. Portsmouth Public Library. Power, Hdward John, Esq., F.G.8., 25, Ashburn Place, South Kensington. S.W. Road, Prague (Bohemia), Royal Geological Institution of the German Carl Ferdinand University. Preston Public Library. Pryor, M. R., Esq., Weston Manor, Stevenage, Herts. Queensland Museum, Brisbane. Reading, University College. Reynolds, Prof. 8. H., M.A., F.G.S., University, Bristol. Rochdale Pubhe Library. Rogers, Arthur W., Esq., D.Sc., F.G.S., Box 401, Pretoria, South Africa. Rowe, A. W., Hsq., M.S., M.B., F.G.S., Shottendane, Margate. Rugby School Natural History Society. St. Andrews, University Library. St. Helens Central Public Library, he Gamble Institute, St. Helens. Salisbury Public Library. Scarborough Philosophical and Archeological Society. Scharff, R. F., Esq., Ph.D., National Museum, Dublin. Scott, D. H., Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Hast Oakley House, Oakley, Hants. Sheffield Free Public Library. Sheffield, Literary and Philosophical Society of, Church Street. Sheffield, University of. Sheffield, Weston Park Public Museum. Sheppard, Thomas, Hsq., M.Sc., F.G.S., Municipal Museum, Hull. Sherborne, King’s School, Library of. Sherlock, R. L., Hsq., D.Sc., F.G.S., 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. 1. Shrewsbury Public Library. Smith, Mrs. Emma, Hencotes House, Hexham. Smith, Stanley, Esq., B.A., D.Sc., F.G.S., University College, Aberystwyth. Sollas, Professor W. J., D.Sc., F.R.S., Local Secretary, University Museum, Oxford. Somersetshire Archeological and Natural History Society, Museum, ‘l'aunton. Sophia, University of. South Shields Public Library. Southwark, Central Library and Cuming Museum, Walworth Road. §8.E. 17. Spencer, W. K., Esq., M.A., F.G.S., The Gables, Constable Road, Ipswich. Stebbing, W. P. D., Esq., F.G.S., Frythe Park, Walton-on-the Hill, Epsom. Stechert, G. E., Hsq., 2, Star Yard, Carey Street, Chancery Lane. W.C. 2. Stepney Borough Reference Library, Bancroft Road, Mile End Road. E. 1. Stockholm, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences. Stoke Newington Public Library, Church Street, Stoke Newington. N. 16. Stoke-upon-Trent Public Library, Stoke-upon-Trent. Stonyhurst College, Blackburn. Storey, Charles B. C., Esq., M.A., F.G.S., Plas Nantyr, Glyn, Ruabon. Strahan, A., Hsq., M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., Geological Survey, 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. 1. Sunderland Corporation Museum. Sunderland Subscription Library, Fawcett Street, Sunderland. Swansea Public Library. Swansea, Royal Institution of South Wales. Swinnerton, Prof. H. H., D.Sc., University College, Nottingham Sydney, New South Wales, University of. Sydney, New South Wales, Australian Museum. Tasmania, Royal Society of. Thornton, H. Gerard, Esq., B.A., Kingsthorpe Hall, Northampton. 16 Toronto (Canada), University Library. Torquay Natural History Society, Museum, Babbacombe Road, ‘Torquay. Toulouse (France), University Library. Trafford, H. H., Esq., The Bungalow, Croston, near Preston. Treacher, Llewellyn, Hsq., F.G.S., Somercroft, Twyford, Berks. Trechmann, C. 'I’., Hsq., B.Sc., F.G.S., Hudworth Towers, Castle Eden, Co. Durham. Truro, Royal Institution of Cornwall. Tiitbingen (Germany), University Library. Upsala (Sweden), University Library. Vancouver (British Columbia), University Library. Vienna, Royal Natural History Court Museum, Geological Department. Walker, Sir B. E., C.V.O., LL.D., Canadian Bank of Commerce, Toronto, Canada. Wandsworth Public Library, West Hill, Wandsworth. S.W. Warren, 8. Hazzledine, Esq., F.G.S., Sherwood, Loughton, Hssex. Warrington Public Museum and Library. Warsaw, University Library. Warwickshire Natural History and Archeological Society, he Museum, Warwick. Washington, U.S. Geological Survey. Watts, Professor W. W., M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., Imperial College of Science, South Kensington. S.W. 7. Weg, Max, 3, Kénigstrasse, Leipzig, Germany. Wesley and Son, William, 28, Essex Street, Strand. W.C. 2. West Ham, Hssex Museum, Municipal ‘echnical Institute, Romford Road. E. West Hartlepool Public Library. Whitby Literary and Philosophical Society. Museum, Whitby. Williams, J. Hughes, Esq., 24, Southdown Road, Wimbledon. S.W. 19. Wilmore, Albert, Esq., D.Sc., F.G.S., Fernbank, Colne, Lancashire. Wiltshire Archzeological and Natural History Society, Devizes. Winchester College Natural History Society, Winchester. Wingrave, Wyatt, Esq., M.D., 4, Bloomsbury Square. W.C. 1. Winwood, Rey. Henry H., M.A., F.G.S., Local Secretary, 11, Cavendish Crescent, Bath. Wolverhampton Public Library. Wood, J. G., Esq., M.A., F.S.A., F.G.S., 7, New Square, Lincoln’s Inn. W.C. 2. Woodhead, J. H., Esq., F.G.S., Hindover, Pinner Road, Watford Heath, Hertfordshire. Woods, Henry, Hsq., M.A., F.G.S., Local Secretary, Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. Woodward, A. Smith, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., Secretary, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Kensington. S.W. 7. Woodward, Henry, Hsq., LL.D., F.R.S., President, 13, Arundel Gardens, Notting En Wee Worcester Public Library and Hastings Museum, Worcester. Cray 17 Wordie, James M., Hsq., B.A., F.G.S., St. John’s College, Cambridge. Workington Public Library, Workington, Cumberland. Wiirzburg (Germany), University Library. Yorkshire Philosophical Society, Museum, York. Young, George W., Hsq., F.G.S., 20, Grange Road, Barnes. S.W. Yule, Miss A. F., Tarradale House, by Muir-of-Ord, Ross-shire. N.b. 18 CATALOGUE OF THE CONTENTS OF THE ANNUAL VOLUMES ALREADY PUBLISHED BY THE PALAONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. Vol. I. Issued March, 1848, forthe Year 1847 The Crag Mollusea, Part I, Univalves, by Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. i—xii, 1—208, pls. i—xxi, “and title- page). The Repel of the London Clay, Vol. I, Part I, Chelonia, &e., by Profs. Owen and Bell (pp. 1-—76; pls. i—xxvili, viii A, XA, XilLA, XViA, XVIILA, xix*, xix B, abe (Cr X1X D). The Eocene Mollusea, Part I, Cephalopoda, by Mr. F. E. Edwards (pp. 1—56, pls. 1—1x),. II. Issued July, 1849, for the year 1848 ° The Entomostraca of the Cretaceous Formations, by Mr. T. R. Jones (pp. 1—40, pls. i—vil). The Pera in Fossils, by Prof. Wm. King (pp. 1—xxxvui, 1—258, pls. i—xxvili*). The Reptilia of the London Clay, Vol. I, Part lu, Crocodilia and Ophidia, &e., by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—68, pls. xxix, i—xvi. 11 A). The Fossil Corals, Part I, Crag, London Clay, Cretaceous, by Messrs. Milne Edwards and Jules Haime (pp. “[—Ixxxv, 1—72, pls. 1—x1). The Crag Mollusca, Part II, No. 1, ey Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp. 1—150, pls. i—xii). The Mollusca of the Great Oolite, Part I, Univalves, by Messrs. Morris and Lycett Th III.! Issued Aug., 1850, for the Year 1849 > LV. Issued June; 185i, Ponithe Wear isso (pp. i—vui, 1—130, pls. i—xv). e Pee Brachiopoda, Vol. I, Part III, No. 1, Oolitie and Liassie, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—64, pls. i—xiii). Vil A, 1X A). The Fossil Corals, Part II, Oolitic, by Messrs. Milne Edwards and Jules Haime (pp. 78 —146, pls. xii—xxx), The Fossil Lepadide, by Mr. Charles Darwin (pp. i—vi, 1—88, pls. i—v). » V. Issued June. 1851, for the Year 1851 The Fossil Corals, Part III, Permian and Mountain-limestone, by Messrs. Milne Edwards and Jules Haime (pp. 147—210, pls. xxxi—xlvi). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. I, Part I, Tertiary, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—23, pls. i, ii), The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. I, Part II, No. 1, Cretaceous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—54, pls. i—v). The Fossil Sutclqgor Vol. I, Part ITI, No. 2, Oolitic, by My. Davidson (pp. 65—100, pls. xiv—xvill). The Eocene Mollusea, Part II, Pulmonata, by Mr. F. E. Edwards (pp. 57—122, pls. X—xXv). The Echinoderms of the Crag, London Clay, &e., by Prof. EH. Forbes (pp. i—viii, 1—36, pls. i—iv, and title-page). VI. Issued Aug., 1852, for the Year 1852 The Sera orale, Part IV, Devonian, by Messrs. Milne Edwards and Jules Haime 211—244, pls. xlvii—lvi). The Fossil Brachi ogous: Introduction to Vol. I, by Mx. Davidson (pp. 1—136, pls. i—ix). The Mollusca of the Chalk, Part I, Cephalopoda, by Mr. D. Sharpe (pp. 1—26, pls. i—x). » VII. Issued Dee., 1853, | The Mollusca of the Great Oolite, Part II, Bivalves, by Messrs. Morris and Lycett for the Year 1853 (pp. 1—80, pls. i—viii). The Mollusca of the Crag, Part II, No. 2, Bivalves, by Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp. 151—216, pls. xili—xx). The Reptilia of the Wealden Formations, Part I, Chelonia, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—12. pls. i—ix). { The Reptilia of the Cretaceous Formations, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—118, pls. i—xxxvii, ‘The Volume for the year 1849 consists of two separate portions, each of which is stitched in a paper cover, on which are printed the dates 1848, 1849, and 1850. The one portion contains ‘ Cretaceous Entomostraca’ and ‘Permian Fossils’; the other, “London Clay Re sptilia,’ Part IT, and ‘ Fossil Corals,’ Part I. Vol. VIII.! Issued May, 1855, ” NX? Xi. SIU XIII. for the Year 1854 © Issued Feb., 1857, for the Year 1855} Issued April, 1858, for the Year 1856 Issued Nov., 1859, for the Wear 1857 Issued March, 186], for the Year 1858 Issued Dec., 1861, for the Veur 1859 19 CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. | | I | | "| The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. I, Part II, No. 2, Cretaceous (pp. 55—117, pls. vi—xii), with Appendix and Index to Vol. I, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—30, pl. a). The Reptilia of the Wealden Formations, Part II, Dinosauria, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1 —54, pls. i—xix, xviA). The IOI of the Great Oolite, Part III, Bivalves, by Messrs. Morris and Lycett (pp. 81—147, pls. ix—xv). The Fossil Corals, Part V, Silurian, by Messrs. Milne Edwards and Jules Haime (pp. 245—322, pls. lvii—lxxii), The Fossil Balanide and Verrucide, by Mr. Charles Darwin PR 1—44, pls. i, 11). The Mollusea of the Chalk, Part II, Cephalopoda, by Mr. D. Sharpe (pp. 27—36, pls. X1—*vi)). The Eocene Mollusea, Part III, No. 1, Prosobranchiata, by Mr. F. E. Edwards (pp. 123—180, pls. xvi—xxiii). The Mollusea of the Crag, Part II, No. 3, Bivalves, by Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. 217—342, pls. xx1—xxx]). The Reptilia of the Wealden Formations, Part III, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—26, pls. i—xii). The Eocene Mollusca, Part III, No. 2, Prosobranchiata, continued, by Mr. F. E- Edwards (pp. 181—240, pls. XXiV—Xxxv 11). The Mollusea of the Chalk, Part III, Cephalopoda, by My. D. Sharpe (pp. 837—68, pls. XVli—XXVll). The Tertiary Entomostraca, by Mr. T. R. Jones (pp. i—xii, 1—68, pls. i—vi). The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I, Part I, by Dr. Wright (pp. v—x, 1—154, pls. i—x). The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I, Part II, by Dr. Wright (pp. 155—302, pls. XI—XX11). The Fossil Crustacea, Part I, London Clay, by Prof. Bell (pp. i—viii, 1—44, pls. i—xi). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. I, Part IV, Permian, by Mr. Davidson ( (pp. 1—5l, pls. i—iv). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. II, Part V, No. 1, Carboniferous, by My. Davidson (pp. 1—48, pls. i—vill). The pies of the Wealden Formations, by Prof. Owen, Part IV (pp. 8—26, pls. x1), and Supplement No. 1 (pp. pissin) The Repel of the London Clay, Vol. I (Supplement), by Prof. Owen (pp. 77—79, pls. xxviii A, XXvill B). The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I, Part III, by Dr. Wright (pp. 3083—390, pls. xxil1I—xxxvl). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. II, Part V, No. 2, Carboniferous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 49—80, pls. 1x—xvi). The Reptilia of the Cretaceous Formations (Supplement No. 1), by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—19, pls. i—1v). The epee of tie Wealden Formations (Supplement No. 2), by Prof. Owen (pp. 20—44, Ss. V—Xil.) Pp The Polyzoa of the Crag, by Prof. Busk (pp. i—xiv, 1—136, pls. i—xxii). The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I, Part IV, by Dr. Wright (pp. 391—468, pls. Xxxvli—xli1l). The Eocene Mollusca, Part III, No. 3, Prosobranchiata continued, by Mr. F. E. - Edwards (pp. 241—380, pls. xxvili—x xxiii). The Reptilia of the Cretaceous Formations (Supplements No. 2, No. 3), by Prof. Owen (pp. 27—80, pl. vii, pp. 1—25, pls. i—v1). The Reptilia of the Purbeck Limestones, by Prof. Owen (pp. 31—39, pl. viii). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. 11, Part V, No. 3, Carboniferous by My. Davidson (pp. 81—120, pls. xvii—xxvi). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Part V, No. 4, Carboniferous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 121—210, pls. xxvu—xlvii). The Reptilia of the Oolitic Formations, No. 1, Lower Lias, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—14, pls. i—vi). The Repula of the Kimmeridge Clay, No. 1, by Prof. Owen (pp. 15, 16, pl. vii). The Eocene Mollusca, Part IV, No. 1, Bivalves, by Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. 1—74, pls i—x1ll). ! This Volume is marked on the outside 1855. 2 This Volume is marked on the outside 1856. Vol. 9 3 envelope. XV. Issued May, 1863, for the Year 1861 XVI. Issued Aug., 1864, for the Year 1862 XVII. Issued June, 1865, for the Year 186: XVIII. Issued April, 1866, for the Year 1864 XIX. Issued Dec., 1866, for the Year 1865 XX. Issued June, 1867, for the Year 1866 XXI. Issued June, 1868, for the Year 1867 XIV. Issued May, 1863, for the Year 1860 20 CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. 211—280, pls. xlviii—lv). The Reptilia of the Oolitic Formations, No. 2, Lower Lias, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—26, pls. i—xi). The Reptilia of the Kimmeridge Clay, No. 2, by Prof. Owen (pp. 27, 28, pl. xii). The Fossil Estheriea, by Prof. Rupert Jones (pp. i—x, 1—134, pls. i—v). The Fossil Crustacea, Part II, Gault and Greensand, by Prof. Bell (pp. i—vii, 1—40, pls. 1—xi). The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. II, Part I (Asteroidea), by Dr. Wright (pp. 1—180, pls. i—x, x A, x1, xil). Supplement to the Great Oolite Mollusca, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 1—129, pls. xxxi—xlv). | The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. II, Part V, No. 5, Carboniferous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part I, by Dr. Wright (pp. 1—64, pls. The Trilobites of the Silurian, Devonian, &c., Formations, Part I (Devonian and Silurian), by Mr. J. W. Salter (pp. 1—80, pls. i—vi). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VI, No. 1. Devonian, by Mi. Davidson (pp 1—56, pls. 1—1x). XiV—xx). The Reptilia of the Cretaceous Formations (Supplement, No. 4), by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—18, pls. i—ix). The Reptilia of the Wealden and Purbeck Formations (Supplement, No. 3), by Prof. Owen (pp. 19—21, pl. x). | The Eocene Mollusca, Part IV, No. 2, Bivalves, by Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp. 75—136, pls. The Trilobites of the Silurian, Devonian, &c., Formations, Part II, by Mr. J. W. Salter (pp. 81—128, pls. vii—xiy). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VI, No. 2, Deve ‘ian, by Mi. Davidson (pp. 57—131, pls. x—xx). The Belemnitide, Part I, Introduction, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 1—28). The Reptilia of the Liassic Formations, Part I, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—40, pls. i—xvi). The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. If, Part II (Liassie Ophiuroidea), by Dr. Wright (pp. 1381—154, pls. xi1i—xviil). The Trilobites of the Silurian, Devonian, &c., Formations, Part III, by Ma. J. W. Salter (pp. 129—176, pls. xv—xxv). The Belemnitide, Part II, Liassic Belemnites, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 29—52, pls. i—vil). The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part I, Introduction, Felis spelea, by Messrs. W. Boyd Dawkins and W. A. Sanford (pp. i—1l, 1—28, pls. i—v). Title-pages, &c., to the Monographs on the Reptilia of the London Clay, Cretaceous, and Wealden Formations. H. B. Brady (pp. i—vi, 1—72, pls. i—iv). sy anemeeny to the Fossil Corals, Part I, Tertiary, by Dr. Duncan (pp. i—iii, 1—66, S. 1—x),. The Fossil Merostomata, Part I, Pterygotus, by Mr. H. Woodward (pp. 1—44, pls. i—ix). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VII, No. 1, Silurian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—88, pls. 1—x11). Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part IV, No. 1, Liassic, by Dr. Duncan (pp. i—ili, 1—44, pls. 1—xi). The Trilobites of the Silurian, Devonian, &c., Formations, Part IV (Silurian), by Mr. J. W. Salter (pp. 177—214, pls. xxv*—xxx). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VII, No. 2, Silurian, by Mv. Davidson (pp. 89—168, pls. xiiim—xxii). The Belemnitide, Part III, Liassie Belemnites, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 53—88, pls. Vlll1—xX). Flora of the Carboniferous Strata, Part I, by Mr. E. W. Binney (pp. 1—82, pls. i—yvi). oe to the Fossil Corals, Part IV, No. 2, Liassic, by Dr. Duncan (pp. 49—73, pis. X1i—xXvl1). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part II, by Dr. Wright (pp. 65—112, pls. 1x, x, Xii—xxi, xxi A, Xx1 B). The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part I, by Messrs. J. Powrie and E. Ray Lankester (pp. 1—82, pls. i—v). The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part IT. Felis spelaa, continued, by Messrs. W. Boyd Dawkins and W. A. Sanford (pp. 29—124, pls. vi—xix). : Crag Foraminifera, Part 1, by Messrs. T. Rupert Jones, W. K. Parker, and 1 From 1865 onwards the Volumes are issued in two forms of binding: first, with all the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one cover; secondly, with each of the Monographs separate, and the whole of the separate parts placed in an The previous Volumes are not in separate parts. 21 CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part II, No. 1, Cretaceous, by Dr. Duncan (pp. 1—26, pls. i—ix). The Fossil Merostomata, Part II, Pterygotus, by Mr. H. Woodward (pp. 45—70, pls. X—xXv). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VII, No. 3, Silurian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 169—248, pls. xxiii—xxxvii). The Belemnitide, Part IV, Liassic and Oolitic Belemnites, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 89—108, pls. xxi—xxvii). The Reptilia of the Kimmeridge Clay, No. 3, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—12, pls. i—iv). The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part III, Felis spelea, concluded, with F. lynx, by Messrs. W. Boyd Dawkins and W. A. Sanford (pp. 125—176, pls. xx—xxii, XX11 A, XX11 B, Xxii1)), Vol. XXII. Issued Feb., 1869, for the Year 1868 Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part II, No. 2, Cretaceous, by Dr. Duncan (pp. 27—46, pls. x—xv). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part ITT, by Dr. Wright (pp. 1183—136, pls. xxii—xxix, XXIX A, XX1x B). MEGXU. Issued Jan. 1870; The Belemnitide, Part V, Oxford Clay, &c., Belemnites, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 109—128, for the Year 1869 op Oe SE ee The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part I (concluded), by Messrs. J. Powrie and H. Ray Lankester (pp. 33—62, pls. vi—xiv). The Reptilia of the Liassic Formations, Part II, by Prof. Owen (pp. 41—82, pls. XVI1—Xx). The Crag Cetacea, No. 1, by Prot. Owen (pp. 1—40, pls. i—v). The Flora of the Carboniferous Strata, Part II, by Mr. E. W. Binney (pp. 33—62, pls. vll—xil). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part IV, by Dr. Wright (pp. 187—160, pls. xxx—xxxix). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VII, No. 4, Silurian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 249—397, pls. xxxvili—]). The Eocene Mollusca, Part IV, No. 3, Bivalves, by Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. 187—182, pls. XXI—XxXv). The Fossil Mammalia of the Mesozoic Formations, by Prof. Owen (pp. i—vi, 1—115, pls. i—iv). pEexON Vi. Issued Jan., 1871), for the Year 1870 ’The Flora of the Carboniferous Strata, Part III, by Mr. E. W. Binney (pp. 63—96, pls. XiliI—xvil1). The Fossil Merostomata, Part III, Pterygotus and Slimonia, by Mr. H. Woodward (pp. 71—120, pls. xvi—xx). Supplement to the Crag Mollusca, Part I (Univalves), by Mr. S. V. Wood, with an XXV. Issued June, 1872, | Introduction on the Crag District, by Messrs. S. V. Wood, jun., and F. W. Po the Veale 7 Harmer (pp. i—xxxi, 1—98, pls. i—vii, and map). : Supplement to the Reptilia of the Wealden ([guanodon), No. IV, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—15, pls. i—iii). : The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part IV, Felis pardus, &c., by Messrs. W. Boyd Dawkins = and W. A. Sanford (pp. 177—194, pls. xxiv, xxv). : The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part V, Ovibos moschatus, by Mr. W. Boyd Dawkins (pp. 1—30, pls. i—v). ” Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part III (Oolitic), by Prof. Duncan (pp. 1—24, pls i—vii), with an Index to the Tertiary and Secondary Species. , XXVI. Issued Oct.,-1872, The ae, eee Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part V, by Dr. Wright (pp. 161—184, for the Year 1872 EP ements soca iaspis), by Mr. H The Fossil Merostomata, Part IV (Stylonurus, Eurypterus, Hemiaspis), by Mr. H. Woodward (pp. 121—180, pls. xxi—xxx). a The Fossil Trigonie, No. I, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 1—52, pls. i—ix). CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. yls. xlv—hi). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. 1V, Part I (Tertiary and Cretaceous), by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—72, pls. i—viii). Supplement to the Crag Mollusea, Part II (Bivalves), by Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp. 99—231, pls. vili—xi, and add. plate). Supplement to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Iguanodon), No. V, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—18, pls. 1, 11). Supplement to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Hyleochampsa), No. VI, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—7). The Hoes) Reptilia of the Mesozoic Formations, Part I, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—14, DNS, a, THD): Vol. XXVII. Issued Feb., 1874. | The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part VI, by Dr. Wright (pp. 185—224 for the Year 1878 | The Post-Tertiary Entomostraca, by Ma. G. 8. Brady, Rev. H. W. Crosskey, and Mr. D. Robertson (pp. i—v, 1—282, pls. i—xvi). The Carboniferous Entomostraca, Part I (Cypridinid), by Prof. T. Rupert Jones and Messrs. J. W. Kirkby and G. 8. Brady (pp. 1—56, pls. i—v). The Fossil Trigonie, No. II, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 53—92, pls. x—xix). , XXVIII. Issued July,1874, for the Year 1874 pls. xix—xxiv). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. 1, Part VII, by Dr. Wright (pp. 225—264, pls. Hiii—Ixii). The Fossil Trigoniz, No. III, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 93—148, pls. xx—xxvil). The Fossil Reptilia of the Mesozoic Formations, Part I1, by Prof. Owen (pp. 15—94, pls. 111—xxil). » &XIX. Issued Dec. 1875 for the Year 1875 The Carboniferous and Permian Foraminifera (the genus Fusulina excepted), by Mr. H. B. Brady (pp. 1—166, pls. i—xi). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. IV, Part II, No. 1 (Jurassic and Triassic), by Mx. Davidson (pp. 73—144, pls. ix—xvi). Supplement to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Poikilopleuron and Chondrosteosaurus) No. VII, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—7, pls. i—vi). » XXX. Issued Dec.,1876, | The Flora of the Carboniferous Strata, Part LV, by Mr. EK. W. Binney (pp. 97—147, for the Year 1876 Supplement to the Hocene Mollusca (Bivalves), by Mr. 8. V. Wood, 2 plates. The Fossil Trigonie, No. LV, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 149—204, pls. xxvili—x]l). The Eocene Mollusca (Univalves), Part LV, by Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp. 8331—361, pl. xxxiv). » M&XXI. Issued Feb.,1877, } The Carboniferous Ganoid Fishes, anvil '(Paleoniscide), by Dr. Traquair (pp. 1—60, for the Year 1877 ~ pls. i—vi1). The Fossil Reptilia of the Mesozoic Formations, Part HI, by Prof. Owen (pp. 95—97, pls. xxii, xxiv). \ The Fossil Elephants, Part I (H. antiquus), by Prof. Leith Adams (pp. 1—68, pls. i—yv). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part VIII, by Dr. Wright (pp. 265—300, pls. lxii A, Lxii—I] xix). Index and Title Page to the Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I (Hchinoidea), by Dr. Wright (pp. 469—481). The Fossil Merostumata, Part V (Neolimulus, &.), by Dr. H. Woodward (pp. 181—263, pls. xxxi—xxxvi, and title-page). XXXII. Issued Mar..1878 puppienens to the Fossil Br achiopoda, Vol. LV, Part II, No. 2 (Jurassic and Triassic), v. Sere oayioar 1878 by Mr. Davidson (pp. 145—242, pls. xvii—xxix). The Lias Ammonites, Part I, by Dr. Wright (pp. 1—48, pls. i—viii). The Sirenoid and Crossopterygian Ganoids, Part 1, by Prof. Miall (pp. 1—82, pls.i, 1a, ll—v). Supplement to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Goniopholis, Petrosuchus, and Sucho- saurus), No. VIIT, by Prot. Owen (pp. 1—15, pls. i—vi). | The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part A (Preliminary Treatise), by Prof. Boyd Dawkins (pp. 1—xxxvill). bo ies) CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. ( The Hocene Flora, Vol. I, Part I, by Mv. J. S. Gardner and Baron Ettingshausen (pp. 1—88, pls. i—v). Second Sapplemont to the Crag Mollusca (Univalves and Bivalves), by Mr. 8S. V. Wood (pp. 1, ii, 1—58, pls. i—vi, and title-page). Vol. XX XIII. Issued May,1879, } The Fossil Trigonie, No. V, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 205—245, pl. xli, and title-page). for the Year 1879 | The Lias Ammonites, Part II, by Dr. Wright (pp. 49—164, pls. ix—xviii). Supplement to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Goniopholis, Brachydectes, Nannosuchus, Theriosuchus, and Nuthetes), No. [X, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—19, pls. i—iv). The Fossil Elephants, Part II (HK. primigenins), by Prof. Leith Adams (pp. 69—146, \ pls. vi—xv). The Eocene Flora, Vol. I, Part II, by Mr. J. S. Gardner and Baron Ettingshausen (pp. 89—58, pls. vi—x1). The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, aot II, Part IIlI (Asteroidea and Ophiuroidea), : 5 by Dr. Wright (pp. 155—203, pls. xix—xxi, pp. i—iy, and title-page). - ES ee Boy tea \ Sunisnens to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. IV, Part III (Permian and Carboniferous), Pee ai by Mr. Davidson (pp. 243—316, pls. xxx—xxxvii). The Lias Ammonites, Part III, by Dr. Wright (pp. 165 —264, pls. xix—x]). The Reptilia of the London Clay, Vol. II, Part I (Chelone), by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—4, pls. i, 11). pls. Ixx—lIxxyv). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. LV, Part IV (Devonian and Silurian, from Budleigh-Salterton Pebble Bed), by Mx. Davidson (pp. 317—368, pls. XXXVili—xlil). The Fossil Trigoniz (Supplement No. 1), by Dr. Lycett (pp. 1—4). The Lias Ammonites, Part IV, by Dr. Wright (pp. 265—328, pls. xxii a, xxiiB, xli—xlvii1). The Reptilia of the Liassic Formations, Part III, by Prof. Owen (pp. 83—134, pls. XxI—xxxill, and title-page). The Fossil Elephants, Part III (H. primigenius and EH. meridionalis), by Prof. Leith Adams (pp. 147—265, pls. xvi—xxvili, and title-page). XXXV. Issued May,1881, for the Year 1881 a3 The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part IX, by Dr. Wright (pp. 301—324, The Eocene Flora, Vol. I, Part III, by Mv. J. 8. Gardner and Baron Ettingshausen (pp. 59—86, pls. xii, xiii, and title-page). Third Supplement to the Crag Mollusca, by the late Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp. 1—24, pl. i). The Fossil Kchinodermata, Cret., Vol. I, Part X, by Dr. Wright (pp. 325—371, pls. Ixxvi—lxxx, and title-page). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. 1V, Part V, by Dr. Davidson (pp. 369—383, and title-page). Do., Vol. V, Part I (Devonian and Silurian), by Dr. Davidson (pp. 1—134, pls. i—vll). The Lias Ammonites, Part V, by Dr. Wright (pp. 329—400, pls. xlix—lii, lii a, liii—lxix). 5, XXXVI. Issued June, 1882, for the Year 1882 The Hocene Flora, Vol. II, Part I, by Mr. J. 8. Gardner (pp. 1—60, pls. i—ix). The Trilobites of the Silurian, Devonian, &c., Formations, Part V, by the late Mr. J. W. Salter (pp. 215—224, and title-page). The Carboniferous Trilobites, Part I, by Dr. H. Woodward (pp. 1—38, pls. i—vi). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. V, Part II (Silurian), by Dr. Davidson (pp. 185—242, pls. viii—xvii). The Fossil Trigoniz (Supplement No. 2), by the late Dr. Lycett (pp. 5—19, pls. i—iv, and title-page). The Lias Ammonites, Part VI, by Dr. Wright (pp. 401—440, pls. Ixx—lIxxvii). », XXX VII. Issued Oct.,1883, for the Year 1883 The Eocene Flora, Vol. II, Part II, by Mr. J. 8. Gardner (pp. 61—90, pls. x—xx). The Carboniferous Entomostraca, Part I, No. 2, by Prof. T. Rupert Jones, Mr. J. W. Kirkby, and Prof. G. 8. Brady (pp. i—ii, 57—92, pls. vi, vii, and title-page). 5, XXX VIII. IssuedDec.,1884, | The Carboniferous Trilobites, Part I, by Dr. H. Woodward (pp. 39—86, pls. vii—x, for the Year 1884. and title-page). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. V, Part III, by Dr. Davidson (pp. 243—476, pls. xvili—xxi, and title-page). The Lias Ammonites, Part VII, by Dr. Wright (pp. 441—480, pls. Ixxviii—lxxxvii). Vol. XX XIX. Issued Jan., 1886, ” ” ” for the Year 1885 XL. Issued Mar.,1887, for the Year 1886 XLI. Issued Jan., 1888, for the Year 1887 XLII. Issued Mar.,1889, for the Year 1888 XLIII. Issued Mar., 1890, for the Year 1889 XLIV. Issued Apr.,1891, for the Year 1890 XLV. Issued Feb., 1892, for the Year 1891 CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. | | | | The Eocene Flora, Vol. II, Part III, by My. J. S. Gardner (pp. 91—159, pls. XX1— xxvii, and title-page). The Stromatoporoids, Part I, by Prof. Alleyne Nicholson (pp. i—iii, 1—130, pls. i—xi). The Fossil Brachiopoda (Bibliography), Vol. VI (pp. 1—168), by the late Dr. Davidson and Mr. W. H. Dalton. The Lias Ammonites, Part VIII, by the late Dr. Wright (pp. 481—503, pl. Ixxxviii, and title-page). The Morphology and Histology of Stigmaria Ficoides, by Prof. W. C. Williamson (pp. i—iv, 1—62, pls. i—xy). The Fossil Sponges, Part I, by Dr. G. J. Hinde (pp. 1—92, pls. i—viii). The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 1, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 1—56). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part I, by Mr. 8. S. Buckman (pp. 1—24, pls. i—vi). The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part VI, by Prof. Boyd Dawkins (pp. 1—29, pls. i—vii). The Fossil Sponges, Part II, by Dr. G. J. Hinde (pp. 93—188, pl. ix). The Paleozoic Phyllopoda, Part I, by Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. Woodward (pp. 1—72, pls. i—xu1). The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 2, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 57—136, pls. i—VvI). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part II, by Mr. 8. S. Buckman (pp. 25—56, pls. vli—xiv). The Stromatoporoids, Part II, by Prof. Alleyne Nicholson (pp. 131—158, pls. xii— Ko) e The Tertiary Entomostraca (Supplement), by Prof. T. Rupert Jones and Mr. C. D. Sherborn (pp. 1—55, pls. i—iii). The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 3, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 187—192, pls. vili—xi). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part III, by Mr. S. 8. Buckman (pp. 57—144, pls. xv, Xxill A). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Part I, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 1, 11, 1—46, pls. i—iv). Title-pages and Prefaces to the Monographs on the Reptilia of the Wealden and Purbeck (Supplements), Kimmeridge Clay, and Mesozoic Formations, and on the Cetacea of the Red Crag. The Cretaceous Entomostraca (Supplement), by Prof. T. Rupert Jones and Dr. G. J. Hinde (pp. i—viii, 1—70, pls. i—iv). The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 4, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 193—224, pls. X11—XvV1). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part IV, by Mr. 8.8. Buckman (pp. 145—224, pls. XX1V—XXXVI1). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Part II, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 47—154, pls. v—vilil, vill A, 1x—xv). The Stromatoporoids, Part III, by Prof. Alleyne Nichoison (pp. 159—202, pls. xx—xxy). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. II, Part I (Asteroidea), by Mr. W. Percy Sladen (pp. 1—28, pis. i—viii). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part V, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman (pp. 225—256, pls. XXXvli—xliv). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Part III, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 155—250, pls. xvi—xxiv). Title-pages to the Supplement to the Fossil Corals, by Prof. Duncan. The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 5, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 225—272, pls. XV11—xXx). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part VI, by Mr. 8.8. Buckman (pp. 257—312, pls. xlv—lvi). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Part LV (Conclusion of Vol. I) (pp. 251—344, pls. xxv—xxxi, and title-page). Vol. Il, Part I, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 1—56, pls. i —yv). Vol. XLVI. Pe eLAVELL, spo iN AOR , XLIX. s L. $3 LI. 7 LI. CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continuea. The Stromatoporoids, Part IV (Conclusion), by Prof. Alleyne Nicholson (pp. 203— 234, pls. xxvi—xxix, and title-page). The Paleozoic Phyllopoda, Part II, by Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. Woodward (pp. 73— 124, pls. x11i—xvil). Issued Nov.,1892, | The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 6, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 273—324, pls. for the Year 1892 © XXI—XXV1). The pe oe Ammonites, Part VII, by Mr. S. S. Buckman (pp. 313—344, pls. Vll—1XXVv1). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. II, Part II, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 57—88, pls. vi—x). The Fossil Sponges, Part III, by Dr. G. J. Hinde (pp. 189—254, pls. x—xix). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. II, Part II (Asteroidea), by Mr. W. Perey Taedeaeecos! Sladen (pp. 29—66, pls. ix—xvi). for thie Vearlso3. | The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part VIII, by Mr. 8. S. Buckman (pp. 345—376, pls. Ixxvil—xcll). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. II, Part ILI, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 89—160, pls. xi—xvii). The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 7, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 325—290, pls, XXV11—XxXXi1). Carbonicola, Anthracomya, and Naiadites, Part I, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 1—80, pls. Issued Nov., 1894, 1—x1). for the Year 1894) The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part IX, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman (pp. 377—456, pls. xelli—ciil). The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part II, No. 1, by Dr. R. H, Traquair (pp. 63— 90, pls. xv—xviil). The Crag Foraminifera, Part II, by Prof. T. R. Jones (pp. 73—210, pls. v—vii). The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 8, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 391—444, pls. XXxll1—x1). Carbonicola, Anthracomya, and Naiadites, Part II, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 81—170, pls. Xl—xx). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. II, Part 1V, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 161—212, pls. xviii—xxiv). Issued Oct., 1895, for the Year 1895 the Crag Foraminifera, Part III, by Prof. T. R. Jones (pp. 211—314). the Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 9, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 445—514, pls. xi—xliv, and title-page). Issued Oct., 1896, | Carbonicola, Anthracomya, and Naiadites, Part III, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 171—182, for the Year 1896 pl. xxi, and title-page). The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part I, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 1—80, pls. i, ii). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. III, Part 1, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 1—112, pls. i—xvi). The Crag Foraminifera, Part IV, by Prof. T. R. Jones (pp. vii—xv, 315—402, and title-page). ; The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part II, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 81—208, pls. 10 Issued Dec., 1897, —xv). for the Year 1897 | The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Iveland, Part I, by Dr. A. H. Foord (pp. 1—22, pls. i—vil). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. III, Part II, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 113—178, pls. xvii—xxi). —176, pls. xvili—xxv). ; The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part III, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 209—276, pls. XV1—XxXYV). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part X, by Mr. S. S. Buckman (pp. i—xxxu, Suppl. pls. 1—iv). The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, Part II, by Dr. A. H. Foord (pp. 283—48, pls. viii—xvii). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. III, Part III, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 179—236, pls. xxli—xxxviil). Issued Dece., 1898, The Paleozoic Phyllopoda, Part III, by Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. Woodward (pp. 125 for the Year 1898 | d CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES— Continued. The Paleozoic Phyllopoda, Part IV, by Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. Woodward (pp. i—xv, 175, 176, 177—211, pls. xxvi—xxxi, and title-page). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part I, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 1—72, pls. i—xiv),. The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part IV, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 277—360, pls. XXVI—XXXIX). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part XI, by Mr. S. S. Buckman (pp. xxxiii— lxiv, pls. vV—xXIv). Vol. LIII. Issued Dec., 1899, | for the Year | The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part II, by My. H. Woods (pp. 73—112, pls. xv—x1x). | The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part V, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 361—476, pls. xl —liy). » LIV. Issued Dee., 1900, | The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, Part III, by Dr. A H. Foord (pp. 49—126, for the Year 1900- pls. xvili—xxxil). | The British Pleistocene Mammalia, Title-page for Vol. I, by Messrs. Dawkins and Sanford. The Structure of Carboniferous Plants, Title-page, by Mr. E. W. Binney. The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part I1I, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 1183—144, pls. xx— XXvl). The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Vol. IT, Part I, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 1—34, pls. i—vi), Title-page and Index for Vol. I. » LV. Issued Dec., 1901, | The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, Part IV, by Dr. A. H. Foord (pp. 127— for the Year 1901 146, pls. xxxiil— xxxix). British Graptolites, Part I, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood, edited by Prof. Lapworth (pp. 1—54, pls. i—iv). Ganoid Fishes of British Carboniferous Formations—Part I, Paleoniscide, No. 2, by Dr. Ramsay H. Traquair (pp. 61—87, pls. vili—xviii). The Fishes of the English Chalk, Part I, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward (pp. 1—56, pls. i—xili). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part 1V, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 145—196, pls. xxvii —XXXViil). British Graptolites, Part I, No. 2,, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood, edited by Prof. Lap- worth (pp. i—xxviil, 55—94, pls. y—xiil). , LVI. Issued Dec., 1902, | The Cave Hyena, by Prof.S. H. Reynolds (pp. 1—25, pls. i—xiv). for the Year 1902 | The eee of the English Chalk, Part II, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward (pp. 57—96, pls. xiv—xx). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part V, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. i—xliii, 197—232, pls. xxxix—xlii), Title-page and Index for Vol. I. The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Vol. II, Part II, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 35—124, » LVII. Issued Dec., 1903, pls. vii—xx1). for the Year 1903 | The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, Part V, by Dr. A. H. Foord (pp. 147—234, pls. xl—xlix), Title-page and Index. The Lower Palzozoie Trilobites of Girvan, Part 1, by Mr. F. R. Cowper Reed (pp. 1— 48, pls. i—vi). British Graptolites, Part Il], by Miss Elles and Miss Wood, edited by Prof. Lapworth (pp. xxix—lu, 103—134, pls. xiv—xix). The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part II, No. 2, by Dr. R. H. Traquair (pp. 91—118, pls. xix—xxvi). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Vol. II, Part I, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 1—56, pls. i—vli). The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Vol. II, Part III, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 125— ,» LVIII. Issued Dec., 1904, 216, pls. xxii—xxv). for the Year 1904 ) The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part XII, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman (pp. lxv—elxviii, pls. xv—xix). The Lower Paleozoic Trilobites of Girvan, Part II, by Mr. F. R. Cowper Reed (pp. 49—96, pls. vii—xili). British Graptolites, Part IV, by Miss Ellesand Miss Wood, edited by Prof. Lapworth (pp. lii—Ixxii, 1835—180, pls. xx—xxv). Vol. LIX. Issued Nov., 1905, for the Year 1905 » LX. Issued Dec., 1906, for the Year 1906 » LXI. Issued Dec., 1907, for the Year 1907 ,» UXII. Issued Dec., 1908, for the Year 1908 ,» LXIII. Issued Dec., 1909, for the Year 1909 27 CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. II, Part III, by Mr. W. K. Spencer (pp. 67—90, pls. xvii—xxvi). The Sreeeeous Lamellibranchia, Vol. II, Part II, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 57—96, pls. vili— xi). The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Vol. II, Title-pages and Index, by Dr. W. Hind. The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part XIII, by Mr. S. S. Buckman (pp. elxix—ceviii, ls. xx—xxiv). Pp The Cornbrash Fauna, Part I, by the Rev. J. F. Blake (pp. 1—100, pls. i—ix). The Pleistocene Bears, by Prof. S. H. Reynolds (pp. 1—35, pls. i—viii). The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part II, No. 3, by Dr. R. H. Traquair (pp. 119—130, pls. xxvii—xxxi). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Vol. II, Part III, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 97—182, pls. xli—xix). The Lower Paleozoic Trilobites of Girvan, Part II], by Mr. F. R. Cowper Reed (pp. 97—186, Title-page and Index, pls. xiv—xx). The Cambrian Trilobites, Part I, by Mr. P. Lake (pp. 1—28, pls. i, it). British Graptolites, Part V, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood, edited by Prof, Lapworth (pp. lxxili—xeyi, 181—216, pls. xxvi, xxvii). The Sirenoid Ganoids, Part II, by Prof. L. C. Miall (pp. 33—34, Title-page, Preface, and Postscript). Ganoid Fishes of British Carboniferous Formations, Part I, Paleoniscide, No. 3, by Dr. R. H. Traquair (pp. 87—106, pls. xix—xxili). The Fishes of the English Chalk, Part III, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward (pp. 97—128, ls. xxi—xxvi). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part XIV, by Mr. 8. 8S. Buckman (pp. ccix—celxil, Title-pages, Preface, and Index). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Vol. II, Part IV, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 133—180, pls. xx—xxvil). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. II, Part IV, by Mr. W. K. Spencer (pp. 91—182, pls. xxvii—xxix), The British Conulariz, by Miss Ida L. Slater (pp. 1—40, pls. i—v, Title-page and Index). The Cambrian Trilobites, Part II, by Mr. P. Lake (pp. 29—48, pls. ui, iv). British Graptolites, Part VI, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood (Mrs. Shakespear), edited by Prof. Lapworth (pp. xevii—exx, 217—272, pls. xxviii—xxxi). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. II, Part V, and Vol. III, Part IV, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (Vol. II, pp. 215—222, Title-page and Index ; Vol. ILI, pp. 287—247, Title-page and Index). The Cornbrash Fauna, Part II, by the Rev.J.F. Blake (pp. 101—102, Title-pageand Index). The Fishes of the English Chalk, Part IV, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward (pp. 129—152, pls. xxvii—xxxil). Illustrations of Type Specimens of Inferior Oolite Ammonites (pls. i—vii). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Vol. II, Part V, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 181—216, pls. xxviii—xxxiv). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. II, Part V, by Mr. W. K. Spencer (pp. 183—138, Title-page and Index). The Cambrian Trilobites, Part III, by Mr. P. Lake (pp. 49—64, pls. v, vi.) British Graptolites, Part VII, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood (Mrs. Shakespear), edited by Prof. Lapworth (pp. exxi—exlviii, 273—358, pl. xxxii—xxxv). The Pleistocene Canidz, by Prof. S. H. Reynolds (pp. 1—28, pls. i—vi). Ganoid Fishes of British Carboniferous Formations, Part I, Paleoniscide, No. 4, by Dr. R. H. Traquair (pp. 107—122, pls. xxiv—xxx). : The Fishes of the English Chalk, Part V, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward (pp. 153—184, pls. xxxUli—xxxvill). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Vol. II, Part V1, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 217—260, pls. xxxv—xliv). : The Mollusca of the Chalk, Part I, Cephalopoda, by Mr. D. Sharpe (Title-page and Index). The Belemnitide, by Prof. Phillips (Title-page and Index). 28 CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES— Continued. Ganoid Fishes of British Carboniferous Formations, Part I, Palwoniscide, No. 5, by Dr. R. H. Traquair (pp. 128—158, pls. xxxi—xxxv). The Fishes of the English Chalk, Part VI, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward (pp. 185—224, 9 pls. xxxix—xlvi). Vol. LXIV. Issued Jan.,1911, ! qye Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Vol. II, Part VII, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 261—284, for the Year 1910 pls. xlv—l). ; The Carboniferous Arachnida, by Mr. R. I. Pocock (pp. 1—84, pls. i—iii). British Graptolites, Part VIII, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood (Mrs. Shakespear), edited by Prof. Lapworth (pp. 359—414, pls. xxxvi—xli). The Pleistocene Mustelide, by Prof. S. H. Reynolds (pp. 1—28, pls. i—viii). Ganoid Fishes of British Carboniferous Formations, Part I, Paleoniscide, No. 6, by Dr. R. H. Traquair (pp. 159—180. pls. xxxvi—x]). i The Fishes of the English Chalk, Part VII, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward (pp. i—viil, 225—264, pls. xlvii—liv, including Title-page and Index). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Vol. I], Part VIII, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 285—340, pls. li—liy). The Fossil Sponges, Title-page and Index to Vol. I, by Dr. G. J. Hinde (pp. 255—264). LXV. Issued Feb., 1912, for the Year 1911 by Prof. Lapworth (pp. 415—486, pls. xlii—xlix). The Cambrian Trilobites, Part IV, by Mr. P. Lake (pp. 65—88, pls. vii—x). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Vol. II, Part IX, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 341—473, Is. lv—Ixii, including Title-page and Index). The Fossil Malacostracous Crustacea, by Prof. T. Bell (Title-page and Index). .. LXVI. Issued Feb., 1913, for the Year 1912 British Graptolites, Part X, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood (Mrs. Shakespear), edited by Prof. Lapworth (pp. 487—526, pls. 1—lii). The Paleozoic Asterozoa, Part I, by Mr. W. K. Spencer (pp. 1—56, pl. i). The Lower Paleozoic Trilobites of Girvan.—Supplement, by Dr. F. R. Cowper Reed (pp. 1—56, pls. i—viii, including Title-page and Index). The Pliocene Mollusea, Part I, by Mr. F. W. Harmer (pp. 1—200, pls. i—xxiv). Ganoid Fishes of British Carboniferous Formations, Part I, Paleoniscide, No. 7, by Dr. R. H. Traquair (pp. i—vi, 181—186, including Title-page and Index). The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part II, No. 4, by Dr. R. H. Traquair (pp. 131 —134, including Title-page and Index). , LXVII. Issued Feb., 1914, | British Graptolites, Part IX, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood (Mrs. Shakespear), edited for the Year 1913 | », LXVIII. Issued July, 1915, y The Pliocene Mollusca, Part I], by Mr. F. W. Harmer (pp. 201—302, pls. xxv— for the Year1914 XXXll). for the year 1915 pls. i—x). ,, LXIX. Issued Oct. 1916, The Wealden and Purbeck Fishes, Part I, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward (pp. 1—48, The Palwozoic Asterozoa, Part II, by Mv. W. K. Spencer (pp. 57—108, pls. ii—yv). ; The Wealden and Purbeck Fishes, Part II, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward (pp. 49—104, pls. xi—xx). » LXX. Issued Feb., 1918, | The Pliocene Mollusca, Part III, by Mr. F. W. Harmer (pp. 303-461, pls. xxxiii—xliy). for the year 1916 | The Paleozoic Asterozoa, Part III, by Mr. W. K. Spencer (pp. 109-168, pls. vi—xiii). British Graptolites, Part XI, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood (Mrs. Shakespear), edited by Prof. Lapworth (pp. cxlix-elxxi, with Title-page and Index). 29 CATALOGUE OF THE COMPLETED VOLUMES OF MONOGRAPHS PUBLISHED BY THE PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. Apams (A. L.) Monograph on the British Fossil Elephants. 1877—81. 3 parts, 28 plates. £1 5s. Bett (T.) A Monograph of the Fossil Malacostracous Crustacea of Great Britain. 1857—62. 2 parts, 22 plates. ds. SCC O wieme Binnny (EK. W.) Observations on the Structure of Fossil Plants found in the Carboniferous Strata. 1867—75. 4 parts, 24 plates. £1 1s. Brake (J. F.) A Monograph of the Fauna of the Cornbrash. 1905—7. 2 parts, 9 plates. 10s. Brapy (H. B.) A Monograph of Carboniferous and Permian Foraminifera (the genus Fusulina excepted). 1876. 12 plates. 12s. —-— See Jones, Parker, ete. Brapy, Crosskey, and Ropurtson. A Monograph of the Post-Tertiary Entomostraca of Scotland, including species from England and Ireland. 1874. 16 plates. 16s. Buckman (S. 8.) A Monograph on the Inferior Oolite Ammonites of the British Islands. 1887—1907. 14 parts, 128 plates. £5 16s. [and Secretary]. Illustrations of Type Specimens of Inferior Oolite Ammonites in the Sowerby Collection. 1908. 7 plates. 7s. Burrows (H. W.) See Jones, Parker, ete. Busk (G.) A Monograph of the Fossil Polyzoa of the Crag. 1859. 22 plates. 15s. CuapmaNn (F.) See Jones, Parker, etc. ws) pa © Crosskry (H. W.) See G. 8. Brady. Darwin (C.) A Monograph of the Fossil Cirripedes of Great Britain (Lepadide, Balanide, Verrucide). 1851—4. 2 parts, 7 plates. 10s. Davipson (T.) British Fossil Brachiopoda. 1851—86. 6 vols., 234 plates. £10 10s. Dawkins and Sanrorp. The British Pleistocene Mammalia. 1866—9. Vol. I. 3 parts, 25 plates. £1 Is. —— See 58. H. Reynolds. Duncan (P. M.) A Monograph of the British Fossil Corals. Second Series, being a Supplement to the Monograph of the British Corals by Milne-Edwards and Haime. 1866—91. 7 parts, 49 plates. £2 2s. Epwarps (F. E.) A Monograph of the Eocene Mollusca, or Descriptions of Shells from the older Tertiaries. 1849—77. Part I, out of print. Part II, Pulmonata, 7 plates, 5s. Part III, Prosobranchiata, 18 plates, 12s. Part IV, Pulmonata and Prosobranchiata, 1 plate, 3s. 6d. Hrrinesnausen (C.) See J. S. Gardner. Foorp (A. H.) Monograph on the Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland. 1897— 1908. 5 parts, 49 plates. £2 5s. Forses (H.) Monograph of the Echinodermata of the British Tertiaries. 1852. 4 plates. 3s. GarpDNER and Hyrinesuausun. A Monograph of the British Eocene Flora. 1879—86. 2 vols, 40 plates. £1 16s. Haime (J.) See Milne-Edwards. Hinp (Wuwetton). A Monograph of the British Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata. 1896—1905. 2 vols., 79 plates. £3 16s. ——— A Monograph on Carbonicola, Anthracomya, and Naiadites. 1894—6. 3 parts, 21 plates. £1 Is. Hinpe (G.J.) A Monograph of the British Fossil Sponges. 1887 19 plates. £1. 1912. 4 parts, ——— See T. R. Jones. Houtanp (R.) See Jones, Parker, ete. Hupteston (W. H.) A Monograph of the British Jurassic Gasteropoda. Part I, Gasteropoda of the Inferior Oolite. 1887—96. 9 parts, 44 plates. £2 2s. 3] Jones (T'. R.) Monograph of the Entomostraca of the Cretaceous Formation of England. 1849. 7 plates. Out of print. —W— A Monograph of the Fossil Estheriz. 1862. 5 plates. 6s. Jones and Hinpr. A Supplementary Monograph of the Cretaceous Entomostraca of England and Ireland. 1890. 4 plates. 5s. Jones, Kirxpy, and Brapy. A Monograph of the British Fossil Bivalved Entomo- straca from the Carboniferous Formations. 1874—84. Part I (complete). 7 plates. 7s. 6d. JONES, Parker, Brapy, Burrows, SHerporn, Minietr, Ho~itanp, and CuHapman. A Monograph of the Foraminifera of the Crag. 1866—97. 4 parts, 7 plates. Ailes: Jones and Sarrsorn. A Monograph of the Tertiary Entomostraca of England. 1857—89. 2 parts, 9 plates. 10s. Jones and Woopwarp. A Monograph of the British Palzeozoic Phyllopoda. 1887 —99:. 4 parts, 31 plates. £1 10s. Kine (W.) Monograph of the Permian Fossils of England. 1850. 29 plates. Out of print. Kirxsy (J. W.) See T. R. Jones. Lankesrer (EH. R.) See Powrie. Lycrerr (J.) Supplementary Monograph on the Mollusca from the Stonesfield Slate, Great Oolite, Forest Marble, and Cornbrash. 1863. 15 plates. 12s. A Monograph of the British Fossil Trigomiz. 1872—88. 7 parts, 45 plates. £2 2s. ——— See J. Morris. Miatt (lL. C.) Monograph on the Sirenoid and Crossopterygian Ganoids. 1878— 1907. 2 parts, 6 plates. 6s. Mitrerr (F. W.) See Jones, Parker, etc. Miwe-Epwarps and Haimg. A Monograph of the British Fossil Corals. 1850—5. Part I. 11 plates. Out of print. Part II. Oolitic. 19 plates. 10s. Part III]. Permian and Mountain Limestone. 16 plates. 10s. Part IV. Devonian. 10 plates. 6s. Part V. Silurian. 16 plates. 10s. ee SCCe el imedn, 32 Morris and Lycerr, A Monograph of the Mollusca from the Great Oolite, chiefly from Minchinhampton and the Coast of Yorkshire. 1851—63. 4 parts, 45 plates. £2 2s. Nicuonson (H. A.) A Monograph of the British Stromatoporoids. 1886—92. 4 parts, 29 plates. £1 10s. Own (R.) Monograph of the British Fossil Cetacea from the Red Crag. 1870—89. 5 plates. 5s. —-—— Monograph of the Fossil Mammalia of the Mesozoic Formations. 1871. 4 plates. 5s. ———— A Monograph on the Fossil Reptilia of the Cretaceous Formations. 1851— 64. 59 plates. £2 2s. ——-—— A Monograph of the Fossil Reptilia of the Liassic Formations. 1861—81. 5 parts, 50 plates. £1 10s. —- Monograph on the Fossil Reptilia of the Mesozoic Formations. 1874—7. 3 parts, 24 plates. £1. ———— Monograph of the Fossil Reptilia of the Wealden and Purbeck Formations. 1855—89. With 9 Supplements and 83 plates. £3. —-— Monograph on the Reptilia of the Kimmeridge Clay and Portland Stone. 1859—89. 6 plates. 5s. Owen and Bett. Monograph on the Fossil Reptilia of the London Clay. Vol. I. 1849—59. 58 plates. Out of print. — Vol. Il. Part I. 1880. 2 plates. 2s. 6d. Parker (W. K.) See Jones, Parker, etc. Puiturs (J.) A Monograph of British Belemnitide. 1865—70. 5 parts, 36 plates. £1 10s. Pocock (R. I.) The Carboniferous Arachnida. 1911. 3 plates. 4s. Powrie, Lankesrer, and Traquair. A Monograph of the Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone of Britain. 1867—1914. 2 vols. in 7 parts, 49 plates. £2 5s. Reep (F. R. C.) The Lower Paleozoic Trilobites of the Girvan District, Ayr- shire. 1903—6. 3 parts, 20 plates. £1. Suppiement to above. 1914. 8 plates. 8s. Reynoips (S. H.) A Monograph of the British Pleistocene Mammalia. Vol. II. 1902—9. 3 parts, 28 plates. £1 8s. Roxertson (D.) See G. S. Brady. 33 Saurer (J. W.) A Monograph of British Trilobites. 1864—83. 5 parts, 21 plates. Os: Sanrorp (W. A.) See W. B. Dawkins. SHarPe (D.) Description of the Fossil Remains of Mollusca found in the Chalk of England. 1853—6. 3 parts, 27 plates. £1 ls. SHERBORN (C. D.) See T. R. Jones. ——_—— See Jones, Parker, etc. StapEn (W. P.) See T. Wright. Srarer (I. L.) A Monograph of British Conulariz. 1907. 5 plates. 4s. Spencer (W. K.) See T. Wright. Traquair (R. H.) The Ganoid Fishes of the British Carboniferous Formations. Part I. Paleoniscide. 1877—1914. 7 parts, 40 plates. £1. ——— See Powrie. Wuipzorné (G. F.) A Monograph of the Devonian Fauna of the South of England. Vols. Land Il. Fauna of the Limestones of Lummaton, Wol- borough, Chircombe Bridge, and Chudleigh. 1889—95. 8 parts, 56 plates. £2 10s. —-— Devonian Fauna. Vol. III. The Fauna of the Marwood and Pilton Beds of North Devon and Somerset. 1896—1907. 4 parts, 38 plates. ale LOS. Wituamson (W. C.) A Monograph of the Morphology and History of Stigmaria Ficoides. 1887. 15 plates. 12s. Woop (8. V.) A Monograph of the Crag Mollusca or Descriptions of Shells from the Middle and Upper Tertiaries of the Hast of England. 1848—82. 2 vols. with 3 Supplements, 71 plates. £3 3s. —-— A Monograph of the Hocene Bivalves of England. 1861—77. Vol. I with Supplement (all published). 27 plates. £1 Ls. Woops (H.) A Monograph of the Cretaceous Lamellibranchia of England. 1899 —1913. 2 vols., 104 plates. £0. Woopwarp (A. 8.) The Fossil Fishes of the English Chalk. 1902—12. 7 parts, 54 plates. £2 10s. Woopwarp (H.) A Monograph of the British Carboniferous Trilobites. 1885-—4. 2 parts, 10 plates. 10s. 34. Woopwarp (H.) A Monograph of the British Fossil Crustacea belonging to the Order Merostomata. 1866—78. 56 parts, 36 plates. £1 10s. Wrieut (T.) A Monograph on the British Fossil Echinodermata of the Oolitic Formations. 1857—80. 2 vols., 65 plates. £2 10s. —-— Monograph on the Lias Ammonites of the British Islands. 1876—86. 8 parts, 91 plates. £3 3s. ———— Srapen (W. P.), and Spencer (W. K.) A Monograph on the British Fossil Echinodermata from the Cretaceous Formations. 1864—1908. 2 vols., 116 plates. £5 10s. The Monographs are on sale by Messrs. Dulau & Co., Ltd., 37, Soho Square, London, W. 1, at the prices affixed. Separate parts are charged at the rate of one shilling per plate. Discount is allowed to members of the Paleeontographical Society who order the volumes or parts through the Secretary. Enquiries concerning the volumes and parts marked out of print may be addressed to Messrs. Dulau & Co., Ltd. [Palxeontographical Society, 1916. THE FOSSIL FISHES ENGLISH WEALDEN AND PURBECK FORMATIONS. BY ARLEAUR SMITE. WOODW ARID; ib: FoRES., KEEPER OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM; SECRETARY OF THE PALHONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. PARTY II. Paaus 49—104, Puates XI—XxX. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE PALHONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. Frsruary, 1918. MESODON. 49 not sufficiently expanded to meet round the notochord. Fin-rays robust, articulated. and divided distally. Pelvic fins present; dorsal and anal fins deep throughout their extent, the former occupying the hinder half of the back, and the latter somewhat shorter; caudal fin fan-shaped, with a truncated or convex hinder margin, and arising immediately between the posterior extremities of the dorsal and anal fins. Scales usually smooth, covering only the anterior half of the trunk, and complete only in the lower part of the flank. Type Species.—Mesodon macropterus (A. Wagner, loc. cit., 1851, pp. 49, 56, a 4 f Ou \ Fia. 20.—Mesodon macropterus (Agassiz) ; restoration, about two-thirds nat. size—Lower Kimmeridgian (Lithographie Stone); Bavaria. (fr., frontal; m.eth., mesethmoid; md., mandible, showing narrow dentary in front; op., operculum; orb., orbit; p.op., preoperculum; pa., parietal ; pas., parasphenoid ; pmzx., premaxilla ; s.oce , supraoccipital ; sq., squamosal; v., vomer. pl. iv, fig. 2) from the Lower Kimmeridgian (Lithographic Stone) of Kelheim, Bavaria. he species had previously been named Gyrodus macropterus by L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., Feuill. (1834), p. 18, and vol. ii, pt. i1 (1844), p. 301, ftemarks.—In a restoration of the type species of Mesodow published in my ‘Outlines of Vertebrate Paleontology’ (1898), the arrangement of the scales is wrongly based on the Liassic species now named Homesodon liassicus (see below, p. 55). A new restoration is accordingly given in the accompanying Text-fig. 20. In a restoration of Mesodon bernissartensis, from the Wealden of Belgium, published by R. H. Traquair in his “ Poissons Wealdiens de Bernissart ” (Ann. i 50 WEHALDEN AND PURBECK FOSSIL FISHES. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belg., vol. v, 1911, fig. 11, p. 30) the limits of the vomer and mesethmoid are erroneously indicated, the posterior digitate process of the parietal is omitted, and the scales at the origin of the pelvic fins are incorrectly shown. Crushed and broken specimens cannot be readily interpreted. The geological range of typical species seems to be from the Kimmeridgian to the Wealden inclusive. 1. Mesodon daviesi, A.S. Woodward. Plate XII, figs. 1, 2. 1890. Mesodon daviesi, A. S. Woodward, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 351, pl. xxviu, fig. 5. 1895, Mesodon daviesi, A. S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. iii, p. 201. T'ype-—Nearly complete fish ; British Museum. Specific Characters —A species attaining a length of 25cm. Maximum depth of trunk somewhat less than the length of the fish without caudal fin; head with opercular apparatus contained about three-and-a-half times in the same length ; back gently rounded, and dorsal fin arising at the highest point. Principal splenial teeth rounded and smooth, about twice as broad as long, flanked externally by two series of smaller teeth, which are also smooth and often broader than long. Dorsal and anal fins about equally elevated, the latter with 29 or 30 supports and four-fifths as long as the former, which has 38 or 389 supports. Dorsal and ventral ridge-scales each with a row of four or five small denticles which increase slightly in size backwards. Description of Specimens.—The type specimen (Pl. XII, fig. 1), with its incomplete counterpart, exhibits all the principal characters of the species, except those of the paired fins and the serration of the ridge-scales. A second smaller specimen, apparently of the same species, in the British Museum (no. P. 4381), has a slightly larger head, and agrees well with a more imperfect small specimen in the Dorset County Museum. The head-bones as preserved in the fossils exhibit a fibrous texture, and the only external ornament is a radiating reticulation, without any tubercles. The parietal in the type specimen bears the usual large posteriorly-directed process with digitate extremity, and the supraoccipital ends “abruptly, without any upward production. he orbit is as small as in the type species, and all the characteristic Pycnodont features are vaguely seen in the facial region. The small cleft of the mouth is, as usual, inclined shehtly upwards and backwards. ‘The vomerine dentition is seen only in edge-view, but in B. M. no. P. 4381 it is shown to have been shghtly convex from side to side. The splenial dentition, partly exposed from the attached face in the same specimen, exhibits the primecipal teeth flanked outside by two series of teeth, which are also broader than long, while the inner shghtly exceed the outer in size. As shown in the type specimen (PI. XII, fig. 1 a), MESODON. 5] the transversely elongated principal splenial teeth are smooth and rounded, without any apical pit; the teeth of the first outer flanking series are also smooth, broader than long, and about half as broad as the principal teeth; while (as seen in the counterpart of the same specimen) the teeth of the second flanking series are somewhat smaller, but still broader than long. One tooth of the first flanking series exhibits an apical pit. The dentary bone (PI. XII, fig. 2, d.), of the usual Pyenodont shape, bears two chisel-shaped teeth, of which the inner is the larger. The triangular preoperculum (PI. XII, figs. 1, 2, pop.) does not extend so far upwards as the relatively small, deep, and narrow operculum (op.); and when well preserved the radiating reticulated ornament of its outer face is very conspicuous (fig. 2, pop.). Traces of calcified gill-supports are seen beneath it in the Dorset Museum specimen. The vacant space for the notochord forms a nearly straight band somewhat above the middle of the trunk, and the vertebral arches above and below it exhibit a small basal triangular expansion. In the type specimen (PI. XII, fig. 1) 33 or 34 neural arches can be counted, the foremost being the stoutest and most widely spaced, while the hindmost three or four are comparatively diminutive and related to the support of the caudal fin. Most of these arches bear traces of the anterior laminar expansion (seen especially in the counterpart of the type), and about 18 may be reckoned as belonging to the abdominal region. The ribs are much expanded in their proximal portion and stout, but do not reach the ventral border of the trunk. There are about 13 hemal arches in advance of the tail in the caudal region, nearly symmetrical with the opposed neurals ; and at least 7 comparatively short hzemals are crowded together within the base of the caudal fin. Of the paired fins, only traces of the pectoral are seen in the type specimen. Seven stout hour-glass-shaped supports are preserved in the basal lobe, and the expanse of the fin must have been large, with numerous closely articulated rays. Thirty-nine supports can be counted in the dorsal fin, and about 30 supports in the anal fin; and the dorsal fin is sufficiently well preserved to show that the foremost three or four rays gradually increase in length to the longest. In both these fins the articulations of the rays are close, and the unarticulated base is very short. In the caudal fin there are slightly more than 20 rays, of which those at the upper and lower borders are much crowded, and may be described as partly fuleral. Remains of the scales cover the whole of the anterior half of the trunk to the origin of the median fins, arranged in 14 transverse series, with traces of the upper end of two more series just in front of the dorsal fin. For the greater part of their length the series of scales are represented in the fossils merely by the thickened inner rib which bears the peg-and-socket articulation. It is only in the lower part of the abdominal region that they are complete. Here they are thick and smooth, with an especially wide inner rib and large peg-and-socket articulation. The ventral ridge-scales are saddle-shaped and (as shown in the Dorset Museum 52 WEALDEN AND PURBECK FOSSIL FISHES. specimen) each bears a row of four or five small denticles which increase slightly in size backwards. The lowest flank-scales are scarcely deeper than wide, though very irregular in shape. Above these the flank-scales are much deeper than wide, complete to the number of about four in the foremost series, but gradually reduced to one behind. All seem to be more or less irregular, as already described by Hennig in Mesodon macropterus.!. So far as can be determined from the riblets, all the flank-scales are deep and must have been few in a transverse series. The course of the lateral line is not clear, but the upper slime-canal from the occiput to the origin of the dorsal fin is marked by slight transverse expansions on the successive riblets of deep scales immediately below the dorsal ridge. As shown in the Dorset Museum specimen, each dorsal ridge-scale is armed with a row of five small smooth denticles which increase slightly in size backwards. In the type specimen an irregularly elongate-triangular smooth scale, with its short anterior base crimped into three or four digitations (Pl. XII, fig. 1d), oceurs within the caudal fin and probably represents the last remnant of the squamation of the upper caudal lobe. Horizon and Locality.—Middle Purbeck Beds: Swanage, Dorset. 2. Mesodon parvus, A. S. Woodward. Plate XII, figs. 3, 4. 1895. Mesodon macropterus, var. parvus, A. S. Woodward, Geol. Mag. [4], vol. 1i, p. 147, pl. vii, fig. 2. T'ype.—Fish with incomplete head; British Museum. Specific Characters.—A small species, probably attaining a length of about 14cm. Maximum depth of trunk somewhat less than the length of the fish with- out caudal fin; head with opercular apparatus contained about three times in the same length; back gently rounded, and dorsal fin arising slightly behind the highest point. Teeth frequently indented with a shallow pit; principal splenial teeth rounded and smooth, about twice as broad as long, flanked externally by two series of smaller teeth, the inner broader than long, the outer nearly round. Dorsal and anal fins equally eleyated, the latter with about 26 supports and two-thirds as. long as the former, which has about 36 supports. Dorsal and ventral ridge-scales with few comparatively large denticles, those of each scale rapidly increasing in size backwards. Description of Specimens.—The type specimen (PI. XII, fig. 3) is a fish scarcely more than 5 cm. in length; and a second specunen presented to the British Museum by Mr. T. T. Gething, showing the nearly complete head, is of about the same size. Portions of larger fishes, however, from the same formation and locality, probably belong to this species; one presented to the Museum of Practical ' HK. Hennig, “Gyrodus und die Organisation der Pyknodonten,”’ Paleontographica, vol. li (1906), peli tis: 8: MESODON. 53 Geology (no. 3414) by the Rev. W. R. Andrews, representing an individual at least 14 cm. in length. The head in Mr. Gething’s fossil (PI. XII, fig. 4) is well preserved in direct side view, with a rather large orbit, partly surrounded by the remains of an ossified sclerotic. The cranial roof is shown only in internal impression, but the supra- occipital is clearly not turned upwards behind, and the parietal bears the usual posterior digitate process. The facial region exhibits the mesethmoidal plate and the edge of the tooth-bearing vomer. ‘The mandibular suspensorium is obscure both in this and in the type specimen, but a fortunate fracture displays the left splenial dentition from its attached face (fig. 4a). The teeth preserved are in three regular series, the large principal teeth being about twice as broad as long, those of the next series also broader than long, but those of the outer series nearly round. There are traces of a shallow apical pit in the crown of two principal splenial teeth in the large specimen; and some of the lateral vomerine teeth are both pitted and faintly crimped. The two dentary teeth (fig. 4a, d.), as usual, are chisel-shaped, and the outer of the two is comparatively small. The maximum width of the nearly triangular preoperculum (PI. XII, fig. 3, pop.) somewhat exceeds half its depth. The deep and narrow operculum (op.) is comparatively small. Both these bones are ornamented with sparse and partly reticulating ridges, which radiate backwards from a point on the front margin. Beneath the preoperculum are two branchiostegal rays (br.), of which the upper is the larger though both are relatively small. There are distinct traces of calcified gill-supports. The axial skeleton of the trunk closely resembles that already described in M. daviesi (p. 51), but there seem to be only 11 hzemal arches in the caudal region in advance of the tail. he stout ribs are hollow in the fossils, and the two narrow wings in the upper half of each are distinct. The pectoral fin, with the seven hour-glass-shaped supports in its basal lobe, is conspicuous on the flank above the lower expansion of the clavicle (PI. XII, fig. 3). The comparatively small pelvic fin, with about 5 slender and much bifurcated rays, is also well seen in the type specimen (PI. XII, fig. 3), inserted much nearer to the anal than to the pectoral fin. The dorsal and anal fins exhibit 86 and 26 supports respectively in both the small specimens, and their rays are remarkably slender and well-spaced, with less distal bifurcation than usual. The rays in the anal fin of the larger specimen, however, are stouter and more extensively bifurcated. Perhaps the first condition is a mark of immaturity. The caudal fin comprises 18 rays, with two or three slender fulcral rays at the origin above and below. The scales are as in M. daviesi (p. 51), except that the smooth denticles on the dorsal and ventral ridges are coarser. Hach dorsal ridge-scale bears three or four denticles which increase slightly in size backwards. Each ventral ridge-scale is more strongly armoured with only two or three denticles, of which the hinder is 54, WEALDEN AND PURBECK FOSSIL FISHES. much the larger. ‘The smooth complete scales on the lower portion of the flank, becoming reduced backwards, are especially well seen in the type specimen (PI. XI, fig. 3), and their stout inner rib is still clearer in the second specimen (fig. 4). The dagger-shaped scales of the upper slime-canal are also distinct. The course of the lateral line is obscure in the abdominal region, but it is marked by a row of short tubular calcifications on the tail (fig. 3, /./.). A small smooth rhombic scale occurs on the upper extremity of the caudal lobe. Horizon and Locality—Middle Purbeck Beds: Teffont, Wiltshire. Genus EOMESODON, novum. Generic Characters.—Profile of head especially steep and abdominal region of trunk much deepened; the caudal region relatively small. Head and opercular bones more or less coarsely granulated; jaws and teeth as in Mesodon, but with not less than three outer series of splenial teeth. Fins as in Mesodon. Scales complete over the whole of the trunk in advance of the median fins, not much deepened ; ornamented with more or less coarse granulations. Type Species—Komesodon liassicus (Pycnodus liassicus, Egerton, Figs. and Descript. Brit. Organic Remains, dec. viii—Mem. Geol. Surv., 1855—no. 10) from the Lower Lias probably of Barrow-on-Soar, Leicestershire, and other English localities. Remarks.—Vhe species referable to this genus have hitherto been included in Mesodon, but they form a group which is well distinguished by the deepening of the large abdominal region and the completeness of the abdominal squamation. The earliest species is Momesodon hoeferi,) from the Upper Trias of Hallein, Salzburg, Austria. Next is the type species from the Lower Lias, and then follow the other Jurassic species, Homesodon rugulosus,? H. granulatus,® LH. gibbosus,* and FE. barnesi, besides an uncertain number of species which are known only by the dentition. The dorsal elevation of the anterior part of the trunk in the type specimen of Homesodon liassicus is not well shown in Egerton’s original figure of this fossil. It is therefore drawn again in the accompanying Text-fig. 21, which indicates some of the principal features of the genus and species. ‘lhe skull is evidently that of a 1 Mesodon hoeferi, D. G. Kramberger, Beitr. Paliont. und Geol. Oesterr.-Ungarns, vol. xviii (1905), p. 2119) pl. xx; fig. o. pk xx; figs 2: 2 Pyenodus rugulosus. L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss, vol. ii, pt. ii (1889—44), p. 194, pl. Ixxiia, fig. 23; Mesodon rugulosus, A. S. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. xii (1892), p. 239, pl. iv, figs. 2—4. 3 Pycnodus granulatus, Graf z1 Minster, Beitr. Petrefakt., pt. vii (1846), p. 44, pl. in, figs. 11,12; Mesodon granulatus, K. Fricke, Paleeontogr., vol. xxii (1875), p. 359, pl. xviti, pl. xix, figs. 1—6. * Mesodon gibbosus, A. Wagner, Abhandl. k. bay, Akad. Wiss, math.-phys. Cl., vol. vi (1851), pp. 52, 56, pl. in, fig. 2; E. Hennig, Centralbl. f. Min., 1907, p. 366, figs. 4, 5. KOMESODON. 55 typical Pycnodont, with relatively large frontal bones, a small median supra- occipital plate (socc.), a quadrangular parietal (pa.), and a rather large squamosal (sq.), all closely ornamented with rows of granulations. One of the. principal vomerine teeth, as already noted by Hgerton, is coarsely crimped or tuberculated round the apex of the crown; a larger ovoid splenial tooth is smooth and not indented. The dentary bone bears two chisel-shaped teeth, of which the imner is the larger. Beneath the large triangular preoperculum there are two branchi- ostegal rays. In the axial skeleton of the trunk, the stout neural spines of the abdominal region do not reach the dorsal border; while neither neurals nor hemals in the caudal region bear any laminar expansion. In the caudal region, Fic. 21.—Homesodon liassicus (Kgerton); drawing of type specimen, nat. size.—Lower Lias; probably Barrow-on-Soar, Leicestershire. B. M. no. 19864. pa., parietal; socc., supraoccipital; sq., squamosal. however, as especially well seen in a smaller specimen (B. M. no. P. 1336, with counterpart in the Worcester Museum), each neural spine beneath the dorsal fin is double, a short straight rod arising from the front of the neural arch, the long neural spine proper arising behind and curving sharply backwards. The number of rays in the dorsal and anal fins seems to have been smaller than in the typical Mesodon. 'The large dorsal ridge-scales in the anterior part of the eminence are much deepened and modified, but they bear the usual median row of small hooked denticles, of which those in front are inclined backwards, while those behind the eminence seem to be upright or inclined forwards. The ventral ridge-scales are not seen in the type specimen ; but three or four immediately in front of the anal fin in the smaller specimen already mentioned appear to be merely pointed and imbricating, without denticles. The lateral line is well marked by a ridge, and the 56 WEALDEN AND PURBECK FOSSIL FISHES. course of the upper slime-canal is also distinct. In the deepest part of the trunk there appear to be about 8 scales in a transverse series above that traversed by the lateral line, and about 10 scales below this. 1. Eomesodon barnesi, A. S. Woodward. Plate XIII, fig. 1; Text-fig. 22. 1906. Mesodon barnesi, A. S. Woodward, Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. Field Club, vol. xxvii, p. 187, pl. B, figs. 1—4. Type.—Nearly complete fish ; collection of the late F. J. Barnes, Esq. Specific Characters.—Klevation of back sharply rounded, and maximum depth Fic. 22.—EHomesodon barnesi, A. 8S. Woodward; incomplete fish, two-thirds nat. size.—Portland Stone (Roach Bed); Portland, Dorset. eth., mesethmoid; occ., supraoccipital ; orb., orbit; plv., pelvic fin; r.spl., right splenial; v., vomer. F'. J. Barnes Collection. of trunk about equalling the total length of the fish to the base of the caudal fin. Teeth smooth, a few of those of the lateral series having a faint apical pit with traces of crimping on the border; splenial teeth closely arranged, those of the principal series broader than long, flanked within by one row of small round teeth and externally by three series, of which the median is the smallest, and the outer about equal in size to the inner series. Dorsal fin with about 30, anal fin with about 20 rays. Granulation of external bones and scales coarse; enamelled denticles few and conspicuous on dorsal and ventral ridge-scales. HOMESODON. a Description of Purbeckian Specimen.—The type specimen (Text-fig. 22) was obtained by the late Mr. F. J. Barnes, F.G.S., from the roach bed of the Portland Stone at Portland. The occurrence of the species in the Purbeck Beds is uncertain, but an imperfect specimen in the British Museum seems to agree with it in the parts which are comparable. This fossil (Pl. XIII, fig. 1), which is not much more than half as large as the type, is of approximately similar proportions, but lacks entirely the upper part of the head, the paired fins, and the caudal fin. The external bones and scales are ornamented with very prominent large hollow tubercles. The orbit is relatively large, and the cleft of the mouth small; and some of the lateral vomerine teeth are crimped round the shallow apical pit. As shown in broken section the bones are of very open texture. The typical rather stout neural and hamal arches of the axial skeleton, with traces of their laminar expansions, are seen in the caudal region. The fragmentary dorsal and anal fins have clearly about 30 and 20 supports respectively, while all the rays are very stout, closely articulated, and subdivided distally. Some of the anterior rays of the anal fin are armed with rows of very small and slender, slightly arched denticles (fig. 1¢,a.). The squamation on the large and deep abdominal region is shown chiefly in impression, but a few actual remains of scales above the position of the notochord bear traces of the canal for the lateral line. The number of complete transverse series of scales cannot have been less than 20; and the scales, being less deepened, seem to have been more numerous in each series than in the typical Mesodon. Fragments of the dorsal ridge-scales bear very stout large smooth denticles (figs. la, 1), and the ventral ridge-scales have these denticles still larger, each of the scales just in front of the anal fin bearing only one denticle with a boss in front (fig. 1 ¢). Horizons and Localitics—Portland Stone (Roach Bed): Isle of Portland. (?) Middle Purbeck Beds : Swanage, Dorset. 2. Eomesodon depressus, sp. nov. Plate XIII, fig. 2. T'ype.—Fragment of head and trunk ; British Museum. Specific Characters.—Hleyation of back steep in front, but gradually descending to the rather remote dorsal fin; most of the dorsal ridge-scales bearing eight small denticles which are nearly uniform in size. Description of Specimen.—Though well distinguished by the characters of the dorsal ridge, this species is known only by the fragmentary type specimen (Pl. XIII, fig. 2) which was discovered by the late Mr. Frederick Hovenden, F.G.8. The orbit (o7b.) and the postorbital part of the skull are vaguely indicated, and the steep anterior profile of the fish does not appear to have been distorted. The very coarse tuberculation is visible on the fragments of head-bones preserved. 8 58 WEALDEN AND PURBECK FOSSIL FISHES. The axial skeleton of the trunk is nearly complete, comprising shghtly more than 30 arches, of which about a third are caudal. Traces of the laminar expansions are seen both on the neural and the hemal spines. A few of the dorsal fin- supports (d.) occur just behind the abdominal squamation, but no other remains of the fins are preserved. ‘The scales are in slightly more than 20 regular transverse series, and exhibit both their internal and their external characters. The peg-and- socket articulation is very deep on all the scales, but the internal riblet is largest on the scales of the lower part of the abdominal region (fig. 2c). Each scale is deeply overlapped in front, and its exposed portion is covered with large tubercles of ganoine (fig. 2). Kach dorsal ridge-scale (fig. 2) is also provided along the middle line with a row of eight smooth conical denticles, which are nearly equal in size.. The next row of scales below the dorsal ridge is traversed as usual by a shme-canal, and the lateral line is traceable along the middle of the flank. The number of scales in each transverse series 18 uncertain, but there seems to be about nine above the lateral line. Horizon and Locality.—Middle Purbeck Beds: Swanage, Dorset. Addendum.—Detached jaws of Mesodon and Homesodon are not uncommon in the Purbeck Beds, but it is still not possible to name them specifically. The left splenial dentition shown in Pl. XIII, fig. 3, is remarkable for the crowding of its principal teeth and the irregularity of its inner and outer small teeth. Another left splenial dentition (PI. XIII, fig. 4) may probably be referred to Mesodon rather than to Microdon on account of its well-developed inner row of small teeth, though this feature is not absolutely distinctive. Genus MICRODON, Agassiz. Microdon, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., vol. u, pt. 1, 1833, p, 16, and pt. il, 1844, p. 204. Generic Characters.—Trunk deeply fusiform or discoidal, with short slender caudal pedicle. Cranial shield without supratemporal vacuities. Head and opercular bones ornamented with reticulating rugee and pittings; two chisel- shaped teeth in each premaxilla and dentary; tritoral teeth smooth, sometimes feebly indented in the lateral series ; vomerine teeth in five longitudinal series, but the inner lateral pairs regularly alternating with the widely spaced median teeth ; splenial teeth in four series, the innermost being relatively small, the second the largest or principal series. Neural and heemal arches of axial skeleton of trunk not expanding sufficiently to encircle the notochord. I'in-rays robust, articulated, and much divided distally. Pelvic fins present; dorsal and anal fins high and acuminate in front, rapidly becoming low and fringe-like behind, the former occupying at least the hinder half of the back, and the latter somewhat shorter, arising more posteriorly ; caudal fin forked, Scales ornamented with reticulated MICRODON. 59 ruge or pittings, covering only the anterior half of the trunk, and complete only in the lower part of the flank; traces of riblets of scales sometimes on the middle of the flank of the caudal region. Type Species.—Microdon elegans (1. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., vol. ii, pt. i, 1838, p. 16, and pt. 11, 1839-44, p. 205, pl. xix 6) from the Lower Kimmeridgian (Litho- graphic Stone) of Solenhofen, Bavaria. 1. Microdon radiatus, Agassiz. Plate XIV; Plate XV, figs. 1—5; Text-figure 23. 1839-44. Microdon radiatus, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., vol. ii, pt. ii, p. 208, pl. lxix ¢, figs. 1, 2. 1840. Microdon radiatus, R. Owen, Odontography, p. 73, pl. xliii, fig. 1 [microscopical structure of teeth ]. 1895. Microdon radiatus, A. S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., pt. ili, p. 228. T'ype.—Imperfect fish. Specific Characters.—A species attaining a length of about 12 em. Maximum depth of trunk somewhat less than total length to base of caudal fin; head with opercular apparatus occupying scarcely a quarter of total length of fish. Splemial teeth of principal series with well-rounded ends, wider than the two outer series, of which the outermost is considerably the larger. Vertebral axis at origin of dorsal fin slightly above middle line of trunk. Dorsal fin with about 40, anal fin with 30 supports. Hach ridge-seale with three or four very prominent denticles, inclined and increasing in size backwards, flank-scales delicate, marked with more or less radiating rug between the pittings. Description of Specimens.—The type specimen, originally in the collection of H. KE. Strickland, exhibits the general proportions of the fish, with the characteristic stout ventral ridge-scales, but somewhat distorted in the region of the pectoral arch and lacking the greater part of the fins except the caudal. A smaller speci- men in the Dorset County Museum (Pl. XIV, fig. 1) shows still better the shape of the fish as noted in the specific diagnosis above ; while a larger specimen in the British Museum (PI. XIV, fig. 2) displays the principal characters of the trunk. In the skull (Pl. XV, fig. 1) the facial region as usual is somewhat bent down- wards, while the tooth-bearing surface of the vomer is in a plane nearly parallel to that of the base of the cranium. ‘The cranial cartilage is well ossified, one speci- men in the British Museum (no. P. 1627 a) showing apparently the exoccipital, basioccipital, and pro-otic elements, while others seem to exhibit a postfrontal (sphenotic) and perhaps an alisphenoid or orbitosphenoid (Pl. XV, fig. 1, ors.). The cranial roof is completely covered with membrane bones, which are marked with a more or less radiating reticular ornament. A small narrow median element which forms the crest behind the frontals, may be described as the supraoccipital plate (Pl. XV, fig. 1, soce.), and bears a few close rows of small recurved denticles along its edge. It is more or less incompletely fused behind with the first ridge- 60 WEALDEN AND PURBECK FOSSIL FISHES. seale (7.s.), which bears a median row of three or four recurved denticles rapidly increasing in size backwards. he lateral wings of this ridge-scale taper down- wards as they pass below the limit of the supraoccipital plate. is A. 8. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. i, p. 296, pl. xii, fig. 9. Type.——Much worn tooth; British Museum. Specific Characters.—A species known only by isolated dental crowns which sometimes attain a length of 2°5cm. im longest diameter, but are usually smaller. Principal teeth slightly more than twice as broad as long; coronal contour gently rounded, somewhat raised near each lateral end, and the surface marked by very fine wrinkles diverging or radiating from an extended apical pit which is reduced to an inconspicuous groove. Description of Specimens.—The type specimen, which was misunderstood by Agassiz, is shown from the upper, anterior, and lateral aspects in Pl. XV, figs. 14, 14a, 6, and may be regarded as a principal tooth of the left splenial bone. It is imperfect at the outer and posterior borders, and its upper surface (fig. 14) has been removed by mastication, which has produced a deep hollow in the outer half, The posterior broken edge shows that the main part of the tooth consists only of a comparatively thin crown, without any root. The anterior face (fig. 14a), which is described and figured by Agassiz as the top of the crown, retains the charac- teristic ornament of very fine vertical wrinkles. Concentric lines of growth are conspicuous round the base of the crown, which is shown to have been fixed to the bone by a peripheral root in the usual Pyenodont manner. A smaller tooth evidently of the same type was described and figured loc. cit. 1889, displaying the shape and ornament of the unworn crown; and another good pecimen of intermediate size is shown in Pl. XV, figs. 15,15 a,b. Here the oral surface (fig. 15) is only shehtly worn, so that the original contour of the tooth is C@iLODUS. 69 obvious. The anterior as well as the posterior face (fig. 15 a) exhibits traces of concentric lines of growth across the characteristic wrinkled ornament, and the peripheral nature of the root is clear (figs. 15 a,b). A smaller specimen (fig. 16) shows well the remnant of the apical pit as a slight fissure from which the coronal wrinkles diverge. The lateral teeth have not been identified with certainty, but the low-crowned ovoid specimen represented in Pl. XV, fig. 17, may be one of them. The peripheral ornament of the crown resembles that of the principal teeth of this species, but that of the middle of the crown is a coarse irregular tuberculation. Among other teeth that are evidently Pycnodont, the small elongated specimen with a high crown shown in Pl. XV, fig. 18, may also belong to one of the lateral series of C. hirwdo. A microscopical section made from one of the principal teeth exhibits the typical Pycnodont structure, densely arranged minute tubuli traversing the dentine from the pulp-cavity direct to the superficial ganodentine. Horizon and Localities. —Wealden : Tilgate Forest; neighbourhood of Hastings (Wadhurst Clay and Ashdown Sands); Telham, near Battle. 4. Celodus levidens, sp. nov. Plate XV, figs. 19, 20. Type.—Splenial bone ; British Museum. Specific Characters.—A small species with splenial dentition usually not more than 2°5cm. in length. Teeth of principal series on the splenial bone about twice as broad as long, scarcely tapering inwards and not much (if at all) raised at the outer end; surface smooth and apical pit absent or very shallow; the width equalling or somewhat exceeding that of the two flanking series. Teeth of inner flanking series also about twice as broad as long, only slightly raised at the inner end, smooth but with a deeper apical pit. Teeth of outer flanking series smaller, less transversely elongated, smooth but with shallow apical pit. Description of Specimens.—The type specimen (Pl. XV, fig. 19) is the hinder part of a right splenial, of which the hindmost principal tooth is scarcely worn but still shows no more than the feeblest trace of an apical pit. The two himdmost flanking teeth, though pitted, are not crimped. The younger specimen of the left splenial shown in PI. XV, fig, 20, is altogether similar, and bears the three rows of teeth in regular series to the anterior apex. ‘Though in most respects resembling the corresponding dentition of Celodus mantelli, the absence of a well-defined apical pit in the principal teeth and the shape of the inner flanking teeth are characters suggesting that this form of jaw belongs to a distinct species. A vomerine dentition closely similar to that of C. mantelli is known from the same horizon as the splenial just described, and probably belongs to this species. Horizon and Locality.—Middle Purbeck Beds: Swanage, Dorset. 70 WEALDEN AND PURBECK FOSSIL FISHES. 5. Celodus arcuatus, sp. nov. Plate XIII, fig. 5. Type.—Vomerine dentition; Museum of Practical Geology, London. Specific Characters.—A species known only by the vomerine dentition, which measures about 1°5 cm. in maximum width. Teeth of median series about three times as broad as long, much constricted mesially, and much arched backwards ; apical pit well marked, crenulated round the margin, and the hinder face of the tooth vertically plicated in its concavity. Teeth of two lateral series nearly equal in size, and their width together not equalling that of the median series; apical pit well marked, large, and crenulated round the margin. Description of Specimen.—The only known example of the vomerine dentition (Pl. XIII, fig. 5) is imperfect anteriorly but otherwise beautifully preserved. It exhibits the usual transverse convexity, but the teeth of the paired series are on a less steeply sloping surface than those in C. mantelli. The plication of the posterior coneavity of the median teeth is especially characteristic of the species. Hovizon and Locality.—Middle Purbeck Beds: Swanage, Dorset. Family Macrosemnp. Genus OPHIOPSIS, Agassiz. Ophiopsis, L. Agassiz, Neues Jahrb. f. Min., etc., 1834, p. 385; and Poiss. Foss., vol. ii, pt. i, 1844, p. 289. Generte Characters—Trunk much elongated, and the dorsal margin only slightly arcuate ; head large or of moderate size. Marginal teeth acutely pointed. Notochord surrounded by delicate ring-vertebre; ribs ossified. Bifurcation of dorsal fin-rays variable; fulcra present, comparatively stout at the base of the dorsal and caudal fins. Paired fins relatively large; dorsal fin ordinarily extending about half the length of the back, high in front, low behind; anal fin small and well forwards; caudal fin forked. Scales covering the whole of the trunk, in regular series, united by peg-and-socket articulation, and often pectinated at the hinder border; the scales of the middle of the flank scarcely deeper than broad, few of the ventral scales much broader than deep ; no enlarged ridge-scales. Type Species.—Ophiopsis procera (L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., vol. ii, pt. i, 1844, p. 289, pl. xlvin, fig. 1) from the Lower Kimmeridgian (Lithographic Stone) of Bavaria. Remarks.—The restoration of the type species of Ophiopsis given in Text- fig. 25 1s based chiefly on a specimen in the British Museum (no. P. 6939), in OPHTIORSIS: 71 which all the fins except the anal are nearly complete. In this fossil the ring- vertebre are sufficiently stout not to have collapsed by crushing, and thus form a ridge beneath the squamation. The pectoral fin is strengthened at the base of its foremost ray by two or three large fulera which rapidly increase in length back- wards. The pelvic fin is relatively large and fringed with conspicuous fulera. The dorsal fin, which rises to a sharp eminence in front, has five or six basal fulera increasing in length ; and its fringing fulcra do not extend to the distal end of the foremost ray. he position of the very small anal fin is indicated, and this fin is restored from other specimens. The fork of the caudal fin is well shown. The large postclavicular scales are nearly smooth, but apparently serrated at their hinder border. Some of the anterior flank-seales are not only serrated, but also Fic. 25.—Ophiopsis procera, Agassiz; restoration, about two-thirds nat. size-—Lower Kimmeridgian (Lithographic Stone); Bavaria. Based chiefly on a specimen in the British Museum (no. P. 6939). marked with pectinations extending from the serrations. The lateral line is incon- spicuous, only indicated by an occasional short vertical sht or a postero-inferior notch on the scales which it traverses. Along the base of the dorsal fin, small irregular triangular scales are intercalated at the upper ends of the transverse series. he only enlarged ridge-scale is a flat oval scale at the beginning of the fulcral series on the dorsal border of the caudal pedicle. 1. Ophiopsis penicillata, Agassiz. Plate XVI, figs. 1, 2. 1844. Ophiopsis penicillata, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., vol. ii, pt. i, p. 290, pl. xxxvi, figs. 2—4. 1895. Ophiopsis penicillata, A. S. Woodward, Catal. Foss, Fishes B.M., pt. i, p. 169. T'ype.—Nearly complete fish; British Museum. Specific Characters.—A robust species about 18 cm. in length. Length of head 72 WEALDEN AND PURBECK FOSSIL FISHES. with opercular apparatus somewhat exceeding maximum depth of trunk, which is twice as great as depth of caudal pedicle and contained about five times in total length of fish. External head-bones coarsely tuberculated or rugose; marginal teeth long and slender. Dorsal fin arising at the end of the anterior third of the back, half as long as the trunk, comprising not less than 25 rays, mostly bifurcated, of which the longest do not equal the depth of the trunk at their point of insertion ; pelvic fins arising shehtly in advance of the nuddle point between the pectorals and the caudal. Scales smooth, with finely serrated hinder border except towards the hinder end of the caudal region where they are entirely smooth. Description of Specimens.—The type specimen (Pl. XVI, fig. 1) is contained in Purbeck stone of uncertain origin, and exhibits most of the specific characters of the fish. Though not much distorted, it is considerably fractured by crushing ; and it is represented in a rather diagrammatic manner in the original drawing published by Agassiz. The head is probably not lengthened by distortion, but the cranial roof is pushed over to the left side, so that the right squamosal and some other bones are seen from below. One fragment of bone displays the coarse ornament of tubercles of ganoine, which are partially fused together. Slender styliform teeth, with a sharply pointed and somewhat incurved apex (fig. 1a), occur in both jaws. The left operculum, exposed from within, is about two-thirds as wide as deep. Below it are the comparatively small suboperculum and inter- operculum, and some remains of branchiostegal rays. Above it may be recog- nised the left side of the pair of supratemporal plates, and a much larger post- temporal which is in contact with an elongated supraclavicle, passing below to the much-arched smooth clavicle. ‘lhe axial skeleton of the trunk must have been imperfectly ossified, but there are traces of vertebral centra and stout neural arches just behind the occiput, and more distinct remains (though not so clear as figured by Agassiz) also occur in the hinder half of the tail. The caudal vertebral rings seem to have been longer than deep, with stout neural and hemal arches ; and the upturned end of the vertebral axis is distinct. The two pectoral fins are crushed together, each probably consisting of about twelve rays, which are closely articu- lated and bifurcating in more than their distal half. They do not exhibit fulera. The pelvic fins, also crushed together, are much smaller, and seem to bear a few slender fulera. The extended dorsal fin shows about five basal fulera in front, and its well-spaced stout rays are all articulated and bifurcated distally. The complete length of its anterior rays seems to be exhibited. The anal fin is represented by a mere fragment, with some of its supports. The large-and strong caudal fin, with slender fulera along its upper border, must have been forked. The greater part of the squamation of the left side. is undisturbed and exposed from its inner face, while traces of the scales of the right side, in outer view, are seen near the ventral margin. ‘There are enlarged post-clavicular scales, at least just above the insertion of the pectoral fin. None of the flank-scales seem to have been deeper than broad, ORHIOPSIS: 73 most of the scales beg broader than deep, and those near the ventral border especially so. On all the scales the inner vertical rib is feebly marked and wide, and in the principal scales (fig. 16) the peg-and-socket articulation behind this rib is wide and shallow. ‘The caudal scales (fig. 1 ¢) are not united by peg-and-socket. In the abdominal region the lateral line traverses about the eighth row from the dorsal, the twelfth or thirteenth row from the ventral border. The exhibited outer face of the ventral scales is smooth and slightly concave, and the hinder margin seems to have been feebly serrated. There are no enlarged ridge-scales. A more imperfect and slightly larger specimen obtained by Mr. R. F. Damon from the Purbeck Beds of the Isle of Portland (Brit. Mus. no. P. 8375), evidently belongs to the same species and shows a few additional features. The premaxilla, as usual in Ophiopsis, is relatively large and much expanded. The vertebra in the abdominal region are complete cylinders about as long as deep, and the short ribs are remarkably slender. Each of the stout rays of the dorsal fin bears a small and slender pointed prominence directed backwards at its lower or articular end (Pl. XVI, fig. 2). The scales are smooth, and some of them exhibit very fine and delicate serrations on the hinder border. Another imperfect fish of the same species from the West Quarry, Ridgeway, near Weymouth, now in the Dorset County Museum, shows the small upper circumorbital plates ornamented with large flattened tubercles of ganoine. A displaced fragment of bone bearing minute teeth seems to be part of the splenial. Horizon and Locality—Lower Purbeck Beds: near Weymouth, Dorset. 2. Ophiopsis breviceps, Egerton. Plate XVI, figs. 3—12. 1852. Ophiopsis breviceps, P. M. G. Egerton, Figs. and Descript. Brit. Organic Remains (Mem. Geol. Surv.), dec. vi, no. 6, pl. vi. 1895. 5 3 A. 8. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. iii, p. 170. T'ype.—Nearly complete fish ; Museum of Practical Geology, London. Specific Characters.—A robust species about 12 cm.in length. Length of head with opercular apparatus about equal to maximum depth of trunk, which is twice as great as depth of caudal pedicle and contained about four and a half times in total length of fish. Hxternal head-bones coarsely tuberculated or rugose ; marginal teeth long and slender. Dorsal fin occupying greater part of hinder two-thirds of back, with about 35 rays, of which the longest do not equal the depth of the trunk at their point of insertion; pelvic fins arising almost at the middle point between the pectorals and the caudal. Scales smooth and somewhat concave externally, with a strongly but finely serrated hinder border. 10 74, WEHALDEN AND PURBECK FOSSIL FISHES. Description of Specitmens.—The type specimen (Pl. XVI, fig. 3), though deepened a little by crushing, shows the general proportions of the fish and the origin of all the fins. The jaws of the left side, seen from within, are in their natural position; but the broken roof of the skull is displaced upwards and exposed from beneath. The calcified vertebral rings, though crushed and broken, are distinct ; and the scales, somewhat scattered, are well displayed both in outer and in inner view. Though imperfect, the remains of the anal fin prove that it must have been comparatively small. More or less fragmentary examples of this species are common in the Lower Purbeck Beds near Tisbury, Wiltshire, and the scattered remains are interesting as showing well several osteological characters of the fish. All the external bones appear to have been ornamented with large flat tubercles of ganoine, which are often variously fused into a vermiculatinge pattern (Pl. XVI, fig. 7), sometimes into a continuous film. As seen from below in one specimen (Pl. XVI, fig. 4, pa.) the parietal bones are longer than wide; and as seen also from above in another specimen (B. M. no. P. 91076), they are united in a very wavy median suture. The frontal bones ( fr.) are slightly more than twice as long as the parietals, excavated laterally by the large orbit, and ending in front rather bluntly. The external ornament seems to be confined to their posterior half (B. M. no. P. 94:36). A long and narrow squamosal (sq.), bearing an extended hyomandibular facette, bounds the parietal on each side. The parasphenoid is relatively large and expanded (B.M. no. P.91076). The cheek is covered both by postorbital and by circumorbital plates. The upper postorbital is relatively large, deeper than wide, widest below. ‘The large lower postorbital exhibits a few short branches radiating backwards from the curved slime-canal (Mus. Pract. Geol. no. 28441). The circumorbital ring is narrow, including three or four plates above the orbit (co.) and one behind. These plates are marked with the usual coarse ornament (B. M. no. P. 9436). The hyomandibular is a deep and narrow lamina of bone, with a large process for the support of the operculum. The maxilla seems to have been long and slender, but its precise shape is unknown. The premaxilla (Pl. XVI, fig. 5) forms a large irregular expansion, pierced near its upper border by a small foramen, and produced upwards into a short and slender ascending process. The oral margin bears a row of styliform teeth smaller than those of the dentary. The lower jaw (Pl. XVI, fig. 6) is much elevated in the short coronoid region, but the tooth-bearing part of the dentary is long and slender. Its outer face is marked by a row of large openings of the slime-canal, and its slender styliform teeth are arranged in a close series. ‘There seems to have been a splenial with minute teeth (B. M. no. P. 3608). The occiput is overlapped behind by a single pair of supra- temporals as in Amia (Pl. XVI, fig. 4, st.). The operculum is not much deeper than wide, and its inner face bears a large facette for its suspension ; the coarse ornament on its outer face (Pl. XVI, fig. 7) tends to radiate from this point. The OPHIOPSIS. “J ox suboperculum is nearly three times as wide as deep, with an ascending process in front. The uppermost branchiostegal ray is relatively large, and the others are also stout. There seems to have been a large gular plate, but its presence is not quite certain. In the axial skeleton of the trunk complete vertebral rings, about as long as deep, occur throughout ; in the abdominal region the ribs are short and slender (BoM nos Paglore): Behind the supratemporal bones, a pair of relatively large post-temporals is seen (Pl. XVI, fig. 4, pft.). The supraclavicle is also large (Pl. XVI, fig. 8), about three times as deep as wide, with its exposed surface ornamented by ganoine partly disposed in irregular oblique ridges. The clavicle 1s wide and much arched, and similarly ornamented on its small exposed portion (B. M. no. P. 9436). The large upper postclavicular scale is shown in the type specimen (Pl. XVI, fig.5). Fulera have been seen on the pelvic fins (B. M. no. P. 9107 ¢), and there seem to be traces of them on the pectorals in the type specimen. All the scales are smooth, and those of the abdominal region, besides many of the candal region, are conspicuously though finely serrated. The principal scales of the abdominal flank are about as broad as deep, with gently curved upper and lower margins, and often marked with a few faint zig-zag lines parallel with the posterior serrations (Pl. XVI, fig. 9). They are united by a large peg-and-socket articulation (fig. 10), which becomes feeble or absent on the dorsal and ventral scales and in the hinder half of the caudal region. The dorsal scales are much broader than deep, with a tendency to the rounding of the postero-superior angle (fig. 12). The ventral scales are also broader than deep (fig. 11), those in the anterior half of the abdominal region excessively so. Ovate ridge-scales occur on the caudal pedicle, but they are scarcely enlarged. Horizon and Locality—Lower Purbeck Beds: Vale of Wardour, Wiltshire. 3. Ophiopsis dorsalis, Agassiz. Plate XVI, fig. 13. 1844. Ophiopsis dorsalis, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., vol. i, pt. 1, p. 291, pl. xxxvi, fig. 5. 1895. a me A. S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. ii, p. 171. T'ype.—Nearly complete fish ; British Museum. Specific Characters. —A much elongated species about 16cm. in length. Head with opercular apparatus occupying one-fifth of the total length of the fish ; maximum depth of trunk twice as great as depth of caudal pedicle, and contained somewhat more than six times in the total length. Hxternal head-bones coarsely tuberculated or rugose. Dorsal fin occupying greater part of back, with about 35 rays, of which the longest do not equal the depth of the trunk at their point of insertion; pelvic fins in advance of the middle point between the pectorals and 76 WEALDEN AND PURBECK FOSSIL FISHES. caudal. Principal scales smooth and somewhat concave externally, with a finely serrated hinder border ; some scales irregularly punctated or rugose. Description of Specimens.—The type specimen, which is very imperfectly shown in the original figure published by Agassiz, is re-drawn of the natural size in Pl. XVI, fig. 13. The outline of the head is indicated, and there are traces of the coarse ornamentation, but the details of its osteology are obscure. The shape of the trunk is also clearly shown, and the fins are not very imperfect. There are no indications of fulera on the pectoral fins, but they are distinct on the pelvic fins; both basal and fringing fulera are also seen on the dorsal fin. and they are conspicuous on the upper lobe of the caudal fin. The anal fin is comparatively small and deep, with eight or nine rays. The comparatively stout caudal fin-rays are well enamelled. The scales are exposed chiefly from the inner face, and exhibit the variations in shape already described in O. breviceps (p. 75). Some of the scales in the abdominal region exhibit their fine serration, while a few on the caudal pedicle are covered with faintly rugose enamel. ‘he lateral line in the abdominal region traverses the ninth or tenth row above the ventral border. ~The type specimen is described by Agassiz as from the Inferior Oolite of Northampton, but the matrix appears to be Purbeck Stone, and a second example of the same species in the British Museum was certainly obtained from the Purbeck Beds of Swanage. In this specimen a few of the scales below the middle of the dorsal fin, and just in front of the pelvic fins, exhibit the faint rugosity of the enamel already noted on the caudal pedicle of the type. There is another example from Swanage in the Museum of Practical Geology, London. Horizon and Locality.—Middle Purbeck Beds: Swanage, Dorset. Genus HISTIONOTUS, Hzgerton. Histionotus, P. M. G. Egerton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [2], vol. xin, 1854, p. 494. Generic Characters.—Head large, snout acute; dorsal margin of trunk rising above the head to an angulation from which the body gradually tapers backwards. Styhform marginal teeth very slender and closely arranged. Slime-canals on head and preoperculum comparatively large. Notochord surrounded by ring-vertebree ; ribs ossified. Fins consisting of distally bifureating rays, all with A-shaped fulera ; pectoral fins much larger than the pelvic pair; dorsal fin arising at the angulation of the back, extending to the caudal pedicle, high in front, low behind; anal fin small; caudal fin forked. Scales covering the whole of the trunk, in regular series, united by peg-and-socket articulation, and more or less pectinated at the hinder border; scales of middle of flank and some of dorsal region deeper than broad, the flank-scales with more or less convex hinder border; ventral scales at least as broad as deep; postclavicular scales very large ; caudal ridge-scales not much enlarged. HiSTIONOD US: 77 Type Species.—Histionotus angularis, from the English Purbeck Beds. Remarks.—Histionotus 1s noteworthy for the great development of the slime- canals on the head and preoperculum. It is known only by the type species and by two or three others from the Lithographic Stone (Lower Kimmeridgian) of Bavaria and France. 1. Histionotus angularis, Hgerton. Plate XVII, figs. 1—5. 1854-55. Histionotus angularis, P. M. G. Egerton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [2], vol. xiii, p. 434, and Figs. and Descript. Brit. Organic Remains (Mem. Geol. Surv.), dec. viii, no. 5, pl. v. 1889. Histionotus angularis, J. C. Mansel-Pleydell, Geol. Mag. [3], vol. vi, p. 241, pl. vii. 1895. Histionotus angularis, A. 8. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B.M., pt. iii, p. 174. 1'ype-—Fish, wanting tail; British Museum. Specific Chavacters.—Attaining a length of about 20 cm. Length of head with opercular apparatus shghtly exceeding its maximum depth, and occupying about one-quarter of the total length of the fish; length of trunk equalling twice its maximum depth, and the dorsal angulation measurmg approximately 148°. Head and opercular bones and large postclavicular plates externally ornamented with fine, closely arranged rug of enamel. Fin-rays stout and smooth; pectoral fins scarcely twice as large as the pelvic pair, and the latter arising in advance of the middle point of the trunk; dorsal fin consisting of at least 25 rays. Pectinations of the scales delicate and confined to their hinder margin, but conspicuous in all regions of the trunk. Description of Specimens.—The type specimen is so imperfectly shown, with the caudal region so erroneously restored, in Egerton’s original figure that it is re-drawn in Pl. XVII, fig. 1. The head-bones are much crushed and broken, but several can be recognised; the ventral region of the trunk is she¢htly deepened by crushing; and the caudal region is only vaguely indicated in impression, with a few displaced remains of the fulera of the anal fin. he characters of the species are better seen in a fine though distorted specimen (PI. XVII, fig. 2) described by Mansel-Pleydell (Joc. cit., 1889), and various features are shown by several more imperfect specimens in the British Museum and the Dorset County Museum. The deep laterally compressed skull is remarkable for the great development of the slender ethmoidal region, which is as long as the frontals. The parietals (Pl. XVII, fig..3, pa.) are conspicuous behind, each shghtly longer than broad, and covered with the rugose enamelled ornament, which tends to an antero-posterior direction in the anterior half but is disturbed by a large transverse slime-canal in the posterior half. The squamosals have not been clearly observed. The frontals (fig. 3, fr.) are about twice as long as the parietals, slightly arched over the large orbit and not much tapering in front. In their postorbital expansion the rugose ornament is sparse, but in their interorbital portion it 1s more conspicuous and at | WEHALDEN AND PURBECK FOSSIL FISHES. tends towards longitudinal ridges. ‘The frontals are also traversed by a pair of very large slime-canals. No superficial plates have been observed on the long ethmoidal region, ‘The stout parasphenoid is usually distinct crossing the orbit. The cheek seems to have been covered with plates, but only those in the upper part of the circumorbital ring have hitherto been clearly observed (fig. 3, co.). They are narrow, four in number, the foremost the longest and tapering in front, all finely ornamented with irregular tubercles of ganoine. The mandibular suspensorium is much inclined forwards, so that the quadrate articulation is beneath the front border of the orbit and the mouth is very small. One of the bones of the pterygo-palatine arcade, either palatine or ectopterygoid (Pl. XVII, fig. 4), bears a close series of comparatively large and stout conical teeth. The marginal teeth of both jaws, also in close series, are slender and stylh- form. ‘he maxilla, crushed and broken in the type specimen (Pl. XVII, fig. 1, mu.), is a rather large smooth lamina of bone, deepest behind, and not showing any teeth. A fragment in another specimen (B.M. no. P. 5614), however, seems to bear a very small styliform tooth. The dentary (d.) is comparatively slender, and marked by large perforations for the slime-canal. The opercular apparatus is complete. The preoperculum (Pl. XVII, figs. 1, 2, pop.), Which is widely expanded at the angle and has a relatively small lower hmb, is smooth except at the upper end, where it bears a few oblique ridges. It is deeply excavated with a few large pits for the well-developed slime-canal. The operculum (o/.), which is about two-thirds as wide as deep, is closely ornamented, except at its upper end, with coarse tubercles of ganoine which tend to fuse into short ridges radiating from the point of suspension. The suboperculum (sop.), which is about one-quarter as deep as the operculum, is similarly ornamented, and bears a large smooth ascending process in front. The triangular interoperculum (iop.), Which is about as deep as broad, and the large upper branchiostegal rays (bi.) ave also ornamented in their lower portion by tubercles of ganoine which are more or less fused into short oblique ridges. he extent of the branchiostegal apparatus between the mandibular rami is unknown. The vertebral axis is usually obscured by the dense squamation, but broad well- ossified vertebral rings have been seen in one fragmentary specimen (B.M. no. P. 5614). The occipital border of the cranium is overlapped by supratemporals (fig. 1, st.), of which it can only be stated that they bear a row of relatively large pits for the transyerse slime-canal. A large triangular post-temporal (fig.'1, ptt.) on each side, as usual, supports the pectoral arch; it is ornamented with tubercles and short ridges of ganoine only at its hinder border. The supraclavicle (fig. 1, scl.) is ornamented only at its upper end and above the passage of the slime-canal, and tapers to a blunt point below. The clavicle (fig. 1, cl.) is relatively large and . . . . ee : a 2 smooth, sometimes with traces of tubercles of ganoine on its posterior angle. There HISTIONOTUS. 79 are the usual three large postclavicular plates (fig. 2, pel.) ornamented lke the opercular bones. ‘he pectoral fin in the type specimen measures 2°5 cm. in length and comprises nine or ten rays, of which the foremost is the stoutest and fringed with small fulera; the basal half of each ray is undivided, but the distal halt is closely articulated and more or less subdivided. The pelvic fin is smaller, with very large uniserial fulecra. The dorsal fin (Pl. XVII, fig. 2) comprises about twenty-five well spaced stout rays, which are closely articulated and subdivided for the greater part of their length. Its foremost rays are ornamented with smooth longitudinal ridges of ganoine, and its anterior border is fringed with large uniserial fulera, of which a few are basal and gradually increase in length. ‘The anal fin is very small, with about four rays. he caudal fin is clearly forked, with about eight enamelled rays in each lobe, and the fulera on the upper lobe larger than those on the lower lobe. All the scales, except a few between the base of the pectoral fins, are completely covered with smooth enamel, and most of them even in the caudal region are finely pectinated at the hinder border. The total number of transverse series, counted along the course of the lateral line, is about 40; and the number of scales in a transverse series above the pelvic fins is about 12. The principal scales of the flank in the abdominal region, which have often a slightly convex pectinated edge, are from two to three times as deep as broad, while those of the flank in the caudal region are also deeper than broad. Nearly all the scales dorsally and ventrally are at least as deep as broad, and very few are destitute of posterior serration or pectination, though their shape is often more or less irregular. The scales immediately bordering the dorsal fin are especially peculiar in shape, truncated and usually widest at their upper end, concave at their posterior pectinated edge; four small smooth-edged scales of irregular shape are separated from them beneath the fulcra and foremost ray of this fin. Three or four smooth- edged diamond-shaped ridge-scales, not much enlarged, occur on the caudal pedicle between the dorsal and caudal fins. As shown in the type specimen, a few smooth-edged scales also occur on the narrow ventral face of the abdominal region; while some of the smaller scales between and in front of the base of the pectoral fins bear only isolated ridges and tubercles of enamel. The Jateral line traverses the seventh row of scales above the ventral border in the abdominal region. Externally it is only feebly marked by a ridge and notch on each scale, with an occasional perforation, but on the inner face it forms a deep groove (PI. XVII, fig. 5,/.). The smaller perforations of an upper slime-canal are also seen on the scales at the base of the dorsal fin. Nearly all the scales are strengthened by a broad median vertical ridge on the inner face, and most are united by a broad peg-and-socket articulation (Pl. XVII, fig. 5). Horizon and Localities—Middle Purbeck Beds: Swanage, Dorset; Tisbury, Wiltshire. 80 WEALDEN AND PURBECK FOSSIL FISHES. Genus ENCHELYOLEPIS, novum. Generic Characters.—Head large, snout acute; trunk gradually tapering from the occiput backwards. Marginal teeth much elongated, closely arranged. Notochord invested with delicate ring-vertebree; neural and hemal arches especially short and stout. Fins consisting of robust, bifurcating rays, without fulera except in the caudal; pectoral fins larger than the pelvic pair; dorsal fin with very stout supports, arising immediately behind the occiput and extending continuously to the caudal pedicle; anal fin small; caudal fin not forked. Scales very thin and deeply overlapping, the exposed portion rounded and exhibiting a recularly reticulated structure ; no enlarged ridge-scales on caudal pedicle. Type Spectes.—Hnchelyolepis andrewsi, from the English Purbeck Beds. Remarks.—This genus is known only by two small specimens representing two species, the one from the Purbeck Beds described below, the second from the Upper Portlandian of Savonniéres-en-Perthois, Meuse, France. The latter was described under the name of Macrosenius pectoralis by H. HE. Sauvage (Bull. Soc. Géol. France [3] vol. xi, 1883, p. 477, pl. xu, fig. 17), and is re-figured for comparison with the Purbeckian species in Pl. XVII, fig. 7. The genus is distinguished from Macrosemius and all other Macrosemude by its peculiar thin squamation ; it also differs from all genera of this family, except Petalopterya, m the stoutness of its neural and hemal arches and of the dorsal and anal fin- supports. The scales of Hnchelyolepis are perhaps most closely similar to those of Ama, but the reticulate structure of their exposed portion is rather suggestive of that of the scales of eels. 1. Enchelyolepis andrewsi, A. S. Woodward. Plate XVII, fig. 6. 1895. Macrosemius andrewsi, A. S. Woodward, Geol. Mag. [4] vol. 11, p. 148, pl. vu, fig. 3; and Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. ii, p. 180. T'ype.—Nearly complete fish ; British Museum. Specific Characters.—A very small species about 35mm. in length. Length of head with opercular apparatus considerably exceeding its maximum depth, and contained about three and a half times in the total length to the base of the caudal fin; maximum depth of trunk twice that of caudal pedicle. Pelvic fins inserted about midway between the pectoral and caudal fins; dorsal fin much less deep than the trunk, with about 25 slender rays; anal fin with 7 or 8 rays. All scales apparently broader than deep. HNCHELYOLEPIS. 8] Description of Specimen.—The type specimen, discovered by the Rey. W. R. Andrews, is shown somewhat enlarged in Pl. XVII, fig. 6, and is preserved in counterpart. The remains of the head are merely sufficient to show that it is shaped as in the Macrosemiide, with a comparatively small terminal mouth and a close series of styhform teeth in both jaws. There are apparently pro-otic and opisthotic ossifications in the lateral wall of the brain-case. An epihyal and a relatively large ceratohyal bear a few branchiostegal rays, of which four are slender and much curved. In the vertebral axis there are about 35 segments, of which 14 may be reckoned as abdominal. Centra seem to be represented by delicate complete cylinders in the abdominal region, but by not more than small pleurocentra and hypocentra in the caudal region a condition possibly due to the immaturity of the specimen. In HMnchelyolepis pectoralis, however, complete vertebral rigs are seen throughout the axis (Pl. XVII, fig. 7). The ribs are comparatively slender, and are far from reaching the ventral border of the fish. The neural arches generally, and the hzemal arches in the caudal region, are very short and stout and much inclined to overlap. A few of the anterior neural arches are expanded at the upper end, which is seen to be forked in H. pectoralis ; about four of the neural arches at the base of the caudal fin are longer than the others and very closely arranged. Hight or nine elongated hemals are supports of the caudal fin. The stout clavicle is considerably expanded above the pectoral fin, which is inserted close to the ventral border of the fish, but is only fragmentary in the fossil. In FH. pectoralis the pectoral fin consists of about 12 articulated rays supported by 4 well-calcified basals which rapidly decrease in size from below upwards. Hach pelvic fin-support is characterised by its relatively large and wide proximal triangular expansion; while between this support and the 5 or 6 pelvic fin-rays in LH. pectoralis there seem to be small nodular baseosts. The dorsal fin seems to have been equally elevated throughout its length, and some of the rays clearly show their distal bifurcation. All its 25 supports (fig. 6a) are especially stout, larger than the neural spines, and sharply curved forwards at their pointed lower end. Between each of these supports and its corresponding ray is inter- calated a very short bony rod, as m Asmia'—an arrangement seen again in Hnchelyolepis pectoralis, where there is also another small nodule of bone between the short rod and the fin-ray (fig.7a). The anal fin, with its 7 rays, exhibits similar stout supports. Of the caudal fin only the base is preserved; but in Hi. pectoralis it 1s nearly complete and shows the rounded or truncated posterior border. Traces of scales are vaguely seen over nearly the whole of the trunk in the fossil, but they must have been extremely thin. They appear to be at least as long as deep and much overlapping, the large covered portion being marked only by the usual concentric lines of growth, while the small exposed portion, which is rounded at the hinder border, has a regular reticulate structure (Pl. XVII, fig. 6 6). 1 'T. W. Bridge, in ‘ The Cambridge Natural History,’ vol. vii (1904), p. 235, fig. 136. 1] 82 WEALDEN AND PURBECK FOSSIL FISHES. Traces of similar scales also occur in H. pectoralis, some fragments overlying the pelvic bones being especially clear (Pl. XVII, fig. 7b). The only fuleral scales are at the base of the upper lobe of the tail. Horizon and Locality.—Middle Purbeck Beds: Vale of Wardour, Wiltshire. Family Eucnaruips. Genus CATURUS, Agassiz. Caturus, L. Agassiz, Neues Jahrb. f. Min., etc., 1834, p. 387. Ureus, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., vol. 11, pt. 1, 1833, p. 12, (non Ureeus, Wagler, 1830). Conodus. L. Agassiz, tom. cit., pt. 11, 1844, p. 105 (name only). Strobilodus, A. Wagner, Abhandl. k. bay. Akad. Wiss., math.-phys. Cl., vol. vi, 1851, p. 75. WK KS ~S Fie. 26.—Caturus furcatus, Agassiz; restoration, scales omitted, much reduced in size—Lower Kimmerid- gian (Lithographic Stone); Bavaria. b67., branchiostegal rays; co., cireumorbitals; d., dentary ; fr., frontal; ma., maxilla; na.,nasal; op., operculum; orb., orbit; pa., parietal; pel., postelavicular plates ; pme., premaxilla; pop., preoperculum; pt., post-temporal; smz., swpramaxilla; so., postorbitals; sop., suboperculum ; sq., squamosal; st., supratempoyral. Endactis, P. M. G. Egerton, Figs. and Descripts. Brit. Organic Remains (Mem. Geol. Surv.), dec. ix, 1858, no. 4 Thlattodus, R. Owen, Geol. Mag., vol. iii, 1866, p. 55. Ditaxiodus, R. Owen, tom. cit., 1866, p. 107. Generic Characters—Trunk elongate-fusiform. | Hxternal head-bones and opercular bones feebly ornamented with rugee.and tuberculations, all except the cheek-plates robust ; upper circumorbitals subdivided into small tessere ; snout obtusely pointed, and maxilla straight or with a somewhat concavely arched dentigerous border; teeth relatively large and tipped with enamel, arranged in a sparse series on the margin of the jaws, smaller on the palatine and on the splenial, where they are in single series anteriorly, mimute and almost granular on the other inner bones; preoperculum narrow, nearly smooth; operculum deep, much broader below than above, and suboperculum of moderate size. Ossifications round the notochord insignificant or absent in the smaller species, consisting only of separate hypocentra and pleurocentra in the largest species; ossified ribs CATURUS. 83 slender, not reaching the ventral border of the abdominal region. Fulera biserial, well-developed on all the fins, those of the pectoral being especially elongated and sometimes in part fused together. Pectoral much exceeding the pelvic fins in size, but the latter well-developed ; dorsal and anal fins triangular in shape, the former arising opposite or immediately behind the pelvic fins; caudal fin deeply forked. Scales thin, smooth, feebly crimped or in part tuberculated, deeply overlapping, and none much deeper than broad; a few anterior series quadrangular and some- times united with peg-and-socket, the others more or less cycloidal, and very few narrowed near the ventral border. Lateral line inconspicuous. Type Species.—Caturus furcatus (L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., vol. ii, Dea Us 1842—44, p. 116, pl. lvia) from the Lithographic Stone (Lower Kimmeridgian) of Bavaria. See Text-fig. 26. Remarks.—This genus is represented only by fragments in the Wealden and Purbeck Formations. It is known by many nearly complete fishes from the ih d) WS 5 Sec! S> KK Fie. 27.—Callopterus insignis, Traquair ; restoration, showing scales, much reduced in size.—Wealden ; Bernissart, Belgium. After R. H. Traquair. Lithographic Stone of Germany and France; and its cranial osteology is well displayed in numerous fragmentary specimens discovered by Mr. Alfred N. Leeds in the Oxford Clay near Peterborough (A. 8. Woodward, Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist. [6] vol. xix, 1897, pp. 292—297, pls. viii, ix). 1. Caturus (Callopterus?) latidens, sp. nov. ‘Text-figure. 28. Type.—Imperfect skull ; British Museum. Specific Characters.—Marginal teeth broad, laterally compressed near the apex, and bluntly pointed ; those of middle of maxilla about as deep as the bone at their insertion. Description of Specimen.—The type and only known specimen was discovered by Mr. 8. H. Beckles in a waterworn fragment of Wealden ironstone on the beach near Hastings. It exhibits only remains of the head, which are very fragmentary (Text-fig. 28). 84, WHALDEN AND PURBECK FOSSIL FISHES. The skull must have measured originally about 10 em. in length, but the parietal and occipital regions are missing. The remains of the thick rugose frontal bones (/f7.) show the usual deep interdigitation of their median suture in the region between the postfrontals (sphenotics). The tapering anterior end of the narrow squamosal is also seen bordering the hinder end of the frontal on the left side (sq.). The cheek-plates are marked with a finer rugosity than that of the eranial roof, with some tuberculation. Both the postorbitals (so.) are imperfect, but the lower seems to be the larger, its subdivision not being clear. The postero- Fic. 28.—Caturus latidens, sp. nov.; imperfect head, upper (A), left side (B), and lower (C) views, two- thirds nat. size, with upper (D) and lower (E) teeth enlarged twice.—Wealden; Hastings, Sussex. Beckles Collection (B. M. no. P. 6360). br., branchiostegal rays; co., posterior circumorbital; jr., frontal; gu., gular; m#., maxilla; orb., orbit; sm#., supramaxilla; so., postorbitals; spo., sphenotic (postfrontal) ; sq., squamosal. superior circumorbital (co.), as usual, is deeper than wide, and there seem to be remains of the trregular superior circumorbitals. One of the antorbitals, a little displaced, is an elongated irregularly rhomboidal plate. The maxilla (mz.) exhibits the ordinary constriction near its anterior end, and is not much deepened behind ; its outer face is comparatively smooth, marked only by a few irregular longitudinal grooves. Its hinder end was originally bordered by a single narrow supramaxilla, similarly ornamented, which tapers to a point in front (sma.). Most of the maxillary teeth are broken away, exposing their very large pulp-cavity. CATURUS. 85 They are nearly round in section at their base, but, as shown in the right maxilla, their blunt apex is laterally compressed (Text-fig. 28, D). A cluster of nearly similar teeth, curved and apparently less compressed at the apex, occurs in front of the right maxilla on a thick piece of bone which may represent the palatine. The mandible is very fragmentary, but its lower border must have been much curved inwards, and its coronoid region rises abruptly into the usual considerable elevation. Its teeth (EH) resemble those of the maxilla (D), but seem to be somewhat larger. The gular plate (gw.), which occurs in position between the mandibular rami, 1s especially large, reaching as far backwards as the hinder end of the tooth- bearing border of the dentary. Traces of the anterior branchiostegal rays (br.) show that they are thick rather than laminar. Remarks.—As suggested by the shape of the teeth, it is possible that this species may not belong to Caturus, but to the closely allied genus Callopterus (with a more remote dorsal fin), which has already been recorded from the Wealden of Belgum by R. H. Traquair, ‘Les Poissons Wealdiens de Bernissart’ (Mem. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belg., vol. v, 1911, p. 34, pl. vi). See Text-fig. 27, p. 83. Horizon and Locality.—-Wealden : Hastings, Sussex. 2. Caturus purbeckensis, A. S. Woodward. Plate XIX, figs. 1, 2. 1890. Strobilodus purbeckensis, A. S. Woodward, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 350, pl. xxix, fig. 4. 1895. Caturus (Strobilodus) purbeckensis, A.S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., pt. iii, p. 348. Type-—Head; British Museum. Specific Characters.—Head with opercular apparatus usually attaining a length of from 10 to 15 cm.; external bones without ornament. Maxilla a little curved downwards behind, where its teeth become comparatively small and slender: teeth of middle of maxilla much deeper than the bone at their insertion. Mandible very slender, pointed, and tending to curve upwards in front; height of middle dentary teeth nearly equal to depth of the bone at their insertion. All the teeth tumid, often with an external indent, at their base, becoming very slender in their incurved apical half, and tipped by a laterally compressed cap of translucent ganodentine with prominent edges. Description of Specimens.—Vhis species is known only by the imperfect specimen of the head and adjoining parts shown in Pl. XIX, fig. 1, and by detached jaws. The cranium is so much crushed in the type specimen (PI. XIX, fig. 1) that its characters can only be vaguely seen. The roof-bones are marked by a faint rugosity and numerous irregular fine pittings. The postfrontal (sphenotic) is well ossified; and the stout parasphenoid, where it crosses the orbit and eventually underlaps the vomers, is a depressed lamina. The postorbital cheek-plates and the large hinder circumorbitals are smooth, exhibiting only very fine scattered pittings 86 WEALDEN AND PURBECK FOSSIL FISHES. or punctations. The upper circumorbitals, as usual in Catwrus, seem to have been irregularly subdivided. The mandibular suspensorium is inclined backwards, and the stout hyomandibular is visible beneath the cheek-plates. The maxilla (inz.) is smooth, with slight longitudinal grooving, and its hinder end is overlapped by a long and narrow supramaxilla (smz.). It exhibits its usual slight sinuosity, and is a little deepened where its oral border curves downwards behind. The relatively large teeth with their nearly square base fused to the bone, their extensive inner cavity, and their slender incurved apical half, with a triangular tip of ganodentine, are well seen: they become especially small and slender behind. The extended premaxilla (pivv.), with five or six tooth-sockets, seems to have borne rather larger teeth. The mandible, shown both in the type specimen and in a smaller specimen (Pl. XIX, fig. 2), displays its characteristic upturned pointed symphysial end, and rises behind into a short coronoid region, in which the ordinary separate coronoid bone (co.) and small angular bone (ag.) can be distinguished. The dentary (d.) is a nearly smooth bone, punctate in part and marked by a row of pits along the course of the shme-canal; the angular bone is strongly punctate. The teeth resemble those of the maxilla, but are somewhat larger: The teeth of both jaws often exlibit a median indent on their outer face at the base; and the bone round their insertion is sometimes marked with very fine short radiating grooves or crimpings. A dentary bone in the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge, is one-third larger than that of the type specimen; and part of another dentary in the Beckles Collection (B.M. no. P. 6388) is equally large. The remains of the opercular bones in the type specimen are smooth, apart from fine punctations; and the clavicle (cl.) is only marked by a few vertical lines within its overlapped margin. Ossified hypocentra (hy.) are seen in the anterior part of the trunk, besides neural arches and ribs, partly obscured by the usual thin seales. The base of the pectoral fin ( pct.) shows the stoutness of its smooth, closely adpressed rays. Horizon and Locality.—Middle Purbeck Beds: Swanage, Dorset. 3. Caturus tenuidens, A. 8. Woodward. Plate XIX, figs. 3, 4. 1895. Caturus tenwidens, A. S. Woodward, Geol. Mag. [4], vol. ii, p. 151, pl. vii, figs. 7, 8. Type.—Mandibular ramus; British Museum. Specific Characters.—Teeth very slender, usually incurved at the apex, less swollen at the base than in the type species and in C. purbeckensis, usually well- spaced in the jaw. Dentary bone almost smooth, curved a little upwards at its pointed symphysial end ; height of teeth in middle of dentary series much less than the depth of the bone at their insertion. NEORHOMBOLEPIS. 87 Description of Specimens.—Vhis species is still known only by isolated dentary bones and maxille, which are not uncommon in the Middle Purbeck Beds of Swanage. As they are smaller than some of the corresponding bones of C. pur- beckensis, they might at first be regarded as representing the young of the latter species ; but if dentaries of nearly the same size be compared (as in Pl. XIX, figs. 2, 4), the more slender proportions of C. tenwidens are evident. All the teeth, when well preserved, exhibit the usual little triangular apex of translucent gano- dentine. The characteristic maxilla shown in inner view in Pl. XIX, fig. 3, is nearly complete, displaying the shape of the hinder shght expansion and the depressed anterior half of the bone. Horizon and Locality—Middle Purbeck Beds: Swanage, Dorset. Genus NEORHOMBOLEPIS, A. 8. Woodward.. Neorhombolepis, A. S. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. x, 1888, p. 304. Generic Characters.—Trunk elongate-fusiform, more or less laterally compressed, and head relatively large. External head-bones and the opercular bones stout, more or less ornamented with tubercles and rugz of ganoine, but no prominent bosses or outgrowths. Maxilla with a straight tooth-bearing border and a long supramaxilla; teeth conical, in regular series, large and hollow on the margin of the jaw, not in sockets; a patch of minute teeth on the parasphenoid. Sub- operculum at least half as large as the operculum, which is quadrangular but truncated at the postero-superior angle. Vertebral centra either ring-shaped or completely ossified. Fulcra well-developed on the pectoral fins, probably on the other fins. Scales rhombic and thick, with a wide overlapped margin not pro- duced at the angles, and the peg-and-socket articulation feeble or wanting ; super- ficial ganoine nearly smooth; few principal flank-scales as deep as broad, the majority broader than deep, and those of numerous ventral series at least twice as broad as deep, sometimes subdivided. Type Species.—Neorhombolepis excelsus (A. S. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. x, 1888, p. 304, pl. i, fig. 1; also Foss. Fishes of English Chalk—Pal. Soc., 1909—yp. 158, pl. xxxiv, fig. 1) from the English Lower Chalk. Remarks.—A detailed study of the type specimen of the Wealden species described below, modifies the original definition of Neorhombolepis by making known the fulcra on the pectoral fins. 1. Neorhombolepis valdensis, A. S. Woodward. Plate XVIII. 1895. Neorhombolepis vaidensis, A. S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B.M., pt. ili, p. 356, pl. viii, fig. 5. 88 WEALDEN AND PURBECK FOSSIL FISHES. Type Specimen.—Imperfect fish ; British Museum. Specific Characters.—As large as the type species, skull attaining a length of about 8 em. External head-bones ornamented with large flattened tubercles of ganoine. Scales smooth but often marked with a few fine punctations; hinder border of all the principal abdominal scales delicately serrated. Description of Specimen.—The type and only known specimen was discovered by Mr. 8. H. Beckles in a waterworn fragment of Wealden ironstone on the beach near Hastings. The fish is curled up, dislocated across the end of the abdominal region, and partly exposed on both sides of the pebble. The remains are shown of the natural size in Pl. XVIII, figs. 1—4. The roof of the skull must have been nearly flat, with the postorbital region about two-thirds as long as broad, and the interorbital region much excavated by the relatively large orbits. Of the roof-bones only portions of the parietals (pa.) and squamosals (sg.) are well seen, these evidently uniting with the frontals in a deeply interdigitating suture. They have a somewhat wrinkled surface, irregularly ornamented with large flattened tubercles of ganoine. The parasphenoid (fig. 2, pas.), seen on the left side of the fossil, extends as far back as the occiput. Its hinder portion is laterally compressed to a sharp median ridge below ; between its lateral wings the lower face widens to bear a small elongate-oval patch of minute teeth ; and further forwards it evidently becomes more expanded. Its lateral wing is relatively large and bifurcated, the anterior limb rising as usual to meet the post- frontal or sphenotic (pi/.), while the posterior limb reaches one of the hinder otic elements. Remains of cheek-plates occur on the right side, ornamented like the bones of the cranial roof with large, irregular, flattened tubercles of ganoine. The postorbitals (po.) must have been relatively large; and there are small circum- orbitals (co.) above the eye. The right hyomandibular (dm.) occurs in its natural position and shows that the mandibular suspensorium is nearly vertical. This bone is laterally compressed and more expanded above than below, bearing a large and deep prominence for the suspension of the operculum. At least half of its lower end articulates with the symplectic (s7.), which is widest above, then becomes much constricted in its lower half, and thickens again a little at its lower end, which may have articulated with the mandible as in Amia and Caturus. The quadrate (qu.) and pterygoid bones are thin lamine, only imperfectly shown on the right side of the fossil. Traces of a patch of small teeth are recognisable below the anterior end of the ectopterygoid. A fragment and a partial impression of the long and slender maxilla (ie.) show a regular series of stout, hollow, conical teeth. The hinder end of the mandible (md.), with part of the elevated coronoid region, is seen on the right side; and a splintered fragment of the dentary, with its regular series of stout conical teeth, occurs on the left (fig. 4). The opercular apparatus is almost unknown; but one bone on the right side NEORHOMBOLEPIS. 89 (fig. 1, w.) may be the interoperculum, while traces of broad brancliostegal rays are seen on the left (fig. 2, br.). The supposed interoperculum, which is exposed >: from the inner face, is about twice as long as its greatest depth. Traces of ossified centra, perhaps only cylinders, are seen throughout the vertebral column; and in the middle of the fish, where the column is dislocated, they are well displayed in side view (v.). They are smooth, mostly as long as deep, not mesially constricted, but laterally compressed above and below to a longitudinal ridge for the support of the arch. Some of the neural arches are seen to be not completely fused with the centra; and two of those in the anterior part of the caudal region exhibit the relatively small and slender neural spine (x. a.) bent sharply backwards from the deep pedicle. In the pectoral arch the supraclavicle (fig. 1, scl.) is relatively large, three times as deep as wide, truncated and hollowed at the upper articular end, bluntly rounded below. Its exposed portion bears large flattened tubercles of ganoine, which are partly fused together. he slender clavicle, as far as seen on the left side (fig. 2, cl.), is not enamelled. The rather large postclavicular scales (figs. 1, 2, pel.), so far as preserved, are completely covered with ganoine except at the overlapped margin, and are partly ornamented with coarse flattened rugee and tuberculations. They are evidently arranged as in the typical Hugnathus, the uppermost being the largest, deep and triangular, its apex extending upwards somewhat above the lower end of the supraclavicle. As shown on the left side, the pectoral fin (fig. 3, pet.) comprises a few more than 20 rays, of which each is undivided in its proximal two-thirds but becomes very finely branched and articulated distally. The foremost ray is enlarged at its proximal end where it projects upwards above the others; and it is frmged with elongated, deeply overlapping fulcra, of which the two uppermost are the stoutest and must have been in direct contact with the basal supports. Both the fulera and some of the anterior fin-rays bear traces of ganoine. On the right side of the fossil, only two fragments of the pectoral fin remain (fig. 1, pet.), but the characteristic elongated fulcra are seen fringing the articulated distal portion. Of the other fins merely imperfect traces of the dorsal (d.) and caudal (c.) are exposed. The principal scales of the flank and some of the narrow ventral scales in the abdominal region exhibit a very fine sparse pitting of the enamel and a regular delicate serration or pectination of the hinder border, but the other scales are smooth. They are most deeply overlapping, with the best developed peg-and- socket articulation, on the anterior part of the flank. Very few of the flank-scales are as deep as broad, most being longer than deep, and those near the ventral margin especially elongated. Many of the ventral scales in the abdominal region are subdivided into small irregularly rhombic scales which only slightly overlap (fig. 3). Some of the scales of the lateral line are pierced by a simple short vertical slit. Horizon and Locality—Wealden : Hastings, Sussex. 90 WEALDEN AND PURBECK FOSSIL FISHES. Family Amiipa. Genus AMIOPSIS, Kner. Amiopsis, R. Kner, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, math.-naturw. Cl., vol. xlviii, pt. i, 1863, p. 126. Generic Characters.—Trunk elongate and laterally compressed. Head large; all the marginal teeth large and conical, but those of the dentary largest ; mner teeth smaller; maxilla laterally compressed and deepened behind. Vertebral centra completely ossified in the adult, biconcave, the hypocentra and pleurocentra forming distinct alternating discs in the caudal region; each centrum impressed with three or more extended pits on its side; ribs short. Fins without fringing fulcra, the rays articulated and branching; dorsal fin occupying not more than one-third of the back; anal fin small and short-based ; caudal fin with convex Fig. 29.—Amiopsis dolloi, Traquair ; restoration, showing scales, much reduced in size.—Wealden; Bernissart, Belgium. After R. H. Traquair. hinder border. Scales almost oval in shape, the long axis horizontal; exposed portion thickened. Type Species.—Amiopsis prisca (R. Kner, loc. cit., 1863, p, 126, pl. 1), from the Cretaceous of Mrzlek, valley of the Isonzo, Istria. Remarks—Vhis genus was not satisfactorily defined until 1895, when Kramberger described well-preserved specimens of the typical species (Djela Jugoslav. Akad., vol. xvi, p. 12, pl. ili, fig. 2, pl. iv). The pittings in the side of the vertebral centra distinguish it from Megalurus (. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., vol. ii, pt. i, 1833, p. 13), which occurs typically in the Lithographic Stone (Lower Kimmeridgian) of Germany, and has also been found in the Lower Cretaceous of Bahia, Brazil (Megalurus mawsoni, A. S. Woodward, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [7 | vol. ix, 1902, p. 87, pl. ii). Two species, Amicpsis dolloi (Text-figs. 29, 30) and A. lata, from the Wealden of Bernissart, Belgium, have been described by R. H. Traquair, Mém. Mus. Roy. d’Hist. Nat. Belg., vol. v, 1911, pp. 37, 42, pls. vil, vill. AMIOPSIS. 9] 1. Amiopsis damoni (Heerton). Plate XIX, figs. 5, 6. 1858. Megalurus damoni, P. M. G. Egerton, Figs. and Descript. Brit. Organic Remains (Mem. Geol. Surv.), dee. ix, no. 8, pl. viii. (?) 1873. Megalurus damoni, V. Thiolli¢re, Poiss. Foss. Bugey, pt. ii, p. 22, pl. ix. 1895. Megalurus damoni, A. 8S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes, B. M., pt. iu, p. 366. Type Specimen.—Imperfect fish ; British Museum. Specific Characters.—Attaining a length of about 30 em. but usually smaller. Length of head with opercular apparatus exceeding maximum depth of trunk and contained about five times in total length of fish; depth of caudal pedicle contained scarcely five times in length from operculum to base of middle caudal fin-rays. External bones shghtly rugose, otherwise not ornamented. About 55 vertebra, Fic. 30.—Amiopsis dolloi, Traquair ; restoration, scales omitted, much reduced in size.—Wealden; Bernissart, Belgium. After R. H. Traquair. i] half being abdominal. Dorsal fin with about 17 supports, occupying the middle of the back; anal fin with 8 supports, arising opposite the hinder end of the dorsal ; pelvic fins inserted opposite the origin of the dorsal. Scales broader than deep, their hinder border not thickened. Description of Specimens.—The type specimen exhibits most of the generic and specific characters of the fish, and another specimen, even better preserved, is shown of the natural size in Pl. XIX, fig. 5. The bones of the head, though stout, -are always much crushed and broken in the fossils. The parietal, squamosal, and frontal bones are as in Aiia, forming a cranial shield only gently arched from side to side and ornamented with a feeble coarse rugosity. A single pair of supra- temporal plates overlaps the occipital border. he outer margin of each frontal is slightly excavated above the orbit; and in one specimen (B. M. no. 41171) this excavation is occupied by four nearly smooth plates of a narrow cireumorbital ring. Traces of similar plates are also seen in the type specimen. The mandibular suspensorium is gently arched forwards so that the quadrate articulation is beneath 92 WEALDEN AND PURBECK FOSSIL FISHES. the hinder border of the orbit. As shown by the type specimen, the maxilla is smooth and shaped as in Amia; so far as can be seen in several specimens, the mandible is also Amioid, the dentary bearing a single regular close series of smooth high conical teeth. The preoperculum, as shown in the type specimen, is a narrow arched bone, nearly smooth; the operculum (B. M. no. 41171) must have been nearly as broad as deep; the suboperculum is somewhat more than half as deep as the operculum, with a stout anterior ascending process; the triangular inter- operculum is broader than deep ; and several of the upper branchiostegal rays are wide laminz. None of the opercular bones are marked by more than feeble coarse ruge, which are seen to be radiating on the operculum of the type specimen. The vertebral centra are well ossified, and all are marked by two principal lateral pits, one above, one below a longitudinal median ridge, which is impressed with a variable number of comparatively small pits. In the abdominal region the centra are about as long as deep, apparently without any processes for the support of the ribs, which are short, stout, and curved. The neural arches in advance of the dorsal fin are surmounted by the usual separate neural spines. In the caudal region the vertebral centra are shorter and deeper, and some clearly alternate with and without neural and hemal arches in the typical Amioid manner. The neural and heemal arches are short, slender, and almost symmetrical until the base of the caudal fin, in which about 14 hzmals predominate both in length and in stoutness. The rays of all the fins are stout and smooth, and all are both closely articu- lated and divided for the greater part of their length distally (Pl. XIX, fig. 5). A few short basal fulera, increasing in length, occur at the origin of each fin, but there appear to be no fringing fulera. Hach pectoral fin seems to have comprised 9 or 10 rays, while the pelvic fin has 8 or 9 rays, which are not much more than half as long as the former. The dorsal fin occupies less than the middle third of the back, and the length of its longest rays is somewhat less than the depth of the trunk at their point of insertion. Three or four basal fulera are distinguishable at its origin. Its 17 supports are all long and stout, expanding at the upper end where they articulate directly with the fin-rays, without the intercalation of any other supports. The anal fin, best shown in the type specimen, is comparatively small, but all its 8 supports are much elongated. The caudal fin, especially well seen in P]. XIX, fig. 5, is very long and stout and unsymmetrically rounded, as in Amia. It is supported by about 14 thickened hemal arches at the upturned end of the caudal region; and slender basal fulcral scales are conspicuous both above and below. The deeply-overlapping scales are uniform over the whole of the trunk, longer than deep, and rounded at their free hinder border. The covered portion exhibits only the fine concentric lines of growth, but the exposed portion is thickened and finely pitted with markings which give it an irregularly reticulated appearance. This structure 1s especially well seen in the type specimen (Pl. XIX, fig. 6), in lor) AMIOPSIS. ‘qedyoyero “yo “WoyTaS 1egyze “Spoyrpom APQYSTTG “yos1oq ‘QSvUVAG {speq Yooqrng e[ppry{— eis ‘yeu “yuna jo yazvd tojve10 puv pvoly Jo sulvutoed GUTMOYS ‘MoutIOads ad Aq ‘SISCOIWV shueg—wauwy ATrurey £(m0jteST) wagsny sisdonup— Te ‘pi 94. WEALDEN AND PURBECK FOSSIL FISHES. which some of the anterior scales have the pittings filled with matrix, as drawn somewhat diagrammatically in Egerton’s original enlarged figure. It may be added that in the type specimen some well-fossilised ova are scattered in the abdominal region. Horizons and Localities—Lower and Middle Purbeck Beds: Bincombe and Portland, near Weymouth, Dorset. A larger form of this or another Amioid species is represented by isolated jaws in the Lower Purbeck Beds of Portland. = - _ uy a 2 , : = oe ~ a TS = Qe i Pe ar es om —_ Fia. 10. PLATE XIV. Microdon vadiatus, Agassiz; nearly complete fish, nat. size, with dorsal (1 a) and ventral (1b) ridge-scale enlarged three times.—Middle Pur- beck Beds; Swanage, Dorset. Dorset County Museum, Dorchester. w., problematical bone at hinder end of abdominal region. Ditto; imperfect fish with distorted tail, nat. size-—Ibid. Cunnington Collection (B. M. no, 46333). ¢., displaced caudal fin-rays; cl., clavicle; d7., ventral ridge-scale with double articulation ; fr., frontal bone; me., mesethmoid ; plv., pelvic fin; vo., vomer. Ditto; head and anterior abdominal region, nat. size.—Ibid. Dorset County Museum, Dorchester. ag., angular; d., dentary ; hin., dis- placed hyomandibular ; ., two expanded anterior ribs; spl., splenial. Ditto ; left parietal bone (drawn upside down), showing hinder prominence (w.), twice nat. size.—Ibid. Hgerton Collection (B. M. no. P. 1627 a). Ditto; vomerine dentition, three times nat. size.—Ibid. Museum of Practical Geology, London, no. 28359. Ditto; right dentary bone, five times nat. size-—Ibid. Museum of Practical Geology, London, no. 28552. Ditto; splenials with dentition, oral view, with some lateral vomerine teeth to the left, three times nat. size—lIbid. British Museum, nO. kao092: Ditto; right splenial dentition, oral view, three times nat. size.—lIbid. Heerton Collection (B. M. no. P. 1627 a). Ditto; epihyal (eph.) and ceratohyal (ch.) bones, five times nat. size.— Ibid. Cunnington Collection (B. M. no. 28443). Ditto; left hyomandibular (hin.), outer view, with remains of operculum (op.) partially overlapping the supraclavicle (scl.), twice nat. size.— Ibid. Egerton Collection (B. M. no P. 1627 0). PAGE. 61. PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 19/6. A.S.Woodward, Wealden & Purbeck Fishes Plate XIV GM. Woodward del etlith. IM GaptoKe omer, 4. PLATE XV. PAGE. Microdon radiatus, Agassiz; skull, right side view, twice nat. size—Middle Purbeck Beds ; Swanage, Dorset. British Museum, no. P. 7455. fr., frontal; k., lower median keel on parasphenoid; me., mesethmoid ; ors., orbitosphenoid (?); pa., parietal; pas., para- sphenoid; r.s., ridge-scale fused with occiput ; socc., supraoccipital ; sqg., squamosal ; vo., vomer. Ditto ; caudal fin, twice nat. size.—Ibid. British Museum, no. 19013. Ditto; some abdominal flank-scales, left side, outer view, twice nat. size.—Ibid. Cunnington Collection (B. M. no. 46333). Ditto; some abdominal flank-scales, right side, ner view showing riblets, twice nat. size.— Ibid. British Museum, no. 44844. 5, 5a. Ditto; two abdominal flank-scales, right side, inner view, showing peg-and-socket 6. 15. 16. articulation, twice nat. size.—Ibid. Dorset County Museum, Dorchester. Celodus mantelli, Agassiz; portion of vomerine dentition, oral view and right side view (6 a), three-halves nat. size, with a median tooth enlarged three times (66), and a transverse section of the dentition (6 ¢), three-halves nat. size— Wealden ; Tilgate Forest, Sussex. Mantell Collection (B. M. no. 28417). Ditto; right splenial, oral view, three-halves nat. size—Wealden; Hastings, Sussex. Enniskillen Collection (B. M. no. P. 3768). Ditto; portion of right splenial dentition, oral view, twice nat. size.—Wealden ; Tilgate Forest. Mantell Collection, no. 2709. Ditto; portion of left splenial dentition, oral view, three times nat. size—Ibid. Type specimen of Gyrodus mantelli, Agassiz. Mantell Collection (B. M. no. 28415 a). Ditto ; left splenial, oral view, twice nat. size.—Ibid. Mantell Collection (B.M. no. 28415 6). Ditto ; left splenial, oral view, and hinder view (11 a), twice nat. size—Lower Wealden or Upper Purbeck Beds; Netherfield, Sussex. Teilhard & Pelletier Collection (B, M. no. P. 11903). Celodus multidens, sp. nov.; right splenial, oral view, twice nat. size.— Wealden ; Sevenoaks, Kent. The type specimen. Museum of Practical Geology, London, no. 7492. Ditto; portion of right splenial dentition, oral view, twice. nat. size-—Wealden; Battle, Sussex. Bowerbank Collection (B. M. no, 39215). Celodus hirudo (Agassiz); a principal tooth of the left splenial dentition, oral view, front view (14a), and end view (146), three-halves nat. size—Wealden; Tilgate Forest, Sussex. The type specimen. Mantell Collection, no. 2706. Ditto; a principal tooth probably of the vomerine dentition, oral view, hinder view (15 a), and lower view (15 b), three-halves nat. size.—Wealden ; Hastings, Sussex. Rufford Collection (B. M. no. P. 9838). Ditto; a principal tooth, oral view, twice nat. size.—Wealden (Wadhurst Clay); Hastings. Teilhard & Pelletier Collection (B. M. no. P. 11900). Ditto; an imperfect lateral tooth, three times nat. size—lIbid. Teilhard & Pelletier Collection (B. M. no. P. 11901). Ditto ; lateral tooth, five times nat. size—Ibid. Teilhard & Pelletier Collection (B. M. no. P. 11902). Celodus lxvidens, sp.nov.; right splenial, oral view, three-halves nat. size-—Middle Purbeck Beds ; Swanage, Dorset. The type specimen. British Museum, no. P. 10679. Ditto; left splenial, oral view, twice nat. size—Ibid. British Museum, no. 33480. 59. 63. 64. 64. 64. 66. 67. 67. 67. 67. 67. 68. 68. 68. PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, |\91/6. AS.Woodward, Wealden & Purbeck Fishes. G.M. Woodward delet hth. WSs IMELCIe CC LOuaL, 6-210. Coe liodzas, Plate XV Fia. PLATE XVI. Ophiopsis penicillata, Agassiz; nearly complete fish, showing most of squamation from inner face, nat. size, with a group of teeth (1 a), some abdominal flank-scales, inner view (1 }), and some caudal scales, outer view (1c), enlarged five times.— Probably from Lower Purbeck Beds near Weymouth, Dorset. The type specimen. British Museum, no. P. 7433. Ditto; bases of some dorsal fin-rays, five times nat. size—Lower Purbeck Beds; Isle of Portland. British Museum, no. P. 8375. Ophiopsis breviceps, Egerton; nearly complete fish, nat. size-—Lower Purbeck Beds; Wockley, near Tisbury, Wiltshire. The type speci- men. Museum of Practical Geology, London, no. 28442. Ditto; roof of skull and some adjacent bones, inner view, five-halves nat. size.—Ibid. British Museum, no. P. 9107 a. co., upper circum- orbitals; fr., frontal; pa., parietal; ptt., post-temporal; sq., squamosal; st., Supratemporal. Ditto; right premaxilla, outer view, four times nat. size.-—Ibid. British Museum, no. P. 9456. Ditto; right mandibular ramus, outer view, four times nat. size.—Ibid. British Museum, no. P. 9486. Ditto; portion of operculum to show ornament, four times nat. size.— Ibid. Enniskillen Collection (B. M. no. P. 3608). Ditto; left supraclavicle, outer view, four times nat. size.—Ibid. British Museum, no. P. 9436. 9, 10. Ditto; flank-scales, outer and inner face, seven and eight times nat. Wile 12. 13. size.—Ibid. British Museum, nos. P. 9107 b,c. Ditto; ventral scale, outer face, six times nat. size.—Ibid. British Museum, no. P. 9436. Ditto; dorsal scale, inner face, eight times nat. size—Ibid. British Museum, no. P. 9107 b. Opliopsis dorsalis, Agassiz; nearly complete fish, nat. size-—Probably from Middle Purbeck Beds, Swanage, Dorset. The type specimen. Egerton Collection (B. M. no. P. 466). Paae. 72. 74. 76. PALZAONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, I9I6. A.S.Woodward, Wealden & Purbeck Fishes. Plate XVI. G.M. Woodward del. et lith. Huth imp iat ad) Qe 4 | ipa aan ie be * - : ¥ 7 & ea tate Were 1 i” A i an 7 s 7 ; >" : - =A — < . *) 5 . ; Le ; eee, =e” Reg : | eye tk — eae é Yr A Ae : T _ wy, i ear 7 4 ae reed ih _ ( a a Wa A py fi af ° : a€ 7, if J | 9 ” = * _ : ce as a “1. 7 * jee) PLATE XVI: IMistionotus angularis, Kgerton; fish with imperfect dorsal fin, lacking greater part of caudal region, nat. size-—Middle Purbeck Beds; Swanage. The typespecimen. Egerton Collection (B. M. no. P. 577). cl., clavicle; d., dentary; mz., maxilla; pa., parietal; pop., pre- operculum; ptt., post-temporal; sel., supraclavicle; st., supra- temporal. Ditto; nearly complete fish, with crushed cranium and distorted tail, nat. size.—Ibid. Dorset County Museum, Dorchester. 0r., branchi- ostegal rays; d., dentary; iop., interoperculum ; mz., maxilla; op., operculum ; pa., parietal; pel., post-clavicular scales ; pop., preoper- culum; sop., suboperculum. Ditto; roof of skull, two-and-a-half times nat. size—Ibid. British Museum, no. P. 5935. co., upper circumorbitals ; fr., frontal ; pa., parietal. Ditto. Supposed palatine or ectopterygoid, with comparatively stout teeth, three times nat. size—Middle Purbeck Beds; Tisbury, Wilt- shire. Cunnington Collection (B. M. no. 46421). Ditto; imner view of three flank-scales, one traversed by the slime-canal of the lateral line (/.), two-and-a-half times nat. size, and (5 a) a flank- scale, outer face, three times nat. size-—Middle Purbeck Beds; Swanage. Enniskillen Collection (B. M. no. P. 3614). Hnchelyolepis andrewsi, A. 8S. Woodward ; nearly complete fish, two-and- a-half times nat. size, with a dorsal fin-support (6a) enlarged twelve times, and some scales (6)) enlarged fifteen times——Middle Pur- beck Beds; Teffont, Wiltshire. The type specimen. Rev. W. R. Andrews Collection (B. M. no. P. 6303). Hnchelyolepis pectoralis (Sauvage) ; nearly complete fish, twice nat. size, with a dorsal fin-support (7 a) anda scale (7 b) enlarged ten times.— Upper Portlandian ; Savonnicres-en-Perthois, Meuse, France. The type specimen. British Museum, no. P. 7359. (Honoscopus sp.; right maxilla, outer view, nat. size-—Middle Purbeck Beds; Swanage. British Museum, no. 33477. Pages. “I NI io 81. 81 1916. PAL Az OINM) OG RAP Grae SiO Ceti ral oO S.Woodward, Wealden & Purbeck Fishe AY Vil ICE 4 Pavey Kee WC LA — MERA SAR Aa 6, Se . NS \ 5 we > Huthimp. G.M.Woodward del.et lith. &. Ole ros commu: i 2) as plo Orstls: On/7 amelelyolejo1 ec PLATE Xvi: PAGE 1. Neorhombolepis valdensis, A. 8. Woodward; imperfect fish coiled up in ironstone, nat. size-—Wealden; Hastings. The type specimen. Beckles Collection (B. M. no. P. 6364). 88. 2, 3. Ditto; portions of head, pectoral arch, pectoral fin, and anterior scales of opposite side of same specimen, nat. size. 88. A, Ditto; remains of dentary bone of same specimen, nat. size. 88. br., branchiostegal rays; ¢., remains of caudal fin; cl., clavicle; co., circum- orbital; d., base of dorsal fin; 4m, hyomandibular; md., hinder end of mandible; mz., portion of maxilla; n.a., neural arches of vertebree; pa., parietal; pas., para- sphenoid ; pel., postclavicular plates ; pet., pectoral fin ; po., portion of postorbital ; ptf., postfrontal (sphenotic) ; gu., quadrate; scl., supraclavicle ; sq., squamosal ; sy., symplectic ; v., vertebral centrum ; z., interoperculum (?) PALZ ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1916 A.S Woodward, Wealden & Purbeck Fishes. Plate XVIII. Ww G.M.Woodward del.et lith Tu. @. Neorhombolepis. Huthimp. Fig. PLATE XX. Caturus purbeckensis, A. S. Woodward ; head, ete., crushed in right side view, nat. size.—Middle Purbeck Beds; Swanage. The type speci- men. British Museum, no. 46911. cl., clavicle; d., dentary ; hy., hypocentrum; mv., maxilla; pet., base of pectoral fin; pmw., pre- maxilla; smz., supramaxilla. Ditto; left mandibular ramus, outer view, nat. size.—Ibid. Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. ag., angular; co., coronoid; d., dentary. Oaturus tenuidens, A. 8S. Woodward; left maxilla, inner view, nat. size, with two teeth enlarged five times (3 a).—Ibid. Hgerton-Collection (B. M. no. P. 969). Ditto; right dentary, outer view, nat. size, with two teeth enlarged four times (4).—Ibid. British Museum, no. 40656. Amiopsis damoni (Kgerton) ; nearly complete fish, right side view, nat. size —Purbeck Beds; Portland. British Museum, no. 41156. Ditto; some abdominal flank-scales of type specimen, four times nat. size.—Purbeck Beds; Bincombe, near Weymouth. LHgerton Collec- tion (B. M. no. P. 563.) Amopsis sp.; right maxilla, without teeth, outer view, nat. size.—Lower Purbeck Beds; Portland. British Museum, no. P. 8376. Amiopsis sp.; left mandibular ramus, inner view, nat. size, with points of teeth broken away.—Ibid. British Museum, no. P. 8377. Paap. 94. 94. ‘stsdommy @-G Soe ae ey y=. “TTL 49 TOP ‘Prempoom W'D dunt ‘yn ‘sayshy Yooqing » weppeas ‘PIEMpooM SV Pe es Ne Were pe oo ee Tse DEE He CORM FALL TOU dS _)l XIX oFela Pa ATEN XCK. Fia. Page. 1. Aspidorhynchus fisheri, Hgerton ; almost complete fish, right side view, nearly two-thirds nat. size, with remains of branchial arches (1 a) and some dorsal caudal scales (1 }) enlarged three times.—Middle Purbeck Beds; Swanage. The type specimen. Dorset County Museum, Dorchester. «a., anal fin; d., dorsal fin; plv., pelvic fins. 97. 2. Ditto; head, ete., left side view and partly upper view, three-halves nat. size.—Ibid. British Museum, no. 28621. ag., angular; cl., clavicle ; d., dentary; fr., frontal; hm., hyomandibular; mz., maxilla; op., operculum; pa., parietal; pus., parasphenoid; pet., pectoral fin; pme., premaxilla; ps., presymphysial bone; qu., quadrate; smz., supramaxilla; sy., symplectic; ”., probably epiotics. Mi 3. Ditto; portion of abdominal squamation, nat. size, with (3 a) three ventral scales five-halves nat. size.—Ibid. Museum of Practical Geology, London, no. 28440. 99. 4. Ditto; dorsal caudal scales, three times nat. size.—Ibid. Beckles Collec- tion (B. M. no. P. 6380). oo: 5. Pholidophorus ornatus, Agassiz; imperfect tail, nat. size, with scale (5 a) enlarged twice.—Ibid. The type specimen. Mantell Collection (B. M. no. P. 7583). a., anal fin; plv., pelvic fin; v., vertebral centrum, 102. 6. Ditto; small fish, left side view, nat. size, with (6a) jaws enlarged twice, and (66) abdominal flank-scales enlarged three times.—Ibid. Alexander J. Hoge Collection (B. M. no. P. 10011). ag., angular ; d., dentary ; mx., maxilla; pmz., premaxilla; smv., supramaxilla. 102. Ditto ; caudal scales of lateral line, outer view, five-halves nat. size, and abdominal ventral scales (7a) of same specimen, inner view, three times nat. size.—Ibid. British Museum, no. 43038. 105. 8. Ditto; abdominal ventral scales, outer view, three times nat. size.—Ibid. Museum of Practical Geology, London, no. 28439. > 105. NI “snaoydoprjoudg g-g ‘snyoudysopidsy “4 —T dur yy “WAIL © Tp prempoom WD ob Dus uy “AS \ bo ‘spd a ee xu ae “XX 272Td “Sously Mooqung ¢y useplean, “‘P4LeMpoom' oy [Palxontographical Society, 1916. THE PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA OF GREAT BRITAIN, BEING SUPPLEMENTARY TO S. V. WOODS MONOGRAPH OF THE CRAG MOLLUSCA. BY BR We PAnRMEN, GS non: MEMBRE HONORAIRE DE LA SOCIETE BELGE DE GEOLOGIE ET DH PALEONTOLOGIE. PARTY III. Paces 303—461; Puatres XX XIJI—XLIV. LOUNDIOEN: PRINTED FOR THE PALHONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. Frpruary, 1918. HELIX (MACULARIA) OGDENI. 303 Since the publication of Parts I and II of this volume some interesting specimens of the genera therein dealt with have come into my possession, especially from the Wexford gravels, which, through the energy of my old colleague Mr. Alfred Bell and with the kind assistance of the Rev. Father Codd, P.P., of Blackwater, near Hnniscorthy, have been lately obtained. Those I have already received from that locality have proved very interest- ing, but as the sections from which they come are said to be some miles in length and in places to be full of shelly material, they may prove still more so as time goes on. My first idea was to reserve such new material for a possible Appendix at the conclusion of the work, but as for an obvious reason this may never be reached, it seems better to describe from year to year such specimens as may reach me, even if some of them may be more or less out of place. It will give me the opportunity, moreover, of discussing the important fauna of St. Hrth as well as some fossils from the Pleistocene deposits of Great Britain which are closely related to those of the Pliocene, and should be considered with them. As to some divisions of the Crag Mollusca which I have not yet touched, I fear I may not be able to deal with them as fully as I could wish, and that I shall have to leave much to my successors. For the present I must content myself with endeavouring to bring up to date, as far as I can, the nomenclature, identification and distribution of certain groups, for the study of which I may have most material at my disposal, or which may seem likely to be of most interest to students of the later Tertiary fauna. Genus HELIX, Linné, 1758 (continued from p. 17). Sub-genus MACULARIA, Albers, 1850. Helix (Macularia) Ogdeni, Kennard and B. B. Woodward. Plate XXXIII, fig. 1. 1914. Helix (Macularia) Ogdeni, Kennard and B. B. Woodward, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. xi, p. 155 (figs.). Specific Characters.—Shell imperforate, depressed, conic, showing traces of oblique lines of growth; whorls five, convex, regularly increasing; apex obtuse ; suture linear, moderately impressed ; body-whorl about half the size of the shell, scarcely dilated, convex below and impressed in the umbilical region, deeply 40 304 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. deflexed anteriorly ; aperture broadly lunate, margins distant; outer lip narrowly expanded, having a shght thickening within; columella margin deflected, with a reflected callus concealing the umbilicus. (K. and B.B.W.) Dimensions —Diam. (max.) 16°4mm. H.10°8 mm. Mouth 6-7 x 8-8 mm. Iistribution.—Not known living. Fossil: Coralline Crag: Ramsholt. Remarks.—The specimen now figured was found by Mr. Ogden, jun., in the Crag at Ramsholt, exposed in a low cliff on the banks of the River Deben. It has been determined as new, and very appropriately named after the discoverer by Messrs. Kennard and B. B. Woodward. They state that they have failed to identify it with any Continental species, either living or fossil, its nearest living ally beig the southern shell Helix (Macularia) Oberndverferi, Kobelt. I trust they will pardon my suggesting the possibility of the bed at Ramsholt from which this fossil was obtained being of Coralline rather than of Red Crag age, as they suggest. H. and A. Adams state that all the known species of Macularia are from the south of Hurope. Genus CYPRAA, Linné, 1758. Sub-genus EROSARIA, Troschel, 1863. Cypreea (Erosaria) spurca (Linné) (?). Plate XXXIII, figs. 7, 8. 1758. Cyprea spurca, Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 724, no. 317. 1886-44. Cyprea spurca, Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sic., vol. i, p. 235, 1836; vol. 11, p. 199, 1844. 1837. Cyprea spurca, Sowerby, Conch. Ilustr., fig. 81. 1845. Cyprea spurca, Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. iii (Cyprea), pl. xiv, fig. 68. 1846. Cyprea sp, James, Journ. Geol. Soc. Dublin, vol. iii, p. 196. 1846. Cyprea sp., Forbes, Mem. Geol. Surv., vol. i, p. 429. 1865. Cyprexa lurida, Huxley and Etheridge, Cat. Coll. Foss. Mus. Pract. Geol., p. 375. 1870. Cyprea spurca, Hidalgo, Moll. mar. Espan., vol. ii (Cyprea), p. 8, pl. xi, figs. 1, 2. 1888-90. Cyprea sp., A. Bell, Rep. Brit. Assoc. (Bath), p. 1386, 1888; (Leeds), p. 423, 1890. 1890. Cyprea spurca, Carus, Prod. Faun. Medit., vol. 11, p. 370. 1891. Cyprea (Hrosaria) spurca, Dautzenberg, Mém. Soc. zool. France, vol. iv, p. 23. 1892-7. Cyprea spurca, Locard, Coq. mar. Cotes de France, p. 38, 1892; Exped. scient. Travailleur et Talisman, vol. i, p. 102, 1897. 1893. Cyprea spurca, Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xvi, p. 332. 1908. Cyprea (Hrosaria) spurca, Kobelt, Icon. schalentrag. europ. Meeresconch., vol. iv, p. 49, pl. cix, figs. 1-11. 1911. Cyprea (Erosaria) spurca, Cerulli-Irelli, Palaeont. Ital., vol. xvu, p. 271, pl. xxvi, fig. 13. 1915. Cyprea pyrum, A. Bell, Geol. Mag. [6], vol. 11, p. 168. Specific Characters——Shell oblongo-ovate, convex, but little depressed at the spire, which is very small and covered; sides and extremities of the shell CYPRAIA (EROSARIA) SPURCA. 305 thickened, marginate ; aperture expanded below, outer lip nearly straight; teeth prominent, coarser and less numerous than in ©. pyrum or C. lurida. Dimensions.—L. 30-34 mm. B. 15-20 mm. (of fossil specimen: L. 17 mm. Bil mom.) Distribution.—Recent : western coast of Spain, Cape Verde Isles, Canaries, Ascension, St. Helena, Morocco. Mediterranean—Balearic Isles, Corsica, Naples, Sicily, Algeria, Tunis, Tripoli, Heypt, Aigean, Syrian coast. West Indies, Florida, Pernambuco. Fossil : Kilbride, co. Wicklow. Monte Mario, Cyprus, Palermo. Remarks.—The history of this unique fossil is rather interesting. Originally discovered by Captain (afterwards Sir Henry) James, it was described in 1846 by him and by Edward Forbes as Cyprea sp. For many years it has remained in the Jermyn Street collection without any definite specific name. In 1865 it was referred by Messrs. Huxley and Etheridge to the Mediterranean form C. lurida, Linné, and afterwards by Alfred Bell to C. pyrwm, Gmelin. Hesitating which of these competent authorities to follow, I wrote to my good friend the Marchese di Monterosato, who has so often and so willingly rendered me similar assistance, asking him to send me some typical specimens of both these species for comparison, which he was kind enough to do; but he enclosed with them an example of C. spurca, and it was the latter species with which our fossil seemed most nearly to correspond. The two shells are not absolutely the same, however, and my identification may possibly need reconsideration. C. spurca seems to be specially characterised by its form and the prominent and rather coarse sculpture of both sides of the aperture. It has been reported as a fossil from Monte Mario by Sign. Cerulli-Irelli, from Cyprus by Gaudry, and as sub-fossil from Palermo by Philippi, but not, so far as I know, from any other locality, either British or foreign, although it now occurs living in all parts of the Mediterranean. Forbes, indeed, suggested that the Wicklow specimen was a recent one, as it had a very fresh appearance. It was said to have been found, however, in a marine deposit, and many of the fossils from the same region are of a similarly fresh and unworn character. He considered it desirable, moreover, to include it in his list of Irish fossils, and as it still appears exhibited among them in the Jermyn Street galleries I follow his example. In any case it suggests the existence of marine currents from the south at a certain stage or stages of the geological history, to which also the existence of so many Lusitanian species in the Pleistocene deposits of the Christiania fiord before alluded to may also have been due. 306 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Genus COLUMBELLA, Lamarck, 1799. Sub-genus MITRELLA, Risso, 1826. Columbella (Mitrella) erythrostoma (Bonelli). Plate XXXIII, figs. 11, 12. 1825. Columbella erythrostoma, Bonelli, MS. Cat. Mus. Zool. Torino. 1848. Columbella erythrostoma, Bellardi, Mon. Columb., p. 9, pl. i, figs. 4, 5. 1870. Cclumbella erythrostoma, A. Bell, Journ. de Conch., vol. xviii, p. 347, no. 234. 1875. Columbella erythrostoma, Seguenza, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. vi, p. 276, no. 245. 1882. Columbella erythrostoma, 8. V. Wood, Mon, Crag Moll., 3rd Suppl., p. 6, pl. 1, fig. 10. 1890. Columbella erythrostoma, C. Reid, Plioc. Dep. Brit., p. 242. 1890-1904. Colwmbella (Mitrella) erythrostoma and vars., Sacco, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. ix, p. 228, figs. 51-54, 1904. 1901. Mitrella erythrostoma, Cossmann, Ess. Paléocouch. compar., vol. iv, p. 236. 1911. Columbella (Mitrella) erythrostoma, Cerulli-Irelli, Palaeont. Ital., vol. xvu, p. 256, pl. xxin, figs. 64, 65. Specific Characters.—Shell slender, with a comparatively narrow base; whorls but little convex, smooth, without spiral sculpture except near the base, the last rather more than half the total length; spire elevated, diminishing regularly upwards; suture shght; mouth narrow ; outer lip compressed and nearly straight in the middle, rounded below, denticulated within ; canal very short. Dimensions.—L. 20-80 mm. B. 8-12 mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil : Waltonian Crag: Walton-on-Naze, Little Oakley. Newbournian : Newbourn. Lower Pliocene: Biot. Upper Phocene: Asti, Livorno, Monte Mario. Remarks.—This species resembles very nearly the Crag form, C. suleata, described below, but the whorls are not so concave, the suture is slighter, the shape more slender, and except for a few fine inconspicuous ridges at the back of the canal, it is without spiral sculpture. It is possible that im some cases worn and decorticated specimens of C. sulcata may have been mistaken for it. As a guide to collectors, however, I have figured a verified fossil from Asti, which I have received from my good friend Prof. Issel of Genoa, to whom I have been indebted on more than one occasion for similar assistance. I give also an example from Walton which seems to be the same, and I have one or two others, similar, but imperfect, from Oakley. The genus Columbella, under which name the Crag forms of the Columbellide were formerly grouped, has been divided and sub-divided since the publication of Wood’s Monograph, the generic and sub-generic terms here used being mostly those adopted by M. Cossmann. COLUMBELLA (MITRELLA) SEMICAUDATA. 307 Columbella (Mitrella) semicaudata (Bonelli). Plate XX XIII, figs. 9, 10. 1825. Columbella semicaudata, Bonelli, MS. Cat. Mus. Zool. Torino. 1848. Columbella semicaudata, Bellardi, Mon. Columb., P: On Plague: oc. 1870. Columbella semicaudata, A. Bell, Journ. de Conch., vol. xviii, p. 346. 1875. Columbella semicaudata, Seguenza, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. vi, p. 276, no. 238. 1878. Columbella semicaudata, de Stefani e Pantinelli, Bull. Soc. Malac. Ital., vol. iv., p. 109. 1890. Columbella (Mitrella) semicaudata, Sacco, Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. vi, p. 40, pl. ii, fig. 39 ; Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. ix, p. 223, no. 2883. 1901. Mitrella semicaudata, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. iv., p: 236. 1911. Columbella (Mitrella) semicaudata, Cerulli-Irelli, Palaeont. Ital., vol. xvii, p. 255, pl. xxiii, figs. 60-63. Specific Characters.—Shell slender with a comparatively narrow base, smaller than M. erythrostoma; whorls nearly flat, smooth, without spiral sculpture, the last more than half the total length; spire elevated, diminishing slightly but regularly upwards; suture slight; mouth narrow; outer lip compressed in the middle and nearly straight, rounded below, denticulated within; canal very short. Dimensions.—L. 20 mm. B. 8 mm. Distribution.—N ot known living. Fossil: Waltonian Crag: Little Oakley. Lower Pliocene: Biot. Upper Pliocene: Bologna, Asti, Siena, Monte Mario, Val d’Era. Remarks.—The imperfect fossil from Oakley here figured appears to corre- spond, so far as it goes, with some specimens of CU. semicaudata which I collected some years ago at Asti, as well as with one recently received from Prof. Issel from the same locality. It shows no sign of the spiral sculpture characteristic of C. sulcata and presents a polished surface, a feature which I have never observed in the case of water-worn examples of the latter species in my Crag collections. Columbella (Mitrella) suleata (J. Sowerby). Plate XX XIII, figs. 13—17. 1823-5. Buccinum sulcatum, J. Sowerby, Min. Conch., vol. iv, p. 103, pl. ccclxxv, fig. 2, 1823; vol. v, p. 122, pl. ececlxxvii, fig. 4, 1825. 1842-72. Colwmbella sulcata, vars. a and 8, 8. V. Wood, Anu. Mag. Nat. Hist. [1], vol. ix, p. 539, 1842; Mon. Crag Moll., pt. i, p. 28, pl. ii, fig. 2, 1848; 1st Suppl., pt. i, p. 9, pl. ii, fig. 16, 1872. 1670. Columbella sulcata, S. V. Wood, jun., and F. W. Harmer, Rep. Sections Brit. Assoc. (Liverpool), p. 91. 1871. Columbella sulcata, Jeffreys in Prestwich, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvii, pp. 143, 488. 1871. Columbella sulcata and C. abbreviata, A. Bell, Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], vol. vii, p. 356 ; Geol. Mag., vol. viii, p. 453. 1872. Columbella sulcata and C. abbreviata, A.and RB. Bell, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. ii, pp. 203, 209, 213. 1892. Columbella sulcata, Van den Broeck, Bull. Soe. Belg. Géol., vol. vi (Mémoires), pp. 121, 182. 1901. Anachis sulcata, Cossmanun, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. iv, p. 238. 1912. Columbella sulcata, Tesch, Med. v. d. Rijks. v. Delfstotfen, pt. iv, p. 78, no. 188. 308 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Specific Characters.—Shell turreted, elongate; whorls 6—8, convex, regularly diminishing in size to a blunt and rounded apex; ornamented by fine, closely-set spiral ridges which extend to the base of the shell; spire elevated, varying much in its comparative length; suture well-marked but generally not very deep; mouth long, sub-trapezoidal, angulate above ; outer lip compressed in the middle, nearly straight, thickened and toothed internally ; canal wide, open, very short, turning to the left ; columella flexuous, excavated. Dimensions.—(Very variable) L. 15—30 mm. B. 8—12 mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil : Coralline Crag: Gedgrave, Sutton, Boyton. Waltonian: Walton-on-Naze, Beaumont, Little Oakley. Newbournian: Waldringfield, Rams- holt, Felixstow, Sutton, Bentley. Butleyan: Butley, Hollesley. Middle Glacial sands: Billockby. Scaldisien : Belgium, Dutch borings. Remarks.—The present species, so far as I know, has been recorded as fossil from the Anglo-Belgian region only, and is apparently an extinct form. It is one of the common and characteristic species of the Waltonian deposits, but it is not so abundant either in the Coralline or the later horizons of the Red Crag. It varies considerably, especially in the length of the spire. Sowerby figured two forms, Wood’s varieties a and (3; the first (var. elongata) a slender shell with an elongated spire, convex whorls, and a deep suture; the other with a shorter spire and flatter whorls. For the latter Mr. A. Bell proposed in 1871 (op. cit.) the specific name abbreviata, remarking that “the long and short varieties are constant and easily distinguishable, even in immature specimens.” My experience with the Oakley fossils is somewhat similar, but the short-spired shells found at that locality are not all abbreviated, ranging in length from 15 to 30 mm. or more. The Crag CU. (Mitrella) sulcata is allied to the C. (Mitreila) erythrostoma of the Italian Pliocene, but it is always spirally striated, the whorls are more convex, and the suture is deeper. Specimens of the Crag shell which have lost their outer coating have sometimes been mistaken for the Itahan species. Columbella (Mitrella) sulculata (S. V. Wood). Plate XXXIITJ, figs. 18, 19. 1879. Columbella (Astyris) sulculata, 8. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., 2nd Suppl., p. 4, pl. i, fig. 3. 1890. Columbella suleulata, C. Reid, Plioc. Dep. Brit., p. 245. 1901. Anachis suleulata, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compuar., vol. iv, p. 238. 1915. Columbella sulculata, A. Bell, Geol. Mag. [6], vol. ii, p. 167. Specific Characters.—Shell solid, slender, turreted, elongate, smaller than the last species; whorls 6 or 7, but slightly convex, regularly diminishing in size to a blunt point; spire elevated, of variable length; suture well marked but not deep ; ornamented with clearly-cut and closely-set spiral ridges which reach to the base COLUMBELLA (COLUMBELLOPSIS) BORSONI. 309 of the shell; mouth short, oval; outer lip grooved internally; canal distinct, very short. Mmensions.—L. 12—18mm. B. 6—8 mm. Distribution.—Not known lying. Fossil: Coralline Crag: Boyton. Waltonian: Walton-on-Naze, Beaumont, Little Oakley. Newbournian: Bentley, Waldringfield, Sutton. Butleyan: Butley, Shottisham. Isle of Man. Remarks.—This shell is very abundant at Oakley where I have obtained nearly 100 specimens of it; except that it has been recently found in the Manxland drift, it has not been reported from any other formation than the English Crag. It is easily distinguished from the last species by its slender form, its smaller size, its more solid character, its more distinct sculpture and the shape of its mouth and its canal. Nyst identified it with C. sulcata, but this view I am unable to accept.’ Sub-genus COLUMBELLOPSIS, Bucq., Dautz. et Dollf., 1882. Columbella (Columbellopsis) Borsoni (Bellardi). Plate XX XIII, figs. 20, 21. 1848. Coluwmbella Borsoni, Bellardi, Mon. Columb., p. 14, pl. i, fig. 11. 1872. Columbella Borsoni, A. and R. Bell, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. 11, pp. 209, 213. 1874. Columbella Borsoni, S. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., lst Suppl., pt. u, p. 174, add. pl., fig. 19. 1890-1904. Columbella (Clinurella) Borsoni, Sacco, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. ix, p. 224, no. 2897, 1890; Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. vi, p. 45, pl. ii, fig. 52, 1890; C. (Atilia) Borsoni, pt. xxx, p. 94, 1904. 1890. Colwmbella Borsoni, C. Reid, Plioc. Dep. Brit., p. 242. 1901. Atilia Borsoni, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. iv, p. 243. Specific Characters.—Shell small, subfusiform; whorls flattened, smooth, the last about half the total length, excavated below; spire polygyrate, acutely conical; mouth short, subquadrangular; outer lip thickened outside, grooved within ; columella excavated, contorted ; canal short, distinct. Dimensions.—L. 10 mm. B. 4 mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil : Waltonian Crag: Walton-on-Naze, Little Oakley. New- bournian : Shottisham. Upper and Middle Miocene: Italy. Remarks.—Considerable difference of opinion has existed as to the correct nomenclature of the present species, Prof. Sacco referring it in 1890 to a new sub- genus Clinwrella and in 1904 to Atilia, H. and A. Adams, as did M. Cossmann in 1901; Chenu, however, figured as the type of the latter genus a different form, Columbella suffusa, Sowerby.” I have adopted the sub-generic term Colwm- 1 There is a specimen from Waldringfield in the York Museum labelled Lachesis magna which I believe is the same as the present species. ? Man. Conch., vol. i, p. 201, fig. 1087. 310 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. bellopsis proposed in 1882 by MM. Bucquoy, Dautzenberg, and Dollfus for the group of Columbellide represented by C. minor, a shell in their opinion more nearly approaching U. Borsont.' C. Borsoni was known to Wood from Walton. I have obtained several specimens at Oakley which seem to be the same. The fossil from the Italian Miocene now given for comparison I owe to the kindness of my good friend Prof. Sacco. Genus MITRA, Lamarck, 1799. Mitra ebenus, Lamarck. Plate XXXIII, fig. 4. 1811. Mitra ebenus, Lamarck, Ann. du Mus., vol. xvii, p. 216, no. 58. 1836-44. Mitra ebenus and vars., Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sic., vol. i, p. 229, pl. xii, figs. 8—10, 1836; vol ii, p. 195, 1844. 1850. Mitra ebenus, 8. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., pt. ii, p. 310, pl. xxxi, fig. 7. 1858. Volutomitra ebenus, H. and A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., vol. i, p. 173. 1870. Mitra ebenus, A. Bell, Journ. de Conch., vol. xviii, p. 349, no. 301. 1875. Mitra ebenus, Seguenza, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. vi, p. 204, no. 114. 1878. Mitra ebenus, Monterosato, Enum. e Sinon. Conch. Medit., p. 48. 1878. Mitra ebenus, de Stefani ee Pantinelli, Bull. Soc. Malac. Ital., vol. iv, p. 111. 1883. Mitra ebenus and vars., Bucquoy, Dautzenberg et Dollfus, Moll. mar. Rouss., vol. i, p. 115, pl. xvi, figs. 1—7. 1890. Mitra ebenus, Carus, Prod. Faun. Medit., vol. 11, p. 406. (?) 1894. Mitra sp., Kendall, Journ. Isle of Man Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. i, pp. 219, 222, no. 78, fig. 20. 1901. Mitra ebenus and vars., Kobelt, Icon. schalentrag. europ. Meeresconch., vol. ii, p. 47, pl. xli, figs. 2—23 ; pl. xlin, figs. 1—6. Specific Characters.—Shell slender, solid, subfusiform ; whorls slightly convex, smooth or with nearly obsolete coste on the upper ones; suture distinct; mouth narrow, elongate ; canal short, open; columella with 4 folds. Dimensions.—L. 20 mm. B. 8 mm. Distribution.— Recent : Mediterranean, west Atlantic as far south as the coasts of Morocco, the Canaries and the Cape Verde islands. Fossil : Coralline Crag: Gedgrave. Waltonian: Little Oakley. Newbournian: Waldrinefield. Isle of Man (?). Oligocene and Miocene (B. D. D.). Pliocene: Siena, Bologna, Biot. Pleistocene: Sicily, Calabria, Tuscany. Remarks.—Of this southern and rather variable form, known to Wood from the Coralline Crag only, I have one or two imperfect specimens from Oakley, and Mr. Bell has reported it from Waldringfield. It may be possibly derivative at the latter localities. 1 Moll. mar. Rouss., vol. i, p. 77. MITRA CORNICULA. 311 Seguenza, identifying it with M. cornicula, includes it in his list of fossils from the Sicilian and Italian Pleistocene. The specimen from the Isle of Man figured by Prof. Kendall (loc. cit.) as Mitra sp. may possibly belong to the present species. Mitra cornicula (Linné). Plate XX XIII, figs. 2, 3. 1758. Voluta cornicula, Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 731, no. 362. 1826. Mitra lutescens, Payraudeau, Moll. de Corse, p. 164, pl. vii, fig. 19. 1846. Mitra cornea ?, E. Forbes, Mem. Geol. Surv., vol. i, p. 428. 1858. Volutomitra cornicula, H. and A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., vol i, p. 173. 1873-4. Mitra cornicula (Voluta), Seguenza, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. iv, p. 296, no. 69, 1873 ; vol. v, p. 274, no. 28, 1874. 1883. Mitra cornicula (Voluta), Bucquoy, Dautzenberg et Dollfus, Moll. mar. Rouss., vol. i, p. 117, pl. xvi, figs. 1O—13. 1890. Mitra cornicula, Carus, Prod. Faun. Medit., vol. ii, p. 407. 1901. Mitra (Voluta), cornicula Kobelt, Icon. schalentrag. europ. Meeresconch., vol. ii, p. 50, pl. xlii, pp. 18—23. Specific Characters.—Shell solid, elongato-ovate, smooth; whorls 7, but slightly convex, gradually diminishing in size towards an acute apex, the last about half the total length or rather more, having a few inconspicuous striz at the base ; spire slender, acuminate; mouth long, narrow, angulate above, expanded and open below, with three folds on the columella; suture distinct but shallow. Dimensions.—L. 20 mm. B. 6 mm. Distribution.—Recent : Mediterranean, littoral zone, Atlantic coasts as far south as Senegal. Fossil: Wexford gravels. Oligocene ?, Miocene, Pliocene, Pleistocene (B. D. D.). Remarks.—At first I was disposed to think that the Wexford fossil here given under this name was the Volutoiitra groenlandica of Beck, insufficiently described by Moller in 1842, but not figured, so far as I know, until 1878 by Prof. G. O. Sars and since then in 1901 by Dr. Kobelt. The latter is a truly northern form and was reported from Wexford and doubtfully identified with Mitra cornea (2 M. corni- cula) by Prof. Ed. Forbes in 1846 (op. cit). I have lately received from Dr. Odhner, however, a recent specimen of JV. groenlandica which differs materially from the fossils in question, the spire of the latter beg more slender and longer in proportion, the body-whorl shorter and less tumid, and the outer lip less expanded. I can hardly think they can be referred to V. groenlandica, even as a variety, approaching much more nearly the figures of the Mediterranean M. cornicula given by Dr. Kobelt, to which I think they may be more probably referred. 4] 312 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Tam figuring Dr. Odhner’s shell for comparison in connection with the next paragraph. Our fossils are evidently waterworn; all trace of the foldings on the columella or of any spiral striation which may have formerly existed on them having been obliterated. Genus VOLUTOMITRA, Gray, 1847. Volutomitra groenlandica (Moller). Plate XXXII], figs. 5, 6. 1842. Mitra groenlandica (Beck), Moller, Ind. Moll. Groenl., p. 15. 1846-59. Mitra sp., E. Forbes, Mem. Geol. Surv., vol. i, p. 428, 1846; M. greenlandica, Nat. Hist. Europ. Seas, p. 262, 1859. 1851. Mitra grenlandica, 8. P. Woodward, Man. Moll., p. 356. 1853. Mitra grenlandica, Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [2], vol. xii, p. 129. 1877. Volutomitra grenlandica, Moérch in Rink, Dan. Greenl., p. 439. 1878. Volutomitra grenlandica, G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., pp. 244, 361, pl. xxi, fig. 12. 1879-1915. Volutomitra grenlandica, A. Bell, List of Rocks and Foss. at Worden, p. 17, 1879; Geol. Mag. [6], vol. ii, p. 168, 1915. 1887. Volutomitra grenlandica, Fischer, Man. Conch., p. 610. 1899. Volutomitra yroenlandica, Posselt, Medd. om Grgnl, vol. xxiii, p. 171. 1901. Volutomitra groenlandica, Kobelt, Icon. schalentrag. europ. Meeresconch., vol. ii, p. 4, pl. xxix figs. 3—7. 1901. Volutomitra grenlandica, Friele og Grieg., Norske Nordh. Exped. (Mollusca), pt. iii, p. 95. 1908. Volutomitra grenlandica, Lamplugh, Mem. Geol. Surv., Isle of Man, p. 475. 1910. Volutomitra grenlandica, Odhner, Archiv Zool., K. Svensk. Vet-Akad. Handl., vol. vii, no. 4, pp. 12, 24. 1916. Volutomitra groenlandica, Massy, Journ. of Conch., vol. xv, p. 48. Specific Chavacters.—Differs in form from Mitra cornicula as stated above, it is fairly solid, fusiform, and smooth, except that it is ornamented by excessively fine spiral striz, invisible without the aid of a strongly magnifying lens and by incon- spicuous lines of growth, the last whorl being about three-fourths the length of the shell ; apex obtuse; mouth equal in length to the spire; inner lp forming a very thin glaze on the columella which has 4 acute folds, the lowest less prominent than the others. Dimensions.—L. 20 mm. B. 9 mm. Distribution.—Recent ; west coast of Ireland, Norwegian coast, Finmark, Iceland, Spitzbergen, Greenland. Fossil: Isle of Man; Blackwater, Co. Wexford; Worden, near Preston, Lancashire. Remarks.—I figure, with the recent shell received from Dr. Odhner alluded to above, a small specimen from the Wexford gravels, possibly immature or dwarf, which, except for its size, seems to correspond with it. NASSA SOLIDA. 313 Tn his classical ‘* Manual of the Mollusca” the late S. P. Woodward, including V. groenlandica in his list of Arctic species, mentions the fact that it occurs fossil in the latest British Tertiaries. Miss Massy has recently reported (loc. cit.) that it has been dredged by the Irish Fishery Board at 550 fathoms on the Atlantic slope of the west of [reland. Genus NASSA, Lamarck, 1799 (continued from p. 89). A sub-division of this old and classical genus was proposed in 1853 by H. and A. Adams, including, for example, the use of the sub-generic name Niotha for the Nassa clathrata group, Uzita for that of WN. reticosa, Tritia of N. reticulata,’ Hinia of N. incrassata, et cet. For some years these names were not in such general use among Conchologists as 1s now the case. I did not introduce them when dealing with the Nassas in my first part (pp. 61-89, 1914), my object being then to make my work a supplement to that of my old master, and for the convenience of students of the Crag to follow so far as practicable the methods employed by him. As time went on I found it desirable to introduce certain changes, the adoption of the sub-generic division of the present and some other groups being among them. Nassa solida, S. V. Wood, MS.2. Plate XX XIII, fig. 22. 1886. Nassa solida, 8. V. Wood MS., file Kendall and R. G. Bell, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xii, p. 210. 1893-98. Nassa solida, A. Bell, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. [3], vol. ii, p. 627, 1893; Trans. Roy. Geol. Soc. Cornwall, vol. xii, pp. 129, 140, pl. i, fig. 6, 1898. Specific Characters.—Shell solid and massive ; whorls 6 or 7, the last much the largest, depressed above ; a few of the upper ones only are ornamented by short, oblique and closely-set coste, the remainder of the shell by very fine, inconspicuous striz, with stronger ones near the base, and faintly by the lines of growth; spire very short, regularly tapering to an acute point; suture sheht; mouth oval, angulate above; outer lip curved, with a sharply-cut triangular notch where it joins the body-whorl, thickened outside, strongly denticulate internally, with a prominent tooth near the canal; inner lip forming a thin and rather narrow glaze upon the pillar; pillar excavated, ending abruptly, with a sharp edge against the short and hollowed canal. 1 The authors of the “Marine Mollusca of Roussillon” prefer the sub-generic name Hinia to Tritia for reasons there given (vol. i, p. 49, 1882). ? N. solida was first described in Mr. A. Bell’s paper of 1898. 314 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Dimensions.-—L. 25 mm. B. 16 mm. Distribution. —Not known living. Fossil: St. Erth. Plocene: Volhynia (R. Bell). Remarks.—This shell, unrecorded as living and only known as a British fossil from St. Erth (where it is fairly common), is closely related to the recent N. mutabilis, Linné, with which it might almost be grouped as a variety. It differs from the latter, however, in size and form, and in certain other particulars stated below, and has been regarded as distinct by all the authors who have dealt with it. I retain Wood’s name of N. solida, under which it has been known in our public collections for many years. R.G. Bell states that it occurs in the Pliocene deposits of Volhynia. Our fossil approaches to some extent the N. crassilabris of Bellardi.' Nassa mutabilis (Linné). Plate XXXIII, figs. 23—25. 1758. Buccinum mutabile, Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 738, no. 398. 1814. Buecinum mutabile, Brocchi, Conch. foss. subap., vol. ii, p. 341, pl. iv, fig. 18. 1836-43. Buccinum mutabile, Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sic., vol. i, p. 222, 1836; vol. ii, p. 189, 1843. 1870-98. Nassa mutabilis, A. Bell, Journ. de Conch., vol. xviii, p. 345, no. 199, 1870; Proc. Roy. Trish Acad. [3], vol. 1, p. 626, 1893; Trans. Roy. Geol. Soc. Cornwall, vol. xii, p. 189, pl. i, fig. 4, 1898. 1873-5. Nassa mutabilis, Seguenza, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. iv, p. 300, no. 139, 1873; vol. vi, p. 276, no. 255, 1875. 1882. Nassa mutabilis and vars., Bucquoy, Dautzenberg et Dollfus, Moll. mar. Rouss., vol. i, p. 42, pl. x, figs. 3—7. 1882. Nassa mutabilis and vars., Bellardi, Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. iii, p. 24, pl. i, figs. 20, 21. 1882. Nassa mutabilis and var. Companyoi, Fontannes, Moll. plioc. Vall. du Rhone, vol. i, p. 70, pl. v, figs. 14—16. 1885. Nassa mutabilis, S. V. Wood, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xl, p. 68. 1886. Nasea nutabilis, Kendall and R. G. Bell, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xlii, p. 210. 1887. Nassa mutabilis, Kobelt, Icon. schalentrag. europ. Meeresconch., vol. i, p. 122, pl. xxi, figs. 5— 24; pl. xxi, figs. 1—14. 1890. Nassa mutabilis, Carus, Prod. Faun. Medit., vol. 11, p. 391. 1890-1904. Nassa mutabilis and vars., Sacco, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital, vol. ix, p. 208, nos. 2536—40, 1890; Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. xxx, p. 63, pl. xv, figs. 26—29, 1904. 1890. Nassa mutabilis, C. Reid, Plioc. Dep. Brit., p. 248. 1892. Sphxronassa mutabilis, Locard, Coq. mar. Cotes de France, p. 74, fig. 61. 1901. Nassa mutabilis, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar,, vol. iv, p. 210, pl. ix, figs. 1, 2. 1901-7. Nassa mutabilis, Scalia, Att. Accad. Gioen. Sci. Nat. Catania [4], vol. xiv, p. 14, no. 175, 1901; vol. xx, p. 35, no. 312, 1907. 1911. Nassa mutabilis and vars., Cerulli-Irelli, Palaeont. Ital., vol. xvii, p. 244, pl. xxii, figs. 17—24. 1913. Nassa mutabilis, Gignoux, Ann. Univ. Lyon, n.s. [1], vol. xxxvi, p. 504. Specific Characters. —Shell oval, oblique; whorls 7, convex, depressed above, the last more or less inflated, much the largest ; spire short, rapidly diminishing 1 Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. 111, p. 23, pl. 1, fig. 18. NASSA MUTABILIS. 315 in size to an acute apex; ornamented by exceedingly fine inconspicuous strie, and near the base by fine ridges; suture channelled, well-marked ; mouth oval, angulate above; outer lip oblique, nearly straight upwards, rounded and expanded below, ornamented within by fine linear ridges (not by tubercles as in N. solida) ; inner lip forming a wide glaze on the pillar, ending abruptly against the deeply hollowed canal; canal very short, wide, open; pillar sinuous, excavated in the middle. Dimensions.—L. 25—32 mm. B. 14—20 mm. Distribution.—Recent ; west Atlantic from Senegal and the Canaries to the coasts of Spain, Portugal and south-west France. Mediterranean, widely diffused. Adriatic, Mgean. Syrian coast, Kgypt. Fossil: St. Erth (not very rare). Miocene (B. D. D.). Lower Phocene: Biot. Italy (Bellardi). Pliocene: Monte Mario, Colli Astesi (abundant), Bologna. Morocco (Lecointre). Pleistocene: Sicily—Messina, Ficarazzi, Monte Pellegrino, Catania (Nizzeti), Sciacca. Calabria—Regeio, San Giovanni, Monteleone, Taranto, Gravina. Tuscany —Livorno, Vallé Biaia. Remarks.—This characteristically southern species, which has been taken as the type form of Nassa, sensu stricto, has not been recorded from the Anglo-Belgian basin, though it is fairly common in the western Pliocene area at St. Erth. It may be interesting to notice, as bearing upon the age of the latter deposit, that specimens of this species from St. Erth correspond more nearly with those from the Upper Phocene of Asti, where it is very common, than with that now living in the Mediterranean, which closely resembles those of the late Pleistocene deposits of the sub-Htnzan beds of Nizzeti near Catania, as will be seen from the figure of a recent shell here given. Examples of N. mutabilis from St. Hrth differ from those of WN. solida from the same place in size and solidity, in the longer and more tumid form of the body- whorl and in the internal decoration of the outer lip, which in N. mutathilis, as stated above, is linear and sometimes nearly obsolete, while in N. svlida it is tubercular, with a strong and distinct tooth near the canal; in the upper whorls of the latter, moreover, the costation is stronger and the mouth is more oblique. Our St. Erth specimens of N. mutabilis approach the Buceinum inflatum of Lamarck = N. mautabilis, var. inflata of Buequoy, Dautzenberg and Dollfus, as to which the latter authors state that the internal decoration of the outer lip is some- times wanting. The Sicilian form occurring at Nizzeti seems to be their variety minor. Nassa mutabilis has not been reported from any horizon of the Anglo-Belgian Crag, nor has it been found fossil in the western area either in the Isle of Man or in the Wexford gravels. 316 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Var. erthensis, 8. V. Wood, MS. Plate XXXIII, fig. 26. 1886. Nassa mutabilis, var. St. Erthensis, 8S. V. Wood, MS.,in Kendall and R. G. Bell, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xlii, p. 210. 1898. Nassa mutabilis, var. St. Hrthensis, A. Bell, Trans. Roy. Geol. Soc. Cornwall, vol. xii, p. 140, pl. i, fig. 5. Varietal Characters —Much larger and longer than the type, the outer lip being more expanded, and the upper part of the whorls obtusely and obscurely angulate rather than rounded; in R. G. Bell’s MS. sub-variety gigantea (loc. cit.) the whole of the shell is said to be spirally striated. Dimensions.—L. 45—54 mm. B. 25 Distribution —Not known living. Fossil: St. Erth. Remarks.—Vhe principal difference between this form and the type is its much larger size, one of the specimens here represented attaining a length of 54 mm. Generally they are smaller, about 45 mm. Prof. Sacco figures a large variety of N. mutabilis, apparently thick and coarse-looking, with strong sculpture, under 32 mm. 39 the name of var. pliomagna (op. cit., pt. xxx, pl. xv, figs. 27, 28), but it does not altogether agree with the present shell. No recent variety of NV. mutabilis is known which approaches in size the present form. ‘Taken as a whole the St. Erth Nassas are strikingly different from those of the English Crag, the common Red Crag species of that genus beg almost without exception conspicuous by their absence. Mr. R. B. Newton regards the St. Erth fauna as older than that of the Coralline Crag. N. Caronis, Brongniart, a Miocene species, has a superficial resemblance to N. imutabilis and especially to the present variety, but it is now generally regarded as belonging to a different genus.’ Nassa Kennardi, F. W. Harmer. Plate XXXV, figs. 4, 9. 1897. Buccinum (Cominella) aquitanicum, A. Bell, Trans. Roy. Geol. Soc. Cornwall, vol. xii, p. 139. 1914. Nassa Kennardi, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 87, pl. v, fig. 11. Distribution.—Fossil : St. Hrth. Scaldisien: Antwerp (additional). Remarks.—One of the fossils here represented is from the Scaldisien of Antwerp, the other from the St. Erth collection at the British Museum, the latter having been identified with a Miocene shell, Buccinum aquitanicum (Mayer), from south- west France.? Comparing it, however, with a typical specimen of that form 1 Journ. of Conch., vol. xv, p. 137, 1916. 2 See figures in Hoérnes, op. cit., pl. xii, figs. 1—3. 3 Journ. de Conch., vol. vii, p. 192, pl. iv, fig. 2, 1858. NASSA (NIOTHA) CLATHRATA. 317 received from my friend Prof. Peyrot, of Bordeaux, I doubt whether the two are identical, although they belong to the same group. I prefer therefore to regard them as specifically distinct. In form and especially in sculpture, which is different from anything else I know from the Crae oO? our shells seem to agree with one described by me above as N. Kennardi, to which species I refer them. Sub-qenus NIOTHA, H. and A. Adams, 1853. Nassa (Niotha) clathrata, var. A. (Born). Plate XXXITI, figs. 28—30. 1901. Nassa (Niotha) clathrata, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. iv, p. 208, pl. ix, fig. 3. 1913. Nassa (Niotha) clathrata, var. ficaratiensis, Gignoux, Ann. Univ. Lyon, ns. [1], vol. xxxvi, p. 504, pl. xv, figs. 10, 11. 1914. Nassa clathrata, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 66, pl. iii, fig. 3. Dimensions.—L. 24—34 mm. B. 14—18 mm. Distribution.—Fossil : Coralline Crag: Gomer pit, Gedgrave, Boyton. Wal- tonian: Little Oakley. Upper and Lower Pliocene: Italy—Vasto. Pleistocene : Girgenti, Castellamare, Monte Pellegrino, Ficarazzi. Remarks.—The specimens of N. clathrata (Pl. XXXII, figs. 29, 30) from the Gomer pit and from Boyton respectively, both belonging to the Sedgwick Museum at Cambridge, are apparently the variety A. of Born, corresponding more nearly with Bellardi’s figure of that form than with the one given in Part I of this work (loc. cit.). Bellardi shows the present variety to be somewhat longer than the type and less distinctly turreted, the costs and the spiral ridges being more numerous and closely-set. My fig. 28 of Pl. XX XIII from Asti represents the typical form of the Italian Phocene; our Crag shells seem rather to agree with the variety jicaratiensis of the Marchese di Monterosato, as figured by M. Gignoux. The latter author records this variety from the Calabrian zone of Vasto in the Abruzzi and from the Sicilian of Ficarazzi and Monte Pellegrino. The sub-genus Niotha, of which the present species is taken as the type, includes a group of the Nassidz of moderate size, ventricose in form, with a short spire, deep suture, cancellate sculpture, the outer lip not varicose, but thickened and erooved internally ; mouth without a notch at the upper angle as in Hima, with a large callus on the inner lip. Nassa (Niotha) emiliana (Mayer). Plate XXXV, fig. 6. 1901. Nassa (Niotha) emiliana, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. iv, p. 204. 1914. Nassa emiliana, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 67, pl. iv, figs. 5, 6. ¢ 318 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Remarks.—Among the St. Erth fossils in the Sedgwick Museum at Cambridge is a minute specimen, measuring only 9 mm. in length, which has been identified by Mr. A. Bell as N. emiliana. It differs from those described and figured in Part 1 of this work (/oc. cit.) im its more delicate sculpture and especially in size. It may be an immature shell or possibly a dwarf form of the present species; the interior of the mouth is denticu- lated within. M. Cossmann includes also N. ligustica and N. Cantraini (figured in my Pl. IIT) in the present (Niotha) group, the distinguishing characters of which are fully stated in his fourth volume, p. 203. Sub-genus HINIA (Leach), Gray,! 1847. Nassa (Hinia) reticulata (Linné). Plate XXXIV, figs. 1, 2. 1758. Buccinum reticulatum, Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 740, no. 411. 1853. Nassa reticulata, Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll., vol. ii, p. 388, pl. evil, figs. 1, 2. 1856. Buccinnm reticulatum, Hornes, Foss. Moll. Tert. Wien, vol. i, p. 151, pl. xii, fig. 18. 1867-9. Nassa reticulata, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., vol. iv, p. 346, 1867; vol. v, p. 219, pl. Ixxxvui, fig. 3, 1869. 1870-92. Nassa reticulata, A. Bell, Journ. de Conch., vol. xviii, p. 346, no. 201, 1870; Rep. Brit. Assoc. (Bath), pp. 135, 188, 189, 1888; (Leeds) pp. 414, 417, 420, 1890; Rep. Yorks. Phil. Soce., pp. 638, 70, 1892. 1871-7. Nassa reticulata, F. W. Harmer, Trans. Norf. and Norw. Nat. Soc., vol. i, pt. ii, p. 42, 1871 ; in Skertchly, Mem. Geol. Surv. (Fenland), p. 202, 1877. 1872. Nassa reticulata, S. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., 1st Suppl., pt. i, p. 14, pl. vi, fig. 5. 1873-5. Nassa reticulata, Seguenza, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. iv, p. 300, no. 146, 1873; vol. vi, p. 276, no. 263, 1875. 1874. Nassa reticulata, Darbishire, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxx, p. 40. 1882. Nassa reticulata, Bellardi, Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. iii, p. 47, pl. iii, fig. 7. 1882. Nassa (Hinia) reticulata, Bucquoy, Dautzenberg et Dollfus, Moll. mar. Rouss., vol. i, p. 49, Dla x, MiGs. So, 0. 1886. Nassa (Hinia) reticulata, Dollfus et Dautzenberg, Feuilles jeunes Nat. Paris, vol. xvi, p. 103. 1887. Nassa reticulata, Kobelt, Icon. schalentrag. europ. Meeresconch., vol. i, p. 135, pl. xxiv, figs, 1—15, 23—25; pl. xxv, figs. 1—3, 5. 1890. Nassa reticulata, Carus, Prod. Faun. Medit., vol. ii, p. 392. 1890-1904. Nassa reticulata, Sacco, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. ix, p. 210, no. 2584, 1890; N. (Hinia) reticulata and vars., Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. xxx, p. 64, 1904. 1894. Nassa reticulata, Kendall, Journ. Isle of Man Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. i, p. 419. 1901. Nassa reticulata, Brggger, Norges geol. Undersggelse, no. 31, p. 662, pl. ix, fig. 6. 1901. Nassa (Hinia) reticulata, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. iv, p. 204. 1901-7. Nassa (Zeuwis) reticulata, Scalia, Atti Accad. Gioen. Sci. Nat. Catania, vol. xiv, p. 8, no. 121, 1901; vol. xx, p. 35, no. 314, 1907. 1 Not to be confounded with Hinea, Gray. H. and A. Adams use the sub-generic term Tritia of Risso for this group. NASSA (HINIA) RETICULATA. 319 1911. Nassa reticulata, Cerulli-Irelli, Palaeont. Ital., vol. xvii, p. 247, pl. xxu, figs. 29, 30. 1913. Nassa (Hinia) reticulata, Gignoux, Ann. Univ. Lyon, n.s. [1], vol. xxxvi, p. 507. Specific Characters.—Shell thick and strong with a wide base; whorls but little convex, the last excavated and pinched up at the back of the canal; ornamented by strong longitudinal ribs, about 15 on the body-whorl, equal to the intervening spaces, finer, more numerous and closer together on the upper ones, also by rather deep spiral striz which cause slight tuberculation on the ribs; spire elongato- conical, ending in a blunt point; suture slight; mouth oval, angulate above ; outer lip nearly straight above, rounded below, thickened and toothed internally ; inner lip fluted below, forming a thick and wide glaze on the pillar; canal very short, open, turning to the left. Dimensions.—L. 18—28 mm. B. 12—15 mm. Distribution.—Recent : common throughout British Seas, and abroad from Norway to the Mediterranean and the Azores. Fossil: Wexford, Isle of Man. Generally distributed in the Pleistocene deposits of Great Britain. Miocene: Touraine, Vienna basin. Lower Pliocene: Albenga, Vezza, Bordighera, Biot. Upper Pliocene: Monte Mario, Altavilla, Val d’Hra, Bologna, Livorno. Pleistocene: Ficarazzi, Monte Pellegrino, Messina, Catania, Reggio, Monteleone, Taranto, Gravina, Livorno, Valle Biaia. Tapes-banks in Christiania fiord (Brggger). Trondhjem (Qyen). Uddevalla. Remarks.—This common and wide-spread British and continental species has not been recorded from the Pliocene deposits of the Anglo-Belgian basin, although it is said by continental authorities to go back to Miocene times and has been found at many localities in the Pliocene and Pleistocene of the south of Hurope. It is a characteristic and rather abundant form of the British Pleistocene, occurring also in the western area in Manxland and the Wexford gravels, at March and Kelsea Hill in the east, and at Selsey with its comparatively southern fauna in the south. It is said to be rather rare in the Scottish Pleistocene but abundant in the high-level drifts of Lancashire and especially in those of Ireland. Prof. Brogger includes it among his listof Lusitanian fossils from the 7’apes-banks of the Christiania fiord and Dr. Yyen reports it from the Pleistocene of Trondhjem. The present species, taken as typical of the Hinia group of the Nasside, 1s allied to Niotha but is not ventricose, the parietal folding is absent, the outer lip being denticulated within and not grooved as in that sub-genus. Var. nitida (Jeffreys). Plate XXXIV, figs. 3—5. 1826. Buccinum reticulatum, Blainville, Faun. frane., p. 172, pl. vii, fig. 1. 1826. Planavis mammilata, Risso, Hist. Nat. Europ. mérid., vol. iv, p. 178, no. 459, pl. ix, fig. 122. 4.2 320 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. 1867-9. Nassa nitida, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., vol. iv, p. 349, 1867; vol. v, p. 219, pl. Ixxxvii, fig. 4, 1869. . 1870-92. Nassa nitida, A. Bell, Journ. de Conch., vol. xviii, p. 346, no. 207, 1870; Rep. Brit. Assoc. (Bath), pp. 135, 139, 1888; (Leeds), pp. 417, 420, 1890; Ann. Rep. Yorks. Phil. Soc., p. 63, 1892. 1872-7. Nassa nitida, F. W. Harmer, Trans. Norf. and Norw. Nat. Soc., vol. i, pt. iii, p. 46, 1872 ; in Skertchly, Mem. Geol. Surv. (Fenland), p. 202, 1877. 1882. Nassa reticulata, var. A, Bellardi, Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. iui, p. 48, pl. iii, fig. 6. 1882. Nassa reticulata, var. nitida, Buecquoy, Dautzenberg et Dollfus, Moll. mar. Rouss., vol. i, p. 51, pl. x, cigs, LO; U1 1887. Nassa reticulata, var., Kobelt, Icon. schalentrag. europ. Meeresconch., vol. i, p. 136, pl. xxiv, figs. 16—22; pl. xxv, fig. 4. 1890. Nassa reticulata, var. nitida, Carus, Prod. Faun. Medit., vol. ii, p. 393. 1911. Nassa reticulata, var. nitida, Cerulli-Trelli, Palaeont. Ital., vol. xvii, p. 247, pl. xxii, figs. 31—34. 1913. Nassa reticulata, var. nitida, Gignoux, Ann. Univ. Lyon, n.s. [1], vol. xxxvi, p. 507. Varietal Characters.—Differs from the type im size, in its fewer and stronger longitudinal costee which are more prominent than the transverse striz, and not so distinctly granulate; the spire is turreted and shorter in comparison; the inner lip is thinner and not denticulate, the pillar having a slighter fold. Dimensions.—L. 18—24 mm. B.12—15 mm. Distribution.—Recent : Falmouth, muddy estuaries of the Thames and Orwell, Norfolk coast with N. reticulata, probably elsewhere in Great Britain. Brittany, Mogador, Adriatic, Portuguese coast. Mediterranean, Cannes, Nice, Orbitello, Cette (Carus). Fossil: Hunstanton, March, Nar Valley, Bridlington, Selsey, Worden (A. Bell), Wexford, Killiney, Irish estuarine clays. Italian Phocene: Vezza, Monte Mario and elsewhere. Biot. Remarks.—Originally described by Jeffreys, though with some misgiving, as specifically distinct, it has been regarded more generally asa variety of N. reticulata. Jeffreys’ view appears to have been based principally on the belief that the two forms had not been found living together, but I have obtamed both, not only recent at Brancaster on the Norfolk coast, but fossil also in some neighbouring Pleistocene gravels at Hunstanton. It might probably be met with elsewhere in British seas if specially looked for. According to Jeffreys N. nitida is a brackish water rather than a marine form, characteristic of muddy estuaries. Dr. Gignoux regards it as more littoral than the type N. reticulata. It closely resembles the fossil figured by Risso in 1826 (op. cit.) as Planawis manmilata, as well as the recent shell described by Blainville (op. cit.) as Buccinum reticulatum. Nassa (Hinia) recticostata (Bellardi). Plate XXXITI, fig. 27. 1882. Nassa recticostata, Bellardi, Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. ii, p. 45, pl. i, fig. 2. 1885. Nassa recticostata, S. V. Wood, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soce., vol. xli, p. 68. 1886, Nassa recticostata, Kendall and R. G. Bell, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe., vol. xlii, p. 210. NASSA (HINIA) TRIVITTATA. 321 1890. Nassa recticostata, Sacco, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. ix, p. 210, no. 2580. 1890. Nassa recticostata, C. Reid, Plioc. Dep. Britain, p. 248. 1893-8. Nassa recticostata, A. Bell, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. [3], vol. 1, p. 626, 1893; Trans. Roy. Geol.. Soc. Cornwall, vol. xii, p. 140, pl. i, fig. 8, 1898. 1901. Nassa (Hinia) recticostata, Cossmann, Hss. Paléoconch. compar., vol. iv, p. 205. Specific Characters.—Shell small, oval, acutely conical; whorls 6, but very shghtly convex, regularly diminishing upwards to a rather blunt, rounded apex ; ornamented by more or less rectilinear costee, about 15 on the body-whorl, nearly equal to the intervening spaces, which do not altogether reach the base of the shell, and by very fine, closely-set spiral ridges crossing the ribs; suture slight; mouth small and narrow, angulate above; outer lip thickened, denticulate within, the upper denticle being much the largest; inner lip also denticulate, forming a thick callus on the pillar; canal turning to the left. Dimensions.—L. 8 mm. B. 3°5 mm. Distribution.—Recent: (?). Fossil: St. Hrth. Upper Pliocene: Piedmont (very rare). Remarks—This shell, which is more or less abundant at St. Erth, was identified by Wood with N. recticostata, a form originally described by Bellardi as rare in the Astian deposits of Piedmont. M. Dollfus has expressed the opinion, however, that it is identical with Buccinum costellatum, Renier, first figured under that name by Brocchi, but both Bellardi and Prof. Sacco doubt the identity of these two species. Our fossil approaches very nearly some of the numerous varieties of N. costellata figured by Messrs. Bucquoy, Dautzenberg and Dollfus, a group which includes N. Cuvieri, Payraudeau, Buccinum variabile, Philippi, and other similar forms. It resembles also some of the figures of N. costelluta given by Prof. Kobelt; on the other hand it appears to me to differ materially from Brocchi’s original representation of B. costellatum. As the matter is evidently one of doubt, I content myself with adopting provisionally Wood’s reference of the St. Hrth fossil to N. recticostata, in which he has been followed by the brothers Bell, Prof. Kendall and Mr. C. Reid; this is the name, moreover, by which it has been known for many years in all our collections. Nassa (Hinia) trivittata (Say). Plate XXXIV, figs. 16, 17. 1821. Nassa trivittata, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. {1}, vol. ii, p. 231. 1841-70. Nassa trivittata, Gould, Rep. Invert. Mass., ed. 1, p. 309, fig. 211, 1841; ed. 2, p. 364, fig. 632, 1870. 1858. Nassa (Tritia) trivitteta, H. and A. Adams, Gen. Ree. Moll., vol. i, p. 122. 1885. Nassa trivittata, 8. V. Wood in J. Starkie Gardner, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xli, p. 96. 1914. Nassa trivittata, F. W. Harmer, Plioe. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 73. 322 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. 1915. Alectrion (Tritia) trivittata, Johnson, Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Occ. Papers, vol. vii; Fauna of New England, no. 13, p. 135. Specific Characters —Shell rather thin, ovato-conical, turreted; whorls 7 or 8, but slightly convex, with a narrow and square shoulder above; spire regularly diminishing upwards to a sharp and pointed apex ; ornamented by strong, equal and equidistant spiral ridges, 4.0n the upper ones and 10 on the body-whorl, inter- sected by numerous fine coste which produce distinct granulation at the poimts of contact ; mouth oval, notched at the upper angle; outer lip thin, grooved within by the spiral ridges; inner lip forming a thin elaze on the columella; canal short, notched, rather wide, turning to the left with a distinct groove at the back. Dimensions.—L. 15 mm. B. 8 mm. Distribution.—Recent : eastern coasts of North America. Fossil : Pleistocene deposits, Macclesfield. Pliocene: Iceland—Husavik. Remarks.—There is a fossil in the British Museum from the Macclesfield drift which has been there identified with the recent New England species N. trivittata, Say. It corresponds very closely with an example of the latter I have received from Mr. C. W. Johnson of the Boston Society of Natural History. I have figured these side by side with some specimens of N. propinqua from the Oakley Crag to show wherein they agree and wherein they differ. The two forms are not the same but they belong to the same group; whether they should be regarded as specifically distinct has been and probably will continue to be a matter of opinion. On the whole it seems most convenient to retain the American name of N. trivittata for the one which is a recent and, as now ascertained, a Pliocene Icelandic, as well as a Pleistocene form, N. propingua being reserved for the extinct and Pliocene shell of the Anglo-Belgian basin. It is interesting, however, to find this link between the molluscan faunas of the two continents. Possibly the newer is a modified descendant of the older shell. By H. and A. Adams this American species was referred to the sub-genus Tritia of Risso (= Hinia, Leach), a view which has been recently adopted by Mr. C. W. Johnson of the Boston Society of Natural History. N. trivittata was recognized by Wood among some fossils collected by Mr. J. Starkie Gardner from the Icelandic Crag of Husavik. Nassa (Hinia) propinqua (J. Sowerby). Plate XXXIV, figs. 18, 19. 1914. Nassa propinqua, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 73. Remarks.—For reasons just given | now propose to regard this shell as specifi- cally distinct from the American JN. trivittata, to which, however, it is closely allied. As a Phocene fossil it is only known from the Anglo-Belgian region, being very NASSA (THELASCO) COSTULATA. 323 common in the Waltomian Crag of Little Oakley where I have found hundreds of specimens. It varies in size but retains always the same general character. It seems to have a zonal value. Sub-genus TELASCO, H. and A. Adams, 1853. Nassa (Telasco) costulata (Renieri). 1804. Buecinum costulatum, Renieri, Tab. Alfab. Conch. Adriat. 1814. Buccinum costulatum, Brocchi, Conch. foss. subap., vol. ii, p. 343, pl. v, fig. 9. 1826. Buccinum Cuvieri, Payraudeau, Moll. de Corse, p. 163, pl. viii, figs. 17, 18. 1836-44. Buccinum variabile, Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sic., vol. i, p. 221, pl. xii, figs. 1—7, 1836 ; vol. ii, p. 188, 1844. 1878. Nassa Cuvieri, Monterosato, Enum. e Sinon. Conch. medit., p. 43. 1882. Nassa costulata, Bucquoy, Dautzenberg et Dollfus, Moll. mar. Rouss., vol. i, p. 52, pl. xi, fig. 15. 1901. Nassa (Telasco) costulata, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. iv, p. 212. Var. tenuicosta, Bucquoy, Dautzenberg and Dollfus. Plate XXXIV, figs. 25, 26. 1882. Nassa costulata, var. tenwicosta, Bucquoy, Dautzenberg et Dollfus, Moll. mar. Rouss., vol. i, p. 55, pl. xi, fig. 830—32. Specific and Varietal Characters.—Shell solid, small, ovato-conical; whorls but shehtly convex; ornamented by numerous longitudinal coste which extend to the base of the shell, and by very fine spiral ridges; mouth oval, with a small sinus above; outer lip thickened by the labial rib, denticulated within ; inner lip forming a distinct glaze on the pillar; canal very short, notched, pinched up at the back. Dimensions.—L. 8mm. B. 4mm. Distribution.— Recent : Mediterranean. Fossil : Waltonian Crag: Little Oakley. Remarks.—I make no apology for figuring this fragmentary fossil from Oakley, together with a recent shell received from the Marchese di Monterosato with which, so far as it goes, it appears to correspond. It seems different from anything I have noticed before from the Crag, belonging to the group of shells variously known as N. Cuvieri, N. varicosa, ete., which, as before stated, have been associated by the authors of the ‘ Mollusca of Roussillon’ as varieties of the southern species N. costulata.' The Marchese, however, prefers to regard it as specifically distinct. The name N. Cuviert appears in Jeffreys’ list of Red Crag shells on the authority of Mr. A. Bell. For reasons given on p. 82 I venture to think that the shell in question, described by the latter as N. variabilis, was a different species, viz. the N. pusillina of S. V. Wood. The sub-genus Telasco is described by Adams as having an elevated spire, ‘ Not the N. costellata of p. 321, which has beeu regarded as belonging to a different group. 324, PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. smooth and polished whorls, a spreading inner hp and an outer lip, simple and acute. N. costulata has been taken as the type form. Sub-genus HIMA (Leach) H. and A. Adams, 1853. Nassa (Hima) incrassata (Strom). Plate XXXIV, figs. 8—10. 1768. Buccinum incrassatum, Strom, Kongl. Norsk. Vid.-Selsk. Skrift., vol. iv, p. 369, pl. xvi, fig. 25. 1846. Nassa incrassata, Forbes, Mem. Geol. Surv., vol. i, p. 427. 1867-69. Nassa incrassata, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., vol. iv, p. 351, 1867; vol. v, p. 219, pl. lxxxviii, fig. 1, 1869. 1870-1911. Nassa inerassata, A. Bell, Journ. de Conch., vol. xviii, p. 346, no. 210, 1870; Rep. Brit. Assoc. (Bath), p. 135, 1888; (Leeds), p. 420, 1890; Rep. Yorks. Phil. Soc., pp. 63—70, 1892; Journ. Ipswich Field Club, vol. iii, palo, UO: 1873-5. Nassa incrassata, Seguenza, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. iv, p. 300, no. 150, 1873; vol. vi, p. 278, no. 281, 1875. 1874. Nassa incrassata, Darbishire, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxx, p. 40. 1881. Nassa incrassata, Nyst, Conch. Terr. tert. Belg., p. 25, pl. 11, fig. 7. 1882. Nassa (Tritonella) incrassata, Bucquoy, Dautzenberg et Dollfus, Moll. mar. Rouss., vol. i, p. 45, plisd; figs, 3—7. 1882. Nassa incrassata, Bellardi, Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. iii, p. 100, pl. vi, fig. 18. 1887. Nassa incrassata and vars., Kobelt, Icon. schalentrag. europ. Meeresconch., vol. i, p. 152, pl. xxvi, figs. 16—25 ; pl. xxvii, figs. 1—8. 1890. Nassa incrassata, Carus, Prod. Faun. Medit., vol. ii, p. 394. 1892. Nassa incrassata, Van den Broeck, Bull. Soc. Belg. Géol., vol. vi (Mémoires), p. 147. 1892-7. Nassa incrassata, Locard, Coq. mar. Cotes de France, p. 78, fig. 65, 1892; Exped. scient. Travailleur et Talisman, vol. i, p. 276, 1897. 1901. Nassa (Hima) incrassata, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. iv, p. 210, pl. ix, figs. 6, 7. 1901-7. Nassa (Zeuwis) inerassata, Scalia, Atti Accad. Gioen. Sci. Nat. Catania [4], vol. xiv, p. 8, no. 120, 1901; vol. xx, p. 85, no. 313, 1907. 1912. Nassa incrassata, Dautzenberg et Fischer, Camp. Scient. Pr. Monaco, vol. xxxvii (Mollusques), palsy: 1913. Nassa incrassata, Gignoux, Ann. Univ. Lyon, n.s. [1], vol. xxxvi, p. 510. Specific Characters (of type form).—Shell thick and solid; whorls 7—8, convex, the last tumid, excavated at the base, with a deep groove at the back of the canal which gives it a pinched-up appearance; spire rather short, conical, regularly diminishing in size towards the apex: suture fairly deep; ornamented by strong flexuous coste, about 15 on the last whorl, crossed by well-marked spiral ridges, more or less thickened or sub-granulate where they intersect ; mouth oval, acutely angulated above; outer lip much thickened by the labial rib, toothed or fluted within; inner lip reflected on the pillar, also fluted internally ; canal very short. Dimensions.—L. 13mm. B. 7 mm. Distribution.—Recent: widely diffused, with its varieties, from Iceland and NASSA (HIMA) INCRASSATA. 325 Finmark to the Azores, Moroeco, Senegal (Locard), Mediterranean, Adriatic, Aigean, Syria, Egypt. Fossil: English Crag, upper zones, not common. Belgium: Poederlien (Van den Broeck). Wexford, Isle of Man (A. Bell). British Pleistocene : widespread. Lower Phocene: Biot, Roussillon, northern Italy. Upper Phocene: Italy—Valle Andona, Val d’EHra, Bologna. Sicily—A ltavilla. Pleistocene: Sicily—Messina, Monte Pellegrino, Nizzeti. Italy—Livorno, Valle Biaia, Reggio, Taranto, Gravina. Christiania fiord, Trondhjem, Uddevalla. Remarks.—When the history of the Phocene epoch comes to be written, particulars as to the occurrence of certain species, or even varieties, at certain localities or horizons, which now seem unimportant, may prove interesting and useful. Much has been written about the present species, indeed MM. Daut- zenberg and Fischer, in their great work published in 1912 under the auspices of the Prince of Monaco, have given a list of nearly 300 papers, of more or less importance, dealing with the subject. Perhaps I may add a few notes on the distribution, in time or space, of some of the varietal forms which have been erouped under the present specific name. In 1882 Bellardi described a fossil from the Italian Pliocene as N. incrassata, recording it from both the Upper and Lower horizons of those deposits. It is more delicate than the common British N. incrassata, with a longer and more slender spire and more convex whorls, but it has the thickened lip characteristic of this species, of which it is considered a variety. I have this form in my collection both from the Lower Phocene argiles bleues of Bordighera, and the Upper Phocene deposits of Asti, but I do not know it as recent in British seas. The typical British variety is not common in the Crag. It does not occur in the list of mollusca reported by the late Robert Bell and Prof. Kendall from Walton, and I have not met with it durmg my many years’ work at Oakley. It has been found, however, though not commonly, in the later Red Crag and in the Icenian. A thickened form is exceedinely abundant, however, in the Wexford gravels (fig. 8), but it is the northern variety (3 of my p. 88, very common in the Christiania fiord, and apparently the one figured by Profs. G. O. Sars and Brggeger which, so far as my information goes, is more frequently found in the later beds of the Red, and in the Icenian Crag. If Nyst’s figure of N. incrassata from the Scaldisien of Belgium (op. cit.) is cor- rectly drawn, the shell given by him under that name is possibly a different species. M. Van den Broeck does not include it in any of his lists from that horizon, though it is given by him in a later paper from the Poederlien deposits of Antwerp as something new to the Belgian Crag. 326 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. While a part of the Manx-Wexford mollusca have a distinctly Pliocene facies, the Nassas do not indicate any close connection between the eastern and the western Phocene fauna. One misses in the deposits of the latter region the species of Nassa so constantly and so abundantly present in the Red Crag, especially in the earlier part of it, such as the many different varieties of N. veticosa, N. granulata, N. propinqua, and N. elegans, which are either unrecorded or but very rarely met with in the western area; the two most abundant species of the latter being N. incrassata and N. reticulata, both of them common as recent on the British coasts, but as fossil, representative in the east of England of the Pleistocene rather than of the Phocene deposits, although dating back in other areas to Miocene times. The Hime are small shells with a short canal, a thickened and varicose lip denticulated within, and a reticulated sculpture, N. incrassata being taken as the type. Some other of the smaller species described in my first part, such as N. elegans, N. consociata, N. granulata, and N. turonica are included in this group. Var. B. Plate V, figs. 25, 26. 1848. Nassa incrassata, S. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., pt. i, p. 29, pl. iui, fig. 4. 1868. Nassa incrassata, G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., pp. 253, 362, pl. xxiv, fig. 1. 1901. Nassa incrassata, Brogger, Norges geol. Undersggelse, no. 31, p. 658, pl. xviii, fig. 24. 1910. Nassa incrassata, Oyen, Kongl. Norske Vid.-Selsk. Skrift., no. ix, pp. 27 et seq. 1915. Nassa incrassata, var. 8, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 88, pl. v, figs. 25, 26. Varietal Characters.—Smaller, thinner, and more delicate than the type, with finer sculpture. Remarks.—The Butley specimen shown on PI. V, fig. 25, represents, as far as my experience goes, the variety most commonly found in the later zones of the Crag; those from Wexford are all of the strong and British type. The two figures should be compared. Nassa (Hima) pygmea (Lamarck). Plate XXXIV, figs. 6, 7. 1822-43. Ranella pygmea, Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. vil, p. 154, no. 14, 1822; ed. 2 (Deshayes), vol. ix, p. 550, no. 14, 1843. 1826. Tritonia varicosa, Turton, Zool. Journ., vol. ii, p. 365, pl. xiii, fig. 7. 1853. Nassa pygmexa, Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll., vol. i, p. 394, pl. evi, figs. 5, 6. 1867-71. Nassa pygmea, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., vol. iv, p. 354, 1867; vol. v, p. 219, pl. Ixxxvii, fig. 2, 1869; in Prestwich, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvu, p. 489, 1871. 1850-72. Nassa pygmea, 8. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., pt. ii, p. 315, pl. xxxi, fig. 5, 1850; 1st Suppl., pt. i, p. 12, pl. vi, fig. 6, 1872. 1872. Nassa pygmea, A. and R. Bell, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. ii, p. 213. 1873. Nassa pygmexa, Seguenza, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. iv, p. 300, no. 151. oy] uo Db NASSA (HIMA) PYGMAVA. 1880. Nassa pygmexa, Stewart, Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Club, Appendix, p. 176. 1881. Nassa pygmxa, Nyst, Conch. Terr. tert. Belg., p. 26, pl. ii, fig. 8. 1882. Nassa (Tritonella) pygmexa, Bucquoy, Dautzenberg et Dollfus, Moll. mar. Rouss., vol. i, p. 47, pl. x1, figs. 11—14. 1887. Nassa varicosa, Kobelt, Icon. schalentrag. europ. Meeresconch., vol. i, p. 156, pl. xxvii, figs. 9—14 (N. granulata on plate) ; figs. 18, 19. 1890. Nassa pygmea, Carus, Prod. Faun. Medit., vol. u, p. 395. 1890. Nassa pygmea, C. Reid, Plioc. Dep. Brit., p. 248. 1901. Nassa pygmexa, Brggger, Norges geol. Undersggelse, no. 31, p. 662, pl. xvi, fig. 24. 1901-7. Nassa (Zeuwxis) varicosa, Scalia, Atti Accad. Gioen. Sci. Nat. Catania [4j vol. xiv, p. 8, no. 122, 1901; vol. xx, p. 35, no. 315, 1907. Specific Characters.—Shell smaller and more delicate than N. incrassata, with finer longitudinal sculpture, the points of intersection being distinctly granulate, labial rib large and prominent; one or more of the whorls having a conspicuous varix; suture not so deep as in N. incrassata; canal rather wider; internal sculpture of the outer lip more distinctly denticulate and prominent. Dimensions.—L. 10mm. 3B. 6 mm. Distribution.—Recent: Coralline zone on the coasts of South Devon, Dorset, and Cornwall (Jeffreys). Connemara, Bantry Bay, Dublin Bay, Antrim. West EKuropean: Mediterranean (generally diffused), Algean, Black Sea, Crimea. Fossil: Coraline Crag: Sutton (?). Butleyan: Butley. Wexford (A. Bell). Pleistocene: Nar brickearth, Holderness drift, Selsey, Worden, Irish estuarine clays. Boulder Clay: Iveland. Scaldisien: Heyst (Belgium). Pleistocene: Reggio (Seguenza). Sub-Htnean beds, Nizzeti, San Paulo (Scalia). Tapes-banks, Christiania fiord. Remarks.—N. pygmexa belongs to the incrassata group, but may be distinguished from that species by its finer longitudinal sculpture and by the presence of a strong conspicuous varix on at least one of the lower whorls, probably the labial rib, as Jeffreys points out, of a former stage of repose during the growth of the organism. Wood records it with some doubt from the Coralline Crag of Sutton, but Jeffreys was disposed to regard the unique specimen known from that place as a variety of N. incrassata. Both Wood and Jeffreys, however, report it, on the authority of Mr. A. Bell, from the Red Crag of Butley. Unfortunately Mr. Bell’s shell cannot now be found. For the assistance of collectors, who should look out for it, I have figured a recent specimen from the Mediterranean ; it may have been taken at other Crag horizons, not improbably, for a dwarf form of some other species. I have also given an example from the Rose collection at the Norwich Museum, obtained from some sections, now inaccessible, in the Post-Phocene brickearth of the Nar valley. 43 328 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Nyst reported a unique specimen of N. pygmexa from the Scaldisien of Heyst near Antwerp, but his drawing is not quite typical of that species, nor have M. Van den Broeck and other continental authorities recognised it as a Belgian fossil. It appears at present to be a comparatively southern form, only just reaching as far north as the western part of the Englsh Channel and to certain localities on the Irish coast; it is reported by Prof. Brggger as occurring in the colony of Lusitanian shells which occupied the Christiania fiord during the later stages of the Pleistocene epoch, and Dr. Scalia records it, under Turton’s name of N. raricosa, from the very recent fossiliferous beds on the flanks of Mount Etna already alluded to. MM. Bucquoy, Dautzenberg, and Dollfus identify the present species with the Buccinwm tritoniwm of Blainville. Nassa (Hima) turonica (Deshayes). Plate XXXIV, figs. 11—14. 1898. Nassa granifera, N. Jani, N. Perrierix, A. Bell, Trans. Roy. Geol. Soc. Cornwall, vol. xii, p. 142. 1914. Nassa turonica, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 85, pl. v, figs. 14, 15. Remarks.—As stated above (p. 85), I follow the authors of the ‘ Mollusca of Roussillon’ in substituting the name Nassa turonica, Deshayes, for N. qranifera 8 , yes, qraniyert, Dujardin, by which the present species was formerly known to students of the » D) ! J Crag. In his paper on the Pliocene deposits of St. Erth (/oc. cit., p. 142) Mr. A. Bell described provisionally two species as N. Jani, Mayer, 1873, and N. Perrieviz, Bellardi, 1882, stating that they might be found eventually to be varieties of the ) , sg ye Ores Miocene form, N. granifera (turonica). An examination of the St. Erth fossils now ? e ‘ in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) shows this view, I think, to be correct. Com- paring them with a large number in my collection of this somewhat variable species from the Faluns of ouraine, I find an equivalent of each of the specimens in question, and I have therefore now figured them as varieties of Deshayes’ shell. Sub-genus AMYCLA, H. and A. Adams, 1853. Nassa (Amycla) semistriata (Brocchi). Plate XXXIV, fig. 24. 1814. Buccinum semistriatum, Brocchi, Conch. foss. subap., vol. ii, p. 651, pl. xv, fig. 15. 1844. Nassa semistriata, James, Journ. Geol. Soc. Dublin, vol. iii, pp. 62, 66. 1873-5. Nassa semistriata, Seguenza, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. iv, p. 300, no. 142, 1873; vol. v, p. 276, no. 49, 1874; vol. vi, p. 278, no. 275, 1875. NASSA (AMYCLA) SEMISTRIATA. 329 1870-1915. Nassa semistriata, A. Bell, Journ. de Conch., vol. xviii, p. 346, no. 209, 1870; Geol. Mag. vol. x, p. 452, 1873; Rep. Brit. Assoc. (Bath), p. 1386, 1488; (Leeds), pp. 410, 423, 1890; N. (Uzita) semistriata, Trans. Roy. Geol. Soc. Cornwall, vol. xii, p. 142, 1898; Geol. Mag. [6], vol. 1, p. 168, 1915. 1878. Nassa semistriata, de Stefani e Pantanelli, Bull. Soc. Malae. Ital., vol. iv, p. 101. 1882. Nassa semistriata, Bellardi, Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. iii, p. 145, pl. ix, fig. 14. 1887. Nassa semistriata, Kobelt, Icon. schalentrag. europ. Meeresconch., vol. i, p. 131, pl. xxiu, figs. 16—25. 1890. Nassa semistriata, Sacco, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. ix, p. 219, no, 2801. 1890. Nassa semistriata, Carus, Prod. Faun. Medit., vol. ii, p. 398. 1892. Nassa semistriata, Locard, Coq. mar. Cotes de France, p. 82, fig. 69. 1901. Zeuxis (Amycla) semistriata, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. iv, p. 211, pl. ix, fig. 17. 1907. Nassa semistriata, Scalia, Atti Aecad Gioen. Sci. Nat. Catania [4], vol. xx, p. 35, no. 308. 1913. Nassa (Amycla) semistriata, Gignoux, Ann. Univ. Lyon, n.s. [1], vol. xxxvi, p. 510. Specific Characters.—Shell small, sub-ovate; whorls 7, convex, the last tumid, much the largest, all without longitudinal coste ; the apical whorls smooth, the next two ornamented with fine inconspicuous transverse striz, all the others but the last being without sculpture, except one prominent groove below the suture which occurs in all of them, the body-whor] having in addition some rather distant grooves on the lower part only, extending to the base; mouth large, sub-oval, angulate above; outer lip thin, gently curved, ridged within; inner hp forming a wide glaze on the pillar; pillar excavated ; canal very short. Dimensions.—L. 13 mm. B. 6mm. Distribution.—Recent ; Mediterranean, West European. Fossil: St. Erth. Miocene, Lower Pliocene : Italy. Upper Pliocene: Italy, Sicily. Pleistocene: Tuscany, Calabria, Sicily. Remarks.—This species is unknown to me from the Anglo-Belgian region, though an allied shell, N. labiosa, is common in the Waltonian Crag, especially at Oakley. It was reported from Wexford by Sir H. James and Prof. Forbes,’ but whether the typical N. semistriata occurs there seems to me doubtful; the original specimen cannot now be traced. Bellardi described several other forms of this group as specifically distinct, under the names, for example, of N. /talica, N. Hdwardsi, N. Hoernesi, and N. gigantula, some of them having longitudinal costz on the upper whorls while others are spirally grooved throughout. He lays special emphasis, however, on the partly striated character of what he regards as the true N. semistriata. The shell here figured under that name is from the Lower Plocene (argiles blewes) of the Ligurian coast; it is the short, partly striated, typical NV. semistriata of Brocchi and Bellardi, and may be useful for comppnion with any examples of 1 Poscibly this was N. labiosa, a specimen of Sen has been found Paulas in atte Wexford ae 330 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. this group that may be found hereafter in our British deposits; an imperfect specimen of JV. seivistiiata, now in the British Museum, has been obtained at St. Erth by Mr. Bell. By H.and A. Adams Aiiycla was used for a separate genus allied to Columbella. By some authorities, including P. Fischer, it has been regarded as a sub-genus of Nassa. M. Cossmann, however, figures the present species as Zeuwis (Anvycla) semistriata and as the typical form of this group of the mollusca. Nassa (Amycla) labiosa (J. Sowerby). Plate XXXIV, figs. 20, 21. 1825. Buccinum labiosum, J. Sowerby, Min. Conch., vol. v, p. 122, pl. ececlxxvii, fig. 3. 1842-74. Nassa labiosa, 8. V. Wood, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [1], vol. ix, p. 540, 1842; Mon. Crag Moll., pt. i, p. 28, pl. iu, fig. 8; pl. vii, fig. 22, 1848; Ist Suppl., pt.i, p. 15, 1872; pt. ii, p. 176, 1874. 1843-81. Buccinum labiosum, Nyst, Coq. foss. Terr. Tert Belg., p. 577, no. 495, pl. xliui, fig. 14, 1849 ; Nassa labiosa, Conch. Terr. tert. Bely., p. 31, pl. 11, fig. 13, 1881. 1854. Buccinum labiosum, Beyrich, Zeitschr. Deutsch. Geol. Gesell., vol. vi, p. 462, pl. viii, fig. 5. 1871. Nassa semistriata, Jeffreys in Prestwich, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvii, pp. 144, 489. 1872. Nassa labiosa, A. and R. Bell, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. 11, pp. 203, 208, 213. 1874-92. Nassa semistriata, var. labiosa, Van den Broeck, Ann. Soc. Malac. Belg. (Mémoires), vol. ix, pp. 120, 1385; N. labiosa, vol. ix, pp. 260, 266, 272, 280, 285, 1874; vol. xiv, p. 74, 1879; vol. xvii, pp. 202, 204, 1882; vol. xix, pp. 9, 18, 1884; Bull. Soc. Belg. Géol. (Mémoires), vol. vi, pp. 121, 132, 147, 1892. 1890. Nassa labiosa, C. Reid, Plioc. Dep. Brit., p. 248. 1912. Nassa labiosa, Tesch, Med. v. d. Rijks. v. Delfstoffen, no. iv, p. 80, no. 198. 1914. Nassa labiosa, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 72. Specific Characters.—Shell small, ovate; spire elongato-conical; whorls 6—7 ; but little convex, rounded and slightly excavated at the base; ornamented by fine, regularly-spaced, rather deeply-cut sulci, about 16 to 18 on the last whorl; suture slight, canaliculated ; mouth ovate, angulate above, rounded below; outer lip thin, denticulate ; inner lip forming a wide glaze on the pillar; canal very short. Dimensions.—L. 16mm. B. 8 mm. Distiribution.—Not known living. Fossil: Coralle Crag: Gedgrave, Sutton, Boyton. Waltonian: Walton-on-Naze, Beaumont, Little Oakley. Newbournian and Butleyan: passim. Wextord gravels. Bolderien, Diestien, Scaldisien, Poederlien: Belgium. Scaldisien, Poederlien : Holland. Pleistocene of Sicily: Ficarazzi. Remarks.—Nassa labiosa was known to Wood from the Coralline and New- bournian horizons, though not as an abundant shell; indeed in 1874 (op. cit., p. 176) he seemed inclined to think it might be derivative at the latter ; more recent work, however, has shown it to be one of the most characteristic fossils of the Waltonian Crag. I have collected some hundreds of specimens of it at Oakley. NASSA (AMYCLA) GIGANTULA. 301] Jeffreys regarded it as identical with N. semistriata, but this view was not accepted by Wood, nor has it been by any subsequent English writer. It belongs to the same group, but differs both in form and sculpture from the partly-striated shell described above, which Bellardi considered the type of that species, approaching more nearly some other allied forms considered by that author to be specifically distinct. N. labiosa has not been recorded under that name from any of the Pliocene or Pleistocene deposits of the Mediterranean region, but in 1903, when visiting Sicily, I found at Ficarazzi, near Palermo, a number of fossils which, as stated on p. 73 of the present work, | was unable to ‘separate from it; one of these I have now figured (Pl. XXXIV, fig. 20) with a similar specimen from Oakley. They are not partly striated as in the typical N. senistriata, but are covered with spiral striz from the base to the upper whorls. N. labiosa is first recorded from the Belgian Crag in the Bolderien (Miocene) deposits of Antwerp (fide Van den Broeck), and in England at the Coralline horizon; it is very common in the Waltonian, less so in the later Red Crag beds, and seems to have disappeared from these regions before the deposition of the Icenian. It is not known from the Pleistocene of Great Britain, but if my identification of it with the Ficarazzi fossils is correct, it hngered on to Pleistocene times in the south of Hurope. Nassa (Amycla) gigantula (Bonelli MS.). Plate XXXIV, figs. 22, 23. 1825. Buccinum gigantulum, Bonelli, MS. Catal. Mus. Zool. Torino, no. 2919. 1882. Nassa gigantula and vars., Bellardi, Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. iii, p. 142, pl. ix, fig. 11. 1901. Buccinum gigantulum, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. iv, p. 212. 1911. Nassa semistriata, var., Cerulli-Irelli, Palaeont. Ital., vol. xvii, p. 253, pl. xxiii, figs. 43—48. 1911. Nassa totistriata, Monterosato, MS. 1913-14. Nassa semistriata, var. calabriensis, Gignoux, Ann. Univ. Lyon, n.s. [1], vol. xxxvi, p. 512, pl. xv, fig. 7, 1913; N. gigantula, Bull. Soe. Géol. France [4], vol. xiv, pp. 8329—334, 1914. Specific Characters.—Shell much larger than the typical N. semistriata, ovato- conical, longitudinally ecostate; whorls convex, the last tumid, about half the total length, excavated below; ornamented throughout by flattened, closely-set spiral ridges, finer on the upper whorls ; suture narrow, channelled; mouth oval, angulate above; outer lip rounded, grooved within ; inner lip forming a wide glaze upon the pillar; pillar excavated in the middle; canal wide, short, notched, turning to the left. Dimensions.—L. 20 mm. B. 10 mm. Distribution.—N ot recorded living. Fossil; Wexford gravels. 332 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Upper Miocene: Coll tortonesi, St. Agata. Lower Pliocene: Vezza, Albenga Upper Pliocene: Monte Mario, Teramo, Gravina, Imola, Girgenti, Porto Kmpedocle, Terranuova. Pleistocene: Ficarazzi, Militello, Caltagirone. Remarks.—The imperfect but unworn Wexford fossil now figured corresponds with a specimen I obtained in 1903 at Ficarazzi and with some others received from the Marchese di Monterosato as an undescribed species, N. totistriata, which, however, he now identifies with N. gigantula ; as to the latter, Bellardi stated it to be ecostate and spirally striated throughout. Dr. Gignoux (loc. cit.) figures a shell from the Calabrien deposits of Gravina as N. semistriata, var. calabriensis, which appears to correspond closely with the present form, but he also mentions N. gigantula as distinct although very near to N. semistriata. M. Cossmann also quotes the former as a recognised Phocene species. Sign. Cerulli-Ivelli, on the contrary, dealing with a number of specimens from Monte Mario, some of which seem to be near to those here figured as N. gigantula, groups them all as varieties of N. seimistriata. N. gigantula, however, appears to me to be more nearly related to the well-established Crae species NV. labiosa than to the latter. As far as the Crag is concerned, therefore, I prefer to regard the three forms N. labiosa, N. gigantula and N. senistriata as specifically distinct. As to the typical N. semistriata I doubt, as already stated, whether it has been found in any British deposit, except at St. Erth. Nassa (Amycla) Edwardsi (Fischer). Plate V, figs. 22,23; Plate XXXIV, fig. Lo. 1899. Nassa Edwardsi, Locard, Coq. mar. au large des Cotes de France, p. 51. 1901-7. Nassa Edwardsi, Scalia, Atti Accad. Gioen. Sci. Nat. Catania (4a), vol. xiv, p. 14, no. 171, 1901; vol. xx, p. 35, no. 307, 1907. 1913. Nassa semistriata, var. Edwardsi, Gignuoux, Ann. Univ. Lyon, n.s. {1], vol. xxxvi, p. 513, pl. xv, figs. 8, 9. 1914. Nassa Edwardsi, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 86, pl. v, figs. 22, 23. Distribution (additional).—Recent : Portuguese coast, 370—820 m. Fossil: Coralline Crag: Boyton. Pleistocene : sub-Hinaen beds: Nizzeti and elsewhere. Remarks.—The Crag shell figured in PI. V, fig. 22, under this name, though the best I could lay my hand on at the time, was not very satisfactory. I have now obtained another specimen from the Sedgwick Museum at Cambridge which better represents, I think, the species in question, Ww “ WwW DESMOULEA CONGLOBATA. Genus DESMOULEA, Gray (continued from p. 89). Desmoulea conglobata (Brocchi). Plate XXXIV, fig. 27. 1890. Nassa conglobata, C. Reid, Plioc. Dep. Brit., pp. 13, 247. 1914. Desmoulea conglobata, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 89. 1917. Desmoulea conglobata, A. Bell, Geol. Mag. [6], vol. iv, p. 412. Distribution (additional).— Fossil: Boxstone fauna. Coralline Crag: Gedgrave. Isle of Man. Remarks.—To the localities for this sbell given on p. 89 may be added the Gomer pit of Coralline Crag at Gedgrave. The specimen here figured was found by me some years ago at Beaumont, a locality at which, by the kindness of the late A. H. Stanford, Esq., of Beaumont Hall, I was able to spend, very profitably, several weeks. If the section is still open, it may be recommended as a promising spot for collectors, as the famous pit of Waltonian Crag at Oakley is not generally accessible. Owing to a mistake in the identification of several species, wrongly supposed to be arctic, the Beaumont fauna was for many years regarded as belonging to the latest division of the Red Crag.' It is, however, characteristically and undoubtedly Waltonian, possibly mtermediate between Walton and Oakley. The genus Desmoulea, formerly included with Nassua, belongs to a southern type found in the Miocene and Pliocene deposits of Italy and Sicily, and recent on the coasts of Africa. D. conglobata is exceedingly rare in the English Crag, but has been recorded as a “ Boxstone”’ fossil. There is a specimen of it, from the Coralline Crag, in the Sedgwick Museum at Cambridge, and Mr. Bell has recognised another, imperfect, from the Manxland Drift, im the Strickland collection at the same place. Genus BUCCINUM, Linné (continued from p. 115). Buccinum undatum, var. pulchra, Ff. W. Harmer. Plate X, fig. 15; Plate XXXV, fig, Plate OLY aiigs: te. Le: 1914. Buccinum undatum, var. pulchra, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 96, pl. x, fig. 18. Dimeusions.—L. 35—40 mm. B. 20—25 mm. Distribution.— Fossil ; (additional) Wexford gravels. Remarks.—Although the coarsely sculptured Buccinum undatum of our British coasts, including the short spired var. littoralis, occurs at Wexford, the form most 334. PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. the type, sometimes finer than the specimens already figured. ‘hey approach the one given by me in 1914 as var. pulchru. Being fragile they are rarely found pertect. In contrast to this, some of the Wexford fossils, e.g. Purpura lapillus, are abnormally thick and clumsy. The variety littoralis of B. wndatwm occurs in the Pleistocene beds of Kelsey Hill, and the variety striata in the Wexford gravels. Var. minima, F. W. Harmer. Plate VII, fig. 6. 1914. Buecinum undatum, var. minima, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. 1, p. 97, pl. vil, fig. 6. Remarks.—I have found a specimen among the Wexford stuff corresponding with the one from Oakley described under the above name on p. 97, both in size and in its fine and numerous coste. It appears to be full grown. Buccinum finmarchianum, Verkriizen. Plate VIII, fig. 3; Plate XXXV, fig. 2. 1911. Buecinum finmarkianum, Sykes, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ix, p. 341. 1914. Buecinum finmarchianum, F. W. Harmer, Plioe. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 101, pl. vin, fig. 3. Distribution. — Fossil : Wexford (additional). Remarks.—The imperfect fossil here given, one of two or three obtained from Wexford, corresponds so far as it goes with an example of a smooth variety of B. finmarchianum from the North Atlantie which Dr. Nordmann was kind enough to send me some time since, and with one of the specimens of that species figured as typical in Prof. G. O. Sars’ well-known work (op. cit., pl. xii, fig. 10) often quoted in these pages. Our shell has a smooth polished surface showing obscurely the lines of growth and its fine, nearly obliterated spiral sculpture. Genus PURPURA, Adanson (continued from p. 120). gs. lL—5, 7—12, 14—17,19—23. c Purpura lapillus (Linné) and vars. Plate XI, fi 1846. Purpura lapillus, E. Forbes, Mem. Geol. Surv., vol. 1, p. 427. 1888-90. Purpura lapillus, A. Bell, Rep. Brit. Assoe. (Bath), pp. 135, 138, 1888; (Leeds), pp. 413, 414, 417, 419, 420, 1890. 1914. Purpura lapillus, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 117. Var. menapie, nov. Plate XXXIV, figs. 29, 30. Remarks.—Specimens of Purpura from Wextord, where this variety is very abundant, are, like many of the fossils from that locality, thick and clumsy ; they PURPURA LAPILLUS. 335 are strongly ridged, the mouth having a thickened outer lip and generally tuber- culated within. Fie. 31, from the Isle of Man, on the contrary, resembles some of those from the Crag, especially from the Butleyan and Icenian zones, in which the lip is but little thickened. As to this Dr. A. W. Cooke informs me that the toothed condition occurs in specimens in his collection from Portugal, and is a common though not a universal feature in British shells, but it is not found, so far as his experience goes, in Purpuras from the Kola fiord or the Murman coast of Russian Lapland, which are thin in texture; moreover, that a similar non- tuberculated form is met with in Iceland, the modification in shape and texture being due, he thinks, to its northern situation. He considers that, as a general rule, the toothed lip occurs in stout, compact, low-spired forms of P. lapillus, while shells with an elongated spire have usually a simple labrum. Var. minor, Jeffreys (?). Plate XXXIV, fig. 33. 1867. Purpura lapillus, var. minor, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., vol. iv, p. 277. Dimensions.—L. 18—22 mm. B. 12—15 mm. Remarks.—The specimen figured under this name represents a dwarf form not uncommon in the Wexford gravels which may possibly be the var. minor of Jeffreys. The latter, he says, is smaller than the type, more strongly ridged, and has a shorter spire. Among the Wexford Purpuras some may be noticed corresponding in sculpture with that figured on Pl. XI, fig. 5 as variety brevis (see Pl. XXXIV, fig. 32). Var. ventricosa, nov. Plate XXXIV, fig. 34. Dimensions.—L. 33mm. B. 24mm. Distribution.—Fossil : Icenian Crag: Bramerton. Remarks.—YVhis is an unusual and, so far as I know, an unrecorded variety of P. lapillus from the Icenian Crag in the Wood collection at the Norwich Castle Museum. Var. incrassata (J. Sowerby). Plate XI, fig. 1; Plate XXXV, fig. 1. 1914. Purpura lapillus, var. incrassata, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll, Gt. Brit., pt. 1, p/ 117, pl. xi, fig. 1. Distribution.—fossil : Coraline Crag: Boyton. Red Crag: passim. Icenian: Thorpe (Norwich). Wextord. Pleistocene: Middle Glacial, Kelsey Hill. Remarks.—On Plate XI of the present Memoir I published three figures of 44, 336 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Purpura lapillus showmg that the Crag varieties iicrassata (fig. 1), imbricata (fig. 3), and carinata (fig. 4) differed only in size and in the imbrication of one of them. The fossil now figured from the York Museum presents another connecting link, being an imbricated example of the variety incrassata ; it supports the view taken on p. 119, that imbrication is not a varietal character. Purpura tetragona (J. Sowerby). 1914. Purpura tetragona, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 116, pl. xi, fig. 6. Var. intermedia, 8. V. Wood. Plate XXXIV, fig. 28. 1848. Purpura tetragona, var. intermedia, S. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., pt. i, pl. iv, fig. 7c. 1885. Purpura tetragona, Lorié, Arch. Mus. Teyler [2], vol. 11, p- 201, pl. vu, fig. 24. ltemaris.—The fossil here represented, from the Ipswich Museum, is a well- marked variety of P. ftetragona, agreeing more or less nearly with the var. intermedia of Wood. Dr. Lorié gives a figure of this variety from the Scaldisien of Holland, obtained at a depth of 52 metres from one of the Dutch borings at Goes. renus PISANIA, Bivona, 1832. Pisania exigua (Dujardin). Plate XXXV, figs. 22, 23; Plate XLIV, fig. 19. 1837. Murex exiguus, Dujardin, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, vol. ii, p. 296, pl. xix, fig. 2. 1872. Murex insculptus (?), A. and R. Bell, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. ii, p. 209. 1874. Murex insculptus, 8. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., lst Suppl., pt. ii, p. 176, add. pl., fig. 9. 1884. Murex (Muricopsis) exiquus, Dollfus et Dautzenberg, Feuilles des jeunes Nat., vol. xvi, p. 104. 1890, Murex insculptus, C. Reid, Plioc. Dep. Brit., p. 247. Specific Chavacters.—Shell small, solid, sub-fusiform; whorls 5, convex, the last two-thirds the total length; ornamented by strong, rounded, flexuous costae, 8—12 on the body-whorl, crossed by rather coarse spiral ridges, with shght tuberculation at the points of contact, and finer ones in the interspaces ; spire elongate, regularly tapermg towards a blunt point; suture distinct, but not deep ; mouth irregularly oval, angulate above, contracted at the commencement of the canal, which is short and open; outer lip thickened by the labial rib, denticulated within; umbilicus small; columella with a small tubercle. Dimensions.—L. 1O—12 mm. B. 5—6 mm. Distribution. —Not known living. HUPLEURA CAUDATA. BOC Fossil: Waltonian Crag: Beaumont, Little Oakley. New- bourman : Waldringfield. Miocene: 'louraine. Remarks.—In the concluding part of his lst Supplement, Wood figured a shell from Waldringfield sent to him by R. Bell as Murex insculptus. It was considered by the latter to be identical with one he had received from Seguenza under that name.' Wood was unable to trace any reference to it, pointing out, however, that it resembled in some respects a Miocene species from Touraine, Murea evxiguus, described by Dujardin, but that he was not satisfied it was the same. I have lately sent a photograph of the Waldringfield fossil to my friend, M. Dautzenberg, who considers it belongs to the genus Pisania, and has kindly sent me some specimens of P. exiqua for comparison. Except that our Crag shell is somewhat the larger and that its coste are rather more numerous, the two seem to correspond. ; I have also found a specimen of P. exigua in the Waltonian Crag at Beaumont. Neither it nor that from Waldringfield presents the appearance of being derivative; J am inclined to consider this species one of the survivors from Miocene seas of which we have so many instances in the Pliocene beds of Hast Anglia. Genus EUPLEURA, H. and A. Adams, 1855. Eupleura caudata (Say). Plate XXXV, fie. 24. 1822. Ranella caudata, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. [1], vol. ii, p. 236. 1841-70. Ranella caudata, Gould, Inv. Mass., ed. 1, p. 297, fig. 204, 1841; ed. 2, p. 386, fig. 648, 1870. 1843. Ranella caudata, de Kay, Nat. Hist. New York [5], Mollusca, p. 139, pl. vin, fig. 176. 1865. Ranella caudata, Stimpson, Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. i, p. 58, pl. viii, fig. 5. 1903. Lupleura caudata, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. v, p. 50. 1915. Eupleura eaudata, Johnson, Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Oce. Papers, vol. vii; Fauna of New England, pt. xii, p. 130. Specific Characters.—Shell small, rhomboidal, sohd ; whorls 5, angulated above ; ornamented by prominent longitudinal ribs, two of them spinous, stronger and more varicose than the others, and by fine equidistant spiral ridges ; mouth ovate ; outer lip varicose, angulated by the keel, strongly denticulated within; canal straight, narrow, rather long. Dimensions.—L. 25 mm. B. 16 mm. Distribution.—Recent: Coasts of Massachusetts and Connecticut, 1—8 fathoms. Fossil: Pliocene: Florida, South Carolina. Pleistocene: [lorida. Remarks.—The term Hupleura was originally used by H. and A. Adams for a 1 The term Murex insculptus had been previously used by Bellardi (in 1872) for a different shell from the Italian Miocene. 338 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. sub-genus of Bursa (lanella) but has been more correctly grouped by M. Cossmann with the Muricine, the present species bemg taken as the type. It was first described as Ranella caudata but is now known to American conchologists under the above generic name. The recent specimen here figured for comparison with our Crag shell I owe to the courtesy of Mr. C. W. Johnson of the Boston Society of Natural History. He informs me that H. caudata is a variable species, the northern and southern forms differing considerably, certain named varieties being found also on the gulf coast of Florida and the west coast of Mexico. As a fossil it occurs in the Pliocene of Florida and South Carolina, while an allied species, H. miocenica is reported doubtfully from the Miocene of North Florida. 20. Var. Crowfootii (S. V. Wood). Plate XXXYV, fi Oo, fo) 1879. Murex Crowfootii, 8. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., 2nd Suppl., p. 15, pl. i, fig. 15. 1890. Murex Crowfootii, C. Reid, Plioc. Dep. Brit., p. 247. Varietal Characters.—Resembling generally the type form but being smaller, more slender in form, with a short spire and somewhat fewer coste. Dimensions.—L. 12 mm, B.5 mm. Distribution.—lossil : Coralline Crag: Boyton. Waltonian: Little Oakley. Remarks.—The specimen figured under the above name is the one found at Boyton by Mr. Crowfoot, one of the last three survivors of Wood’s coadjutors. It was considered by the latter as a new and distinct form and was very appropriately named by him after its discoverer. I have since obtained another example of the same kind at Oakley. It must be admitted that our fossils present a suspicious resemblance to the figure of the American Ranella caudata given by Gould (op. cit.) referred to in the last paragraph, a view which a comparison with Mr. Johnson’s shell supports, Although not absolutely identical, we may regard them, I think without hesitation. as a variety of that species.! With this my good friend Mr. Dollfus agrees, suggesting they should retain Wood’s name of Crowfootii as varietal. I am glad in this way to keep alive the memory not only of the discovery of this little fossil by my old colleague but also generally his connection with Crag work. The occasional occurrence of certain American forms in our Plocene and Pleistocene deposits is interesting, pointing possibly to the existence im former times of westerly currents more or less similar to those which are now prevalent. 1 Gould’s figure of R. caudata (op. cit.) is more slender than Mr. Johnson’s specimen, resembling still more nearly our Crag fossils. MUREX (PTEROPURPURA) BOYTONENSIS. 339 Genus MUREX, Linné (continued from p. 124). Murex recticanalis, 5. V. Wood. 1879. Murex recticanalis, S. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., 2nd Suppl., p. 15, pl. i, fig. 7. 1890. Murew recticanalis, C. Reid, Plioe. Dep. Brit., p. 247. Specific Characters.—Shell small, fragile, fusiform, turreted ; whorls 5 or 6, convex, squarely angulate above, with a shelf below the suture; ornamented by longitudinal costz with rounded or sub-spinous points where they cross the keel, clathrated by well-marked spiral ridges; spire short, rapidly diminishing in size upwards; suture wide and deep; mouth ovate, obtusely angulated by the keel; canal fairly long, open. Dimensions.—L. 12mm. B. 6mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil ; Coraline Crag: Sutton. Remarks.—M. Dollfus has expressed a doubt whether the specimen figured by Wood under this name can be satisfactorily referred to the genus Murea, suggesting it may be a T'rophon or possibly a Fusus. It was originally described from an imperfect but not waterworn example from the Coralline Crag of Sutton. There is another, perfect, in the Sedgwick Museum at Cambridge, labelled M. recticanalis, Newbourn, but it is not the same as Wood’s shell. I retain provisionally his generic name for the Sutton fossil. Sub-genus PTEROPURPURA, Jousseaume, 1879. Murex (Pteropurpura) boytonensis (F. W. Harmer). Plate XII, fig. 8; Plate XXXV, fig. 21. 1914. Ocinebra tortuosa, var. boytonensis, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 125, pl. xii, fig. 8. Specific Characters.—Shell large and solid, ovato-turreted, with a pyramidal spire; whorls 6, the last much the largest, rapidly diminishing in size towards a rounded apex; coarsely ornamented by three thin projecting wing-like varices, continuous across the suture, connecting the whorls, and by well-marked, rather distant transverse ridges reaching the base of the shell, the upper one on each whorl forming an indistinct angulation with a sloping shelf below the suture; mouth pyriform, contracted at the commencement of the canal; canal short, open, narrow ; outer lip thickened, expanded, so as to form a triangular space at the base; inner lip large, detached below. Dimensions.—L. 52mm. B. 28 mm. 340 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Distribution.—Not known hving. Fossil: Coralline Crag: Boyton. Remarks.—On Plate XII, fig. 8, I figured a specimen which came to me from the Ipswich Museum as Murew tortwosus, a name which I adopted for it without sufficient consideration. I now think not only that it has no connection with that species, but that it belongs to another group of the Muricide, the sub-genus Pteropurpura, Jousseaume (Pteronotus, Swainson), distinguished by its three wing- hike varices and other characters which separate it from the Ocinebra tortuosa of the Crag. Since then, moreover, I have received a specimen from the York Museum, obtained at Boyton, which seems to be the same. These shells belong to a group from the Miocene of the Vienna basin, figured by Hornes (Foss. Moll. Tert. Wien, vol. i, p. 249, pl. xxv, figs. 11—16), one of them being erroneously identified with Murer tortuosus, which, as stated on p. 125, is not typical of the Crag species. One side of the present fossil, the back, shows very clearly its form and sculpture, the other side, that of the mouth, being covered by a growth of Hydractinia ; fortunately that portion of the shell is well exposed in the one before figured (Pl. XII, fig. 8). In the latter, however, the wing-like varices are not so well preserved. I retaim the name boytonensis as specific (used before as varietal) for the present form. Sul-genus ALIPURPURA, Bayle, 1884. Murex (Alipurpura) elegantula, sp. nov. Plate XXXV, fig. 20. Specific Charvacters.—Allied to the sub-genus and to the shell last described, but differing in size, sculpture, general appearance, and especially in the non-continuous character of the varices which end in well-marked and spiny projections; it is a slender and delicate shell ornamented by numerous spiral ridges and exceedingly fine longitudinal lines ; 5 mouth pyriform, contracted where it jos the canal, which is rather long, semitubular and nearly closed; outer lip crenulated, with a strong triangular sinus above corresponding with the spine which terminates the varicose rib; columella large, smooth, detached from the canal. Dimeusions.—L. 29mm. B. 15 mm. Mstribution.—Not known living. Fossil: Coralline Crag : Boyton. Remarks.—The name Alipurpura is used by M. Cossmann for a sub-genus of Murex, a group of shells closely allied to Pteropurpura (Pteronotus) im which the varices are discontinuous, ending in a spiny point. It ranges as a fossil from the Eocene to the Pliocene, and is recorded also as a recent genus. The specimen here figured under the above specific name is also from the OCINEBRA ERINACEA. 34] Coralline Crag of Boyton, and belongs to the York Museum. It presents no appearance of derivation, as might be expected in a fossil from that horizon, and is, I believe, a genuine Crag shell. In form and sculpture it resembles a recent Australian species, Pteropurpura triforiis, an example of which [ have received from my friend, M. Dautzenbere. In that shell, however, which is considerably larger, the varices are continuous. The latter, moreover, is not unlike an Oligocene form, Murex tristichus, Beyrich,’ which is figured by Dr. Ravn under that name.” This also appears to belong to the Pleropurpura eroup. g Pury grou} Genus OCINEBRA, Leach (continued from p. 125). Ocinebra erinacea (Linné). Plate XII, figs. 12—14; Plate XXXV, fig. 17. 1846. Murex erinaceus, Lovén, K. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Forh., vol. iii, p. 86. 1864. Murex erinaceus, S. P. Woodward in White’s Hist. of Norfolk, ed. 3. p. 117. 1871-92. Murex erinaceus, A. Bell, Geol. Mag, vol. viii, p. 453, 1871; Rep. Brit. Assoc. (Bath), p. 135, 1888; (Leeds), pp. 412, 414, 417, 420, 1890; Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb., vol. xii, p. 26, 1892 ; Rep. Yorks. Phil. Soc., pp. 63, 70, 71, 73, 1892. 1872. Murex erinaceus, A. and R. Bell, Proce. Geol. Assoc., vol. ii, p. 213. 1872-1914. Murex erinaceus, F. W. Harmer, Trans. Norf. Norw. Nat. Soc., vol. i, pt. 3, p. 46, 18 Ocinebra erinacea, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 124, pl. xii, figs. 12-14, 1914. 1874. Murex erinaceus, Darbishire, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe., vol. xxx, p. 40. 1890. Murex erinaceus, C. Reid, Plioc. Dep. Brit., p. 247. lod 72 = Distribution.—Fossil : (additional) Worden, Largo Bay, Wexford, Balbriggan Bay, Belfast (Boulder clay), Estuarine clays of N. EK. Ireland. Holocene : Portrush. Remarks.—This common and recent British species is very rare in the Hast Anghan Crag, but is widely diffused in our British Pleistocene deposits, having been recorded also from many such localities in Ireland. I have recently received a number of specimens from Father Codd found by him in the Wexford gravels, one of which I now figure. They are generally shorter in the spire than those now found on our coasts. Their occurrence at Wexford is interesting. As a British fossil the distribution of O. erinacea is characteristically Pleistocene rather than Pliocene ; itis one of the species which give to the greater part of the molluscan fauna of Wexford a comparatively recent character. Although it occurs in some of our glacial deposits, its distribution is southern rather than northern. Its most northern range as recent seems to be the Cattegat (Lovén). It has not been recorded as a fossil from the Christiania fiord or any other northern locality. 1 Zeitschr. Deutsch. Geol. Geseli., vol. vi, p. 746, pl. xvi, fig. 1, 1854. 2R. Danske, Vid. Selsk. Skrift. [7], vol. iii, p. 318, pl. v, fig. 10, 1907. 342 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Ocinebra tortuosa (J. Sowerby). Plate XXXV, figs. 7, 8. 1825. Murex tortuosus, J. Sowerby, Min. Conch., vol. v, p. 48, pl. ececxxxiv, fig. 2. 1842-8. Murex toriwosus, S. V. Wood, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [1], vol. ix, p. 540, 1842: Mon. Crag Moll., pt. i, p. 40, pl. iv, fig. 9, 1848. 1843-81. Murex tortuosus, Nyst, Coq. foss. Belg., p. 545, pl. xli, fig. 14, 1843; Conch. Terr. tert. Belg., p. 3, pl. i, fig. 1, 1881. 1871. Murex erinaceus, var., Jeffreys in Prestwich, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvii, p. 489. 1872. Murex tortuosus, A. and R. Bell, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. 1, pp. 209, 213. 1890. Murew tortuosus, C. Reid, Plioc. Dep. Brit., p. 247. 1892. Murex tortuosus, Van den Broeck, Bull. Soc. Belge Géol., vol. vi (Mémoires), p. 131. 1914. Ocinebra tortuosa, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 125. Specific Characters.—Sheli fusiform, rugged and solid; whorls 6, convex, angulated, with a sloping shelf below the suture, the last two-thirds the total length ; ornamented by well-marked spiral ridges and on the upper whorls by flattened and conspicuous longitudinal costz which are nodulous on the keel and generally disappear towards the base of the shell, also by three strong and prominent varices, oblique, tortuous or fimbriated, which cross both the shelf and the suture and are specially developed on the body-whorl; spire rather short, turreted, regularly diminishing in size towards a blunt apex; suture wide and deep; mouth inequilateral; outer hp angulated by the keel, with a wide expanded margin, thickened by the labial varix and strengthened outside by the spiral ridges, denticulated within; canal narrow, open, contracted, turning slightly to the left. Dimensions. —L. 384—40 mm. B. 15 Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil: Coralline Crag: Orford, Sutton, Ramsholt, Boyton. Waltonian : Walton-on-Naze, Beaumont, Little Oakley. Newbournian: Waldring- field, Newbourn, Sutton, Ramsholt, Shottisham, Felixstow. Butleyan: Butley. Icenian: Bramerton. Scaldisien, Poederlen : Belgium. Remarks.—On p. 125, while calling attention to an imperfect specimen which I then thought might be regarded as a variety of O. tortwosa, I alluded incidentally to that species, but a further study of the group to which it belongs suggests the desirability of dealing more fully with this subject. In the non-photographic figures given by Wood in 1848 and by Nyst in 1881 (op. cit.) the artists have not represented very accurately what seems to me its typical forms as represented by specimens in my collection, either from the Coralline Crag or from Oakley. In these the sculpture is mainly spiral on the lower whorls, which are generally ornamented only by three prominent and oblique varices, becoming spiny or nodulous on the keel. On the upper whorls there are 20mm. usually some small supplementary longitudinal coste which give that part of the OCINEBRA PSEUDO-NYSTII. BAe oe) shell a clathrated appearance. In the variety for which I propose the name clathrata (figs. 10 and 14) these costae are strengthened and extend to the body-whorl, giving the whole shell a reticulate sculpture. This variety (clathrata), however, is less common that that shown in figs. 7, 8, which I consider more typical. O. tortuosa is fairly abundant at Oakley, where I have obtained a considerable number of specimens, but it seems to be less so in the Coralline or in the later zones of the Red Crag, though generally present there. According to Nyst and Van den Broeck it is rare in the Belgian Pliocene. Jeffreys regarded OQ. tortwosa as a variety of O. erinacea, a view which Nyst appeared inclined to support. I follow Wood, however, in considering them specifically distinct, the former being an extinct and characteristic Waltonian fossil, the latter a recent and a pre-eminently Pleistocene shell. The various forms of Ocinelra described in the following paragraphs have, more or less, a family likeness to O. tortuosa. They are each distinguished, however, by certain features by which they may be identified without much difficulty. I think it desirable, therefore, to retain the names by which they have been hitherto known, figuring specimens of them together on the same plate, that students may the more easily appreciate the grounds on which Wood regarded them as specifically distinct. Var. minor, F. W. Harmer. Plate XII, figs. 9—11; Plate XXXV, fig. 9. 1914. Ocinebra tortuosa, var. minor, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 125, pl. xu, figs. 9—11. Remarks.—This specimen is from Oakley ; it is a somewhat more delicate shell than any of the varieties of O. tortwosa already figured. Ocinebra pseudo-Nystii (S. V. Wood). Plate XXXV, fig. 12. 1879. Murex pseudo-Nystii, 8S. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., 2nd Suppl., p. 14, pl. i, fig. 8. 1890. Murex pseudo-Nystii, C. Reid, Plioc. Dep. Brit., p. 247. Specific Characters.—Shell of moderate size, strong, sub-fusiform; whorls 7, convex, not strongly angulate above, the last about two-thirds the total length; ornamented by 8—9 varices, thin, lamellate and compressed, more or less equal in size, not spinous, and by well-marked and flexuous spiral ridges; spire elevated, gradually diminishing upwards to a blunt point; suture fairly deep ; mouth ovate with a distinct and narrow canal; outer lip indistinctly denticulate within. Dimensions.—L. 24mm. B. 12mm. Ad 544, PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil : Coralline Crag: Boyton. Remarks.—This shell was originally described by Wood from a Coralline Crag fossil obtained at Boyton. There are two examples of it, one being now figured, at the British Museum (Nat. Hist.), which have been labelled Murea Canhami. Wood’s type specimen of the latter, however, came from the Newbournian Crag of Waldringfield. It is much smaller, differing from the present species both in form and sculpture. Wood states that he had compared his type fossil with specimens of M. Nystii from the Miocene of Belgium, but that although they approach in certain respects they are not the same. There is an example of the latter in the Norwich Museum which bears out Wood’s opinion. Var. similis, nov. Plate XXXV, fig. 13. Varietal Characters—Agrees generally with the type form of O. pseudo-Nystii, but is larger, the sculpture is coarser and the varices are more distinct. Dimensions. —L. 30mm. B. 16mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil: Waltonian Crag: Little Oakley. Remarks.—I have two or three specimens of this variety in my collection from Oakley. It seems to be an intermediate form connecting O. pseudo-Nystit and O. tortuosa. Ocinebra Reedii (S. V. Wood). Plate XXXV, fig. 11. 1879. Murex Reedii, S. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., 2nd Suppl. p. 13, pl. i, fig. 9. 1890. Murex Reedii, C. Reid, Plioc. Dep. Brit., p. 247. Specific Characters.—Shell fairly large, thick, fusiform; spire elevated with an acute apex; whorls 7, sub-angulate, the last much the largest; varices thin, fohaceous, with projecting spines on the angulated part of the whorls, distant on the last, closer and more numerous on the upper ones; spiral sculpture wanting or obsolete; mouth oval; outer lip thickened by the labial varix, denticulated within; canal rather long, narrow, oblique, nearly closed ; columella flexuous. Dimensions.—L. 40mm. B. 20mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil ; Coralline Crag: Boyton. Waltonian: Walton-on-Naze, Little Oakley. Butleyan: Butley (Kennard). Remarks.—This species was known to Wood from a unique specimen obtained OCINEBRA CANHAMI. 345 at Boyton forty years ago, which is now in the York Museum. It seems to be closely related to O. fortuosa, but, as he pointed out, it shows no trace of the coarse spiral sculpture characteristic of the latter species, which even in the many water-worn fossils I have found at Oakley hardly ever fails to be apparent. The Boyton specimen, on the contrary, evidently I think from the Coralline Crag, is quite unworn. I have one or two others, imperfect, in my collection from Oakley. Ocinebra Canhami (S. V. Wood). Plate XXXV, figs. 15, 16. 1872. Murex Canhami, 8. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., 1st Suppl. pt. i, p. 30, pl. vii, fig. 14. 1890. Murex Canhami, C. Reid, Plioc. Dep. Brit., p. 247. Specific Characters—Shell small, fragile, oblongo-ovate, fusiform; whorls 6, depressed and angulate above, the last much the largest, two-thirds the total length ; spire scalariform, rapidly diminishing towards the apex; ornamented by strong, well-marked spiral ridges and by distant lamelliform varices which become spinous on the keel and cross the shelf between it and the suture; mouth oval; canal short; outer lip thickened by the labial varix, angulated by the keel, spinous above. Dimensions.—L. 14mm. B. 7mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil: Coralline Crag: Boyton. Waltonian: Walton-on-Naze, Little Oakley. Newbournian: Waldringfield, Newbourn. Remnarks.—Specimens of this form have been found at various localities in the Crag. They are small, delicate shells; always maintaining the same general character, unworn, and clearly showing the original sculpture. They offer no suggestion of being derivative. My figures convey a somewhat wrong impression as to their appearance, since they are drawn twice the real size. One of the specimens now given is from the Coralline Crag of Boyton, another from the Newbournian Crag of Waldrinefield, and I have found one or two others from the Waltonian of Oakley. I agree with Wood in thinking this small delicate species distinct from the thick coarsely sculptured O. tortuosa or from any of the allied forms of the Coralline or Red Crags. The present species was named after the late Rev. H. Canham of Waldringfield, for many years a zealous collector of Crag fossils. Ocinebra craticulata (Fabricius). Plate XXXVI, figs. 17—19. 1780. Tritonium craticulatum, Fabricius, Faun. Groenl., p. 400. 1848. Tritonium (Trophon) craticulatum, Middendorff, Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb. [6], vol. vi, p. 452, pl. 1, fig. 8. 34.6 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. 1878. Murex craticulatus, Philippi, Martini und Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., ed. 2, vol. ili (Murex), p. 30, pl. xu, figs. 3, 4. 1880. Trophon craticulatus, Tryon and Pilsbury, Man. Conch., vol. 11, p. 139, pl. xxxi, figs. 309, 310. 1910. Trophon craticulatus, Odhner, Archiv Zool., K. Sveusk. Vet.-Akad., vol. vii, no. 4, pp. 13, 24. 1914. Trophon Fabricii, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 180. Dimensions.—L. 35mm. B. 18mm. Distribution.— Fossil : Wexford gravels (additional). Remarks.—Considerable difference of opinion has existed as to the correct nomenclature, both generic and specific, of this shell. Origmally described as a Tritonium by Fabricius and Middendorff, and afterwards by Reeve and Philippi as a Murex, it has been generally referred to the genus T'rophon. The specific name craticulatus, moreover, originally proposed by Fabricius, was altered by Jeffreys to Mabricii, Beck, on the ground that the former had been previously used by Linné for a Murew (M. craticulatus), which he said was really a Trophon.! The latter seems, however, to be a different species. At present our shell is usually known under the specific name of craticulatus, which I now adopt in place of the Mabrictt of p. 180. M. Dollfus considers, however, and I think with reason, that it belongs to the genus Ocinebra rather than to Trophon. The recent example of this form here represented (Pl. XXXVI, fig. 17) may be reoarded as typical, corresponding generally with the figures of Tvophon craticulatum given by Middendorff and Kobelt, and of Murex borealis by Reeve. It may be recognised by its thin, variciform and irregularly placed cost, which cross the shelf below the suture obliquely, and by its rather distant spiral ridges extending as far as the keel but not to the shelf. I have obtained several imperfect specimens from Wexford which agree more or less nearly with the type (fig. 17) but are smaller in size. Var. reticulata, nov. Plate XII, fig. 28; Plate XXXVI, figs: 20, 21. 1872. Trophon craticulatus, 8. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., Ist Suppl., pt. i, p. 25, pl. 1, fig. 1. 1914. Trophon Fabricii, F. W. Harmer, Plioe. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 130, pl. xii, fig. 28. Varietal Characters.—Differs from the type in size, form and sculpture, being small and shorter in proportion; the sculpture is reticulate, the costee and spiral ridges are nearly equal, the latter being more prominent and less numerous. Dimensions.—L. 19mm. B. 12 mm. Distribution —Fossil ; Waltonian Crag: Little Oakley. Wexford, Bridlington, Remarks.—The fossils here given may be regarded, I think, as a dwarf variety of O. craticulata, although a very distinct one. The Bridlington shell (fig. 20), which I refigure for the purpose of comparison, is that originally described by 1 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], vol. xix, p. 326. OCINEBRA (OCINEBRINA) ACICULATA. 347 Wood (op. cit.) under the present specific name. I have several specimens from Wexford, more or less imperfect, which appear to be the same, as may probably be my Pl. XII, fig. 28, obtained at Oakley. Sub-genus OCINEBRINA, Jousseaume, 1879. Ocinebra (Ocinebrina) aciculata (Lamarck). Plate XXXV, figs. 18, 19. 1822-43. Murex aciculatus, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., vol. vii, p. 176, 1822; ed. Desh., vol. ix, p. 600, 1843. 1836. Murex corallinus, Scacchi, Cat. Conch. Regn. Neap., p. 11, fig. 15. 1836-44. Fusus lavatus, Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sic., vol. i, p. 208, 1836; Fusus corallinus, vol. ii, p. 178, pl. xxv, fig. 29, 1844. 1853. Murex corallinus, Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll., vol. iii, p. 374, pl. cii, figs. 5, 6. 1867-71. Murex aciculatus, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., vol. iv, p. 310, 1867 ; vol. v, p. 218, pl. Ixxxiv, fig. 2 1869 ; in Prestwich, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvii, p. 144, 1871. 1870. Murex corallinus, A. Bell, Journ. de Conch., vol. xviti, p. 344, no. 163. 1872. Murex aciculatus, A. and R. Bell, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. ii, p. 203. 1872. Murew corallinus, 8. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., Ist Suppl., pt. i, p. 30, pl. i, fig. 12. 1873-5. Murex aciculata, Seguenza, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. iv, p. 346, no. 185, 1873; vol. vi, p. 340, no. 365, 1875. 1882-98. Murex (Corallinia) aciculatus, Buequoy, Dautzenberg et Dollfus, Moll. mar. Rouss., vol. i, p. 24, pl. ul, fig. 4, 1882; M. (Ocinebrina) aciculatus, vol. ii, p. 765, 1898. 1887. Murex aciculatus, Kobelt, Icon. schalentrag. europ. Meeresconch., vol. i, p. 20, pl. vi, figs. 2, 3. 1890. Ocinebra aciculata, Carus, Prod. Faun. Medit., vol. 11, p. 386. 1903. Ocinebra (Ocinebrina) aciculata, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. v, p. 38. Specific Characters.—Shell small, solid, oblong ; whorls 7—8, convex, compressed upwards, the last two-thirds the total length; ornamented by strong, rounded, close-set, longitudinal ribs, occasionally varicose, and by rough wavy spiral ridges which cross the ribs; spire produced, regularly diminishing upwards to a fine rounded apex ; suture wide, not deep; mouth oval, shghtly expanded ; outer lip thin, semicircular, scalloped within by the spiral ridges; inner lip folded on the pillar, detached at its lower edge; pillar broad and glossy; canal short, partly open, narrow. Dimensions.—L. 9—12 mm. B. 5—6 mm. Distribution.—Recent : Channel Islands. North Atlantic from Brittany to Madeira, the Canary Islands and the Azores. Mediterranean, Adriatic. Fossil : Coralline Crag: Gedgrave. Waltonian: Walton-on-Naze, Beaumont, Little Oakley. Phocene: Biot, Legoli (Italy). Pleistocene: Mte. Pellegrino, Reggio, San Giovanni, Valle Biaia. Remarks.—This southern species has been known hitherto from the Coralline Crag only. I have found, however, a dozen specimens at Beaumont and Oakley, 348 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. and it is also recorded from Walton, supporting, with many other similar facts, the view I have taken that zoologically the Waltonian Crag is more nearly related to the Coralline than it is to the later horizons of the Red Crag. It does not seem to have been widely diffused as a fossil, having been only reported from the Phocene deposits of the continent, so far as I know, by Mr. A. Bell, from Biot near Antibes in 1870, by Seguenza, from Legoli in the Val d’Era in 1875, and by the latter authority from several localities in the Pleistocene of Italy and Sicily. The sub-genus Ocinebrina, of which O. aciculata is taken as the type, is now used for a group of the genus Ocimelra, having numerous varices, neither lamellar nor foliaceous, a comparatively small mouth and a short canal. Ocinebra (Ocinebrina) funiculosa (Borson). Plate XXXVI, figs. 1, 2. 1814. Murex craticulatus, var., Brocehi, Conch. foss. subap., vol. 11, p. 663, pl. xvi, fig. 3 1821. Murex funiculosus, Borson, Mem. Accad. Sci. Torino, vol. xxvi, p. 304, pl. i, fig. 2. 1841. Murex funiculosus, Michelotti, Mon. Murex, p. 18, no. 24. 1868. Murex funiculosus, Foresti, Mem. Accad. Sci. Bologna [2], vol. vii, p. 555. 1872. Murex funiculosus, Bellardi, Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. i, p. 110. 1875. Murex funiculosus, Seguenza, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. vi, p. 340, no. 361. 1878. Murex funiculosus, de Stefani e Pantanelli, Bull. Soc. Malac. Ital., vol. iv, p. 92. 1890-1904. Ocinebra funiculosa, Sacco, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. ix, p. 243, no. 3362, 1890; Murex (Ocinebrina) funiculosus, Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. xxx, p. 23, pl. vi, figs. 26, 27. 1893-98. Murex funiculosus, A. Bell, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. [3], vol. ii, p. 627, 1893; Trans. Roy. Geol. Soc. Cornwall, vol. xii, p. 138, 1898. 1903. Ocinebra (Ocinebrina) funiculosa, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. v, p. 40. Specific Characters.—Shell solid, fusiform, turreted ; whorls 6, convex, the last tumid, much the largest, excavated below, depressed above; spire produced, regularly diminishing in size upwards; apex acute; suture deep; ornamented by 8 oblique or flexuous costz, wide, strong and rounded, and by irregular wavy spiral ridges; mouth oval, angulate above and below; outer lip thickened by the labial rib, denticulated within; canal short, closed; umbilicus superficial. Dimensions.—L. 80mm. B. 16mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil: St. Erth. Lower Phocene: Piedmont, Tuscany. Upper Pliocene: Asti, Bologna. Remarks——The specimen here figured was one of those obtained by 8. V. Wood, Jr., from St. Hrth, now in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.). It is said to be common in the Upper Pliocene of Asti, but has not been reported hitherto from the Anglo-Belgian basin. I figure with the St. Hrth fossil one | have received from my friend Prof. Issel TROPHON (BOREOTROPHON) TRUNCATUS. 349 of Genoa, under the present name. They agree in sculpture and in their general character, but the latter is smaller, with the spire shorter and not so slender in proportion. Genus TROPHON, Montfort (continued from p. 134). Sub-genus BOREOTROPHON, P. Fischer, 1884. Trophon (Boreotrophon) truncatus (Strém). Plate XII, figs. 23, 24; Plate XXXVI, figs. 22, 23. 1853. Trophon clathratum, Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll., vol. iii, p. 486, pl. exi, figs. 1, 2. 1863. Trophon truncatus, Jeffreys, Rep. Brit. Assoc. (Newcastle-on-Tyne), p. 79. 1866. Trophon truncatus, Jamieson, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxii, p. 279. 1888-93. Trophon truncatus, A. Bell, Rep. Brit. Assoc. (Bath), p. 186, 1888; (Leeds), p. 414, 1890; Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc., Edinb., vol. xii, p. 22, 1893. 1892. Trophonopsis truncata, Locard, Coq. mar. Cotes de France, p. 109. 1898. Trophon truncatus, Posselt, Medd. om Grgnl., p. 175. 1910-15. Trophon truncatus, Odhner, Archiv. Zool., K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad., vol. vii, no. 4, pp. 13, 24, 1910; K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl., vol. liv, p. 178, 1915. 1914. Trophon truncatus, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt.1, p. 129, pl. xii, figs. 23, 24. 1915. Trophon truncatus, Johnson, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Occ. Papers, vol. vii, Fauna of New Engl., pt. xiii, p. 131. Distribution.—Recent: (additional) Faroes, Murman coast, Barents sea, arctic shores of Siberia. Fossil: Newbournian Crag: Felixstow. Wexford. Pleistocene: Kelsea Hill, Bridlington, Caithness, Clyde beds, Belfast, Ballyrudder. Remarks.—Much difference of opinion has existed as to the nomenclature of the shells known as 17’. truncatus, T'. bamffius and T. clathratus, some authorities regarding them as varieties of one species, others as specifically distinct. As to T’. truncatus, however, it is now generally agreed that the type form is a small shell with numerous fine costz, represented, for example, by the recent specimen figured under that name by Jeffreys in the ‘British Conchology’ (vol. v, pl. Ixxxiv, fig. 6). It is the 7. clathratws of Gould.’ With this form I group, as varieties, one of the specimens figured by Donovan as 7’. Pamffius (Brit. Shells, pl. elxix, fig. 1) with certain other multicostate and allied shells. The typical 7’. truncatus occurs but rarely in the Crag; it 1s more common in our Pleistocene deposits, and is exceedingly abundant at Wexford. Out of some hundreds of Trophons received from that locality by far the larger number belong to this species and its varieties. 1 Rep. Invert. Mass., ed. 2, p. 377, fig. 643, 1870. 350 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Although 7’. truncatus is found at present in British seas, its range is principally northern and arctic, extending from Spitzbergen and Barents sea to Greenland and thence to Canada and the New England coast. T'. clathratus, which occurs with it as a fossil at Wexford, though not so abundantly as the former, is a Scandinavian and circumpolar species. Var. major (Brggger). Plate XXXVI, fig. 29. 1848. Fusus Banffius, Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. iv (Fusus), pl. xxi, fig. 90 (in text), fig. 91 (on plate). 1872. Trophon scalariformis, juv., S. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., lst Suppl., p. 26, pl. iii, fig. 10; T. Bamffius, p. 26, pl. i, fig. 11. 1901. Trophon truncatus, var. major, Brggger, Norges geol. Undersggelse, no. 31, p. 654, pl. v, fig. 11. Varietal Characters.—Larger than the type but with similar sculpture, varying somewhat in size and form, having a short canal and sometimes an expanded mouth. Dimensions.—L. 15—20 mm. B. 8—12 mm. Distribution.—Recent : British and northern. Fossil: Waltonian Crag: Little Oakley, probably elsewhere in Red Crag. Wexford, March, Bridlington, Clyde beds. Christiania fiord. Remarks.—The Wexford specimen figured under this name corresponds with Prof. Brggger’s var. major from the Pleistocene of Christiania, and with those given by Wood from the Clyde beds and from March (op. cit., figs. 10, 11). It is an enlarged form of 1’. truncatus, characteristic of northern seas, occurring also in our Pleistocene beds and very common at Wexford. M. Dautzenberg considers one of the specimens of Murex Bamffius, figured by Donovan, as equivalent to M. clathvatus, Linné. Var. intermedia, nov. Plate XXXVI, fig. 24. Varietal Characters.—Larger than the type, and longer and more slender im the spire than the variety major. ‘The longitudinal cost are fine and numerous as in T’. truncatus. Dimensions. —L. 15 mm. Bb. 6 mm. Distribution.—fossil : Wexford. Trophon (Boreotrophon) clathratus (Linn¢é). Plate XII, fig. 25; Plate XXXVI, fios. 3—6. 1870. Trophon clathratus, 8. V. Wood, Jr., Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvi, p. 92. 1880. Trophon clathratus, Stewart, Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Club, Appendix, p. 175. 1898. Trophon clathratus, Posselt, Med. om Grgnl., p. 176. TROPHON (BOREOTROPHON) CLATHRATUS. 301] 1901. Trophon clathratus, var. major, Brggger, Norges geol. Undersggelse, no. 31, pp. 497, 562, pl. vi, fio. 19. 1910. Trophon clathratus, Oyen, Krist. Vid. Selsk. Forh., no. 5, p. 2¢. 1910-15. Trophon clathratus, Odhner, Archiv Zool., K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad., vol. vii, no. 4, pp. 13, 24, 1910; var. grandis, K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl., vol. liv, p. 176. 1914. Trophon clathratus, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 127, pl. xii, fig. 25. 1915. Trophon clathratus, A. Bell, Geol. Mag. [6], vol. 1, p. 168. 1915. Trophon clathratus, Johnson, Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Occ. Papers, vol. vii; Fauna of New England, pt. xii, p. 131. Distribution.—Fossil: Wexford, Boulder-clay of Belfast (additional). Pleisto- cene: Reykjavik (Pjeturss). Remarks.—The type form of this ventricose and northern shell, generally known as T'rophon clathratus, is clearly distinct from those described above as 1’. truncatus or its varieties. I have specimens of the former in my collection from the Waltonian Crag of Oakley, from Bridlington, Uddevalla, the Pleistocene of Christiania and elsewhere; they are practically the same, showing no indication of any close relationship to the latter species. Wood adopted Gould’s name of scalariformis for the Crag form, including under it a variety (a) which corresponds with Prof. Sars’ figure of 7’. clathratus : and another ((),a more slender shell, with finer sculpture and a longer canal; for this I now propose the varietal name attenuata (figs. 7 and 8). The latter variety agrees with the Fusus lamellosus of Gray' in its fine sculpture and long canal, but the body-whorl of Gray’s shell is ventricose and the spire is very short, besides which his name had been used by Borson in 1821 for a different species. The dwarf form (fig. 6) I call var. manor. Mr. C. W. Johnson identifies the Fusus scalariforniis of Gould with the present shell (op. cit.), while M. Dautzenberg employs that specific name for a variety of T' clathratus.” The latter authority adopts, however, 7’. clathratus and 1’ truncatus for the two species now in question, in which I follow him. As pointed out by Wood (‘ Mon. Crag Moll. pt. i, p. 48) the Musus scalarifornis of Nyst is a different species.! The Crag Murex peruvianus of Sowerby (‘ Min. Conch.,’ vol. v, p. 47, pl. ececxxxiv, fig. 1) may perhaps be the same; Lamarck’s Fusus Peruwvianus is different. Var. attenuata, nov. Plate XXXVI, figs. 7, 8. 1848. Trophon scalariforme, var. 8, S. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., pt. i, p. 48, pl. vi, fig. 7c. Varietal Characters.—More slender and somewhat smaller than the typical 1 Zool. Beechey’s Voyage, p. 118, pl. xxxvi, fig. 13, 1839. 2 Camp. Scient. Pr. Monaco, vol. xxxvii (Mollusques), p. 150, 1912. 4.6 x bo PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. T’. clathvatus, with a less tumid body-whorl, finer and more numerous longitudinal coste and a longer canal. Dimensions.—L. 22mm. B. 8mm. Distribution.—Ffossil : Waltonian Crag: Little Oakley. Newbournian. Butleyan. Wexford. Remarks.—Vhis variety is fairly common at Oakley, occurring also at other localities of the Red Crag. When a number of specimens from one Crag locality are examined it is not always easy to separate them from the type form of 1’. clathratus. The present shell is evidently a variety of that species. Var. exilis, nov. Plate XXXVI, figs. 9, 10. Varietal Characters.——More slender and smaller than the last variety, multi- costate, with a narrow, fairly long canal, turning to the left. Dimensions.—L. 15mm. B. 6mm. Distribution.—Fossil : Wexford, Isle of Man. Remarks.—This form, of which I have obtained several specimens from Wexford and one from the Manx drift, seems to be sufficiently distinct to deserve a special name. It may be grouped, I think, with 7’. clathratus, as var. ewilis. Trophon (Boreotrophon) Gunneri (Lovén). Plate XII, fig. 26; Plate XX XVIII, fies, 19520: 1838. Fusus Peruvianus, J. Smith (of Jordan Hill), Mem. Wernerian Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii, p. 52, pl. i, figs. 5, 6. 1872. Trophon clathratus, var., Jeffreys in Prestwich, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvii, p. 492. 1880. Trophon clathratus, var. Gunneri, Stewart, Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Club, Appendix, p. 175. 1910. Tvrophon clathratus, var. Gunneri, Odhner, Archiv Zool., K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad., vol. vii, no. 4, pp. 18, 24. 1914. Trophon Gunneri, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 128, pl. xii, fig. 26. 1915. Trophon Gunneri, A. Bell, Geol. Mag. [6], vol. 1, p. 168. Distribution.—In addition to the localities for this shell given previously (p. 128) may be added the boulder-clay of Belfast, the high level drifts of Wales, Cheshire, Staffordshire and Lancashire and Uddevalla. I have also received several specimens from Wexford. It is distinctly a northern and arctic form. The first notice of it seems to have been that of Smith, given above. * Coq. foss. Belg., p. 504, pl. xl, fig. 5, 1843. TROPHON (BOREOTROPHON) MEDIGLACIALIS. 355 Var. Coddii, nov. Plate XXXVIII, fig. 21. Varietal Characters.—Belonging to the 7’. Gunnert group, but more slender and less ventricose than the one I take to be the type form of that species. The longitudinal costz, moreover, are less numerous. Dimensions.—L. 18mm. B. 8mm. Distribution.—Fossil: Wexford. Remarks.—I dedicate this little shell to my good friend, the Rev. Father Codd, in friendly acknowledgment of his valuable assistance in the collection of fossils from these promising Wexford beds. It approaches in form and to some extent in sculpture a Norwegian species described by Prof. G. O. Sars as 7’. clavatus, but is not sufficiently near to justify its reference to the latter. It may be more probably regarded as a variety of T. Gunnert. Our present specimen is possibly not fully grown. Trophon (Boreotrophon) mediglacialis (S. V. Wood). Plate XXXVIII, fig. 22. 1872. Trophon mediglacialis, S. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., 1st Suppl., pt. i, p. 28, pl. vii, fig. 12. Specific Characters.—Shell elongato-fusiform, with rounded whorls; longi- tudinally ornamented by 8—10 obtuse and prominent cost, and spirally by a few raised linear ridges ; mouth ovate, canal elongate (S.V.W.). Dinensions.—L. 10 mm. B. 4mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil: Middle glacial sands: Billockby, Hopton (? Gorleston) cliff. Remarks.—In the Wood collection at the Norwich Museum there are half a dozen specimens labelled, in the well-known writing of the younger Wood, T'rophon mediglacialis. They are the same in form and sculpture, but unfortunately are all imperfect, wanting the apex and the canal, which in the original description, quoted above, is said to have been elongate. The original figure given by the artist does not accurately represent the Norwich shells, the spiral sculpture being finer in the latter than in the drawing. It seems desirable therefore to refigure one of them, the identity of which is clearly established. The Billockby section has long been closed, but it may still be possible to obtain some fresh specimens of this interesting form from Hopton (Gorleston) cliff. eS) Or = PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Sub-genus TROPHONOPSIS, Dautzenberg and Dollfus, 1882. Trophon (Trophonopsis) muricatus (Montagu). Plate XII, fiz. 18; Plate XXXVI, fig. 12. 1914. Trophon muricatus, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i. p. 181, pl. xii, fig. 18. 1916. Trophonopsis muricatus, R. B. Newton, Journ. of Conch., vol. xv, p. 76. Distribution.—Recent : Mediterranean, Adriatic and Aigean seas (additional)! Fossil: Lenham (R. B. N.) (additional). Remarks.—The name T'rophonopsis as sub-generic has been proposed by MM. Dautzenberg and Dollfus for a group of small, slender, fusiform Trophons with clathrated sculpture, having the outer lip crenulated internally, the present species being taken as the type. I have obtained several fairly characteristic specimens of it in the Wexford gravels. 1’. muricatus seems to be a very variable form, both as recent and fossil. As already stated, most of the Wexford Trophons belong to the northern group of these molluscs (Boreotrophon). If the present shell and those I regard as varieties of it are correctly identified, we have also another group of them from the same horizon whose affinities are distinctly southern. Var. Bellii, nov. Plate XXXVI, fig. 15. Specific Characters.—Belongs to the group with angulated whorls, but has much finer and more delicate sculpture. Dimensions.—L. 14mm. B. 7 mm. Distribution.—Not recorded living. Fossil: Wexford. Remarks.—I dedicate this charming and, | think, distinct little shell to my old colleague Alfred Bell, who was among the first to call attention to the importance of the Wexford fauna. Var. similis, F. W. Harmer. Plate XII, fig. 20; Plate XXXVI, figs. 13, 14; Plate XLIV, fig. 20. 1914. Trophon muricatus, var. similis, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. 1, p. 133, pl. xu, fig. 20. Distribution-—Fossil : Wexford gravels (additional). Remarks.—Among the small Trophons alluded to above are about twenty which correspond more or less closely with a shell from Oakley which I described 1 Omitted by accident from list in pt. 1, p. 182. TROPHON- (CROPHONOESIS) BALE 355 on p. 133 as a variety (similis) of T. muricatus. They are characterised by the distinct angulation of the upper part of the whorls which causes a square and narrow shelf below the suture. My Wexford specimens vary in size, but have a somewhat similar and rather coarse clathrated sculpture. In my Oakley specimens of this variety the outer lip is always strongly denticulated within ; in most of those from Wexford, on the contrary, such orna- ment is not always apparent or is indistinct. M. Dautzenbere informs me that in recent shells a similar feature may sometimes be observed, especially when they are not fully grown. The absence of such ornament from some of these Wexford fossils may be partly due to abrasion, although the exterior of the specimens does not usually seem to be much worn. Var. cancellata, nov. Plate XXXVI, fig. 16. Varietal Characters.—Larger than any of the shells of the present group here described, with an elongate spire and coarse, strong cancellate sculpture ; whorls convex, rounded, not angulate below the suture; mouth oval; outer lp regularly curved, not angulated. Dimensions.—L. 16mm. B. 8mm. Distribution.—N ot recorded living. Fossil: Wexford. Remarks.—I group this shell, of which I have several of the same kind from Wexford, with those described above as a variety of 7’. muricatus, though with some doubt. Unfortunately in none of my specimens is the mouth, including the canal, perfect, nor does the outer lip show whether or not it was internally toothed. The sculpture is somewhat similar, however, to that of one of the examples of var. similis ; 1b 18 an interesting form which deserves notice. Probably some future discoveries may throw further light on the subject. Trophon (Trophonopsis) Bailyi (A. Bell, MS.). Plate XII, fig. 29; Plate XXXVI, fig. 11. 1914. Trophon Fabricii, var. Bailyi, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 181, pl. xii, fig. 29. Specific Characters.—Shell small, scalariform; whorls 5, but slightly convex, squarely angular above, with a distinct shelf below the suture, the last much the largest, two-thirds the total length, excavated below; ornamented by thin, sharply-edged longitudinal coste which extend to the base and cross the shelf obliquely, with an occasional varix, spinous or pointed where it intersects the keel or near the outer lip, also by inconspicuous spiral ridges in the interspaces ; spire 396 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. turreted, rapidly diminishing in size towards a blunt apex; mouth ovate; canal short, inclining to the left. Dimensions —L. 14mm. B. 7 mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil: Wexford gravels—Blackwater. Rathaspick, Co. Wicklow. Remarks.—This form, discovered by Capt. James many years ago in the Irish drifts, has been hitherto known only from his unique specimen preserved in the Museum of the Geological Survey at Jermyn Street, where it still bears Prof. Forbes’ original name of Fusus (Trophon) Fabricti. Mr. A. Bell has always contended that it should be regarded as specifically distinct, proposing to eall it T’. Bailyi, after the former paleontologist of the Irish Survey, a view which I now adopt. It departs materially from the typical 7. Fabricii, here given as Ocinehra craticulata, belonging to a group of small Trophons; of these, several different forms have been obtained at Wexford which I cannot satisfactorily identify. In some of them the whorls are squarely angulated above, in others they are rounded. I have found one or two examples of the present shell in Father Codd’s recent consignments, one of which I now figure. They correspond with the Jermyn Street specimen. The variety and abundance of these small Trophons in the Wexford beds is remarkable. As stated above, I have some hundreds of them altogether in my collection. ‘Taken as a whole they seem to form a special group, different from that either of any recognised horizon of our Phocene or Pleistocene deposits, or of the existing seas of Great Britain or Scandinavia. Some of these I have described provisionally as specifically distinct ; others as varieties of recognised species to which, however, they do not always bear a very striking resemblance. Trophon (Trophonopsis) Harmeri (A. Bell). Plate XXV, fig. 13; Plate Xb, figs. 27, 28. 1915. Trophon Harmeri, A. Bell, Geol. Mag. [6], vol. ii, p. 167. 1915. Trophon truncatus, var. Harmeri, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. u, p. 201, pl. xxv, fig. 13. Specific Characters.—Shell small, ovate, fusiform; whorls 5, convex, rounded, not angulate above, the last much the largest, nearly three-fourths the total length; ornamented by strong, closely-set coste, and by a few distant but clearly- marked spiral lines ; suture rather deep ; mouth oval; outer lip regularly curved ; canal short, bending to the left. Dimensions.—L. 12—l4mm. B. 6—7 mm. —~ aS Or NI TROPHON (TROPHONOPSIS) BARVICENSIS. Mistribution.— Fossil: Wexford gravels (additional). Remarks.—The shell described on p. 201 from a Manxland specimen as a variety of 1’. truncatus may be regarded, I now think, as specifically distinct, under the name suggested for it by Mr. A. Bell of Vrophon Harmeri. We have noticed a few specimens of it in our Wexford collections. The affinities of this shell are not so much with 1. truncatus as with the T. decoratus of Locard, a shell described in the ‘ Exped. scient. du Travailleur et du Talisman,’ vol. i, p. 340, pl. xvu, fig. 5. 1897, of which the sculpture is similarly clathrated. Trophon (Trophonopsis) barvicensis (Johnston). Plate XL, figs. 29, 30. 1818. Murex barvicensis, Johnston, Edin. Phil. Journ., vol. xiii, p. 221. 1853. Trophon Barvicensis, Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll., vol. 1, p. 442, pl. cxi, figs. 5, 6. 1867-71. Trophon barvicensis, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., vol. iv, p. 318, 1867; vol. v, p. 218, pl. Ixxxiv, fie. 5, 1869; in Prestwich, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvii, p. 492, 1871. 1871. Trophon barvicensis, A. Bell, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], vol. vii, p. 355. 1872. Trophon barvicensis, S. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., Ist Suppl., p. 27, pl. vi, fig. 20. 1872. Trophon barvicensis, A. and R. Bell, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. 11, pp. 210, 214. 1878. Trophon Barvicensis, G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., pp. 248, 362, pl. xxii, fig. 13. 1887. Trophon Barvicensis, Kobelt, Icon. schalentrag. europ. Meeresconch., vol. i, p. 28, pl. vi, fies. 16, 17: 1890. Trophon barvicensis, Carus, Prod. Faun. Medit., vol. u, p. 383. 1901. Trophon barvicensis, Friele og Grieg, Norske Nordhay. Exped. (Mollusca), pt. 11, p. 97. 1901. Trophon muricatus, var. barvicensis (Conch. Soe. list), Journ. Conch., vol. x, p. 22. 1901. Trophon barvicensis, Brggger, Norges Geol. Undersggelse, no. 31, p. 658, pl. xviu, fig. 4. 1912. Trophon (Trophonopsis) barvicensis, Dautzenberg et Fischer, Camp. Scient. Pr. Monaco, vol. xxxvil (Mollusques), p. 157. Specific Characters.—Shell small, slender, thin, fusiform, turreted; whorls 6—7, squarely angulate above, the last much the widest, with the canal two-thirds the total length, excavated below; ornamented by prominent lamellar and more or less spinous ribs, extending to the suture but hardly to the canal, clathrated by fine spiral ridges; spire elongate, regularly diminishing in size towards the apex; suture deep; mouth pyriform, angulate above and where it joins the canal; outer lip sometimes upturned with a sharp point or spine below the suture; canal rather long, narrow, nearly straight. Dimensions.—L. 8—12 mm. B. 4—5 mm. Distribution.— Recent ; British coasts from Yorkshire and the Dogger bank to the Shetlands, west of Scotland, north and east of Ireland. Norway from the Christiania fiord to Finmark. Lofoten Islands. West Atlantic as far south as Morocco. Fossil: Waltonian Crag: Walton-on-Naze, Little Oakley. New- bourman:; Waldrinefield, Shottisham. Wexford—Rosslare, Blackwater. 358 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Pleistocene : Macclesfield, Gloppa, Moel Tryfaen, Garvel Park, near Greenock. Remarks. —This species has been reported, always as a rare shell, from but few localities in the Crag. I have, however, one or two specimens from Oakley. Being fragile, fragments of it may have been easily overlooked. I have noticed a few examples in the Wexford stuff that has reached me. It has been found in places in our Pleistocene deposits. Trophon (Trophonopsis) Kitchini, sp. nov. Plate XII, fig. 27. 1915. TLrophon Fabricii, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. 1, p. 130, pl. xii, fig. 27. Specific Characters.—Shell small, solid, fusiform, turreted ; whorls 6, convex, the upper part shghtly angulate, the last two-thirds the total length, excavated below ; ornamented by strong, rounded, prominent and distant longitudinal coste, 6 on the body-whorl, reaching the base of the shell, and by well-marked spiral ridges which cross the costee but do not extend to the suture; suture deep; mouth oval, angulate above; outer lip thickened externally by the labial rib; canal short, open, turning to the left. Dimensions.—L. 17mm. B. 9mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil: Isle of Man. Remarks.—A specimen figured in Pl. XII, fig. 27, was referred both by the authorities at Jermyn Street and by myself to Trophon Fabricti ; Lam now disposed to consider it a different species, and, so far as I know, new. I have much pleasure in dedicating it to Dr. F. L. Kitchin, the paleontologist to the Geological Survey. It comes from the Jermyn Street collection and was obtained from the Manxland drift. Genus METZGERIA, Norman, 1878. Metzgeria alba (Jeffreys). Plate XIII, figs. 15, 16. 1897. Meyeria pusilla, Locard, Exped. scient. du Travailleur et du Talisman, vol. i, p. 336. 1914. Meyeria alba, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 185, pl. xiii, figs. 15, 16. Distribution.—Recent : (additional) Norwegian coast—Bergen, Hardanger, and as far south as the Azores. Remarvks.—In adopting the generic term Meyeria for this species on p. 135 I unfortunately lost sight of the fact, in common with one or two other authors, that, as pointed out by Canon Norman, it had been previously used by McCoy (1849) for a group of Crustaceans; our fossil should therefore be known by his SHEARLESIA RAVNI. 359 name of Metzgeria alba. Mr. Friele found this species sparingly as a recent shell along the Norwegian coast from Lindesnaes to Mxfiord, at depths from 97 to 191 fathoms, reporting it also from the Faroe Channel. It was dredged during the Talisman expedition off the Azores. Danm. geol. Undersdgelse [2], No. 22, p. 81, pl. vi, figs. 24—27, 191 360 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. specimens referred to /’. Wael by Wood are Phocene and not Oligocene, grouping them with the form described on p. 142 as Searlesia Ravni. In his recent revision of the north Pacific Buccinide (Proc. Biol. Soe. Washington, vol. xxix, p. 7, 1916), Dr. W. H. Dall has adopted the generic term Searlesia for the group represented by Tvrophon costifer, S. V. Wood, of the English Crag, and by Buccinwm dirum, Reeve, a species now living in Puget Sound. Genus FUSUS, Klein (continued from p. 175). Fusus Rigaccii, Cerulli-Irelh. Plate XXXVIII, fig. 16. 1911. Fusus Rigaccii, Cerulli-Irelli, Palaeont. Ital., vol. xvii, p. 239, pl. xxii, fig. 5. 1915. Fusus Rigaccii, A. Bell, Geol. Mag. [6], vol. i, p. 167. Specific Characters.—Shell fairly large, solid and strong, fusiform; whorls 7 or 8, decidedly convex, the last much the largest; ornamented by about twelve prominent costz not so wide as the intervening spaces, extending from suture to suture, and by well-marked spiral ridges, parallel and equidistant, reaching the base of the shell, with finer ones between them, together with numerous lines of growth; suture distinct, not marginate; mouth ovate; canal narrow, long, turning shghtly to the left; columella expanded in the centre. Dimensions.—L. 60mm. B. 20mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil: Isle of Man. Upper Phocene: Monte Mario, Farnesina. Remarks.—Among a consigninent of fossils from the Isle of Man recently received from the Rev. 8S. N. Harrison, Mr. Bell has discovered an imperfect specimen which so far as it goes appears to correspond with Sign. Cerulli-Irelli’s figure and description of this species. It is an interesting find, as it supports the view that the fauna of the Manxland deposits contains a considerable number of typical Phocene shells. Fusus imperspicuus, 8. V. Wood. Plate XX XVIII, figs. 17, 18. 1848-72. Trophon imperspicuum, S. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., pt.i, p. 50, pl. vi, fig. 12, 1848 ; Fusus imperspicuus, 1st Suppl., pt. i, p. 29, pl. ui, fig. 4, 1872. 1871. Trophon imperspicuum, Jeffreys in Prestwich, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvii, p. 146. 1872. Fusus imperspicuus, A. and R. Bell, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. ii, p. 208. 1890. Fusus imperspicuus, C. Reid, Plioc. Dep. Brit., p. 245. Specific Characters.—Shell elongato-fusiform, turreted, of moderate size, rather thin, ‘slender; whorls 8, convex, the last nearly two-thirds the total length ; HUTHRIA CORNEA. 361 ornamented by numerous closely-set flexuous costee which die out towards or upon the body-whorl, and by fine unequal spiral coste with slight granulation at the points of contact ; suture fairly deep; spire elevated, regularly diminishing towards an acute point; mouth small, oval, angulate above and below; canal long, narrow, straight ; outer lip thin, obliquely ridged externally. Dimensions.—L. 22—25 mm. B. 8mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil - Coralline Crag: Sudbourn, Gomer. Waltonian: Little Oakley. Remarhs.—1 figure two beautifully perfect specimens of this charming and delicate shell, belonging respectively to the geological museums of Cambridge and York. In the former the longitudinal cost die out before they reach the body-whorl; in the latter they extend to the top of the mouth. The artist in the Monograph of the Crag Mollusca has hardly done justice to the beauty of this shell. Our fossils bear a superficial resemblance to the figure of Nyst’s F, Deshayesii,! as pomted out by Wood, but differ materially from the shell figured by Dr. Ravn? under that name, and still more so from a typical specimen from the Middle Oligocene of Denmark which he has been kind enough to send me. Genus EUTHRIA, Gray, 1850. Euthria cornea (linné). Plate XXXVII, figs. 7, 8. 1758. Murex corneus, Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 754, no, 491. 1856. Fusus corneus, Hornes, Foss. Moll. Tert. Wien, vol. i, p. 280, pl. xxxi, fig. 3. 1872. Huthria cornea and vars., Bellardi, Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. i, p. 190, pl. xiii, figs. 2, 3. 1873-5. Huthria cornea, Seguenza, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. iv, p. 300, no. 163, 1873; vol. v, p. 276, no. 58, 1874; vol. vi, p. 280, no. 297, 1875. 1877. Euthria cornea, de Stefani e Pantinelli, Bull. Soc. Malac. Ital., vol. iv, p. 94. 1882. Huthria cornea, Bucquoy, Dollfus et Dautzenberg, Moll. mar. Rouss., vol. i, p. 38, pl. vi, fig. 6. 1885. Huthria cornea, 8. V. Wood, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xli, p. 68. 1886. Euthria cornea, Dollfus et Dautzenberg, Feuilles des jeunes Nat., Paris, vol. xvi, p. 103. 1886. Fusus corneus, Kendall and R. G. Bell, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe., vol. xlii, p. 210. 1887. Euthria cornea, Kobelt, Icon. schalentrag. europ. Meeresconch., vol. i, p. 118, pl. xv, figs. 5, 9. 1890. KEuthria cornea, Carus, Prod. Faun. Medit., vol. ii, p. 401. 1890-1904. Huthria cornea, vars., Sacco, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. ix, p. 233, no. 3125, 1890 ; Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. xxx, p. 34, 1904. 1890. Fusus corneus, C. Reid, Plioc. Dep. Brit., p. 245. 1897. Huthria cornea, A. Bell, Trans. Roy. Geol. Soe. Cornwall, vol. xii, p. 139, pl. i, fig. 2. 1901. Huthria cornea, Cossmann, Hss. Paléoconch. compar., vol. iv, p. 118, pl. vi, fig. 24. 1901-7. Euthria cornea, Scalia, Atti Accad. Gioen. Sci. Nat. Catania [4], vol. xiv, p. 14, no. 187, 1901; vol. xx, p. 36, no. 337, 1907. ' Coq. foss. Terr. tert. Belg., p- 502, pl. xl, fig. 3, 1843. * Mém. Acad. Roy. Sci. Danemark [7], vol. iii, p. 324, pl. v, fig. 15, 1907. 362 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. 1911. EHuthria cornea, Cerulli-Irelli, Palaeont. Ital., vol. xvii, p. 241, pl. xxii, figs. 11—15. 1913. Euthria cornea, Gignoux, Ann. Univ. Lyon, n.s. [1], vol. xxxvi, p. 496. 1917. Euthria cornea, Monterosato, Moll. viv. e quat. Tripoli, p. 22; Boll. Soe. Zool. Ital. [3], vol. iv. Specific Characters.—Shell fusiform, strong and solid; whorls slightly convex ; ornamented by flattened, mconspicuous spiral ridges which are more strongly marked towards the base of the shell, by fine and numerous lines of growth, and on the topmost whorls by strong, rounded, granular nodules and sometimes by a few fine longitudinal coste; spire conical, more or less elongate; suture well marked; mouth oval, with an angular notch above; canal short, narrow, recurved; outer hp with a sharp edge, grooved within. Dimensions.—L. 40mm. B. 18 mm. Distribution—Recent : Mediterranean, widely and generally diffused, Adriatic, Aigean, Morea, Syria. Fossil: St. Erth. Miocene: Touraine, Italy. Lower Phocene: Siena, Biot. Upper Phocene: Colli Astesi, Bologna, Orciano, Val d’EHra, Altavilla. Pleistocene: Sicily—Messina, Monte Pellegrino, Iicarazzi, Catania, Rocca. Calabria—Regeio, Castroreale, Monteleone, Taranto, Gravina. Tripoli. Tuscany —lLivorno, Valle Biaia. Remarks.—This characteristic Mediterranean species, widespread both as recent and fossil, is reported from the Enghsh Phocene of St. Erth only, where, however, it is not very common. Mr. Bell points out (op. cit., p. 139) that the shallow sub-sutural groove, characteristic of the recent shell, is absent in the St. Erth fossils. Profs. de Stefani and Pantinelli remark (op. cit.) that it is less prominent than usual in specimens from the Pliocene deposits of Siena. Euthria gracilis, Locard. Plate XXXVII, fig. 6. 1836. Fusus corneus (Murex) var. e, minor, Scacchi, Cat. Conch. Reg. Neap., p. 12. 1882-98. Huthria cornea, var. minor, Bucquoy, Dautzenberg et Dollfus, Moll. mar. Rouss., vol. i, p. 89, 1882; EH. gracilis, vol. 11, p. 778, 1898. 1892. Huthria gracilis, Locard, Coq. mar. Cotes de France, p. 104. 1915. Euthria sp. nov., A. Bell, Geol. Mag. [6], vol. 11, p. 167. Specific Characters.—Shell smaller and shorter than the typical H. cornea, ornamented by well-marked nodulous longitudinal coste extending to and dying out on the last whorl, which is tumid and rounded. Dimensions.—L. 25mm. 3B. 14mm. Distribution.—Recent : Mediterranean. Fossil: Cranstal, Isle of Man. TROSCHELIA BERNICIENSIS. 363 Remarks.—The shell figured under this name was obtained by the Rey. 8. N. Harrison at Cranstal Point. My attention was drawn to it by Mr. A. Bell, who at first regarded it as an undescribed species of Muthria, but now refers it to the KH. gracilis of Locard.’ The authors of the ‘Moll. mar. de Rousillon’ identified I. gracilis in their first volume with 7. cornea, var. minor, Scacchi, but afterwards adopted Locard’s view that it is specifically distinct. It appears to differ from the type form of that species in the well-marked nodulous costee of the upper whorls, unfortunately missing from the Manxland specimen, and in its body-whorl which is more tumid. It seems now to be generally considered that the H. minor of Bellardi? is a different species. Genus TROSCHELIA, Morch, 1876. Troschelia berniciensis (King). Plate XXXVII, figs. 15, 16. 1846. Fusus Berniciensis, King, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [1], vol. xviii, p. 246. 1853. Fusus Berniciensis, Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll., vol. iii, p. 421, pl. ev, figs. 1, 2; pl. evi, fig. 1. 1862-9. Fusus Berniciensis, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., vol. iv, p. 341, 1867; vol. v, p. 219, pl. Ixxxvu, fig. 1, 1869. 1872. Trophon Berniciensis?, 8S. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., Ist Suppl.. pt. i, p. 21, pl. i, fig. 8. 1876. Troschelia Berniciensis, Morch, Journ. de Conch., vol. xxiv, p. 370. 1878. Boreofusus Berniciensis, G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. arct. Norv., pp. 278, 562, pl. xiv, fig. 12. 1882-1901. T'roschelia Berniciensis, Friele, Norske Nordh. Exped. (Mollusca), pt. i, p. 25, 1882; pt. ii, p. 108, 1901. 1887. Troschelia Berniciensis (Murex), Kobelt, Icon. schalentrag. europ. Meeresconch., vol. i, p. 59, pl. ix, figs. 1, 2. 1892-7. Neptunia Berniciensis, Locard, Coq. mar. Cotes de France, p. 110, 1892; Exped. Scient. du Travailleur et du Talisman, vol. i, p. 353, pl. xvu, fig. 20, 1897. 1906-12. Troschelia berniviensis, Dautzenberg et Fischer. Camp. Scient. Pr. Monaco, vol. xxxii, p. 20, pleat; fig. 1 1906); vole xxxvai; p09) pla, fist 3, 1912: 1911. Troschelia Berniciensis, Sykes, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ix, p. 34d. Specific Characters.—Shell large, spindle-form, fairly solid; whorls 7 or 8, convex, tumid in the centre, the last about two-thirds the total length; orna- mented by numerous spiral ridges, alternately large and small, extending to the base of the shell, and by minute and closely-set curved longitudinal strie which cross the ridges and produce slight decussation; spire regularly diminishing upwards, ending in a blunt, symmetrical point; suture deep; mouth oval ; outer lip expanded, semicircular, incurved above, making a right angle with the body 1 I have not been able to identify it myself, but give it on Mr. Bell’s authority. 2 Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. i, p. 199, pl. xiii, fig. 24, 1872. 364 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. whorl; inner lip forming a glaze on the columella; canal wide, of medium length, obliquely notched at the end; columella curved, slightly expanded where it joins the canal. Dimensions.—L. 65-80 mm. B. 30—40 mm. : Distribution.—Recent : British coasts, principally north-eastern, Shetland, the Hebrides, Norwegian coast as far north as Finmark, and the Lofoten Islands, Faroes, Siberian coast, Spitzbergen, Davis Strait. Dredged to the north of Spain, the west of Portugal, the west of Morocco, off the French coasts of Africa (D. and F.), near the Azores, the Canaries and the Cape Verde Islands. Fossil: Waltonian Crag: Little Oakley. Butleyan: Butley Mull. Iceman: near Norwich. Remarks.-—This rare and beautiful British shell, for the most part a deep water form, was reported by Wood with some doubt from the Icenian or Norwich Crag. Unfortunately, of the two specimens figured by him under that name, neither can now be traced. I have found several fragmentary specimens at Oakley, however, which, taken together, justify the inclusion of the name of this species in the fauna of that prolific locality. One of these I have figured, together with a recent example, for the guidance of collectors. Mr. A. Bell informs me that his brother obtained a variety of this species from the Red Crag of Butley Mull. Genus ATRACTODON, Charlesworth, 1837. Atractodon elegans, Charlesworth. Plate XXXVI, fig. 9. ? fo) 1837. Atractodon elegans, Charlesworth, Mag. Nat. Hist., (n.s.) vol. 1, p. 219, fig. 23. 1842-74. Fusus (7?) elegans, S V. Wood, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [1], p. 541, 1842; Trophon elegans, Mon. Crag Moll., pt. i, p. 46, pl. v, fig. 2, 1848; Ist Suppl., pt-1, pp. 22, 98, 1872; T. (Atractodon) elegans, pt. ii, pp. 177, 204, add. pl., fig. 13, 1874. 1871. Fusus antiquus, var., Jeffreys in Prestwich, Quart Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvii, p. 492. 1872. Fusus elegans, A. and R. Bell. Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. 1i, p. 209. 1881. Fusus (Atractodon) elegans, Nyst, Conch. Terr. Tert. Belg., p. 16, pl. i, figs. lla, b, e. 1892. Fusus elegans, Van den Broeck, Bull. Soc. Belg. Géol., vol. vi (Mémoires), pp. 121, 131. 1896. Fusus elegans, Bernays, Bull. Soc. Belg. Géol., vol. x (Mémoires), p. 181. 1901-4. Chrysodomus elegans, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. iv. p. 100, 1901; C. (Siphonorbis) elegans, vol. vi, p. 121, pl. ix, figs. 3, 4. Specific Chavacters.—Shell large, ovato-fusiform, spindle-shaped ; whorls 6 or 7, convex, regularly decreasing in size upwards, the last much the largest ; the top of the spire is obtuse or depressed, except that the apex, which 1s minute, is pointed and projecting, differing from that of any other form of this group; suture well marked ; mouth ovate, angulate above; outer lip thin, gently curved; inner lip forming a callus upon the columella which in the adult shell is thickened, forming a large tooth or excrescence on the body-whorl immediately below its junction ATRACTODON ELEGANS. 365 with the outer lip; columella tortuous, excavated in the middle; canal short, twisted, turning to the left. Dimensions. —L. 85—110 mm. B. 45—55 mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Kossil: Coralline Crag: Sutton, Orford. Waltonian: Little Oakley. Newbournian: Waldringfield, Newbourn, Felixstow. Scaldisien, Poederlhen : Antwerp. Remarks.—The present species, originally described by Charlesworth from a specimen found on the beach at Felixstow, was considered by Wood as a Coral- line Crag form derivative in the Red Crag, but it may be remarked that it occurs both in the Scaldisien and Poederlien of Antwerp in perfectly fresh condition, showing no signs of derivation. It does not appear to have been obtained either from the Diestien or the zone @ Isocardia cor (Casterlien) of Belgium; but our knowledge of the molluscan fauna of those horizons is small and doubtless incomplete. The figure given by Charlesworth (op. cit.) is good and characteristic, but his type specimen has for the present disappeared. It belonged, as he states, to Mr. W.S. Fitch of Ipswich, not, as has been sometimes supposed, to Mr. Robert Fiteh of Norwich. Mr. Bell informs me that the former died in 1859, and that his collections were then sold by auction. The best existing example of the Red Crag Atractodon is in the Ipswich Museum. It was found by the late Mr. Canham in the section at Waldringfield, and was quite unworn. Considerable difference of opinion has existed as to the correct nomenclature of this form. For the most part it has been referred to Fusus,' but it is hardly characteristic of that genus. More recently it has been grouped by M. Cossmann under the generic and sub-generic terms Chrysodomus and Siphonorbis.2 On the whole, however, it 1s so different from anything belonging to those genera known to us that I prefer to retain the name of Atractodon originally given to it by Charlesworth. Var. inflata, nov. Plate XXXVII, figs. 10—13. Varietal Characters —Differs from the type in its more convex and tumid whorls, in the shape of the mouth, and in its expanded and rounded outer lip. Dimensions.—(Of Belgian specimen.) L.54 mm. B. 29 mm. Distribution.— Fossil : Waltonian Crag: Little Oakley (?). Scaldisien, Poederlien : Antwerp. Remarks.—The Belgian fossil given under this name is one of two which my friend M. Van de Wouwer was kind enough to allow me to select from his collection 1 Jeffreys gives our shell in Prestwich’s paper as F’. antiquus, var. 2 Op. cit., vol. iv, p. 100; vol. vi, p. 121. 566 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. of Sealdisien mollusca during my last visit to Antwerp. It differs so materially from the type form of Atractodou elegans, which occurs, as stated above, in places in the Red Crag of Suffolk and is fairly common in the Belgian Crag, that I was inchned to regard it as specifically distinct; the peculiar form of the sharply poited apex, however, and its characteristic sculpture correspond so exactly with those of A. elegans that it is difficult to separate them. The special difference is that in the present shell the whorls are more convex, and the outer lip is more expanded, making a less acute angle with the body-whorl and giving the mouth a different shape. The present variety is not distinctly spindle-shaped, nor does it show the callosity on the upper part of the imner lp characteristic of the normal form. Possibly it may not have attaimed its full growth. It is an interesting specimen and deserves notice. I have one or two fragments from Oakley which may be the same. As it occurs in the horizon of the Belgian Crag corresponding with the Waltonian, other examples may be found hereafter in our - British deposits. Since the above was written I have received a specimen from the York Museum (Pl. XXXVII, fig. 11) which is more or less intermediate between the typical form and the Belgian variety. I have figured a specimen of the normal form of this shell (fig. 9) from Antwerp, not only to show the difference between it and the variety iuflata, but. also the non-derivative character (as I think) of the Scaldisien- Waltonian fossils. Genus NEPTUNEA, Bolten (continued from p. 173). Neptunea ‘contraria (Linné). Plate XVI, figs. 1,2; Pl. XXXVII, figs. 3—5. 1848. Trophon antiquum, var. contraria carinata, 8. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., pt. i, p. 45, pl. v, fig. 1k. 1868. Fusus contrarius, Fischer, Journ. de Conch., vol. xvi, p. 36. 1911. Neptunea contraria, Sykes, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ix, p. 336. 1914. Neptunea contraria, F. W. Harmer, Plioe. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 156; pl. xvi, figs. 1, 2. Distribution.— Recent : Porcupine Expedition, Sicilian Coast, Station 58. Fossil ; Corallme Crag: Boyton (additional). Remarks.—During a recent visit to the York Museum Mr. Bell noticed a minute and very young specimen of N. contraria (possibly var. informs), about 5 mm. in length, showing but three only of the upper whorls. It bears a label in the writing of the late Dr. Reed, stating it was obtained from the Coralline Crag of Boyton. The Red Crag occurs also at that place, as has been long known, but from the appearance of our little shell I believe it is a genuine Coralline fossil. If this is so, it is interesting, forming another connecting link between the Coralline and Waltonian horizons, supporting also the view taken by Mr. Bell that the fauna NEPTUNEA CONTRARIA. 367 of the Coralline Crag found at Boyton is newer than that of Sutton and_ the Orford district (Gedgravian). I give also a small Bridlington specimen from the Cambridge Museum of what appears to be the typical var. carinata of the Crag N. contraria (see my Pl. XVI, fig. 4). It corresponds with one in my collection (Pl. XXXVI, fig. 5) from the Sealdisien of Antwerp which I have figured with it. Var. informis, fF. W. Harmer. Plate XVI, fig.6; Pl. XXXVI, figs. 30, 31. 1846. Fusus contrarius, KE. Forbes, Mem. Geol. Surv., vol. i, p. 425. 1888-90. Fusus contrarius, A. Bell, Rep. Brit. Assoc. (Bath), p. 135, 1888; (Leeds), p. 414, 1890. 1915. Neptunea contraria, A. Bell, Geol. Mag. [6], vol. ii, p. 167. 1914. Neptunea contraria, var. informis, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 160, pl. xvi, fig. 6. Varietal Characters.—Shell thick and solid; whorls 6 or 7, convex, the last ventricose and expanded, much the largest; about three-fourths the total length excavated below ; ornamented by spiral striz, causing numerous flattened, well- marked, but not prominent ridges which reach the base of the shell’; spire much shorter than the typical Crag form or its recognised varieties, rapidly diminishing in size towards a blunt apex; suture oblique, deep; mouth short, more or less expanded ; canal very short. Dimensions.-—L. 70 mm. B. 42 mm. Distribution. — Fossil: Waltonian Crag: Little Oakley (rare). Icenian: Bramerton. Wexford (abundant), Isle of Man. Remarks.—When studying the Neptuneas of the Oakley Crag, where the sinistral N. contraria occurs in great profusion, I noticed one or two which I regarded as an abnormal variety of that species, although a somewhat similar but recent shell now occurs at Spitzbergen and elsewhere in the arctic regions, the latter, which is specially characterized by its short spire and ventricose and expanded body-whorl, having been described and figured by Reeve, and afterwards by Leche and by Dautzenberg and Fischer as specifically distinct under the name of Fusus deformis. The present form has been also found in the Icenian Crag at Bramerton, as it may be hereafter at other localities and in the Red Crag. It is very common at Wexford, where dextral Neptuneas are very rare. Prof. Forbes, who considered it a reversed variety of the British and dextral N. antiqua, as Jeffreys and other authorities have done since, felt the great abun- dance of this left-handed shell at Wexford to be puzzling. Writing in 1846 he remarked : “It is difficult to conjecture a sufficient cause for the prevalence of 1 In sculpture, though not in form, the Wexford shells resemble to some extent those of the Sicilian Pleistocene Neptuneas (cf. Pl. XVI, fig. 4). 48 368 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. this monstrous over the normal form in two geological epochs.’ When the sinistral shells made their first recorded appearance in British seas, however—that is, in Waltonian times—they were normal, and not ‘‘ monstrous.” The Wexford shells seem to be more nearly related to the arctic N. deformis than to the Crag N. contraria. The latter is comparatively a southern form, unknown from the north, while the former is an arctic species, now living in the seas of Spitzbergen, Nova Zembla, and the Behring Strait, but unrecorded from any more southern locality.!. The question suggests itself, therefore, whether this abundant Wexford shell may not have been of northern origin, and be specifically distinct from the Crag N. contraria. Neptunea antiqua (Linné). Plate XIX, fig. 1; Plate XXXVI, fig. 26. 1868. Fusus antiquus, Fischer, Journ. de Conch., vol. xvi, p. 35. 1888-90. Fusus antiquus, A. Bell, Rep. Brit. Assoc. (Bath), pp. 185, 139, 1888 ; (Leeds), pp. 411, 419, 1890. 1892. Neptunia antiqua, Locard, Coq. mar. Cotes de France, p. 110, fig. 98. 1894. Fusus antiquus, Kendall, Journ. Isle of Man Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. i, p. 419. 1901. Chrysodomus antiquus, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. iv, p. 99, fig. 28. 1903. Trophon antiquus, Lamplugh, Mem. Geol. Surv, (Isle of Man), p. 475. 1913. Chrysodomus antiquus, Gignoux, Ann. Univ. Lyon, (n.s.) [1], vol. xxxvi, p. 494. 1914. Neptunea antiqua, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 168, pl. xix, fig. 1. Remarks.—Among the Wexford fossils there are one or two dextral Neptuneas which, although smaller than the normal N. antigua of our British seas, may be referred to that species, resembling it in form and as far as their worn condition allows in the fine spiral sculpture of the recent shell. With them there are a few left-handed shells of a similar type, differmg from the variety informs in sculpture, in their more slender character, their non-ventricose body-whorl, their narrower and non-expanded mouth and their longer canal. The surface of this shell, more- over, is generally polished and of a darker colour. With one of these I figure also a recent specimen of what is supposed to be the reversed form of the recent N. antiqua from the Moray Firth (fig. 28). It is a rare and local shell, and was called by Jeffreys Fusus antiquus, var. contrarius. If, however, the sinistral Crag N. contraria is a distinct species, and it has been so considered by most authorities from the time of Linné onwards, that varietal term is inapplicable. I suggest that aversa might be used instead. As to whether the Wexford shell (fig. 27) should be regarded as a reversed UN. deformis is now generally known under the generic term Pyrolofusus, proposed by Mérch for sinistral forms of Neptunea. 'To apply that name to the present shell, however, might involve the adoption of it for the Crag N. contraria, causing, I think, much and unnecessary confusion. M. Coss- mann, moreover, objects to the use of Pyrolofusus (op. cit., vol. iv, Page NEPTUNEA DESPECTA. 369 form of the Wexford N. autiqua or a survivor of the Crag N. contraria, | express no opinion. It does not appear to be the variety imformis described in the last paragraph but closely resembles the dextral specimen figured with it. Neptunea despecta (Linné), var. tornata (Gould). Plate XXXVI, fig. 29. 1841-70. Fusus tornatus, Gould, Inv. Mass., ed. 1, p. 286, fig. 201, 1841 ; ed. 2, p. 374, fig. 641, 1870. 1872. Chrysodomus tornatus, Dawson, Canad. Nat. (n.s.), vol. vi, p. 399. 1878. Fusus tornatus, Leche, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl., vol. xvi, pt. 2, pp. 67, 83, pl. ii, fig. 28. 1912. Neptunea antiqua tornata, Dautzenberg et Fischer, Camp. scient. Pr. Monaco, vol. xxxvi (Mollusques), p. 78, pl. ii, figs. 5—7. Varietal Characters.—Shell short, fusiform, turreted; whorls convex, flattened above with a sloping shelf below the suture, the last much the largest, three-fourths the total length, excavated below; ornamented by spiral ridges, two of them prominently shown on the upper whorls, more numerous on the last, the lower ones being less clearly marked ; spire conical, regularly diminishing in size upwards ; suture fairly deep; mouth oval, equalling the spire, angulated above; outer lip curved, slightly angulated by one of the spiral ridges; canal short, bending to the left. Dimensions.—L. (of Wexford specimen) 45mm. B. 24 mm. Distribution.—Recent : Arctic Norway, Kara Sea, Spitzbergen, Nova Zembla, Iceland, Newfoundland, Labrador, Greenland. Fossil: Wexford. Pleistocene: Sweden, Siberia, Montreal, Quebec, Riviere-du-Loup, Labrador. Remarks.—Vhe specimen from Wexford figured under this name belongs to the carinated and northern despecta group. It agrees closely, both in form and sculpture, with that figured by Prof. Leche as Fusus tornatus, and to a somewhat less extent with Gould’s typical American shell (op. cit.), though it is rather more slender than the latter. The range of this group, both as recent and fossil, is distinctly arctic and northern, extending westward also to the northern part of the American continent. It may be pointed out that the sinistral Neptuneas found at Wexford outnumber the dextral ones by about ten to one. Neptunea tenuistriata, sp. nov. Plate XXXVII, figs. 1, 2. 1847. Fusus striatus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. v (Fusus), pl. xi, fig. 42 (F. ventricosus in index). 1872. Trophon ventricosus ?, 8. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., lst Suppl., pt. i, p. 22, pl. ili, fig. 4. Specific Characters.—Shell rather thin, ovato-fusiform; whorls 6, convex, the last much the largest, four-fifths the total length, rounded but not so tumid as in 370) PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. N. ventricosa, excavated below; spire conical, regularly diminishing in size towards a blunt point; suture fairly deep ; ornamented by excessively fine and inconspicuous spiral lines extending to the base of the shell, and by the lines of growth ; mouth oval, angulate above, rather longer than the spire; outer lip thin, gently curved ; inner lip forming a very thin glaze on the columella which is excavated in the middle; canal short, rather wide, turning to the left. Dimensions.—L. 40mm. BB. 21 mm. Distribution.—Recent : Banks of Newfoundland. Fossil: Bridlington. Remarks.—On p. 171, Pl. XXIII, fig. 20, I described a specimen from the Newbournian Crag of Felixstow as Neptunea ventricosa which corresponded very closely with the recent Newfoundland shell given by Gould as Fusus ventri- cosus, but not so nearly with that represented by Wood, although with some doubt, under the same name. There is a Bridlington fossil, however, at the Sedgwick Museum agreeing with Wood's figure. It bears a note in Jeffreys’ writing— “Husus (Trophon) ventricosus, Wood, not De Kay,’ De Kay’s species being the one described by Gould (op. cit., p. 373). The body-whorl of the latter is larger in proportion to the total length (four-fifths), is decidedly ventricose, the spire is shorter and obtusely conical, and the canal turns more distinctly to the left. The specimen from Bridlington now given as Neptunea tenuistriata' is undoubtedly the recent Newfoundland Fusus striatus of Reeve, a more slender and as I think a distinct form with a longer spire, of which I received some examples from my friend Dr. Sparre Schneider some years ago. One of these is now figured together with the Bridlington fossil. I agree with Jeffreys that they are not the I. ventri- cosus of Gould, but whether the difference is specific or varietal may be perhaps a matter of opinion. I suggest to the student a comparison of Gould’s figure together with mine of 1914 (Pl. XXIII, fig. 20) on the one hand, with that of Reeve’s FP. striatus, Wood’s Trophon ventricosus of 1872 (op. cit., p. 22), and those now figured, on the other. Genus SIPHO, Klein, 1753 (continued from p. 200). Klein’s generic name Sipho is still used on the continent of Europe in most conchological works. It has been recently claimed, however, that T'ritonofusus (Beck, 1847) should be substituted for it” on the ground that at a meeting of the ! As the specific name striatus had been used for a shell belonging to this group before the time of Reeve, I suggest for the present form that of tenwistriata. * The generic term T’ritonofusus was at one time adopted in America in place of Sipho, but it has already been changed to Colus, as by Dr. Dall (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. xxix, p. 7, 1916), and by Mr. C. W. Johnson (Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Occ. papers, vol. vii; Fauna of New England, pt. xii, pr 137, L915), Ww NJ a" SIPHO” TORRES: International Zoological Congress some years ago a resolution was passed that no names older than the 10th edition of Linné should be recognised. Originally exceptions were to be permitted under special circumstances, but at a subsequent Congress, after a long discussion and in spite of the strenuous opposition of the President and Secretary of the Commission appointed to consider the matter, a hard and fast rule was carried, by a majority of votes only, that the Law of Priority should be strictly enforced in every case. This rule may be important generally, though at any time it may be revoked, but I submit that exceptions to it, as im the case of an old and firmly established name lke the present one, may be equally so. To this day Sipho and not T'ritonofusus is used by French Conchologists like Dollfus, Dautzenberg, Fischer, and Cossmann who apparently decline to be bound by the votes of a body, the majority of the members of which have no knowledge of the special circumstances of the case. Sipho is generally used, moreover, in recent Scandinavian works. It seems to me that the study of fossil names is less important than that of fossil shells. In the present case the proposed alteration in the old nomenclature, which has no special scientific value, would tend to cause confusion to students of the Crag deposits, rather than remove it. Sipho torrus (Locard). Plate XXXVIII, figs. 10, 11. 1897-9. Neptunea torra, Locard, Expéd. scient. du Travailleur et du Talisman, Mollusques testacés, vol. i, p. 361, pl. xvii, figs. 21—25, 1897; Coq. mar. Cotes de France, p. 63, 1899. 1902. Neptunea torra, Pallary, Journ. de Conch., vol. 1, p. 9. 1906. Sipho torrus, Dautzenberg et H. Fischer, Camp. scient. Pr. Monaco, vol. xxxii (Mollusques), p. 22, pl. 11, figs. 2—5. 1908. Neptunea (Sipho) torra, Kobelt, Icon. schalentrag. europ. Meeresconch., vol. iv, p. 147, pl. eXxill, fig. 3; pl. cxxv, figs. 2, 3. Specific Characters.—Shell solid, slender, turreted, lanceolato-fusiform, smooth and polished ; whorls 7 or 8, slightly convex, the last two-thirds the total length, excavated below ; ornamented by exceedingly fine inconspicuous spiral striz and by the lines of growth; spire acuminate, regularly decreasing in size towards a small, obtuse and planorboid apex; suture sight; mouth ovate, narrow, angulate above; canal rather short, turning to the left. Dimensions.—L. 830—40 mm. B. 12—15 mm. Distribution.—Recent : west Atlantic coast from the Bay of Biscay to Morocco. Fossil : Wexford gravels. Remarks.—In a parcel of Wexford fossils received from Father Codd, I noticed the one now figured under the above name, which, although imperfect, corresponds in M. Dautzenberg’s opinion with some specimens of the recent species, Sipho torrus, obtained during the expedition of the Travailleur and Talisman, from a depth of 750 metres; one of these he has kindly allowed me to figure. The 372 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Species in question is said by M. Locard to be a variable one; although in some respects not unlike S. tortuosus and S. gracilis, it is considered by himself and by the other authorities quoted above to be specifically distinct. I know of nothing else in the Crag to which our shell can be satisfactorily referred. Like the SN. menapre of A. Bell, figured above (p. 186, Pl. XXIII, figs. 17—19), it is unknown from the eastern basin of the British Pliocene. Sipho gracilis (Da Costa). Plate XX, figs. 3,4; Plate XXXVIII, figs. 1, 2. 1887. Neptunea gracilis, Kobelt, Icon. schalentrag. europ. Meeresconch., vol. i, p. 72, pl. iii, fig. 4. 1890. Fusus gracilis, A. Bell, Rep. Brit. Assoc. (Leeds), pp. 410, 414, 417. 1892. Neptunea gracilis, Locard, Coq. mar. Cotes de France, p. 111. 1894. Fusus gracilis, Kendall, Journ. Isle of Man Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. xu, p. 419. 1901. Sipho gracilis, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. iv, p. 100, pl. iv, fig. 12. 1914. Sipho gracilis, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 175, pl. xx, figs. 3, 4. Remarks.—As stated on p. 176 of the present work, the Belgian fossil described by Nyst as Iusus gracilis approaches more nearly the one I have taken as the type of the Crag S. curtus, Jeffreys, and is probably the same.' The two forms are closely allied, though my continental friends follow Jeffreys and Wood in considering them specifically distinct. From a geological point of view the matter does not seem to me of great importance, so long as their stratigraphical position can be clearly defined. I have found both at Oakley, but S. cwrtus with its many varieties is the more abundant at that place. On the contrary, among the Siphos lately received from Wexford the specimens belonging to this group are generally of the recent gracilis type, one or two approaching the slender variety Coulsont, of which an example was shown on my Pl. XX, fig. 6. Two of the Wexford forms of S. gracilis are represented by figs. 1 and 2 of Pl. XXX VIII. Var. convoluta (Jeffreys). Plate XXV, figs. 6,7; Plate XX XVIII, figs. 3, 4. 1914-5. Sipho gracilis, var. convoluta, F.W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. 1, p.178, 1914; pt.u, pl. xxv, figs. 6, 7, 1915. Distribution.—(Additional) Waltonian Crag: Little Oakley. Wexford gravels. Remarks.—The Wexford fossil figured under the present name seems to correspond with this variety of S. gracilis, which may be distinguished from the type by its elongated spire, its more convex whorls, and its comparatively slender form. With the other Siphos from the same locality, it is thicker and stronger than those found in British seas at the present day. 1 This name has always seemed to me exceedingly inappropriate. SIPHO JEFFREYSIANUS. 379 Sipho Jeffreysianus (Fischer). Plate XXIV, figs. 3,4; Plate XXXVIII, fig. 12. 1892-7. Neptunea Jeffreysiana, Locard, Coq. mar. Cotes de France, p. 110, 1892; Expéd. scient. du Travailleur et du Talisman, vol. i, p. 360, 1897. 1914, Sipho Jeffreysianus, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt.i, p. 196, pl. xxiv, figs. 3, 4. Distribution.— Fossil: (additional) Isle of Man, Wexford. Remarks.—I am sorry to find that im the legend to my Pl. XXIV, the numbers referring to the two figures of this species were accidentally reversed ; the Oakley specimen should be fig. 3, and not 4; the recent one fig. 4, and not 3. The present species is not very rare in the Wexford gravels. Sipho menapie, var. hibernica (A. Bell). Plate XXIII, fig. 17. 1914. Sipho menapix, var., F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 186, pl. xxiii, fig. 17. 1915. Sipho hibernicus, A. Bell, Geol. Mag. [6], vol. ii, p. 167. Varietal Characters.—Differs from the type in size, in its elongate spire and its somewhat more convex whorls. Dimensions.—L. 50mm. B. 22mm. Distribution.— Not known living. Fossil : Wexford, Isle of Man. Remarks.—In the first part of the present Memoir I figured some closely allied but somewhat different shells under Mr. Bell’s name of Sipho menapix, one of which (Pl. XXIII, fig. 17) is larger and much longer in the spire than the others, the whorls being rather more convex. In a recent paper Mr. Bell has recorded this as specifically distinct, under the name of S. hibernicus. The Siphos of this group in my collection from Wexford vary considerably, however, some of them being of a more or less intermediate character, and I am, therefore, inclined still to group them with S. menapix, adopting Mr. Bell’s name hibernica as varietal for the elongate form. Sipho islandicus (Chemnitz). Plate XX, figs. 1,2; Plate XXXVIII, figs. 5—8. 1887. Neptunea islandica, Kobelt, Icon. schalentrag. europ. Meeresconch., vol. i, p. 71, pl. xiii, fig. 2. 1890. Fusus islandicus, A. Bell, Rep. Brit. Assoc. (Leeds), pp. 410, 4238. 1892. Neptunea islandica, Locard, Coq. mar. Cotes de France, p. 111, fig. 99. 1910-15. Sipho islandicus, Odhner, Archiv Zool., K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad., vol. vii, no. 4, p. 24, 1910 ; K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl., vol. liv, p. 203, 1915. 1914. Sipho islandicus, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt.i, p. 187, pl. xx, figs. 1, 2. Distribution.—Fossil : (additional) Wexford gravels, western Hebrides. Remarks.—To the fossil localities for this species given on p. 187 may be added Ov4 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. the Wexford gravels, from which Mr. Bell reported it in 1890. We have lately received a number of specimens of it from that locality, most of them small or broken, as to the identification of which, however, taken as a whole, there can be little doubt. Those here figured correspond with a small recent and slender variety from Bergen (fig. 5) rather than with the large shell given on Pl. XX, fig. 1, as typical of this species. There are some broken specimens in the British Museum from Lewis in the western Hebrides, labelled S. propinguus. One of them, however, shows a mammiform apex, and others the flattened spiral sculpture characteristic of S. islandicus, to which species, I think, they should be referred. Sipho latericeus (Moller). Plate XX, figs. 10—12; Plate XXXVII, fig. 14. 1863. Fusus latericeus, Jeffreys, Rep. Brit. Assoc. (Newcastle-on-Tyne), Trans. Sect., p. 77. 1880. Trophon latericeus, Stewart, Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Club, Appendix, p. 175. 1887. Neptunea latericea, Kobelt, Icon. schalentrag. europ. Meeresconch., vol. i, pl. xiv, fig. 14. 1890. Trophon latericeus, A. Bell, Rep. Brit. Assoc. (Leeds), pp. 410, 414. 1910-15. Siphonorbis latericeus, Odhner, Archiv Zool., K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad., vol. vii, no. 4, p. 24, 1910; Sipho latericeus, K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl., vol. liv, p. 204, 1915. 1914. Sipho latericeus, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 189, pl. xx, figs. 10-12. Remarks.—The specimen here figured is one of two from the Jermyn Street Museum which were found at Moel Tryfaen. They show the distinguishing sculpture more clearly than those represented in PI. XX, figs. 1O—12. Mr. Stewart reports this species from the boulder-clay of Co. Antrim. S. latericeus appears to be a variable species; the recent Norwegian form given by Prof. G.-O. Sars' is larger than those of Pl. XX, and the spire is longer; it seems to be very similar to the Neptunea (Sipho) pertenuis of Mr. E. R. Sykes.’ We have others from Wexford which are intermediate. Possibly they are all varieties of the same species. Sipho pygmeus (Gould). Plate XX XVIII, figs. 13—15. 1841-70. Fusus islandicus, var. pygmeus, Gould, Rep. Inv. Mass., ed. 1, p. 284, fig. 199, -1841 ; F. pygmexus, ed. 2, p. 372, fig. 639, 1870. 1872. Trophon Sabinii, 8S. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., 1st Suppl.; pt. i, p. 23, pl. 11, fig. 15. 1872. Fusus pygmeus, Jetireys, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], vol. x, p. 240. 1915. Colus pygmus, Johnson, Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Occ. papers, vol. vii; Fauna of New England, pt. xin, p. 130. Specific Characters.—Shell rather thin, small and delicate, fusiform; whorls 7, 1 Moll. Reg. arct. Norv., p. 276, pl. xv, fig. 8. 2 Proce. Malac. Soc., vol. ix, p. 339, fig. SIPHO) PROPINOUUS: 375 convex; spire elongate, gradually diminishing in size towards an acute apex ; suture well marked; ornamented by fine spiral ridges and by the lines of growth; mouth ovate, angulate above; canal short, shghtly twisted, turning sharply to the left; columella tortuous; outer lp thin. Dimensions.—L. 15—25 mm. B. 6—10 mm. Distribution.—Recent : New England coasts—Massachusetts, Halifax, Hastport, Grand Manan. Fossil : Bridlington. Remarks.—The fossils from Bridlington here given are from the Museums at Cambridge and York, where they are labelled /’. Sabinti and F’. curtus respectively ; they agree rather, however, with the American species S. pyginxus, a specimen of which, by the kindness of Mr. C. W. Johnson, I am able to figure with them for comparison. Jeffreys says, in the paper quoted above, that I. pyymexus is not F, Sabinii, as considered by Wood, and that #. curtus is the American form of I’, islandicus. On p. 188, I have adopted the specific name Sabina for some Crag shells corresponding more nearly with the figures given by Hancock and Jeffreys (op. cit.), while I retain the unsuitable one curtus for the abundant Red Crag form which in his list of Crag shells in Prestwich’s paper (p. 492) was clearly identified with the Trophon gracile of Wood’s Monograph of 1848 (pl. vi, fig. 10). In any case it 1s difficult to understand why Jeffreys called it cwrtus. It is almost impossible to ascertain what his /’. curtus really included. From Mr. Headley’s Bridlington collection Mr. A. Bell has sent for my inspection two fragmentary and different specimens each bearing in Jeffreys’ writing the name of /. curtus. They are not alike and they are not Wood’s 7. gracile. I’. curtus was neither figured nor described by Jeffreys, although in his written allusions to it he claimed the name as his own; much confusion has arisen in consequence.! Another instance of the same kind exists in the occurrence at Bridlington of a fossil described by Wood as T'rophon Leckenbyi (Sipho), 1st Suppl. pt. 1, p. 24, pl. vi, fig. 1, which has been dredged also in a fossil condition off the Shetlands ; a form nearly allied to this is recorded by Mr. Friele as Neptunea (Sipho) curta (Norske Nordhav. Exped. (Mollusca), pt. 1, pl. 1, fig. 2). Sipho propinquus (Alder). Plate XX, figs. 8,9; Plate XXXVIII, fig. 9. 1887. Neptunea propinqgua, Kobelt, Icon. schaleutrag. europ. Meeresconch., vol. i, p. 76, pl. xiv, fig. 6. 1890. Fusus propinquus, A. Bell, Rep. Brit. Assoc. (Leeds), p. 410. 1892. Neptunea propinqua, Locard, Coq. mar. Cotes de France, p. 111. 1 The Fusus curtus of Smith was in Wood’s opinion a different shell (see Mon. Crag Moll., pt. ui, p. 314). 49 376 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. 1899. Sipho (Siphonorbis) propinquus, Posselt, Medd. om Grgnl., vol. xxiii, p. 178. 1903. Trophon propinquus, Lamplugh, Mem. Geol. Survey (Isle of Man), p. 475. 1914, Sipho propinquus, F. W. Harmer, Plive. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. i, p. 195, pl. xx, figs. 8, 9. Distribution.—Recent : (additional) Greenland (Posselt). Remarks.—The specimen here figured from Wexford agrees with the recent shell, except that like many others from that region it is very thick and solid. The type form had not been recorded from the Crag previously to 1913, but it may have been overlooked by collectors under the impression that it was an immature specimen of some larger species. PLEUROTOMIDAE (continued from p. 302). For reasons similar to those stated on p. 370, and with many apologies to my friendly critic in the ‘Geological Magazine,’ I continue the use of the terms Pleurotoma and Pleurotomide. It has been suggested recently that these should be changed to Turris and Turridez on the ground that the publication of Turis by Bolten (1798) preceded that of Pleurotoma by Lamarck (1799) though by a few months only. I submit that when a name has been in general use in all parts of the world, without protest, for more than 100 years, it should be allowed to stand. Such an interference with geological literature should be regarded, I consider, as a matter of expediency and not of principle,’ each case beimg decided on its merits and in accordance with the views of those who have specially to deal with it. Unless their general consent can be obtained any attempt to force the revival of a name which has long been obsolete would probably result in failure. In a letter just received, a distinguished continental Conchologist informs me that neither he nor his associates have any present intention of using T's instead of Plewrotoma,a change which he considers would be unnecessary, inexpedient, and likely to interfere with the usefulness of our standard works of reference. Evidently he does not intend to be among the first to support it. At present there seems to be but little prospect of its general adoption; meanwhile I am disposed to “ wait and see.” 1 Geol. Mag. [6], vol. ii, p. 472, 1916. * Prof. Huxley held a similar opinion. Discussing the retention or otherwise of a nearly obsolete name he said that sometimes “it may be well to allow justice to give way to expediency.” (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvi, p. 33, 1870.) PLEUROTOMA CONTIGUA. BRYA Genus PLEUROTOMA, Lamarck (continued from p. 210). Pleurotoma contigua (Brocchi). Plate XX XIX, figs. 1, 2. 1814. Murea contiguus, Brocchi, Conch. foss. subap., vol. ii, p. 4838, pl. ix, fig. 14. 1872. Pleurotoma contigua, A. and R. Bell, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. ii, p. 213. 1877. Plewrotoma contigua, Bellardi, Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. ii, p. 38, pl. i, fig. 24. 1890-1904. Pleurotoma contigua, Sacco, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. ix, p. 265, no, 3928, 1890; Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. xxx, p. 42, 1904. 1896. Plewrotoma (Hemipleurotoma) contigua, Cossmann, Hss. Paléoconch. compar., vol. ii, p. 80. 1915. Plewrotoma contiqgua, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. ii, p. 205. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil : Miocene, Phocene: Italy. Scaldisien: Belgium. Remarks.—This form, occurring in the Miocene and Pliocene of Italy, is nearly related to P. turricula, the principal difference appearing to be that in it the central spiral ridge on each whorl is distinctly granulate, whereas in P. twrricula such granulation, where present, 1s very fine and is confined to the upper part of the shell. Some authorities regard P. contigua as a variety of the latter, while Brocchi, its original describer, Prof. Sacco, with Prof. Issel, M. Cossmann and other authorities treat it as specifically distinct. On p. 205 of the present Memoir I expressed a doubt whether it should be included in our lists of Crag fossils ; most of our specimens are too much worn to show the distinguishing sculpture. I have obtained an unworn example, however, from the Scaldisien of Antwerp, which I have here figured and believe to be P. contigua. If it is correctly identified the latter may turn up any day in our Crag deposits; in that case my Belgian fossil may be useful for comparison. Genus DRILLIA, Gray (continued from p. 230). Drillia Jeffreysii, sp. nov. Plate XXXIX, fig. 35. 1869. Pleurotoma galerita, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., vol. v, p. 221, pl. cii, fig. 6. 1899. Drillia semicolon, Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [7], vol. iv, p. 134. Specific Characters.—Shell minute, delicate, fusiform; whorls 6, angulated in the centre, slightly concave above, the last excavated below ; ornamented by a single row of strong oblique tubercles on the keel with fine lines above it, a ridge next the suture and stronger ridges on the body-whorl below it; spire short, conical , mouth oval, angulate, with a small notch above ; outer lip angulated by the keel ; canal short, narrow, 378 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Dimensions.—L. 6 mm. B. 2°5 mm. Distribution.—Recent : western Hebrides. Fossil ; Corallne Crag: near Woodbridge. Remarks.—The small specimen from the Coralline Crag here represented seems to agree closely with the one dredged by Carpenter and Thomson in 189 fathoms, about 50 miles N. of the Butt of the Lewis, which was figured by Jeffreys in his British Conchology and referred by him to P. galerita, a Sicilian species described by Philippi.t If Philippi’s figure is correctly drawn, however, the latter differs so widely, both in form and sculpture, from the shells now in question that it is difficult to consider they can be the same. The one given below as D. galevita (Pl. XX XIX, fig. 36) seems to agree more nearly with what Philippi regarded to be the typical form of that species. I suggest the specific name of Jeffreysi for the Crag specimen (fig. 35) and for that described by Jeffreys. Those figured in Pl. XXVII, figs. 16 and 17 as Drillia icenorwm, with which Wood identified the P. semicolon of pl. vi, fig. 3a of his Monograph of 1848, are larger and more coarsely sculptured, belonging, I consider, to a different species. A granulated spiral ornamentation is a common feature of the fossil Pleuro- tomide, making the correct identification of many of our Crag specimens, often imperfect or waterworn, a matter of considerable difficulty. D. Jeffreysii, for example, resembles more or less nearly the North German Miocene Plewrotoma Hosiusi of Von Koenen, but a careful comparison of specimens of the two shows, I think, that they are distinct. Whatever our shell may be, I do not consider it is the P. galerita of Philippi; Canon Norman quotes a letter on the subject he had received from the Marchese di Monterosato (op. cit.), in which the latter states that Jeffreys’ shell is a different species from the Sicilian Fossil. Drillia galerita (Philippi). Plate XXXIX, fig. 36. 1915. Drillia galerita, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gr. Brit., pt. 1, p. 228. Remarks.—On p. 228 I mentioned the occurrence of several specimens from Oakley which I was then disposed to refer to D. galerita, Phil. One of these (fig. 35) I describe above as a new species under the name of D. Jeffreysti ; another (fig. 36), which corresponds more nearly with his type form, may perhaps be a variety of Philippi’s species. 1 Enum, Moll. Sic., vol. ii, p. 172, pl. xxvi, fig. 15, CLATHURELLA LINEARIS. 379 Genus CLATHURELLA, Carpenter (continued from p. 241). Clathurella linearis (Montagu). Plate XXVIII, figs. 26—29; Plate XXXIX, fie. 34. 1864. Pleuwrotoma sp., E. Forbes, Mem. Geol. Surv., vol. i, p. 426, no. 128. 1915. Clathurella linearis, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. ii, p. 237, pl. xxviii, figs. 26 —29. Distribution.— Fossil : Wexford gravels (additional). Remarks.—In the work quoted above Prof. Forbes speaks of having found, at the locality named, a small species of Plenrotoma allied to P. linearis, having 12 ribs on the body-whorl, as to which he says that “the whorls are convex, spirally furrowed, and strongly ribbed longitudinally.” The specimen now figured, which I have recently found in our Wexford collection, though not identical with the typical British shell, agrees with that description and is probably the same as that of Prof. Forbes; if so, the name of OC. linearis may be added to the list of the Wexford fossils. Clathurella minuta, sp. nov. Plate XXXIX, fig. 33. 1848. Plewrotoma castanea, 8. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., pt. i, p. 57, pl. vu, fig. 3. 1871. Defrancia linearis, Jeffreys in Prestwich, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvii, p. 143. Specific Characters.— Shell minute, slender, elongato-ovate, whorls slightly convex ; ornamented by obtuse, inconspicuous longitudinal coste and by regular, distinct but very fine spiral striation which crosses the ribs; mouth ovate with a thickened outer lip and a labial sinus; canal very short. Dimensions.—L. 45 mm. B. 1°75 mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil : Coralline Crag: Sutton, Ramsholt. Remarks.—This charming little shell was known to Wood from two specimens only which he had found at Sutton. The one now figured belongs to the Ipswich Museum and was obtained, Mr. Bell thinks, by the late Rev. H. Canham at Ramsholt. Jeffreys regarded it as a variety of the recent British form C. linearis, while Forbes and Hanley identified it with Mangilia rufa. I agree that it 1s not the Fusus castaneus of Brown,! which seems to have been a somewhat larger shell, and prefer to consider it a distinct species. ! Brown, Illust, Recent Conch, Gt. Brit., ed. 2, p. 6, pl. v, figs. 43, 44, 1844. 380 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Genus MANGILIA, Risso (continued from p. 251). Mangilia Bertrandi (Payraudeau). Plate XX XIX, figs. 21—23. 1826. Plewrotoma Bertrandi, Payraudeau, Cat. Moll. Corse, p. 144, no. 288, pl. vii, figs. 12, 13. 1844. Plewrotoma Bertrandi, Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sic., vol. ii, p- 168 (not P. Bertrandi, vol. i, p- 198, pl. xi, fig. 20). 1878. Mangelia Bertrandi, de Stefani e Pantinelli, Bull. Soc. Malac. Ital., vol. iv, p. 128. 1884. Mangelia Bertrandi, Monterosato, Nomen. Gen. e Spec. Conch. Medit., p. 129. 1890. Mangilia Bertrandi, Carus, Prod. Faun. Medit., vol. i, p. 417. 1892. Mangilia Bertrandi, Locard, Coq. mar. Cotes de France, p. 60, fig. 48. 1905. Mangelia bertrandi, Kobelt, Icon. schalentrag. europ. Meeresconch., vol. iii, p. 333, pl. xciii, figs. 6, 7. 1910. Mangilia Bertrandi and var. elongatula, Cerulli-Irelli, Palaeont. Ital., vol. xvi, p. 58, pl. v, figs. 7—9. 1914. Mangilia Bertrandi, Cipolla, Palaeont. Ital., vol. xx, p. 142, pl. xiii, fig. 12. Specific Characters.—Shell small, slender, subfusiform; whorls 6—8, slightly convex, the last excavated below, more than half the total length; ornamented by about 6 flexuous and thin longitudinal coste which reach the suture and the base of the shell, having interspaces wider than the cost; spiral striation exceedingly faint, if any; suture well-marked; spire elongate, ending in a sharp point ; mouth narrow, oblong, angulate above, passing without break into a short canal; outer lip thickened outside by the labial rib with a distinct labial sinus. Dimensions.—L. 10 mm. B. 3 mm. Distribution.—Recent ; Mediterranean, Adriatic, Morea, Hgean. Fossil: Coralline Crag: Gedgrave. Waltonian: Little Oakley. Lower Phocene: Siena. Upper Phocene: Monte Mario, Livorno, Altavilla. Remarks.—As stated on p. 266, there has been much difference of opinion among students of the Crag as to the correct identification of the present form. Through the kindness of Sign. Cerulli-Irelli, who has sent me some verified fossils from Monte Mario for comparison, I am able to figure what he considers a typical example of this species. The M. Bertrandi of Payraudeau, who originally described it, was a very small shell, about 10 or 12 mm. in length. It is found living in many parts of the Mediterranean but, so far as I can ascertain, has only been reported as fossil from two or three localities of the Italian Phocene. I have recently found a specimen in the Sedgwick Museum among some small Mangilias which seems to correspond with the Italian fossils. There are several others, unfortunately imperfect, in my Oakley Collection, which are possibly the same, MANGILIA ASSIMILIS. 381 Mangilia assimilis, sp. nov. Plate XXXIX, fig. 20. Cf. 1905. Mangelia bertrandi, Kobelt, Icon. schalentrag. europ, Meeresconch., vol. 11, p. 333, pl. xeiii, fig. 6. Specific Oharacters.—Shell small, solid, turreted; whorls but shghtly convex ; ornamented by a few strong and distinct ribs which extend to the suture but are discontinuous, and to the base of the shell; spire slender, elongate ; suture well marked; mouth narrow; outer lip thickened by the labial rib; labial notch distinct ; canal very short. Dimensions.—L. 10 mm. B. 3°5 mm. Distribution.—Not recorded living. Fossil: Waltonian Crag: Little Oakley. Remarks.—I have made many attempts to identify the fossil here figured but without success. M. Dautzenberg, to whom I sent a photograph, suggested it might be Mangilia Goodalliana, Leach, and was kind enough to send me some specimens for comparison. When placed side by side with the Crag shell the latter seems to be too unlike to be referred to it, even as a variety. The nearest thing I can discover is one of the much enlarged figures of M. Bertrandi given by Kobelt (op. cit., vol. i, pl. xciu, fig. 6), but it is hardly the same ; it differs too widely, moreover, from the typical M. Bertrandi sent to me by Sign. Cerulli- Trelli to be identified with that species. It seems a distinct form deserving notice. I have therefore called it provisionally M. assiinilis. Mangilia costato-striata (8S. V. Wood MS., Kendall and R. Bell). Plate XX XIX, figs. 18, 19. 1886. Pleuwrotoma costato-striata, Kendall and R. Bell, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. xlii, p. 210. 1898. Plewrotoma costato-striata, A. Bell, Trans. Roy. Geol. Soc. Cornwall, vol. xii, p. 137. Specific Characters.—Shell very small, slender; whorls 6, slghtly convex, the first without sculpture, the others ornamented by 8 to 9 thin and rather prominent longitudinal ribs, and by 8 inconspicuous spiral striz; on the last whorl the ribs are oblique and flexuous, hardly reaching the base of the shell; spire elongate, ending in a blunt pot; mouth oblique, rather narrow, passing without break into a short and open canal; outer lip thickened by the labial rib, not expanded, with a well-marked labial notch. Dimensions.—L. 7—8 mm. B. 3 mm. Distribution.—Not recorded living. Fossil: St. Erth. Remarks.—Vhe fossils here represented are the type specimens referred to by 382 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Mr. A. Bell in his St. Erth paper (op. cit.) as bemg in the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. I feel very grateful to my friend, the late Prof. Hughes, that I have been entrusted not only with them but with so many other valuable shells. Our fossil approaches some figures of the JZ. angusta of Jan, not published by the author but subsequently. It differs sufficiently, however, from those given by Bellardi and others not to be referred to that species, and I have little hesitation in supporting Wood’s view that it should be considered distinct. Mangilia Gwynii (Etheridge and Bell). Plate XXXIX, fig. 24. 1898. Pleurotoma (Mangilia) Gwynii, A. Bell, Trans. Roy. Geol. Soc. Cornwall, vol. xii, p. 136. Specific Characters.—Shell minute, slender, fairly solid, spindle-shaped ; whorls 6, convex; ornamented by strong, rounded, sinuous and oblique longitudinal coste, and on the upper whorls by coarse inconspicuous spiral striz; mouth comparatively long, narrow, angulated above; canal short and open; apex and nucleus smooth. Dimensions—L. 6 mm. B. 2 mm. Distribution—N ot known living. Fossil: St. Hrth. Remarks.—This little shell, which Mr. Bell believes to be the only perfect specimen of the kind that has been obtained, is now in the British Museum; it was described by him in 1898 on the authority of Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys as a new species. Genus RAPHITOMA, Beilardi (continued from p. 276). Raphitoma concinnata (S. V. Wood). Plate XXXIX, figs. 3, 4. 1848-72. Clavatula concinnata, 8. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., pt. i, p. 61, pl. vii, fig. lla, 1848; Plewrotoma hispidula, 1st Suppl., pt. i, p. 42, pl. iu, fig. 3, 1872. 1871. Pleurotoma decussata, Jeffreys in Prestwich, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvii, pp. 148, 487. 1872. Pleurotoma concinnata, A. and R. Bell, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. ii, p. 210. Specific Characters.—Shell turreted, subfusiform ; whorls 7, distinctly convex ; slightly compressed above, especially on the last ; ornamented by about 15 strong flexuous coste which tend to die out towards the base of the shell, and by fine inconspicuous spiral ridges; suture rather deep; spire elongate, regularly diminishing in size; mouth ovate, angulate above; sutural sinus distinct but not deep; outer lip gently curved, with a sharp edge; inner lip forming a thin glaze on the pillar; columella with a swelling in the middle of the mouth and a slight umbilical chink near the base. RAPHITOMA NEVROPLEURA. 383 Dimensions.—L. 20mm. B. 8 mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil: Coralline Crag: Sutton, Gedgrave. Newbournian : Waldringfield. Remarks.—The fossils from the Coralline Crae oD? one belonging to the Jermyn Street Collection, the other to the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge, and here described as Raphitoma concinnata, seem to correspond with one of those figured by Wood in 1848 (op. e/t., fig. 11 ~) under that specific name. There is another from Waldringfield in the Ipswich Museum, somewhat worn, which may be the same. Wood’s fig. 11 b is possibly a different species. In 1871 Jeffreys identified this shell with Plewrotoma decussatum, Philippi, but Wood did not accept this view, nor can 1; our Crag shell does not appear to me to agree, even remotely, with Philippi’s figure. In 1872, in his first Supplement, Wood figured a Crag fossil as P. hispidula (op. cit., p. 42) which I have referred on p. 259 to the Belgian Raph/toma similis, Nyst, giving on my Pl. XXIX, figs. 27—29, verified examples of both species. In the paragraph quoted, Wood suggested that L. concinnata might be regarded as a variety of P. hixpidula. A review of all the facts, however, leads me to consider it distinct and to revert to my old friend’s original name of I. concinnata for it, as the brothers Bell did in 1872 (op. cit.). Raphitoma nevropleura (Brugnone). Plate XX XIX, fig. 6. 1862. Plewrotoma nevropleurum,! Brugnone, Mem. alec. Pleur. foss. Palermo, p. 35, pl. 1, fig. 24. 1873. Raphitoma proxima, Cocconi, Moll. Mioc. e Plioc. Parma, p. 65, pl. i, figs. 17, 18. 1875. Raphitoma nevropleura, Seguenza, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. vi, p. 210, no. 230. 1877. Raphitoma nevropleura, Bellardi, Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. ii, p. 310, pl. ix, fig. 22. 1890. Raphitoma nevropleura, Sacco, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. ix, p. 283, no. 4342. 1906. Plewrotoma (Raphitoma) nevropleura, Dollfus, Comptes rendus Assoc. France. Avance. Sciences (Lyon), p. 311. 1914. Daphnella (Raphitoma) nevropleura, Cipolla, Palaeont. Ital., vol. xx, p. 181, no. 61, pl. iii, fig. 13. Specific Characters.—Shell slender, fusiform ; whorls 8 or 9, but little convex, somewhat depressed below the suture; ornamented by thick, rounded, sinuous costee and by very fine transverse striations ; spire elongato-conical ; suture slight , mouth oblong, narrow, angulate above; labial sinus indistinct; outer hp gentry curved, nearly continuous with the canal. Dimensions —L. 14mm. B. 5mm. 1 As stated on p. 256 of the present Memoir, and for the reason there given, I retain the feminine termination for the specific names of the present group of shells. 50 384 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil: Newbournian Crag: Foxhall. Upper Phocene: Colli Astesi, Parma, Altavilla. Remarks.—The specimen here figured is from the Jermyn Street Collection, and is said to have been found at Foxhall. It corresponds with the Italian fossil ft. nevropleura more nearly than with anything else I can discover, being specially characterised by its strong sculpture, the comparative flatness of the whorls, and the absence of any distinct break between the mouth and the canal. The figures given by Brugnone and Bellardi show the spire to be somewhat longer than in our Crag fossil, but their shells belong to the same group and may be, at least, varieties of the same species. /?. wevroplewra is a rather rare Italian and Sicilian form, reported only from the Astian or Upper Phocene deposits of that region and from the Miocene of Touraine and Mayenne (Dollfus). Raphitoma tenuistriata (A. Bell). Plate XXIX, figs. 31, 32; Plate XXXIX, fig. 16. 1915. Raphitoma tenuistriata, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. ii, p. 263, pl. xxix, figs. 31, 32. Distribution.—Fossil: Wexford gravels (additional). Remarks.—Mr. Bell has sent me a perfect specimen of this interesting fossil from Wexford, which shows clearly the fine spiral striation characteristic of the present species. Hitherto it has been reported as fossil from the Enghsh Crag only, and is unknown as a living shell. Raphitoma mitrula (S. V. Wood). Plate XXIX, figs. 25—25; Plate XXXIX, figs. 10O—13. 1915. Raphitoma mitrula, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. ii, p. 270, pl. xxix, figs. 283—25. Remarks.—At stated on p. 270, this species is exceedingly common in the Waltonian Crag; I have obtained more than 1000 specimens from Oakley alone. They vary considerably in size, in the greater or less convexity of the whorls, the comparative length of the spire and the shape of the mouth; I have been tempted to consider some of them as specifically distinct. A careful examination of the whole collection, however, has led me to a final conclusion that they may be regarded as varieties of one species. For the assistance of collectors and in the hope of saving them trouble, I have figured two or three more of the Oakley fossils. They may possibly represent some incipient species, forms which, had the RAPHITOMA COMPACTA. 385 conditions of the Coralline-Waltonian period continued to be favourable, not only to the existence of the present group of shells but generally to molluscan life, might have resulted in their becoming specifically distinct. The opening of communication between the Crag basin and northern seas, shown by the sudden appearance of so many boreal shells toward the end of the Waltonian epoch, seems, however, to have brought about a different state of things resulting in the gradual disappearance not only of 2. mitrula and its congeners but of most of the southern species of mollusca which up to that time had been abundant in Anglo- Belgian seas. There is a box of 40 or 50 specimens, labelled Plewrotoma mitrula (G. 1898), in the Wood Collection at the British Museum (Natural History) at South Kensington, most of them agreeing with those figured by me on Pl. XXIX, which Wood seems to have regarded as the type form of the present species. Raphitoma compacta (Ktheridge and Bell). Plate XXXIX, fig. 7. 1898. Pleurotoma compacta, A. Bell, Trans. Roy. Geol. Soc. Cornwall, vol. xii, p. 138. Specific Characters.—Shell short, minute, fusiform, fairly strong and solid; whorls 6, convex, subangulate, the last more than half the total length ; ornamented by rather distant longitudinal coste reaching nearly to the base of the shell, and crossed by fine and sharply-edged spiral ridges, causing slight tuberculation at the points of contact; suture deep; mouth oblique, narrow, oval, angulate above, passing into a well-defined and short canal; outer lip slightly angulated by one of the spiral ridges ; inner lip forming a thin glaze on the columella. Dimensions —L. 5 mm. B. 2°5 mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil: St. Hrth. Remarks.—This interesting little shell from St. Erth belongs to the Jermyn Street Museum, and is figured by the kind permission of the Director of the Geological Survey. Messrs. Etheridge and Bell, unable to identify it with anything before described, recorded it under the above not inappropriate name. Mr. Bell suggests it may be a young shell, but it is quite perfect and its dis- tinguishing sculpture is clearly shown. Raphitoma substriolata, sp. nov. Plate XXXIX, figs. 14, 15. Specific Characters —Shell small, strong and solid, smooth and_ polished, elongato-subfusiform ; whorls convex; without spiral sculpture but ornamented by 8 or 9 strong, prominent, clearly-cut longitudinal costze which reach the base 386 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. of the shell; suture fairly deep; mouth ovate, passmg without break into a very short and open canal ; labial notch distinct. Dimensions.—L. 12 mm. B. 4 mm. Distribution.—Recent : Arcachon. Fossil: Waltonian Crag: Little Oakley. Remarks.—On p. 270, Pl. XXIX, fig. 26, I described some Oakley fossils as R. striatula ; they belonged to the R. mitrula group, but differed, specifically, as I thought, from that species. I suggested they might represent the one figured by Philippi as P. striolata, Scacchi, to which name, in my opinion for reasons then given, the latter had no right. I have received lately, however, from my friend M. Dautzenberg some specimens which he considers to agree more nearly with Philippi’s P. striolata, and these I find to correspond very closely with some in my Oakley collection which I had been unable to identify ; one of each I have now figured as BR. substriolata, my objection to the name striolata for them being the same as in the case mentioned above. The present shell differs from FR. mitrula in its general appearance and texture ; it is stronger, more solid, its surface beimg polished and without spiral sculpture and its coste less numerous and more distinctly chiselled. I have about half a dozen of them from Oakley; they seem to separate themselves clearly from any variety known to me of the polymorphous species ft. mitrula. Raphitoma nuperrima (Tiberi). Plate XXXIX, fig. 5. 1844. Pleurotoma decussatum,! Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sic., vol. ii, p. 174, pl. xxvi, fig. 23. 1873-5. Raphitoma decussata, Seguenza, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. iv, p. 296, no. 91, 1878 ; vol. v, p. 276, no. 34, 1874; vol. vi, p. 210, no. 231, 1875. 1878. Raphitoma nuperrimum, Tiberi, Test. Nov., p. 14, pl. u, figs. 6, 7. 1883-98. Raphitoma nuperrima, Bucquoy, Dautzenberg et Dollfus, Moll. mar. Rouss., vol. 11, p. 792, 1898. 1892. Raphitoma nuperrima, Locard, Coq. mar. Cotes de France, p. 59, fig. 47. 1905. Raphitoma nuperrimum, Kobelt, Icon. schalentrag. europ. Meeresconch., vol. iii, p. 385, pl. xevill, Raphitoma nuperrima, Monterosato, Enum. e Sinon, Conch. Medit. (Giorn. Sci. Nat. ed. Econ. Palermo, vol. xiii, p. 45). Specific Characters——Shell small, elongato-fusiform, slender, delicate ; whorls 8, more or less convex, obtusely angulate above, the last excavated below, passing almost without break into a narrow canal; spire attenuate; suture well-marked ; ornamented by about 12 flexuous longitudinal coste, and by fine, well-marked 1 The name P. decussatum had been previously used (in 1839) by Couthouy for a North American shell. RAPHITOMA HORNESI. 387 spiral lines; mouth long, narrow, almost equal in length to the spire; outer lip gently rounded, but little expanded. Dimensions.—L. 12 mm. B. 4 mm. Distribution.—Recent : Mediterranean, very rare (Locard). Fossil ; Coralline Crag. Upper Pliocene: Livorno. Pleistocene: Naso, Barcellona-Castroreale, Ficarazzi, Monte Pellegrino. Remarks.—I have found a specimen from the Coralline Crag in the Sedgwick Museum at Cambridge which seems to correspond with that figured by Locard (op. cit.), and with some of those given by Prof. Kobelt. Hither this species is a variable one or the latter author has represented two species under the same name. Our Crag shell agrees best with Kobelt’s fig. 7 and with those described and figured by Locard (op. cit.) and by Philippi as P. decussatum. The sculpture seems to be of a distinct and special character. Raphitoma Hornesii (Mayer). Plate XX XIX, fig. 8. 1858. Plewrotoma Hoernesii, Mayer, Journ. de Conch., vol. vii, p. 387, pl. xi, fig. 1. 1898. Plewrotoma Hernesii, A. Bell, Trans. Roy. Geol. Soc. Cornwall, vol. xii, p. 138. Specific Characters.—Shell minute, fusiform; whorls 7, convex, depressed above ; ornamented by rather strong costee, flexuous on the body-whorl and by fine well- marked spiral ridges; spire elongate; suture deep; mouth oval; canal very short. Dimensions.—L. 7 mm. B. 2°75 mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil: St. Erth. Miocene: Saint Jean de Marsac, near Dax. Remarks —The shell figured under this name is from the Jermyn Street Museum and was obtained by Mr. E. T. Newton at St. Erth. Mr. A. Bell has identified it with a Miocene species from the neighbourhood of Dax in south-west - France. It is considerably smaller than the specimen figured by Mayer and does not correspond exactly with his figure, but it belongs to the same group. Raphitoma consimilis, sp. nov. Plate XX XIX, fie. 9. Specific Characters.—Belonging to the R. Hornesi group, but having finer spiral sculpture and a longer spire; it resembles I?. Keepingi also, but has a shorter and wider mouth and a shorter canal than in that species. 388 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Dimensions.—L. 9 mm. B. 3 mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil: Coralline Crag: Gedgrave. Remarks.—This shell might perhaps be regarded as a variety of R. Horneszi. It is one of several of the same kind, unnamed, at present in the Montagu-Smith Collection at the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. Raphitoma Keepingi (Htheridge and Bell). Plate XX XIX, fig. 17. 1898. Pleurotoma Keeping, A. Bell, Trans. Roy. Geol. Soc. Cornwall, vol. xii, p.138. Specific Characters.—Shell small, fusiform, turriculate ; spire long, about half the total length; whorls 7—8, convex, indistinctly carinate above; ornamented by 9 or 10 strong, broad and straight coste, crossed by fine spiral ridges; suture deep; mouth long and narrow; canal short. Dimensions.—L. 10 mm. B. 3 mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil: St. rth. Remarks.—The specimen figured under this name is the one found by Mr. Keeping and named after him by Messrs. Etheridge and Bell. It is now in the Sedgwick Museum at Cambridge and has been identified by the latter as the one originally described by him. He considers that, though related to Rk. Hornesi, it may be regarded as a distinct species. Geuus HAEDROPLEURA (continued Jrom p. 255). Haedropleura Cornishi (Htheridge and Bell). 1898. Plewrotoma (Mangilia) Cornishi, A. Bell, Trans. Roy. Geol. Soc. Cornwall, vol. xii, p. 137, pl. i, fig. 10. Specific Characters.—Shell minute, ovato-fusiform; whorls 6—7, convex, turreted, obtusely angulate above; ornamented by a few rather distant but stout, rounded and prominent longitudinal ribs, crossed by fine well-marked spiral strie; suture deep; spire short, with a blunt apex; mouth expanded above, narrowing below ; canal very short, open. Dimensions—L. 6mm. B. 4 mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil ; St. Erth. Remarks.—Mr. A. Bell informed me that this very distinct species was DONOVANIA CANDIDISSIMA. 389 represented by a umique specimen in the Museum at Penzance, which is unfortunately not now accessible, owing to the war. I hope I may be abie to figure it in some future volume of this memoir. I should be glad to do so in memory of the late Mr. J. Cornish, after whom Mr. Bell named this interesting fossil ; it was owing to a chance conversation between Mr. Cornish and myself in 1883 that Wood’s attention was first called to the importance of the St. Erth deposits. Mr. Bell has now ascertained there is another specimen in the British Museum (Natural History). Genus DONOVANIA, Bucquoy, Dautzenberg and Dollfus, 1882. Donovania candidissima (Philippi). Plate XX XIX, fig. 39. 1836-44. Buccinum candidissimum, Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sie., vol. i, p. 222, pl. xi, fig. 18, 1836 ; vol. ii, p. 189, 1844. 1868. Nesxa candidissima, Tiberi, Journ. de Conch., vol. xvi, p. 77, pl. v, fig. 4. 1873. Lachesis candidissima, Seguenza, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. iv, p. 346, no. 172. 1890. Donovania candidissima, Carus, Prod. Faun. Medit., vol. ii, p. 416. 1892. Donovania candidissima, Locard, Coq. mar. Cotes de France, p. 7], fig. 57. 1898. Lachesis (Nesa) candidissima, A. Bell, Trans. Roy. Geol, Soc. Cornwall, vol. xu, p. 159. Specific Characters.—Shell small, white, delicately sculptured; ornamented by rather strong longitudinal cost, intersected and granulated by transverse ridges ; whorls 6 or 7, shghtly convex; spire elongate; suture fairly deep; mouth oval, angulated above; outer lip expanded, thickened and denticulated within ; canal short, open. Dimensions.—L. 10 mm. B. 4 mm. Distribution.—Recent : Mediterranean—Provence, Antibes, Catania, Adriatic. Fossil: St. Erth. Pleistocene : Monte Pellegrino. Remarks.—The St. Erth shell now figured is from the Wood collection in the British Museum (Natural History). It seems to be a southern form, very rare both as recent and fossil. °° Donovania multilineata (Etheridge and Bell). Plate XX XIX, fig. 38. 1898. Lachesis multilineata, A. Bell, Trans. Roy. Geol. Soc. Cornwall, vol. xu, p. 137, pl. i, fig. 9. Specific Characters.—Shell minute, slender, widest at the base; whorls 6, slightly convex, the last more than half the total length; spire elongate, diminishing regularly in size towards a blunt apex; ornamented by numerous 5390 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. excessively fine and closely-set spiral striz, hardly visible except under the microscope, but without longitudinal sculpture; suture oblique, well-marked ; mouth short, wide, oval, angulate above; outer lip inflected, thickened, much expanded ; inner lip forming a thin, narrow glaze upon the columella; canal wide, very short, open. Dimensions.—L. 5 mm. B. 2 mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil: St. Erth. Remarks.—This St. Erth fossil is another specimen from the British Museum, and was described in 1898 by A. Bell as then unknown except from the above most interesting deposit. Neither the latter nor I have been able to find anything in the works accessible to us or in the collections we have examined that approaches it. Donovania lineolata (‘Tiberi). Plate XX XIX, fig. 37. 1868. Nesea lineolata, Tiberi, Journ. de Conch., vol. xvi, p. 76, pl. v, fig. 5. 1898. Donovania lineolata, Bucquoy, Dautzenberg et Dollfus, Moll. mar. Rouss., vol. 11, p. 793. 1890. Donovania lineolata, Carus, Prod. Faun. Medit., vol. i, p. 417. 1892. Donovania lineolata, Locard, Coq. mar. Cotes de France, p. 71. 1892. Nesza lineolata, A. Bell, Ann. Rep. Yorks. Phil. Soc., pp. 63, 76. 1911. Donovania lineolata, Sykes, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ix, p. 331. Specific Characters——Shell minute, fairly solid, elongato-turreted ; whorls but slightly convex, the last about two-thirds the total length, regularly diminishing in size to a blunt point; ornamented by numerous longitudinal costz, clathrated by strong spiral strize and granulated when they intersect ; suture distinct ; mouth short, oval ; outer lip expanded, thickened, grooved within; inner lip shght; canal very short. Dimensions.—L. 6°5 mm. B. 5 mm. Distribution.—Recent : coasts of Provence, Corsica, Sardinia, Naples, Palermo. Tonian Sea, Gallipoh. Porcupine Expedition—Adventure Bank. Fossil: Selsey. Remarks. —The specimen here figured was found by Mr. A. Bell many years ago at Selsey and is now in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.). It was at first referred by him to D. minima, but more recently to the present species. I think with him that it is not D. minima. The descriptions of D. lineo- lata given by various authorities do not altogether agree. Tiberi says, for example, that the sculpture is not granulate; Locard says it is. Our St. Erth fossil appears to correspond more nearly with D. lineolata than with anything else I can find, and I therefore retain the name adopted for it by Mr. Bell. It is said BELA SARSI. 391 to be a rare form in the living state; as a fossil it has only been recorded, as far as I know. from Selsey. It was dredged in 92 fathoms during the Porcupine Expedition on Adventure Bank at station 30. Genus BELA (Leach), Gray (continued from p. 301). Bela Sarsii, Verrill. Plate XXXIX, figs. 25, 26. 1878. Bela cancellata, G. O. Sars (non Mighels), Moll. Rez. arct. Norv., pp. 224, 361, pl. xxiii, fig. 3. 1880. Bela Sarsii, Verrill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. i, p. 364. 1844. Bela Sarsii, Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. vi, p. 218, pl. xxviii, fig. 49. 1886-1901. Bela Sarsi, Friele, Norske Nordh. Exped. (Mollusca), pt. 1, p. 18, pl. viii, figs. 3—5, 1886 ; pt. ii, p. 98, 1901. 1887-1905. Bela Sarsii, Kobelt, Martini und Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., ed. 2, vol. iv (Pleurotomide) , p- 147, pl. xxxi, fig. 13, 1887 ; Icon. schalentrag. europ. Meeresconch., vol. ii, p. 245, pl. Ixxii, fig. 23, 1905. 1899. Bela Sarsii, Posselt, Medd. om Grgnl., vol. xxiii, p. 165. 1912. Bela Sarsi, Dautzenberg et Fischer, Camp. scient. Pr. Monaco, vol. xxxvii (Mollusques), p. 48. Specific Characters.—Shell small, fairly solid, fusiform, turreted ; whorls 6, subscalariform, obtusely carinate below the suture, the last much the largest, about five-eighths the total length; suture deep, slightly oblique; spire attenuated ; mouth ovato-oblong, nearly half the length of the shell, somewhat expanded, contracted below, angulate above; strongly sculptured with broad, thick, closely-set longitudinal ribs, not far apart, and by spiral strize which produce rather coarse granulation when they intersect the latter; canal short, distinct. Dimensions.—Li. 8—10 mm. B. 5—6 mm. Distribution.—Recent : Norwegian coast, Troms6, Greenland, Labrador, New- foundland. Fossil: Leda myalis-bed, Kast Runton. Remarks.—Vhe fossil specimen from the Norwich Museum found in the Leda myalis-bed at EH. Runton and figured under the present name, has been identified by Dr. Odhner, who has kindly sent me a recent shell from Finmark for com- parison. It is a distinct form, easily separated from the other Crag Belas by its coarse, closely-set and nodulous coste. The whorls are obtusely anguiated above, forming a clearly-marked keel with a sloping ledge below the suture. Among other imperfect specimens of Bela from the Leda myalis-bed at H. Runton received from my friend Mr. Kennard, I noticed some which seemed to belong to the following species, viz. B. harpularia, B. mitrula, and B. Trevelyana. 392 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Ina list of recent shells from the eastern coast of North America, recently published by the Boston Society of Natural History, Mr. C. W. Johnson gives the undermentioned localities for certain species of bela in addition to those already recorded in this Memoir, viz. B. exarata as B. concinnata Verrill, and B. vosea, G. O. Sars, as well as Buccinum perdia, Beck, from Maine and Massachusetts, and the freshwater Bithynia tentaculata from Lake Champlain." Bela angulosa, Sars. Plate XXXIX, fig. 28. 1878. Bela angulosa, G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. arct. Norv., pp. 227, 361, pl. xvi, fig. 16. 1887. Bela angulosa, Morch and Poulsen, MS. list in the Geol. Mus. Copenhagen, no. 35 (unpublished). 1910. Bela angulosa, Odhner, Archiv Zool., K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. vol. vii, no. 4, pp. 12, 24, pl. i, fig. 11, 1910; B. cancellata (Mighels), K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl., vol. liv, p. 215, 1915. Specific Characters.—Shell slender, elongato-fusiform; whorls 7, convex, sharply angulated, with a sloping shelf below the suture ; spire turreted, with a rather blunt apex; ornamented by strong, prominent and flexuous costz, nodulous on the keel, crossing the shelf obliquely and reaching the suture, also by numerous fine spiral ridges; suture deep; mouth considerably less than half the total length, shghtly angulated by the keel. Dimensions.—-L. 14 mm. B. 4 mm. Distribution.—Recent: Finmark, Iceland, Spitzbergen, Greenland, Labrador. fossil: Bridlington. Iceland Crag. Remarks.—The Bridlington fossil here figured 1s from the Leckenby collection at the Sedgewick Museum. It agrees very closely with the description given by Prof. Sars, and especially with the figure published by Dr. Odhner (op. cit.). In a letter recently received from the latter, however, he expresses the opinion that his shell may be a variety of B. cancellata, Mighels (non Sars). Comparing the figures of B. cancellata and B. angulosa, published by Prof. G. O. Sars, our shell corresponds most closely with that of his B. angulosa. Bela borealis (Reeve). Plate XXXII, figs. 12,13; Plate XXXIX, fig. 31. 1915. Bela borealis, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. 11, p. 298, pl. xxxu, figs. 12, 13. Distribution.—Fossil: Wexford gravels (additional). Remarks.—Among some Belas received from Wexford since the publication of p. 298, there is one which seems to correspond more nearly with the specimen of Bb. borealis from the Iceland Crag than that there figured (op. cit. 1915 BELA BICARINATA. 393 fig. 12). It is specially interesting as, except for the specimen from Aldeby, this species has not been recorded hitherto from any British deposit. I have also identified the following species of Bela from Wexford, viz. : B. scalaris, Moller. B. Trevelyana, Turton. B. turricula, Montagu. B. nobilis, Moller. B. rugulata, var. Trevelyana, scalaroides, G. O. Sars. B. pyramidalis, Strom, var. leviuscula.—It may be interesting to notice, however, that of these B. turricula, a species characteristic of the later part of the Crag and of the British Pleistocene, 1s the most common. Bela bicarinata (Couthouy). Plate XXXII, fig. 27; Plate XX XIX, fig. 29. 1871-84. Pleuwrotoma bicarinata, Jeffreys in Prestwich, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvu, p. 490, 1871; in Lamplugh, vol. xl, p. 320, 1884. 1885. Pleurotoma bicarinata, Jeffreys in J. Starkie Gardner, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xl, p. 96. 1915. Bela bicarinata, Odhner, Kong]. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl., vol. liv, p. 217. 1915. Bela bicarinata, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. 11, p. 300, pl. xxxii, fig. 27. Distribution.—Wossil : (additional) Iceland Crag—Husavik. Bridlington. Remarks.—In Pl. XXXII, fig. 27, of the present work I figured a recent specimen of this species for the guidance of collectors, as the one found by Mr. A. Bell at Butley could not be traced. Since then I have received a fossil from Mr. Headley, obtained from the Bridlington drift, which corresponds with that already given. Some difference of opinion exists as to the correct nomen- clature of this little shell. Dr. Odhner, accepting the specific term bicarinata, identifies it with LB. violacea, while Jeffreys regarded the latter as a variety of the former. Most authorities, however, have preferred to regard the two forms as specifically distinct. B. bicarinata was recognised by Jeffreys in 1885 among some fossils from the Pliocene deposits of Iceland which were submitted to him by Mr. J. Starkie Gardner (op. cit.). Bela elegans (Moller). Plate XX XIX, fig. 27. 1842. Defrancia elegans, Moller, Ind. Moll. Groenl., p. 13. 1864. Mangelia elegans, S. P. Woodward, Geol. Mag., vol. i, p. 53. 1872. Pleurotoma elegans, A. and R. Bell, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. ii, pp. 209, 216. 1877-84. Pleurotoma elegans, Jeffreys, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], vol. xix, p. 331, 1877; in Lamplugh, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xl, p. 320, 1884. 1878. Bela elegans, G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. arct. Norv., pp. 225, 361, pl. xvi, fig. 15. 1898. Bela elegans, Posselt, Medd. om Grgnl., p. 15]. 1910. Bela elegans, Odhner, Archiv Zool., K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad, vol. vii, no. 4, pp. 12, 24. Specific Characters.—Shell slender, elongato-fusiform; whorls 7, convex, obscurely angulate with a narrow shelf below the suture; spire turreted with a 394. PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. rather blunt apex; ornamented by prominent flexuous coste, crossing the shelf obliquely and reaching the suture, and by well-marked spiral ridges; suture deep > mouth considerably less than half the total length; outer lip rounded, slightly expanded ; canal short, wide and open. Dimensions.—L. 15 mm. B. 6 mm. Distribution.—Recent : Norwegian coast from the Christiania fiord to Finmark, Lofoten Islands, Iceland, Greenland, Spitzbergen. Fossil: Bridlington. Remarks.—This northern species was included by Jeffreys in his list of Bridlington fossils, and has been recorded also by Mr. Alfred Bell from that locality. The latter, when recently examining Mr. Headley’s collection, was fortunate enough to discover Jeffreys’ original specimen, unfortunately not quite perfect, with the name in the well-known writing of the latter on the box. This Mr. Headley has been kind enough to allow me to figure. Bela multistriata (Jeffreys). Plate XXXII, fig. 29; Plate XXXIX, fig. 30. 1914. Bela multistriata, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. 11, p. 288, pl. xxxii, fig. 29. Remarks.—The specimen here figured, also from Mr. Headley’s collection of Bridlington fossils, is rather more characteristic than the one given on my Pl. XXXII, showing the distinguishing angulation of the whorls more clearly. Bela Trevelyana (Turton). Plate XXXII, figs. 30, 33; Plate XXXIX, fig. 52 1915. Bela Trevelyana, F. W. Harmer, Plioc. Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. ii, p. 294, pl. xxxii, figs. 30—33. Distribution.— Fossil: Wexford gravels; Leda myalis-bed Runton (additional). Remarks.—A single specimen of this widely-spread British and northern species has been obtained from the Wexford gravels. Although apparently full grown it measures only 9 mm. in length. It is_a common Pleistocene shell occurring less frequently in the Crag and more generally at the newer horizons. Genus MERICA, H. and A. Adams, 1853. Merica contorta (Basterot). Plate XL, figs. 5—7. 1825. Cancellaria contorta, Basterot, Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. ii, p. 47, pl. ui, fig. 3. 1841. Cancellaria contorta, Bellardi, Descr. Canc. foss., p. 29, pl. iii, figs. 7, 8. 1856. Cancellaria contorta, Hornes, Foss. Moll. Tert. Wien, vol. i, p. dll, pl: xxxiv, figs: 7; 8: MERICA CONTORTA. 395 1871. Cancellaria contorta, A. Bell, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], vol. vii, p. 354. 1872. Cancellaria contorta, S. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., Ist Suppl., pt. i, p. 46, pl. vi, fig. 19. 1872. Cancellaria contorta, von Koenen, Mioc. Nord-Deutsch. Moll. Faun., pt. i, p. 25, no. 20. 1872. Cancellaria contorta, A. and R. Bell, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. ii, p. 203. 1876. Cancellaria contorta, Seguenza, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. vii, p. 8, no. 439. 1886. Cancellaria contorta, Dollfus et Dautzenberg, Feuilles des jeunes Nat., vol. xvi, p. 103. 1890. Cancellaria contorta, C. Reid, Plioc. Dep. Brit., p. 239. 1890-1904. Cancellaria contorta, Sacco, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. ix, p. 263, no. 3852, 1890; C. (Con- tortia) contorta and vars, Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. xvi, p. 49, pl. iii, figs. 24—26, 1894; C. (Merica) contorta, pt. xxx, p. 119, 1904. 1899. Merica contorta, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. iui, p. 15. Specific Characters.—Shell ovato-elongate ; whorls convex, the last much the largest, two-thirds the total length, acuminated at the base, reticulated by fine, oblique longitudinal costz and by raised spiral ridges; spire short, rapidly and regularly diminishing in size towards the apex ; suture deep; mouth rather large, ovate; outer lip fluted within; columella contorted, with three folds. Dimensions.—L. 18 mm. B. 10 mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil: Lenham beds (C. Reid). Coralline Crag: Gedgrave, Boyton. Waltonian: Little Oakley. Miocene: Touraine, south-west France, Italy, north Germany, Vienna basin. Upper Phocene: Bologna, Altavilla. Remarks.—The present species, formerly grouped with Cancellaria, was taken in 1870 by Prof. Sacco as the type of a new sub-genus, Contortia, but he afterwards adopted M. Cossmann’s view that it should be referred to the Merica of Adams. There can be little doubt that the shells here figured as M. contorta agree with that reported by Wood in 1872 (op. cit.), though with some hesitation, under that name, an identification since adopted at Jermyn St. and at the British Museum of Natural History. They correspond fairly well with the C. contorta of Hérnes from the Miocene of Vienna and somewhat less closely with Prof. Sacco’s figures of that species from deposits of similar age in northern Italy, but they differ considerably from Basterot’s type figure. The condition of our fossils shows, I think, that they are not Miocene derivatives but true Crag forms. As M. coutorta is reported by Seeuenza, however, from the Upper Phocene of Bologna and Altavilla, there is no valid objection to the view that it may have also existed in the Anglo-Belgian basin at the same period. My specimens present but little sign of derivation. As I cannot find anything else with which I can satisfactorily associate our Crag shells I follow Mr. A. Bell in referring them to M. contorta, possibly as the northern and Pliocene equivalent of a southern and an essentially Miocene form. 396 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Genus BROCCHINIA, Jousseaume, 1888. Brocchinia mitreformis (Brocchi). Plate XXXIX, fig. 40. 1814. Voluta mitreformis, Brocchi, Conch. foss. subap., vol. ii, p. 645, pl. xv, fig. 13. 1841. Cancellaria mitreformis, Bellardi, Descr. Canc. foss., p. 9, pl. i, figs. 5, 6. 1848. Cancellaria mitreformis, S. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., pt. i, p. 65, pl. vii, fig. 19. 1870. Cancellaria mitreformis, A. Bell, Journ. de Conch., vol. xviii, p. 345, no. 178. 1873. Cancellaria mitraformis, @ Ancona, Mem. Cart. Geol. Ital., vol. ii, p. 236, pl. xiii, fig. 7. 1874. Cancellaria mitreformis, Van den Broeck, Ann. Soc. Roy. Malac. Belg., vol. ix, pp. 120, 135. 1876. Cancellaria mitreformis, Seguenza, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. vii, p- 8, no. 450. 1878. Merica mitreformis, de Stefani e Pantanelli, Bull. Soc. Malae. Ital., vol. iv, p. 119. 1881. Cancellaria mitreformis, Nyst, Conch. Terr. tert. Belg., p. 10, pl. xxviii, fig. 9. 1890-4. Cancellaria mitreeformis, Sacco, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. ix, p. 264, no. 3860, 1890; Broc- chinia mitreformis, Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. xvi, p. 68, pl. iii, figs. 81—89, 1894. 1899. Brocchinia mitreformis, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. iii, p. 19, pl. i, fig. 22. Specific Characters.—Shell rather small, slender, solid, elongato-ovate; whorls 6, shehtly convex, the last two-thirds the total length; ornamented by spiral lines and sometimes by cost, discontinuous, especially on the upper part of the shell; spire conical, elongate, ending in a blunt point; suture well-marked but not deep ; mouth irregularly oval, angulate above; canal very short; outer lip grooved within ; columella excavated in the middle, having two inconspicuous folds. Dimensions.—li. 12—14 mm. B. 5 Distribution.-- Not known living. 6 mm. Fossil: Coralline Crag: Gedgrave, Gomer, Boyton. Waltonian : Walton-on-Naze, Little Oakley. Newbournian: Sutton, Newbourn, Felixstow. Sealdisien : Antwerp. Miocene: north Germany, France, Belgium (Bolderien). Italy (Hlveziano). Lower Pliocene: Biot, Piedmont, Ligurian coast, Siena. Upper Phocene: Orciano, Bologna, Livorno, Altavilla. Remarks.—The generic name Brocchinia is used for a special group of small Cancellariide of which the present species has been taken as the type. In his hst of Crag shells (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvil, pp. 142, 487, 1871), and again in his paper on the Mollusea of the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions (Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 49, 1885), Jeffreys identified B. mitreformis with a living west European shell, Cancellaria pusilla, H. Adams, to which it has some resemblance, but this view has not been generally accepted; one of the latest writers on the subject, Mr. EH. R. Sykes, says, “I think the recent shell is distinct.” : It seems to be a fairly common Mediterranean fossil, ranging from the Middle Miocene to the Upper Pliocene of Italy. It occurs also at a number of Crag localities, although not very abundantly, and in the Scaldisien of Belgium. — Its 1 Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ix, p. 3382, 1911. SVELTIA LAJONKAIREI. 397 sculpture is rather variable, some specimens being merely spirally striated, in some the longitudinal costae extend nearly to the base of the shell, while in others they are confined to the upper whorls. Prof. Sacco figures 9 varieties, differing im sculpture, but all maintaining the same general character. Var. costata, nov. Plate XXXIX, fig. 41. Varietal Characters.— Differs from the type form in the longitudinal costation of the whorls. Distribution.—Fossil: Coralline Crag: Gedgrave, Boyton (A. Bell). Wal- tonian: Little Oakley. Newbournian: Felixstow. Genus SVELTIA, Jousseaume, 1888. Sveltia Lajonkairei (Nyst). Plate XL, figs. 18—21. 1835-81. Cancellaria Jonkairiana, Nyst, Rech. Coq. foss. d’Auvers, p. 29, pl. v, fig. 28, 1835; C. vari- cosa, Coq. foss. Belg., p. 475, pl. xxxviii, fig. 20, 1843; C. Lajonkairii, Conch. Terr. tert. Belg., p: 9; pl: 1; fig. 6; 188i. 1848-50. Cancellaria coronata, S. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., pt. i, p. 64, pl. vii, fig. 18, 1848; C. scalaroides, pt. ii, p. 316, pl. xxxi, fig. 9, 1850. 1856. Cancellaria scalaroides, Beyrich, Zeitschr. Deutsch. Geol. Gesell., vol. viii, p. 577, pl. xviii, fig. 5. 1880. Cancellaria varicosa, Fontannes, Moll. plioc. Vall. du Rhone, vol. i, p. 158, pl. ix, fig. 6. 1892. Cancellaria Lajonkairei, Van den Broeck, Bull. Soc. Belge Geol., vol. vi (Mémoires), p. 120. 1896. Cancellaria Lajonkairi, Bernays, Bull. Soc. Belge Géol., vol. x (Mémoires), pp. 128, 131. 1912. Cancellaria Lajonkairei, Tesch, Med. v. d. Rijks. v. Delfstoffen, no. 4, p. 86, no. 214. Speciic Chavracters.—Shell strong and solid, squarely turreted, subfusiform ; whorls 7, convex, the last nearly two-thirds the total length, regularly diminishing in size upwards, obtusely angulate above, with a distinct but narrow shelf below the suture ; ornamented by 9 or 10 strong lamelliform ribs, oblique or sinuous, extend- ing to the suture and to the base of the shell and by fine spiral ridges which in specimens from the Red Crag are generally abraded or obsolete; suture deep ; mouth more or less squarely angulated by the keel; outer lp grooved within ; columella with two prominent folds. Dimensions.—L. 25—42 mm. B. 8—20 mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil - Coralline Crag : Gedgrave, Sudbourn, Boyton. Waltonian: Walton-on-Naze, Beaumont, Little Oakley. Newbournian: Waldringfield, Sutton,. Foxhall. Butleyan: Butley. Miocene: North Germany. Phocene: Rhone Valley. Scaldisien—zone @ Isocardia cov: Belgium. Sealdisien : Dutch borings. 398 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Remarks.—The generic name Sveltia is used for a special group of the Can- cellaridee without umbilicus, the type form being S. varicosa, Brocchi, described below. Some confusion has existed as to the correct nomenclature of the present shell, which is fairly common in the Waltonian Crag at Oakley. It was described in 1835 by Nyst (op. cit.) as a new species under the name of Cancellaria Jonkaiviana, but afterwards, in 1843, identified by him with Voluta (Cuncellaria) varicosa of Broechi. In 1881, however, he reverted to his original determination, expressing a final opinion that it was distinct, both from the latter and from CU. coronala, Scacchi, to which Wood had referred a similar shell, after- wards described by him as C. scaularoides. Wood’s C. scalaroides and Nyst’s C. Lajonkairti may be regarded, I think, as varieties of the same species, the principal difference between them being that the former is the more slender of the two. I agree with the authorities named that they are specifically distinct from C. varicosa for reasons given in the next paragraph. Both occur in the English Crag, C. Lajonkaiiti bemg the most abundant. I have more than 30 examples of the latter, including fragments, from Oakley. One of these I have figured, together with some specimens of it and of S. vavicosa from several localities to show the difference between the two forms. One specimen of the present species in the York Museum measures 42 mm. X 20mm. Speaking generally, S. varicosa is a smaller and more slender shell and less strong and solid. Sveltia varicosa (Brocchi). Plate XL, figs. 15—17. 1814. Voluta varicosa, Brocchi, Conch, foss. subap., vol. 11, p. 311, pl. 1, fig. 8. 1841. Cancellaria varicosa, Bellardi, Desc. Canc. foss. Piem., p. 11, pl. i, figs. 7, 8. 1856. Cancellaria varicosa, Hornes, Foss. Moll. Tert. Wien, vol. i, p. 309, pl. xxxiv, fig. 6. 1856. Cancellaria varicosa, Beyrich, Zeitschr. Deutsch. Geol. Gesell., vol. viii, p. 579, pl. xviii, fig. 6. 1871. Cancellaria varicosa, A. Bell, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], vol. vii, p. 354. 1873. Cancellaria varicosa, d’ Ancona, Mem. Cart. Geol. Ital., vol. ii, p. 227, pl. xu, figs. 7, 8. 1874. Cancellaria varicosa, Van den Broeck, Ann. Soc. Roy. Malac. Belg., vol. ix, p. 120. 1876. Cancellaria varicosa, Seguenza, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. vii, p. 8, no 454. 1890-4. Cancellaria varicosa, Sacco, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. ix, p. 264, no. 3867, 1890 ; Sveltia varicosa and var. simplicior, Moll. Terr. 'Terz. Piem., pt. xvi, pp. 54, 55, pl. iii, figs. 42, 43, 1894. 1899. Sveltia varicosa, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. ili, p. 20, pl. 1, figs. 19, 20. Specific Characters.—Differs from 8. Lajonkairei in size and texture, in its elongate and more slender spire, and in having fewer ribs; the transverse sculpture is finer than that shown in Wood’s unworn specimen of C. scalaroides from the Coralline Crag (Mon. Crag Moll., pt. ii, pl. xxxi, fig. 9), with which, as just stated, I identify the first-named shell. In 8. varicosa the whorls are more regularly convex, TRIGONOSTOMA AMPULLACEUM. 399 rounded and depressed, not squarely angulate above—as in unworn examples of the latter from the Italian Pliocene (cf. fig. 15); moreover, the ribs end in an angulated row of short spines below the suture; the outer lip, which is grooved within, is gently rounded above and does not forma right angle at the upper corner of the mouth as in S. Lajonkairei. Dimensions.—L. 18 mm. B. 8 mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil: Corallme Crag: Gomer. Newbournian: Waldringfield, Felixstow. Scaldisien : Belgium. Miocene: north Germany, Vienna basin, Belgium (?). Lower Pliocene: Biot, Piedmont, Ligurian coast, Tuscany. Upper Phocene: Bologna, Asti (abundant), Livorno, Altavilla. Remarks.—The fossil from Waldringfield now described, belonging to the Ipswich Museum, agrees very closely with some I obtained at Asti, one of which I have figured withit. It seems to represent Prof. Sacco’s variety simplicior. The same type occurs also in the Scaldisien of Antwerp, all of them differing from S. Lajonkaireit. M. Van den Broeck reports C. varicosa, Brocchi (C. scalaroides, S. V. W.) from the Belgian Miocene, but to which of the two allied species given above he refers I am unable to ascertain. WS. varicosa is a smaller species than S. Lajonkairet and not so strong and solid. Genus TRIGONOSTOMA, Blainville, 1826. Trigonostoma ampullaceum (Brocchi). Plate XL, fig. 1. 1814. Voluta ampullacea, Brocchi, Conch. foss. subap., vol. 1, p. 313, pl. in, fig. 9. 1826. Cancellaria ampullacea, Risso, Hist. nat. Eur. mérid., vol. iv, p. 188, no. 482. 1841. Cancellaria ampullacea, Bellardi, Desc. Canc. foss. Piem., p. 35, pl. iv, figs. 7, 8. 1856. Cancellaria ampullacea, Hornes, Foss. Moll. Tert. Wien, vol. i, p. 321, pl. xxxv, fig. 4. 1872. Cancellaria ampullacea, d’ Ancona, Mem. Cart. Geol. Ital., vol. ii, p. 211, pl. xiii, figs. 11, 12. 1874. Cancellaria ampullacea, Van den Broeck, Ann. Soc. Roy. Malae. Belg., vol. ix, pp. 120, 135. 1876. Cancellaria ampullacea, Seguenza, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. vii, p. 8, no. 448. 1890-4. Cancellaria ampullacea and vars., Sacco, Boll. Soe. Geol. Ital., vol. ix, p. 268, no. 3838, 1890 ; C. (Trigonostoma) ampullaceum and vars., Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. xvi, p. 9, pl. i, figs. 16—20, 1894. 1899. Trigonostoma ampullacea, Cossmanu, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. iii. p. 26. Specific Characters.—Shell ventricose, umbilicate; whorls 5, squarely angulate above, the last much the largest, four-fifths the total length; ornamented by strong, oblique, irregular and sinuous ribs, and by fine, closely-set spiral ridges; spire short, turreted, rapidly diminishing in size towards the apex, with a wide concave shelf below the suture which is crossed obliquely by the ribs; suture deep; mouth 59 ays) 4.00 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. trigonal, angulated by the keel; outer lip crenulated, grooved within; umbilicus well marked, but not so large or deep as in 7’. wmbilicare ; peristome continuous ; columella triplicate. Dimensions.—L. 25—30 mm. B. 18—22 mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil; Scaldisien: Belgium. Miocene: France, Belgium, Germany, Vienna basin, Italy. Lower Pliocene: Italy. Upper Pliocene: Italy, Sicily. Remarks.—The generic (or sub-generic) name Trigonostoma is used for a sealaroid group of the Cancellariide having a sub-trianeular mouth without a distinct canal, a deep umbilicus and a columella deviating upwards towards the axis of the shell, further characteristics of which have been more fully given by M. Cossmann (op. cit., vol. ili, p. 24). T. ampullaceum oceurs in the Italian Pliocene, somewhat rarely in the Lower or Piacenziano deposits, but more abundantly in the Astiano. The type form has not been definitely recorded from the English Crag,! but one of the two specimens figured by Nyst in 1881 from the Belgian Scaldisien as 7’. wmbilicare (op. cit., pl. xxvill, fig. 8) may represent the present species, 7’. ampullaceum; the other (pl. 1, fig. 5), being a typical example of 7’. wmbilicave. As the two forms are similar in some respects, I have figured for the guidance of students a verified specimen of T. ampullacewm (Pl. XL, fig. 1) from Asti that I have received from my friend Prof. Sacco of Turin; this compared with a figure of 7’. wmbilicare on the same plate (fig. 3), also from Asti, will show the difference between the two species. M. Van den Broeck reports 7’. ampullacewn from the Belgian Miocene (Bolderien), and it occurs in deposits of similar age in other parts of Hurope. As it seems to have been found by Nyst in the Scaldisien of Belgium, there is no reason why it should not be obtained hereafter from the English Crag. Trigonostoma umbilicare (Brocchi). Plate XL, figs. 3, 4. 1814. Voluta umbilicaris, Brocchi, Conch. foss. subap., vol. ii, pp. 312, 645, pl. ii, figs. 10, 11. 1826. Cancellaria wnbilicaris, Risso, Hist. nat. Eur. mérid., vol. iv, p. 187, no. 481. 1841. Cancellaria wmbilicaris, Bellardi, Desc. Conch. foss. Piem., p. 35, pl. iv, figs. 17, 18. 1843-81. Cancellaria umbilicaris, Nyst. Coq. foss. Belg., p. 482, pl. xxxix, fig. 16, 1843 ; Conch. Terr. tert. Belg., p. 8, pl. i, fig. 5, 1881. 1872. Cancellaria wmbilicaris, d’ Ancona, Mem. Cart. Geol. Ital., vol. ii, p. 209, pl. xiii, fig. 10. 1874. Cancellaria umbilicaris, S. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., Ist Suppl., pt. ui, p. 182, Add. pl. fie. 10. 1874-92. Cancellaria umbilicaris, Van den Broeck, Ann. Soc. Roy. Malac. Belg., vol. ix, p. 272, 1874; Bull. Soc. Belge Géol., vol. vi (Mémoires), p. 131, 1892. ' T have an imperfect and fragmentary specimen from Oakley which may possibly belong to this species. TRIGONOSTOMA (VENTRILIA) ACUTANGULUM. 40] 1876. Cancellaria wmbilicaris, Seguenza, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. vii, p. 8, no. 449. 1878. Trigonostoma wmnbilicaris, de Stefani e Pantanelli, Bull. Soc. Malac. Ital., vol. iv, p. 115. 1890-4. Cancellaria umbilicaris and vars., Sacco, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. ix, p. 264, no. 3865, 1890 ; C. (Trigonostoma) wmbilicare and vars., Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. xvi, p. 4, pl. i, figs. 4—6, 1894. 1896. Cancellaria umbilicaris, Bernays, Bull. Soc. Belge Géol., vol. x (Mémoires), p. 131. 1899. Trigonostoma umbilicaris, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. iii, p. 25, pl. ii, figs. 1, 2. 1912. Cancellaria umbilicaris, Tesch, Med. v. d. Rijks. v. Delfstoffen, no. 4, p. 86, no. 216. Specific Characters.—Shell strongly and deeply umbilicate; whorls scalariform, compressed below, deeply excavated above with a concave shelf below the suture, crossed obliquely by the ribs; the last ventricose, much the largest; ornamented by oblique or flexuous longitudinal cost, ending in more or less clearly-marked, recurved spines and crossed by spiral ridges; spire short, rapidly diminishing in size upwards, ending in a blunt point; mouth triangular; peristome continuous; umbilicus wide, deep and open, extending to the upper end of the spire; columella with two strong folds and a smaller one below. Dimensions.—Of the Crag specimen, L. 22 mm. B. 15 mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil: Newbournian Crag: Waldringfield. Scaldisien: Antwerp, Dutch borings. Italian Pliocene: Piacenziano (rare). Astiano: Asti (abundant). Sicily— Altavilla. Remarks.—This species, which is exceedingly common in the Upper Phocene at Asti where I found one of the specimens here figured, may be distinguished from the one last described by its open and deep umbilicus which penetrates to the apical end of the spire. Except that the Crag specimen, which is from the Canham collection in the Ipswich Museum, is rather shorter than the Asti fossil, it corresponds very closely with it. The former is but little worn, and as T'’. umbilicare is characteristic of the Upper Pliocene of Italy there seems no necessity for regarding it as derivative in the Crag. Dr. Tesch informs me, moreover, that he has obtained 5 typical examples of it from beds he regards as Scaldisien in a boring at Grave-Oss in North Brabant, and M. Bernays reports it from deposits of similar age at Antwerp. ‘The fossil from Waldrmgfield figured by Wood (op. cit.) is, [ consider, the true 2’. wmbilicare. Sub-genus VENTRILIA, Jousseaume, 1888. Trigonostoma (Ventrilia) acutangulum (Faujas-de-Saint-Fond). Plate XL, fig. 2. 1817. Cancellaria acutangula, Faujas-de-Saint-Fond, Mém. Mus. Hist. Nat. Bordeaux, vol. i, pl. x, fords: 1825. Cancellaria acutangula, Basterot, Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. ii, p 45, pl. u, fig. 4. 4.02 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. 1840. Cancellaria acutangula and vars., Grateloup, Conch. foss. Terr. tert. Bass. del’ Adour, vol. i (Cancellaria), pl. i, figs. 1—4. 1890-94. Cancellaria acutanqula, Sacco, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. ix, p. 263, no. 3844, 1890; C. (Gulia) acutangula and vars., Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. xvi, p. 21, pl. 11, figs. 1—4, 1894. 1899. Trigonostoma (Ventrilia) acutangula, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. 111, p. 27, pl. 1, figs. 12—14. Specific Characters.—Shell large, ovate, sub-umbilicate; whorls 5 or 6, sub- ventricose, angulated above, with a square shelf below the suture, the last much the largest; spire short, rapidly diminishing upwards; ornamented by longitudinal coste, oblique and irregular, not very prominent, denticulated on the keel, and by inconspicuous spiral ridges; mouth large, trigonal, angulated below; outer lip sharply angulated at the upper right-hand corner, grooved internally ; inner lip reflected on the columella, expanded upwards; columella indistinctly triplicate. Dimensions.—L. 36 mm. B. 24 mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil ; Red Crag, probably Newbournian and derivative. Miocene: Piedmont, Aquitaine, Anjou. Remarks.—The specimen figured under this name belongs to the Sedgwick Museum at Cambridge, where it has been labelled Red Crag, Suffolk; it may probably have been obtained from the Newbournian horizon of the Waldringfield district which has yielded a number of specimens believed by Wood to be derivative. It appears to belong to the sub-genus Ventrilia (Gulia of Sacco!) of which our Crag fossil, which I refer to the species acutangulum, has been taken as the type. It is a characteristic Miocene shell known from south-west France, Piedmont and possibly from the Vienna basin. Genus BONELLITIA, Jousseaume, 1888. Bonellitia evulsa (Solander). Plate XL, figs. 12—14. 1766. Buccinum evulsum, Solander in Brander, Foss. Hant., p. 13, pl. i, fig. 14. 1823. Cancellaria evulsa, J. Sowerby, Min. Conch., vol. iv, p. 84, pl. eeclxi, figs. 2-—4. 1843. Cancellaria evulsa, Nyst, Coq. foss. Terr. tert. Belg., p. 477, pl. xxxix, fig. 18. 1856. Cancellaria evulsa, Beyrich, Zeitschr. Deutsch. Geol. Gesell., vol. viii, p. 556, pl. xvii, figs. 2—5. 1856. Cancellaria Bellardii, Hornes,. Foss. Moll. Tert. Wien, vol. i, p. 314, pl. xxxiv, figs. 17, 18. (?) 1867. Cancellaria evulsa, Speyer, Palaeontographica, vol. xvi, p. 177, pl. xvi, figs. 1—4. 1874. COancellaria Bellardi, Van den Broeck, Ann. Soc. Roy. Malac. Belg., vol. ix, pp. 120, 135. 1889. Cancellaria evulsa, von Koenen, Abh. geol. Specialk. Preussen, vol. x, p. 117, pl. x, figs. 1—s. 1 M. Cossmann considers the terms Gulia and Ventrilia synonymous, preferring the use of the latter. BONELLITIA EVULSA. 103 1890-4. Cancellaria Bellardii, Sacco, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. ix, p. 263, no. 3840, 1890; Bonellitia evulsa and vars., Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. xvi, p. 45, pl. ii, figs. 12—20, 1894. 1899. Admete (Bonellitia) evulsa, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. iii, p. 33, pl. 11, figs. 6, 7. 1907. Cancellaria evulsa, Ravn, Kongl. Dansk. Vid.-Selsk. Skrift. [7], vol. ili, p. 339, pl. vi, fig. 16. 1913. Cancellaria evulsa, Harder, Danm. geol. Undersggelse [2], no, 22, pp. 85, 130, pl. vii, figs. 4, 5. Specific Characters.—Shell of moderate size, ovato-oblong ; whorls 6, convex, the last ventricose, much the largest, three-fourths the total length, excavated below; ornamented by numerous oblique longitudinal cost, with an occasional varix, and by fine spiral lines which cross the ribs; suture deep; spire rapidly and regularly diminishing in size upwards; mouth irregularly ovate, angulated above and below; outer lip thickened and grooved within ; columella with three folds. Dimensions.—(Of Crag specimens) L. 12—15 mm. B. 7—10 mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil: Waltonian Crag: Little Oakley. Kocene : Hampshire basin, France, Denmark, Belgium. Oligocene: Germany (Upper, Middle, and Lower). Denmark (Upper and Middle), Belgium. Miocene: Denmark, Belgium, Vienna basin, Italy. Remarks.—The generic name Bonellitia is used for a group of the Cancellaride allied to Admete but differing from the latter in certain particulars which are given, with a full statement of its distinguishing characteristics, by M. Cossmann in the work already alluded to. The present species, originally described from an Eocene fossil of the Hamp- shire basin, has been recorded from various horizons of the Oligocene and Miocene deposits of different parts of Hurope, in which it is widely distributed. Specimens from the Eocene are not identical with those of a later period, but they are all grouped by paleeontologists as varieties of the same species. B. evulsa continued to exist in the North Sea basin up to and during Miocene times, but it has not been recorded hitherto from the Crag. Its variable character is shown by the fact that Prof. Sacco has described 9 distinct varieties of it, mostly from the neighbourhood of 'l'urin. I figure a specimen from the Belgian Miocene received from M. Dautzenberg which he considers to represent one of Prof. Sacco’s varieties of this species.’ I have found several examples at Oakley, more or less imperfect and smaller, apparently belonging to the same group. M. Cossmann while separating this and some allied forms from Cancellaria, regards Bonellitia as a sub-genus of Admete. ! Our Crag shells agree with the Miocene rather than with the Eocene form. 4.04 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. Bonellitia serrata (Bronn). Plate XL, figs. 10, 11. 1831. Cancellaria serrata, Bronn, Ital. Tert. Geb., p. 44, no. 211. 1872. Cancellaria Bellardi ?, S. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., Ist Suppl., pt. 1, p. 47, pl. iu, fig. 25. 1873. Cancellaria serrata, d’Ancona, Mem. Cart. Geol. Ital., vol. ii, p. 232, pl. xi, figs. 18, 14. 1876. Cancellaria serrata, Seguenza, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. vii, p. 8, no. 452. 1890-4. Cancellaria serrata, Sacco, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. ix, p. 264, no. 3863, 1890; Bonellitia serrata, Moll. Terr. Terz. Piem., pt. xvi, p. 49, pl. ii, figs. 5—10, 1894. 1899. Admete (Bonellitia) serrata, Cossmann, Ess. Paléoconch. compar., vol. 11, p. 34 Specific Characters.—Shell small, fragile, ovato-turriculate; whorls 5 or 6, ventricose and rounded, the last much the largest, about two-thirds the total length ; ornamented by numerous obliquely curved longitudinal costee, distinct but not prominent, clathrated by fine well-marked spiral ridges with still finer ones in the interspaces; spire rapidly diminishing in size upwards; suture deep; mouth oval; outer lip grooved within; columella imperforate, with three folds. Dimensions. —L. 10 mm. B. 7 mm. Iistribution.—Not known living. Fossil: Coralline Crag: Boyton. Waltonian: Little Oakley. Newbournian: Sutton (? derivative). Miocene : France, Italy. Lower Phocene: Castelnuovo, Ventimiglia, Bordighera, Albenga. Upper Pliocene : Livorno, Bologna, Orciano, Altavilla. Remarks.—The present species is said to occur abundantly at certain localities of the argiles bleues (Lower Pliocene) of the Ligurian coast, and Seguenza gives it from various exposures of the Upper Pliocene of Sicily and Italy. One of the specimens now represented is from the Coralline Crag of Boyton and belongs to the Sedgwick Museum at Cambridge; the Italian fossil figured for comparison, with which it closely corresponds, I owe to the kindness of Mr. Clarence Bicknell of Bordighera. I have two others from Oakley, imperfect, which Prof. Sacco has identified with them; the one given by Wood as OC. Bellardi, from the Red Crag of Sutton, was regarded by the latter as derivative from some older deposit, which, judging from its appearance, may probably be the case. ‘That from Boyton, however (fig. 10), is clearly a genuine Crag shell. Prof. Sacco remarks that B. serrata, though varying in the number and size of its longitudinal and transverse coste, retains a character of its own which 1s sufficiently constant. It seems specially distinguished by its delicate sculpture and its ventricose whorls. BONELLITIA GRANULATA. 405 Bonellitia granulata (Nyst). Plate XL, fig. 8. 1843. Cancellaria granulata, Nyst, Coq. foss. Terr. tert. Belg., p. 479, pl. xxxix, fig. 14. 1856. Cancellaria granulata, Beyrich, Zeitschr. Deutsch. Geol. Gesell., vol. viii, p. 567, pl. xvii, figs. 7—9. 1867. Cancellaria granulata, Speyer, Palaeontographica, vol. xvi, p- 179, pl. xvi, figs. 6—8. 1913. Caneellaria granulata, Harder, Danm. geol. Undersggelse [2], no. 22, p. 86, pl. vii, fig. 10. Specific Characters.—Shell solid, elongato-ovate, turreted; whorls 6 or 7, convex, the last about five-eighths of the total length; ornamented by about a dozen strong and somewhat oblique longitudinal costa, nearly equal to the inter- spaces, and by rather strong spiral ridges which cause granulation where they intersect the ribs; spire regularly diminishing in size towards an obtuse apex; suture well-marked; mouth oval, angulate above; columella with three folds; canal very short. Dimensions.-—L. 17 mm. B. 9 mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil: Newbournian Crag: Bentley, probably derivative. Upper Oligocene: north Germany. Middle Oligocene: Denmark. Remaris.—The fossil here figured was found among some Crag material from Bentley received from my friend Prof. P. G. H. Boswell. Although not quite perfect it shows clearly its original form and sculpture. It approaches an Oligocene shell described by Nyst in 1848 as Cancellaria elongata (Coq. foss. Terr. tert. Belg., p. £76, pl. xxxviii, fig. 21), as to which Wood states he had found in the Coralline Crag an imperfect specimen which somewhat resembled it. The Bentley shell appears, however, to differ materially, both in form and sculpture, from the one described by Nyst under that name, and I am disposed rather to refer it, at least provisionally, to another Oligocene species, B. granulata, with which I think it more nearly agrees. In any case our fossil 1s probably derivative in the Crag. In endeavouring to identify our Crag specimens with those of other times and other regions we may remember, first, that many species are very variable, and next, that one cannot place implicit reliance on non-photographic figures. This may be illustrated by a comparison of those of the present species given by the three authors mentioned above. Bonellitia incerta, sp. nov. Plate XL, fig. 9. Specific Characters.—Shell minute, fragile; whorls 4, convex, the last tumid, much the largest, two-thirds the total length; ornamented by rather distant costee, not so wide as the spaces between them, and by clearly marked spiral ridges; spire short, truncated, ending abruptly in a very small apex; suture deep ; mouth 4.06 PLIOCENE MOLLUSCA. wide, oval; outer lp expanded with a thin edge, but strengthened behind by the last rib and continuous with a short canal; columella with two distinct folds. Dimensions.—L. 6mm. B.3 mm. Distribution.—Not known living. Fossil: Gedgrayian Crag: Gedegrave. Remarks.—This minute shell is from the Wood Collection at the Norwich Castle Museum. It seems to belong to the serrata group, but I do not think it can be regarded as a variety of that species. As I cannot find anything to which I may satisfactorily refer it, I describe it provisionally under the above name. In form and size it approaches an Antwerp fossil, C. minuta, Nyst (Coq. foss. Terr. tert. Belg., p. 482, pl. xxxviu, fig. 23, 1843), but, if we may depend on the correctness of Nyst’s figure, the sculpture of that species is much finer and more delicate. Genus ADMETE, Kroyer, 1842. Admete viridula (Fabricius). Plate XX XIX, fies. 42—47. 1780. Tritonium viridulum, Fabricius, Faun. Groenl., p. 402. 1818. Murex costellifer, J. Sowerby, Min. Conch., vol. ii, p. 225, pl. excix, fig. 3. 1846. Cancellaria viridula, Lovén, K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Forh., vol. iii, p. 87. 1848-74. Cancellaria costellifera, 8. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll., pt. i, p. 66, pl. vii, fig. 24, 1848 ; C. (Admete) viridula, 1st Suppl., pt. 11, p. 206, 1874. 1869-71. nD PO PO LP PD ww SDM ie Ce) eh aU. PLATE XXXIX. Pleurotoma contiqua (Broechi). Scaldisien, Antwerp. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Italian Phocene. (Harmer Collection) Raphitoma concinnata (S. V. Wood). Coralline Crag. (Jermyn Street) Ditto. Coralline Crag. (Cambridge Museum) : ; Raphitoma nuperrima (Tiberi). Coralline Crag. (Cambridge Museum) Raphitoma nevropleura (Brugnone). Foxhall. (Jermyn Street) Raphitoma compacta (Etheridge and Bell). St. Erth. (Jermyn Street) Raphitoma Hornesii (Mayer). St. Erth. (Jermyn Street) Raphitoma consimilis, sp. nov. Gedgrave. (Cambridge Museum) Raphitoma mitrula (8S. V. Wood). Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Raphitoma substriolata, sp. nov. Recent. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) : Raphitoma tenuistriatu (A. Bell). Wexford. (Harmer Collection) Raphitoma Keepingi (Etheridge and Bell). St. Erth. (Cambridge Museum) Mangilia costato-striata (8S. V. Wood). St. Erth. (Cambridge Museum) Ditto. St. Erth. (Cambridge Museum) j Mangilia assimilis, sp. nov. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collectioz) Mangilia Bertrandi (Payraudeau). Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Monte Mario. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Gedgrave. (Cambridge Museum) : : : Mangilia Gwynii (Etheridge and Bell). St. Erth. (British Museum) Bela Sarsii, Verrill. Recent. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. East Runton. (Norwich Museum) : : Bela elegans (Moller). Bridlington. (Headley Collection) . Bela angulosa, G. O. Sars. Bridlington. (Cambridge Museum) Bela bicarinata (Couthouy). Bridlington. (Headley Collection) Bela multistriata (Jeffreys). Bridlington. (Headley Collection) Bela borealis (Reeve). Wexford. (Harmer Collection) Bela Trevelyana (Turton). Wexford. (Harmer Collection) . Clathrurella minuta, sp. nov. Ramsholt. (Ipswich Museum) Clathrurella linearis (Montagu). Wexford. (Harmer Collection) Drillia Jeffreysii, sp. nov. Coralline Crag. (Ipswich Museum) Drillia galerita (Philippi). Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Donovania lineolata (Tiberi). Selsey. (British Museum) : Donovania multilineata (Etheridge and Bell). St. Erth. (British Museum) Donovania candidissima (Philippi). St. Erth. (British Museum) Brocchinia mitreformis (Brocchi). Gedgrave. (Harmer Collection) var. costata, nov. Felixstow. (Harmer Collection) Admete viridula (Fabricius). Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) : 5 Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Gomer pit. (Cambridge Museum) Ditto. Wexford. (Harmer Collection) . Ditto. Orford. (Cambridge Museum) . : var. Couthouyi (Jay), Boyton. (Jermyn Street) ditto. Butley. (Harmer Collection) Admete Wouweri, sp. nov. Scaldisien, Antwerp. ( Harmer Collection) Admete gracilenta (S. V. Wood). Boyton. (Cambridge Museum ) Ditto. (Ipswich Museum) PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1916 Eade ry Se Co. Imp. ( tereoscopic a London PEATE Xie Trigonostoma ampullaceum (Brocchi). Asti. (Harmer Collection) Trigonostoma (Ventrilia) acutangulum (Faujas-de-St. Fond). Red Crag. (Cambridge Museum) ; Trigonostoma umbilicare (Brocchi). Asti. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Waldrinefield. (Ipswich Museum) Merica contorta (Basterot). Boyton. (Jermyn Street) Ditto. Boyton. (Cambridge Museum) . Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) : Bonellitia granulata (Nyst). Bentley. (Harmer Collection) Bonellitia tucerta, sp. nov. Gedgrave. (Norwich Museum) . Bonellitia serrata (Bronn). Boyton. (Cambridge Museum) . Ditto. Italian Pliocene. (Harmer Collection) Bonellitia evulsa (Solander). Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) ; var. semicostata (Sacco). Hdgehem. (Harmer Collection) Sveltia varicosa (Broechi). Asti. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Waldringfield. (Ipswich Museum) Ditto. Scaldisien, Antwerp. (Harmer Collection) Sveltia Lajonkairvei (Nyst). Gedgrave. (Jermyn Street) Ditto. Scaldisien, Antwerp. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Felixstow. (York Museum) Potamides (Ptychopotamides) tricinctus (Brocchi), var. tnornata (S. V. Wood). Waldringfield. (Cambridge Museum) var. typica, nov. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) . ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) . var. icenica, nov. Yarn Hill. (Cambridge Museum) . : Trophon (Trophonopsis) Harmeri (A. Bell). Wexford. (Harmer Collec- ~ tion) : : Ditto. Wexford. (Harmer Collection) . ; Lrophon (Trophonopsis) barvicensis (Johnston). Recent. (Harmer Collection) : : Ditto. Wexford. (Harmer Collection) Mollusca. PALA ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. I9I6 ~J.Green, del London Stereoscopic Co. Imp. = » - rT! VA mm iene rey! bal a ee es se) PLATE XLUI. Bittium reticulatum (Da Costa). Recent. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Aldeby. (Ipswich Museum) Ditto. Ramsholt. (York Museum) var. trinodosa (Etheridge and Bell). St. Erth. (Harmer Collection) . Bittiwm punctulum (S. V. Wood). Walton-on-Naze. (British Museum) Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Bittiwm lacteum (Philippi). Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Recent. (Harmer Collection) : ; : Bittium robustum, sp.nov. Scaldisien, Antwerp. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Leocochlis granosa (S. V. Wood). Cor. Crag. (Cambridge Museum) . Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Cor. Crag. (Harmer Collection) : Cerithiopsis Barleei, Jeffreys. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Recent. (Harmer Collection) 2 Cerithiopsis Metawx (Delle Cliaje). Recent. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Recent. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Cor. Crag, Sutton. (British Museum) Ditto. Boyton. (Jermyn Street) Cerithiopsis tubercularis (Montagu). Boyton. (Jermyn Street) Ditto. Recent. (Norwich Museum) : ; : Cerithiopsis minima (Brusina). Cor. Crag, Sutton. (Norwich Museum) var. ovoides, Cerulli-Irelli. Cor. Crag, Sutton. (Norwich Museum) Newtoniella (Seila) trilineata (Philippi). Cor. Crag. (Cambridge Museum) . ; : : ; é Triforis perversa (Linné), var. adversa (Montagu). Gedgrave. (Jermyn Street) é ’ ; Aporrhais pes-pelicant (Linné). Gedgrave. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Recent. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Kast Winch. (Norwich Museum) ‘ : var. minor, Bucquoy, etc. Boyton. (Harmer Collection) Aporrhais Uttingerianus (Risso). Scaldisien, Antwerp. (Harmer Collection) . : : Ditto. Italian Miocene. (Harmer Collection) : . Aporrhais Serresianus (Michaud). Recent, Bergen. (Harmer Collection) var. Macandrex, Jeffreys. Scaldisien, Antwerp. (Harmer Collection) PALA ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, IQDI6. Harmer, Crag Mollusca. ~J.Green.del London Stereoscopic Co. Imp. 13. LS; Ie PAE: Xu Turritella (Haustator) incrassata (J. Sowerby). Gedgrave. (Harmer Collection) . ; : Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Casterhen, Antwerp. (Harmer Collection) Turritelia (Haustator) erthensts, sp. nov. St. Erth. (Cambr ido ‘Mfaseamn) Turritella (Hanstator) incrassata (J. Sowerby). Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) . : Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Scaldisien, Antwerp. (Harmer Collection) : var. nvinor, nov. Middle Glacial, Billockby. (Norwich Museum) ditto. Middle Glacial, Billockby. (Norwich Museum) Turritella (Haustator) vermicularis (Brocchi). Waldringfield. flnsecon Museum) : : : Turritella (Haustator) tr eeu ane Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) . : Ditto. Italian Phocene. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Miocene, Touraine. (Harmer Collection) . Turritella (Zaria) subangulata (Brocchi). Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) . Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) var. mediocarimata (de Gregorio). Italian Pliocene. (Harmer Collection) . : : Turritella (Haustator) crenulata (Nyst). Cisne Boleiia (Cambridge Museum) : : Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) PAL.Z ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1916 mp. UO. ere Oscopic Tea Les uU.Green a ae ve yh wn a Ai av { J , } i AY i er Wik as fe} wi | evi Mans, j iy “ ih y rene te) PA AyE xa at: Turritella (Haustator) vermicularis (Broechi). Asti. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) ; var. lineolato-cincta (Sacco). Asti. (Harmer Collection) ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) . ditto. Walton-on-the-Naze. (Harmer Collection) 5 Turritella (Haustator) tornata (Brocchi). Asti. (Harmer Collection) . Ditto. Cor. Crag, Sutton. (Ipswich Museum) : Turritella (Haustator) marginalis (Brocchi). Miocene, ‘'Touraine. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Bentley. (Ipswich Museum) Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) 5 : Turvitella (Haustator) imbricataria (Lamarck). Waldringfield. (Cam- bridge Museum) : . Ditto. Waldringfield. (Norwich Museum) ; : Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Turritella communis, Risso. Wexford. (Harmer Collection) ‘ Turritella (Haustator) incrassata (J. Sowerby). Wexford. (Harmer Collection) . : : : 5 ‘ Turrvitella (Haustator) biplicata (Bronn). Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) . : : Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Turritella (Archimediella) bicarinata (Kichwald). Miocene, ‘Touraine. (Harmer Collection) . ‘ Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, i916 ty Soo) eS COE SC Cie ae DH ee eS SB ee eS eS SSO OO NTT S37 OREN CO) SSS bo — 22. 1) 9 24. bo wo Oo 27. o 0 © PO Fes 100 PLATH XLIV. Turritella communis, Risso. Recent, British seas. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Easton Bavent. Icenian. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Bramerton. Icenian. (Norwich Museum) Ditto. Blackpool. Pleistocene. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Wexford. (Harmer Collection) . Ditto. Recent, Mediterranean. (Harmer Collection) Turritella tricarinata (Brocchi). Monte Pellegrino. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Waldringfield. (Ipswich Museum) : var. bicincta (S. V. Wood). Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Turritella turris, Basterot. Miocene, Touraine. (Harmer Collection) . Ditto. (?). Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) : : : Turritella (Zaria) decipiens (Monterosato). Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Recent. (Harmer Collection) : Turritella erosa, Couthouy. Bridlington. (Cambridge Museum) : Turritella (Haustator) plamspira (S. V. Wood). Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Buccinum undatum, Linné, var. pulchra, F. W. Harmer. Kelsey Hill. (British Museum) Ditto. Wexford. (Harmer Collection) . i : Pisania exigua (Dujardin). Recent. (Harmer Collection) . Trophon (Trophonopsis) muricatus (Montagu), var. similis (?) F. W. Harmer. Wexford. (Harmer Collection) : ; : ‘ : Searlesia Ravni, F. W. Harmer. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Fusus Waelii, Nyst. Belgian Oligocene. (Norwich Museum) : ; Vermetus (Burtinella) bognoriensis (Mantell). Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Vermetus (Bivonia) triqueter (Bivona). Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Sicilian Pliocene, Ficarazzi. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Waldringfield. (York Museum) Ditto. Wexford. (Harmer Collection) . : : : ; Vermetus (Petaloconcha) glomeratus (Linné). Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Italian Pliocene. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) ; : : Vermetus (Petaloconcha) intortus (Lamarck). Italian Pliocene. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) . : Trichotropis Kroyer, Philippi. Little Oakley. (Harmer Collection) . : Trichotropis borealis, Broderip and Sowerby. Waldringfield. (Ipswich Museum) Ditto. Recent, Troms6. (Harmer Collection) Ditto. Cor. Crag. (Cambridge Museum) é : : Trichotropis insignis, Middendorff. Recent, Alaska. (Harmer Collection) var. Woodii, nov. Bridlington. (Cambridge Museum) PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, I9I6 ALIV ACIS if re « aa Sy at 32 i = UO. Imp 10 it don Stereoscop Lon x WJ.Green., del. [palaxontographical Socicty, 1916. A MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH PALAOZOIC ASTEROZOA BY Wo K. SPENCER. M.A... f:G.8. PART Tir Paaus 109—168; Pratms VI—XIII. LONDON PRINTED FOR THE PALHONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. Frpruary, 1918. PRINTED BY ADLARD AND SON AND WEST NEWMAN, LTD., LONDON AND DORKING. URANASTER RAMSEYENSIS. _ 109 2. Uranaster ramseyensis (Hicks). Plate VI, figs. 1—4; 'Text-figs. 64—66. 1873. Palasterina ramseyensis, Hicks, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxix, p. 51, pl. iv, figs. 21—23. 1874. A. x Woodward, Geol. Mag., dee. ii, vol. i, p. 96. 1914. Palasterina ? r Schuchert, Fossilium Catalogus, Animalia, pt. 3, p. 31. 1915. Palasterina ? * Schuchert, Bull. 88, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 154. Material— Two specimens of the species are known, both of which have a counterpart. They are from the Lightbody Collection, and are in the Museum of the Victoria University, Manchester. L. 11036¢ is the original of Hicks’ fig. 21 ; its counterpart is L.11038. L. 11037 is the original of fig. 22, and its counterpart Trxt-ria. 64.—Wash drawing of a portion of the apical surface of Uranaster ramseyensis (I. 11038). I.M., infero-marginalia; #&., radialia; S.JZ, supero-marginalia. x 5. is L. 11036). The original of fig. 22, L. 11037, is chosen by me as the holotype of the species. Specific Characters—Much smaller than U. kinahani, r measuring 4 mm. Adambulacralia from base of arm onwards outnumber the infero-marginalia. Apical Surface (Plate VI, figs. 2, 4; Text-fig. 64).—The apical surface of the arm is strikingly similar to that of U. kinahani, most of the essential differences being those which we should expect to find in a more primitive form from a lower geological horizon. As in U. kinahan and Petraster speciosus the boundary of the apical surface is formed, not by the supero-marginalia, but by the infero-marginalia (compare the Text-fig. 64 with Text-fig. 60, p. 106, and Text-fig. 67, p. 111). The supero-marginalia in the disc are stellate in the three species (compare the same Text-figures). The radialia are more persistent and more readily recognisable in U. ramseyensis than in U. kinahani (compare Text-fig. 64 with Text-fig. 61, p. 106). This would be expected because the 15 110 BRITISH PALAOZOIC ASTEROZOA. first-named species is the more primitive. The appearance towards the distal extremity of the arms is similar in both species and highly characteristic. Both adradialia and supero-marginalia if seen in slight profile view, look half-moon- shaped. This is well seen in the case of U. kinahani in the lower left-hand side of Pl. V, fig. 4, and in U, ramseyensis in Text-fig. 64. Many of the infero-marginalia have distinct swellings, each of which carried a long prominent spine. Schuchert notes that the distal infero-marginalia of P. speciosus also tend to become strongly convex with ‘‘one prominent point for an articulatory spine ” (1915, p. 143). This is a further point which enables one to link up an English Uranaster with the American LP. speciosus. The infero-marginalia of U. kinahani appear to be much flatter, and I have not been able to recognise prominent spines with certainty. Text-ria. 65.—Wash drawing of a portion of the oral surface of Uranaster ramseyensis (Li. 11036 b) to show the dise. J.M., infero-marginalia; M@.P., mouth-anele plates; S.M., supero-marginalia; J’.L., ventro-lateralia. x 7. Trxt-ria. 66.—Wash drawing of a portion of the oral surface of Uranaster ramseyensis (Li. 11036 a) to show the ambulacral groove. Ad., adambulacralia ; 4m., ambulacralia ; I.W/., infero-marginalia. x 5. Oral Surface (Plate VI, figs. 1, 3; Text-figs. 65, 66).—So far as it can be made out, the oral aspect is almost precisely that of U. kinahani, except that the adambulacralia outnumber the infero-marginalia. Unfortunately, there is no good view of the interior of the interbrachial region of the disc or of the mouth-parts. The drawing given (Text-fig. 65) shows that some ventro-lateralia were present, but their exact arrangement cannot be made out. ‘The mouth-angle plates appear to have been large and prominent as in U. kinahant. Measurements.—L. 11037 with its counterpart has approximately R:r:: 11 mm.: 4mm. IL. 110388 with its counterpart is slightly larger. Horizon and Locality—Hicks supposed that the beds from which these specimens were obtained were of Tremadoe (Upper Cambrian) age. Prof. O. T. Jones, however, in a letter to me, states: ‘The Ramsey Island Tremadoc beds have been shown by Mr, J. Pringle (‘Geol. Mag.,’ 1911, pp. 556—9) to be in all URANASTERIDA. A probability Lower Arenig. ‘This is based on the identification in them of Calymene tristant and Ogygia selwyni, both characteristic Lower Arenig forms. In their rather distorted state Hicks believed them to be Neseuretus and Niobe respectively. ... There are probably no Tremadoc beds anywhere in the St. David’s district, the Arenig beds being either faulted against Lingula Flags or older rocks, or lying unconformably upon them.” ‘This determines the horizon of the species to be Lower Ordovician, but even with the newer age of the form established, U. ram- seyensis is the oldest known Asterozoan. American Forms of Uranasteride. It has already been pointed out (pp. 105, 106) that the American form Petraster speciosus 1s very similar to the English species of Uranaster. Schuchert has given a very full description of the form (85, pp. 142—145), to which the reader is referred. One of his illustrations is reproduced here (Text-fig. 67). Trxt-Fia. 67.—A portion of the apical surface of Petrasfer speciosus to show the stellate supero-marginalia just inside the bordering infero-marginalia (reproduced from Schuchert), x 2°5. It is clear from Schuchert’s description that P. speciosus is descended from a slender-rayed form very similar to a Uranaster. It might be argued that since P. speciosus is from the Upper Ordovician and that U. ramseyensis and U. kinahani are from the Lower and Middle Ordovician respectively, I. speciosus might be a descendant of the English forms of Uranaster. Personally I am not inclined to take this view, for the appearance of the distal region of the arm is dissimilar in P. speciosus from that in the two species of Urunaster. None of the characteristic half-moon-shaped plates are present in the American species. further, the mouth-angle plates in Uranaster are relatively larger than in P. speciosus. Rather does it seem that Uranaster and P. speciosus have descended from a common stock which has undergone slightly different changes in the two regions. The type species of Petraster is P. rugosus, Billings, but unfortunately it 1s so little known that we cannot argue as to its exact relationships. I originally intended to make generic comparisons between Uranaster and Petraster, but until more is known of the type species of Petraster this appears to be useless. The species described by Schuchert as Petraster ? americanus (D’Orbigny) does not appear to be related to either P. speciosus or P. rugosus (see p. 125). 112 BRITISH PALAIOZOIC ASTEROZOA. Australian Forms of Uranasteride. Petraster smythi has been described by McCoy (95, p. 41, pl. x, figs. la, 1b). Schuchert remarks (85, p. 148): “So far as one can judge of the description and illustration, the species is a small but genuine Petraster.” It is probable that Schuchert is right, but before the affinities of the form can definitely be decided, it will be necessary to undertake its further study. The species is stated to be very rare in the fine sandy Upper Silurian rocks of Moonee Ponds, Flemington, a little north of Melbourne. Section B—Family Lepipactrnipa, nova. 1899. Lepidasteride (pars), Gregory, Geol. Mag., dec. iv, vol. vi, p. 352 (see also p. 47 of this Monograph). 1900. 55 (pars), Gregory, Lankester’s Treat. Zool., vol. 3, Echinoderma, p. 255. 1914. v (pars), Gregory (emend. Schuchert), Fossilium Catalogus, Animalia, pt. 3, p. 7. 1915. ys (pars), Gregory (emend. Schuchert), Bull. 88, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 157. Asterozoa with broad adambulacralia occupying almost the whole of the oral surface throughout the greater part of the arm. Surface of adambulacralia in the distal two-thirds of the arm evenly rounded and ornamented with stout short spines. Proximal adambulacralia modified. Infero-marginalia and radialia recog- nisable. Mouth-angle plates very prominent. Madreporite very large and oral in position. All the English forms are from one locality and horizon, the Wenlock (Middle Silurian) Limestone of Dudley. One does not seem to have any really good clue to their ancestry, but they appear in many respects to be more closely related to the Asteroidea of Section A than to any of the other Asterozoan branches. The most primitive genus, Lepidactis, has much the same structure as early “ Meso- paleasters,’ except that (1) the adambulacralia are broader and more convex, and (2) the very large madreporite is oral in position. The Family contains two genera : Lepidactis, nov. gen., primitive five-rayed forms having distinctly differentiated radialia, supero- and infero-marginalia. There is one species, L. wenlochi, n. sp. Lepidaster, Forbes, modified multi-armed forms. Extra apical plates are added, and the radialia and marginalia lose much of their differentiation. There is one species, L. grayt, Forbes. Lepidaster has one very distinctive feature. The proximal insertions of the inter-adambulacral muscles were placed in round small deep holes near the oral surface and are very distinctive if the ossicles have been slightly displaced (Pl. VII, fig. 2). Unfortunately the conditions of preservation of Lepidactis do not allow me to be sure of the same type of muscle-insertion there. If it were it would make a really good Family-character. LEPIDACTIS WENLOCKI. 113 Genus LEPIDACTIS, novum. Generic Characters.—Arms five, petaloid. Adambulacralia wide, nearly all similar. Mouth-angle plates large with distinct odontophor. Distinct rows of supero- and infero-marginaha and radialia. This genus is from the Wenlock Limestone of Dudley—the same horizon and locality as Lepidaster grayi. It shows a great general resemblance to Lepi- daster in the shape and disposition of its adambulacralia and mouth-parts and in the position of its madreporite. The five arms and the structure of the marginalia show it, although contemporaneous, to be of a more primitive type. The shape of the madreporite and other points noticed in the description, suggest that it does not belong to the same lineage as Lepidaster, but rather to another offshoot. It is also interesting to note that the structure of the axillary oral region and of the apical surface is parallel to that shown in early “ Mesopaleaster” stages of the Asteroidea dealt with in Section A of this Monograph. The genotype and only species is Lepidactis wenlochi. 1. Lepidactis wenlocki, nov. sp. Plate VI, fig. 5; Text-figs. 68—70. Material.—Only one specimen, preserved in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) and registered as 57426. Originally only the oral surface was exposed, but I have been able to lay bare also the apical surface of the greater portion of one arm. Unfortunately the ossicles have been much disturbed before entombment, especially in the mouth-region. The specimen when found was cracked across the middle and put together again. These disturbances add considerably to the difficulties of study. Oral Surface (Plate VI, fig. 5; Text-figs. 68, 69)—The specimen may be orientated from the position of the madreporite (M. of Pl. VI, fig. 5). The arms on each side of the madreporite are regarded as numbered 1 and 1, and the number- ing is continued in a counter-clockwise direction. ‘The best reconstruction of the arm can be made from arm i and the neighbouring right interradius (Text-fig. 68). This interradius is occupied by two large infero-marginalia and an odonto- phor. The latter plate is completely shut off from the margin, and the axillary structure is consequently strongly reminiscent of the early “ Mesopalexaster” stage of the Family Promopaleeasteride (compare Text-fig. 41, p. 82). The odontophor on the left side of the arm is not shut off from the margin, but here the plate has obviously been much displaced and has one of its bordering infero-marginalia missing. ‘T'his odontophor has the whole of its flat shield-shaped surface exposed. The proximal extremity is sharply pointed, the point doubtless fitting into the concavity between the two mouth-angle plates. On each side of the median point 114 BRITISH PALAOZOIC ASTEROZOA. there is a deep notch which served for the attachment of the distal end of a mouth- angle plate. Beyond the notch is the flat side for the articulation of the first adambulacral. Five spine-bearing ridges run fanwise along the ossicle. The spines have vanished, but their articular elevations may be seen. ‘The sides of the odontophor, which fits on to the neighbouring infero-marginalia, are very straight. The proximal infero-marginalia are very prominent plates with surfaces usually not uniformly swollen but ornamented by large irregular excrescences. Thus the first infero-marginal on the left side of the arm has a prominent irregular ridge on its oral surface, and the second and third show large mammillate inner projec- tions. The first infero-marginal on the right side has a flat surface, but the second 68 Text-ric. 68.—Plan of the ossicles on the oral surface of Lepidactis wenlocki. Ad., adambulacralia ; J.M., infero-marginalia ; M.P., mouth-angle plates ; O., odontophor; 7., torus. x 3. Trxt-Fic. 69.—Wash drawing of the madreporite, odontophor (O.), and three infero-marginalia (7.I/.) of Lepidactis wenlockt. x 6. and third ossicles are as on the left side. The infero-marginalia distal to these form only a slight boundary to the oral surface, although a lateral view of the arm shows that they are well developed. Their surface is uniformly swollen and ornamented by pustules. Thirteen infero-marginalia have been counted in all, but the extremity of the arm is not entirely exposed. Except in the proximal region, the greater portion of the width of the oral surface is occupied by the adambulacralia. These differ somewhat in shape in the various regions. About the middle of the arm they appear as oblong plates with a uniform highly convex surface. Their inner nose-end is not visible, as the groove is quite closed over. If the groove is slightly open, as it is in portions of arm IV, the pointed nose is distinctly visible as figured for L. grayi. There appears to have been a pustular closely-set ornament. The comb-spines have become LEPIDACTIS WENLOCKI. 115 detached, but the short groove-spines may often still be seen on each side of the groove. The anterior depressions for the muscle-attachments may also be seen on afew of the ossicles on this same arm. ‘They are not very distinct, but seem to have been confined to the inner oral side of the ossicle exactly as in Lepidaster, and not so deep as in that form. The adambulacralia become smaller both proximally and distally from the median ossicles already described. The distal adambulacralia have the same shape and ornament as that already described. Proximally, however, the plates appear to become irregular in form. Unfortunately, owing to the disturbance already referred to, their exact shape and disposition are difficult to make out. Some of the out- lines presented are given in T'ext-fig. 68. This same disturbance does not allow recognition of the mouth-parts im situ. A displaced mouth-angle plate les near Trxt-ria. 70.—Plan of the ossicles on a portion of the apical surface of Lepidactis wenlocki. R., radialia ; M., supero-marginalia. x 3. the madreporite, and it is very similar to that figured for Lepidaster. A few thin odontophors with spines still attached may also be seen in the central disc region. The madreporite is a very large swollen plate lying at present entirely on the oral surface. ‘There has been considerable disturbance in the interradius where it is situated, and it may originally have been somewhat oro-marginal in position. It is figured together with its surrounding plates in Text-fig. 69. It hes on the outer side of three plates, the odontophor and the proximal infero-marginalia, and is separated from the odontophor by a fourth small plate. Its outer edges are rounded, its proximal edge concave and distal edge convex. The madreporiform markings are raised and remind one in their appearance of some of the ‘“ chain corals.” Generally, except in position, the plate is very dissimilar from that observed in Lepidaster. Side View.—A lateral view of arm tv shows that the supero- and infero- marginalia are almost opposite. Two intermarginalia are seen. The larger proximal intermarginal is curious, inasmuch as it appears simply to stick on the 116 BRITISH PALAZOZOIC ASTEROZOA. side of the marginalia and does not separate them. The distal intermarginal is a small triangular plate in an angle between two supero-marginalia. A few small apical plates may be seen in the axils of the arms, but there is no conspicuous interbrachial area. Apical Surface (Text-fig. 70).—The figure given is a plan of the ossicles of the apical surface of arm iv. It will be noticed that the restoration does not include much of the dise region. I was unable to clear this region, as the fossil showed that it might break up. The portion of the arm exposed is very like that of Hudsonaster.’ here is a row of stout radialia bordered on each side by supero- marginalia. The latter ossicles are alternate with the radialia in the proximal portion of the arm and come to le opposite to them in the distal region. A few small adradialia enter the base of the arm just as they do in the early Mesopale- asterinee (see p. 78). A suggestion that the form is reaching an advanced lineage stage 1s conveyed by the pronounced lack of symmetry of the proximal supero- marginalia, that on the left side being stout while that on the right is broken up into smaller ossicles. ‘The under-surface of one of the disc-plates lies partially exposed in the interradius between arms tv and yv. Its appearance is almost exactly similar to that of the under-side of one of the dise ossicles of Calliasterella mira, Trautschold, figured by Schondorf (65, pl. xxiv, fig. 10). The ornament on the radialia and supero-marginalia is pustular like that on the infero-marginalia. Measurements —R:r::24mm.: 7mm. Width of arm at base is 8 mm. Horizon and Locality—Middle Silurian (Wenlock Limestone) of Dudley, Worcestershire. Genus LEPIDASTER, Forbes. 1850. Lepidaster, Forbes, British Organic Remains (Mem. Geol. Sury.), dec. ii, p. 1. Generic Characters —Multiradiate. Proximal adambulacralia profoundly modi- fied. Marginalia and the apical plates tend to lose their differentiation and to resemble each other. 1. Lepidaster grayi, Forbes. Plate VI, fig. 6; Plate VII, figs. 1—6; Text-figs. 71—78. 1850. Lepidaster grayi, Forbes, British Organic Remains (Mem. Geol. Surv.), dec. iii, p. 1, pl. i, figs. 1-3. 1862. _ Wright, British Foss. Echinodermata, Oolitic, vol. 11 (Palzont. Soc. for 1861), p. 35. ? 1873. Trichotaster plumiformis, Wright, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe., vol. xxix, p. 421. 1874. Lepidaster grayi, H. Woodward, Geol. Mag., dec. ii, vol. 1, p. 9. 1879. grayt, Zittel, Handb. Paleont., vol. i, p. 454. 1890, 5 grayi, Stiirtz, Paleontographica, vol, xxxvi, p. 222, pl. xxviii, figs. 19-20, LEPIDASTER GRAYI. 117 1893. Lepidaster grayi, Stiirtz, Verhandl. nat. Ver. preuss. Rheinl., vol. 1, pp. 52-72. 1914. so grayt, Schuchert, Fossilium Catalogus, Animalia, pt. 3, pp. 5, 7, 22, 23. 1915. i grayt, Schuchert, Bull. 88, U.S. Nat. Mus., pp. 38, 40, 158—160. Material.—Five specimens of the species are known. The holotype figured by Forbes is in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) and is registered as 40215. A smaller but much better preserved specimen is in the collection of the Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street. The third specimen is in the Dudley Museum (No. 606), and the fourth in the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge (a 717). A small specimen, which I believe to be a young immature form of the species, is in the Ketley Collection of the University of Birmingham. The Holotype.—Vhis has been excellently figured by Forbes, who describes the dise as “‘ unfortunately so injured that its elements cannot be made out, but appears to have had a framework composed of closely-set polygonal ossicles.” It is, as Forbes says, very difficult to make out any arrangement of the ossicles of the disc, but this may be due to secondary modifications due to the old age of this large specimen. The structure of the free portions of the arm is as in the Jermyn Street specimen. ‘There is one point, however, which deserves special mention. Forbes describes ‘‘ small polygonal intervening plates”? which cover the ambulacral groove between the adambulacralia. These, if present, would be comparable to the ventral shields of the Ophiuroidea. Stiirtz suggests that these plates are really separated ambulacralia, a conclusion supported by Schuchert (85, p. 159). There is no doubt that the plates look suspiciously like extra subambulacral pieces, as they are so regularly polygonal; and I have not been able to dissect downwards, without spoiling the specimen, to determine their true character. In view of the fact that they are not present in any of the other specimens, one must support Stiirtz’s conclusion. The madreporite is plainly figured but it appears to have escaped textual notice by all observers. The Jermyn Street Specimen (Plate VII, figs. 1—5; Text-figs. 71, 72).—There are thirteen arms, orientated for the purpose of description by means of the madreporite which is situate in the interradius between the arms regarded as 1 andi. This interradius is well preserved and is drawn together with the border- ing ossicles as Text-fig. 71. The main series of ossicles can readily be identified. The mouth-angle plates are large ossicles fitted with an exceptionally stout torus. The adambulacralia of the arms are wide and oblong, occupying the major portion of the oral surface and distally also assisting in forming the margin. Proximally they are considerably modified, a prominent transverse ridge being especially noticeable. The infero-marginalia in the axils of the arm are long and flat. When they pass on to the arms they become rounded and globular. There is also a large triangular interradial area filled in by numerous flat plates (ventro-lateralia) which separate the adambulacralia of neighbouring radii. A large madreporite is in the axil of the arm just exterior to the infero-marginalia. 16 118 BRITISH PALAOZOIC ASTEROZOA. Arms xt and xu give the best view of the large and subtriangular mouth-angle plates (Pl. VII, fig. 3). The interradial side of the triangle is thick and looks hke a stout bar. It les parallel with and adjoining the corresponding bar of the neighbouring mouth-angle plate. The proximal side of this pair of bars is excavated so as to form a deep hollow bordered by a thick lip. The torus fits against the lip. Rows of spine-pits run across the torus. The spines themselves have usually fallen away, but a few of them may be seen in the interradius containing the madreporite. ‘he inner side of each mouth-angle plate is hollowed out very much as is the jaw of Lapworthura (compare with PI. I, fig. 10). It is Trxt-ria. 71.—Plan of the ossicles on the oral surface of Lepidaster grayi. Ad., adambulacralia; [.¥., infero-marginalia; M., madreporite ; 1/.P., mouth-angle plates; 7., torus; V., ventro-lateralia. x 3. not possible to see the articulation of the first ambulacralia with the mouth-angle plates. The adambulacralia in the proximal third of the arm are somewhat smaller than those immediately distal to the disc, and are considerably modified. A wash drawing is given (PI. VII, fig. 2), which shows the modifications assumed by the adambulacralia. The three proximal adambulacralia of the figure each show a distinct nose on their inner side. This inner nose end is considerably thickened, and the thickening extends as a gradually thinning ridge across the ossicle. The fourth and fifth adambulacralia are turned somewhat on one side, but they show that the ridge meets a corresponding projection from a neighbouring infero- marginal. As we follow the adambulacralia distalwards the cross-ridge widens LEPIDASTER GRAYI. Lg gradually until, when we reach the adambulacralia situate a short distance away from the base of the arm, the whole surface of the ossicle is uniformly swollen. Owing to the displacement of the sixth to the eleventh adambulacralia this is not well seen in the figure. The most distal (the eleventh) adambulacral alone shows an evenly swollen surface. Further details as to the structure of these proximal adambulacralia may be gathered from the study of other portions of the specimen. The armature of spines is preserved on certain ossicles and figured (Text-fig. 72). It is seen that the nose end of the adambulacral carried spines which stretched across the groove. Stout spines were also carried on the transverse ridge. The displaced adambulacralia mentioned above show the position and form of the inter-adambulacral muscles. The proximal articulation is situate upon a shghtly projecting ridge placed at the ner edge of the ossicle. In consequence of the upward tilt of the articulating surface one can look well down into the muscle-excavation. The ridge in its natural position fits a backward projection Trxt-ric. 72.— Outline drawing of two proximal adambulacralia of Lepidaster grayi, to show the spines on the ridge. x 8. from the preceding adambulacral, and under this projection is the excavation for the proximal extremity of the same muscle. The small deep hollows for the inter- adambulacral muscles are confined to the inner ends of the ossicles throughout the greater part of the arm. ‘They present a very characteristic appearance. At the distal extremity they disappear, and then there is a weak concavity covering the whole of the articulating surface. A side view of a displaced proximal adambulacral is figured (PI. VII, fig. 4). The outwardly projecting knob articulated with a ventro-laterale. ‘lhe proximal ambulacralia are figured (Pl. VI, fig. 2). They are flat plates with forwardly projecting pegs which fit into sockets on the preceding plates. A ridge for the separation of the tube-feet is present, but it is very thin and low, suggesting that the tube-feet are much reduced in functional importance. The distal ambulacralia are exposed in arm ty. ‘hese are oblong evenly swollen ossicles, and so far as I can see show no trace of a transverse ridge. ‘Their inner end is somewhat swollen, but there is no trace of a concavity for the insertion of ventral cross- muscles. Obviously the articulation with the opposing ambulacralia was very loose, which may account for the easy displacement of these ossicles (see below). 120 BRITISH PALAOZOIC ASTEROZOA. Ambulacraha with but slight or no carination are described by Schuchert for Hudsonaster narrawayt (1915, p. 59) and Anorthaster miamiensis (1915, p. 126). Reduced adambulacralia are found in Urasterella (see below, p. 148) and Calli- asterella (p. 167). It is obvious that a reduction of the ambulacralia in functional importance can occur in many different genera. The infero-marginalia at the extremities of the arm are globular and swollen. Their disposition with respect to the ambulacralia varies in the different arms. ‘Thus at the end of arm iv the infero-marginalia are equal in number and opposite to the ambulacralia. In arm x the distal imfero-marginalia are slightly less numerous than the adambulacralia and consequently alternating (roughly there are four adambulacralia to three infero-marginalia). The infero-marginalia of this portion of the arm are on the lateral rather than the oral surface, but as we approach the base of the arm the infero-marginalia become flat and closely fitting. They also pass over on to the oral surface. They are always equal in number to 73 Text-ric. 73.— Wash drawing of an adambulacral of Lepidaster grayi to show ornament. x 12. Text-ric. 74.—Wash drawing of the madreporite of Lepidaster grayi. x 6. the adambulacralia, and each infero-marginal articulates with an adambulacral exactly as do the ventro-lateralia with the proximal adambulacralia (see above). The infero-marginalia at the exact base of the arm are squamiform. In the inter- radius between arms v and vi they are continued as an are round the axil of the arm, but in the madreporite and other interradii they are more broken up and there is an appearance as if they were trying to thrust themselves into the disc. Displaced squamiform supero-marginalia may be seen in the interradi between several arms (see also below). The Sedgwick Museum Specimen is incomplete. The appearance of the arms which have been preserved is much as in the Jermyn Street specimen. The Dudley Specimen (Plate VII, fig. 6; Text-figs. 73, 74).—This specimen is almost exactly the size of the holotype. The dise was folded before preservation in such a way that an oral view of eight arms is obtained, the remaining arms being mostly in apical view. Although this allows valuable apical views not seen in other specimens, the dise is so effectively hidden that only the free portions of the arms may be observed. Their structure is exactly as in the Jermyn Street specimen. ‘The whole surface of the form is pitted just as if originally it were LEPIDASTER GRAYT. 12] covered with spines. The fact, however, that these pits extend over the articu- latory surfaces of the adambulacralia shows that they are secondary and due to weathering. Portions of the unweathered surfaces of a few of the adambulacralia, e.g. those on arm x11 figured, show raised pustules which carried stout spines (Text-fig. 73). The ornament on the madreporite is well preserved and figured (Text-fig. 74). Birmingham University Specimen (Plate VI, fig. 6; Text-figs. 75, 76).—This is a small form which I beheve to be an immature individual of the species. The specimen is fairly well preserved, except that the right-hand portion of the disc (as photographed) has been pushed over the left. In consequence it is difficult to count the arms. These numbered at least eight, and possibly ten, but I am sure there were not the normal thirteen arms present. This is not surprising if we Text-ria. 75.—Wash drawing of two arms of a young individual of Lepidaster grayi. Ad., adradialia ; I.M., infero-marginalia. x 4. Text-ria. 76.—Plan of ossicles of a portion of the oral surface of a young individual of Lepidaster grayi. Ad., adambulacralia; 7.1, infero-marginalia; M.P., mouth-angle plates; V”.L., ventro-lateralia. x 6. remember that in certain Recent species arms are added until far in adult life (see Schuchert, 85, pp. 207—209). Only the oral surface is shown. The disc does not appear to have so many ventro-lateralia as in the previously described specimens. The proximal adambulacralia also appear to have been but slightly, if at all, modified. This latter is the only really distinctive character of the specimen which might entitle it to rank as a distinct species. It might well, however, be merely a sign of immaturity. Apical Surface.—Forhes states that “ Mr. Gray has dissected from the slab the extremity of one of the rays in such a manner as to permit an examination of both upper and under surfaces of the same ray.” This upper surface was figured and described as ‘composed of numerous small polygonal nearly flat ossicula, closely set, and of various sizes.” Stiirtz copied this figure to try and establish the relationships of Lepidaster with the Recent Scythaster. Schuchert remarks (p. 158) that “ Forbes’s illustration leads the writer to believe that the abactinal plates 122 BRITISH PALAIOZOIC ASTEROZOA. have been damaged and that originally the larger pieces were arranged in supra marginal columns, while the smaller ones composed the radial row of ossicula.” Unfortunately the original exposed apical piece has been lost; I have, how- ever, exposed the end of an arm of the Jermyn Street specimen and obtained exactly the same arrangement as in Forbes’s figure. The extremity of a “ bent- over” arm of the Dudley specimen is similar, but a more proximal portion of the same arm showed a distinctly regular structure (Text-fig. 77), proving that Lepi- daster is descended from a form with regularly arranged apical plates. Any irregular arrangement of the ossicles is probably not due to post-mortem derange- ment but to secondary changes of a similar type to those observed in Promo- palexaster (p. 94) and Mesopalexaster ketleyi (p. 103). This view is supported by 3M. = 3) a | = ' ne on. | OG Texr-ria. 77.— Plan of a portion of the apical surface of Lepidaster grayi (from the Birmingham University Museum). J/.M., infero-marginalia; &., radialia; S.M., supero-marginalia? x 3. the text-figure, which shows that the breast-plate-shaped radialia are not always closely touching but are separated occasionally by smaller plates—exactly the stage figured for Promopaleaster elize (Text-fig. 52, p. 93). The changes are so pronounced at the extremities of the arms that no regular arrangement is discernible. The Dudley specimen also shows that the apical plates at the base of the arm and those entering the disc are overlapping and very difficult to distinguish from one another. In this respect they compare with the disc-ossicles of the oral surface of the holotype, and may also represent a ‘senile ” characteristic. Oross-Section (Text-fig. 78)—Arm xt of the Jermyn Street specimen gives a good view of a cross-section near the distal extremity. The large adambulacrala and want of symmetry of the apical plates are noticeable, as also the reduced ambulacralia. ‘The figure should be compared with the cross-section of the arm of a Urasterella given (Text-fig. 93, p. 148). In both cases it is very obvious that the arm-cavity is much reduced. 7 eS —— a LEPIDASTER. 12: “ Measurements.—The holotype has R: r:: 51 mm.: 22 mm. (R = 2.3 r). Length of free portion of arm is 27 mm. Dudley Museum specimen: Length of free portion of arm is 27 mm. Jermyn Street specimen has R: r::34mm.: 14mm. (R= 2-4 r). Length of free portion of arm is 20 mm. Sedgwick Museum specimen, R:r: : 23:2 mm. : 9°3 mm. (R = 2°5 r). Birmingham University specimen, R: r:: 145 mm: 5°5 mm. (R = 2'6 r). There is evidence, therefore, that the disc increases more rapidly than the arms as the form becomes more mature. Horizon and Loealityw—Middle Silurian (Wenlock Limestone) of Dudley, Worcestershire. Trichotaster plumiformis.—The Grindrod Collection is stated by Wright to have contained a small ten-armed form from the same locality and horizon, which he named T'richotaster plumiformis. The specimen appears to have been very badly ia Trxt-ria. 78.—Cross-section through an arm of the Jermyn Street specimen of Lepidaster grayi. Ad., adambulacralia; Z.M., infero-marginalia. x 6. Ad. preserved, and it was not figured, but the original description is as follows: ‘‘ The specimen described showed the outlines of a small starfish, with a large dise and short rays, in a slab of Wenlock Limestone from Dudley. The outline of the ten rays was described as marked out by the border of small triangular spines, the other plates of the disc and rays being absent. Hach ray was terminated by a stem-like multi-articulate process as long as the ray, from towards the extremity of which spring slender lateral processes, giving it a tufted appearance.” I have not seen the specimen, but the locality in which the specimen was found, and the fact that Lepidaster is the only pre-Devonian multi-rayed starfish, suggest that Wright’s species, like the Birmingham University specimen, is an immature example of Lepidaster grayi. Mode of Infe of Lepidaster. Some time ago, when thinking over the structure of Lepidaster, I came to the conclusion that it was not a predatory form like most of the Asteroidea, but that it was sedentary and sat with its apical surface on the sea floor whilst its arms were 124 BRITISH PALAOZOIC ASTEROZOA. bent upwards in order to capture food. The reasons which inclined me to this view were: (1) The specimens are always found with their apical surface downwards ; (2) the strong interadambulacral muscles must have bent the arms upwards; (3) the tube-feet were obviously much reduced and could have been of little use for walking. Soon after I came to this conclusion, Dr. Gemmill sent me a paper on cilary nutrition in certain species of Asteroidea (95, pp. 1—15) which confirmed me in my view and gave me a new stock of ideas. Gemmill found when investi- gating the actinal ciliation of the Recent pin-cushion starfish, Porania pulvillus (O. F. M.), “ with the help of suspended particles, that there were periods during which extremely active ingestion of the particles through the mouth into the stomach occurred.” He proceeded to give a list of structural or functional peculiarities which appeared to him to be direct adaptations for ciliary nutrition. There can be no doubt that Gemmill has proved his point, and that Porania can and does live in this way. Many of the peculiarities mentioned by Gemmiil cannot be tested in the dead Lepidaster, but there are certain characters of Porania which are parallel to those of our Silurian fossil. Thus, Gemmill notes (p. 11) that ‘the general shape of the starfish with its large flat intermediate [disc] areas, ensures that there is an extensive circumoral ciliated field, adapted for food-gathering purposes.” The large dise of Lepidaster has already been noted, and it is perhaps significant that the measurements already given seem to show that the disc becomes relatively larger as the form grows older. Again, Gemmill notes (p. 14) that the sucker feet of Porania “are neither particularly strong nor are they kept actively in use.” This is exactly as we suspect to be the case in Lepidaster. Gemmill also makes an observation which suggests the use of the long spines of the odontophors of Lepidaster. He states (p. 13): “If the oral surface of a Porania be sharply irritated, the spines at the interradial angles of the mouth will close in and by interdigitating with each other will cover up the mouth-opening completely. In the same way the whole or any part of an ambulacral groove can be entirely shut in by the spmes on opposite sides of the groove. We seem to have here a ready means of protecting the mouth from exposure to streams of inacceptable or injurious particles.” Lastly, it may be this peculiar mode of life of Lepidaster which has brought about the oral position of the madreporite. It would obviously have been useless functionally if it had been on the apical side pressed against the sea-bottom. American Species of Lepidaster. No English species are known which appear to be ancestral to any of the Lepidactidee, although the direction of evolution from some form alike in several respects to Mesopaleaster is suggested by the structure of L. wenlocki. It is SECTION C. 125 possible, however, that the American Ordovician species named by Schuchert (85, p. 146) Petraster ? americanus, D’Orbigny, may be an earlier relation. This species is only known from a specimen which lies in the matrix in such a manner as to show the inner apical aspect of the ventral plates. It has a com- paratively large disc, stout mouth-angle plates with large tori and adambula- cralia described as “articulated together by little processes and corresponding sockets or sinuses.” Neither drawing nor description gives sufficient detail to make the exact relationships of the form certain, but it seems possible that if the form were studied anew a more exact correspondence with Lepidaster would be found. Section C.—Family Urasteretiipm, Schuchert ; », CNEMIDAOCTINIDA, nova; », PROTARTHRASTERIDA, nova. In the Introductory Section to this Monograph I pointed out (e.g., p. 52) that the Paleozoic Asterozoa include : (1) Forms which are more or less strictly comparable to the Asteroidea and Ophiuroidea of the present day. (2) Forms which really represent branches of the Asterozoan stock not repre- sented by modern survivors. The Families described in this section belong to an extinct branch stock at one time with a world-wide distribution and of great importance. They must have originated early because they form an important section of the earliest known Asterozoa. The classified list of characters given below shows that they had distinct Asteroid affinities masked frequently by the Ophiuroid (wriggling) mode of life which they assumed. The following general characteristics of these Families may be enumerated : (a) Those which show the Relationships with the Asteroidea. (1) There is usually at least one row of marginalia. (2) The madreporite is apical in position. (3) The inter-adambulacral muscles have the same type of insertion as in many Recent Asteroidea. (4) The ambulacralia are always “ asteroid.” (b) Special Characters. (1) The dise is small and the arms are very long in proportion (see Text-fig. 89, p. 139). This gives the forms a very “‘ophiuroid ” appearance. (2) The adambulacralia are stout plates usually covering the whole of the oral surface of the arm and frequently also assisting in forming the margin. Lach almost always possesses a 17 126 BRITISH PALAOZOIC ASTEROZOA. prominent ridge upon which is frequently borne a row of stout spines. At first sight, especially when tbe groove is open, they might be mistaken for the side-shields of true ‘“Ophiuroids.” Really, however, they have quite a different structure (see below). (3) All the plates of the apical surface have usually stout spine-like or ridge-like paxillar projections which carry spines. (c) Characters which show the Origin of the Families. (1) The early members of the lineages have an arrangement of the plates of the disc which is even more primitive than in the Hudsonasteridz (see p. 129 and Text-fig. 81). (2) Infero-marginalia can always be recognised, but there are no supero-marginalia. It will be remembered that the forms of Section A had always both series of marginalia, although it was suggested (p. 67) that the supero-marginalia had arisen later than the infero-marginalia. The fact that only infero- marginalia can be recognised in the form now about to be described, supports the argument from the structure of the apical plates, namely, that the Families broke away from the original stock before the typical “ Hudsonaster”’ structure was developed. These infero-marginalia are pushed well over on to the apical surface by the strong development of the adambulacraha. Distribution.—The forms are widely distributed both in space and time. They appear with the earliest known Asterozoa in the Ordovician, and comprise a fair proportion of the forms in the early Palaeozoic rocks. In the Mesozoic they become relatively less important, although one genus, Arthraster, persists into the Chalk. Species have been recognised from the rocks of N. America, England, Scandinavia, Russia, Germany, and Australia. Lineage Changes.—It will be noticed in the description below (p. 136) that the forms present lineage changes comparable to those shown by the Asteroidea of Section A (pp. 61—65). Schuchert, as recently as 1914, appears to have been the first to recognise the essential similarity of structure of many of the various forms which are now about to be described. His super-family, the Urasterellacea (see above, p. 58), includes most of the species described below together with an additional family, that of the Compsasteridz. Personally, however, I do not feel that | know enough about this latter family to undertake its classification for the moment. Schuchert classifies the Urasterellacea among the Cryptozonate Asteroidea. Hudson, more recently still, has published a valuable paper in which he remarks that the structure of Urasterella shows that we have here a “new sub-class of URASTERELLIDA. 127 Asterozoa”’ (93, p. 119). Very generously he leaves me to name this sub-class I do not propose, however, to name any sub-class for the moment, but to await the further completion of my work before attempting a new classification—a task which at present I do not feel competent to undertake. The Family Cnemidactinide is in the fundamental structure of the ambulacral groove the simplest of the group. Unfortunately, however, it is represented solely by one genus and one species, which, like the representatives of Promopalxaster, is found only at its maximum of elaboration just before its final extinction. The want of knowledge of all except this single form renders it desirable to choose the next simplest set of forms, the Urasterellidee, for imitial study. Family Urastereniipm, Schuchert (emend.). 1899. Texniasteridex, Gregory (part), Geol. Mag., dec. iv, vol. vi, p. 351 (includes Teniaster, ? Stenaster Urasterella, Protasteracanthion, Salteraster). 1900. Remerasterine, Gregory, Lankester’s Treat. Zool., vol. i, Echinoderma, p. 255. 1914. Urasterellide, Schuchert (part), Fossilium Catalogus, Animalia, pt. 3, p. 7. 1915. s Schuchert (part), Bull. 88, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 172. IMNagnosis.—Group C forms with adambulacralia allowing of free movement of the arms. Adambulacral ornament usually specially prominent along a transverse ridge. Infero-marginalia with columnar paxilla-shafts. Apical surface of dise with paired interradialia (proximal adradialia) immediately distal to the primary circlet. The family comprises two genera—Urastevella, McCoy, and Salteraster, Stiirtz. Schuchert’s description of the forms within the Family constituted a great advance on all previous knowledge, for he not only clearly described the American forms: but established clear relationships with English, German, Russian, and Australian representatives. His diagnosis is as follows: ‘‘ Specialised Crypto- zonia, with alternate ambulacra, and with adambulacral type of oral armature. Rays five, rather flexible, long and gently tapering, proximally united without forming interbrachial areas. No inframarginals discernible as such at maturity, the actinal margin being occupied by well-developed adambulacrals. Abactinal area composed of numerous small plates arranged in columns and quincunx. ‘The radial and supra-marginal columns may be discernible in somewhat larger plates. Adambulacrals many, like coins set on edge. Contains: Urasterella, McCoy.” Later knowledge compels the radical modification of this diagnosis. General Appearance of the Urasterellide.—A good idea of the general appear- ance of the Urasterellidae may be obtained from a study of the text-figures (p. 129, p. 189 and p. 167) and the photographs given (Pls. 1X, X). The disc is seen to be small, while the arms are often very long. The length of the arm suggests a wriggling form of life, a conclusion borne out by the studies given below. The transition between the various lengths of the arms is shown in the 128 BRITISH PALAOZOIC ASTEROZOA. Plate. A cross-section through the arm shows even more clearly some of the essential differences between these forms and the Asteroidea of Section A, espe- cially if the two sections be placed alongside as they are in Text-figs. 79, 80. It will be noticed that in Promopalxaster the adambulacralia are comparatively small, and the great mass of the calcareous skeleton consists of the marginalia and the apical plates, while in Urasterella the adambulacralia are remarkably stout and it is difficult to distinguish marginalia. Further the calcareous skeleton of Promo- paleaster encloses a large body-cavity which helps to contain the viscera, gonads, etc. In Urasterella as we shall see (below, p. 130) there is distinct evidence that the viscera scarcely entered the body-cavity. Another important feature of the Urasterellid is the paxillar character of the apical and marginal plates. All these features are dealt with in detail below. 79 80 Trxt-ric. 79.—Cross-section through an arm of Promopaleaster elize (slightly diagrammatised). Ad., adambulacral; Am., ambulacral; /.W., infero-marginal; R., radial; S.M.,supero-marginal. x ©. Trxt-F1c. 80.—Cross-section of the arm of Urasferella pulchella (after Hudson). Ad., adambulacral ; Am., ambulacral; /.M., infero-marginal; #&., radial; X., first adradial. Notice the first adradial on the right side fitting into a concave depression on the ambulacral. x 15. Arrangement of the Apical Plates (Text-fig. 81; Text-fig. 88, p. 138; Text- fig. 92, p. 143).—A type of arrangement of the apical plates which may un- doubtedly be regarded as primitive, is well shown in four English specimens (one adult Urasterella thraivensis, n. sp.; one young of same species; two adult U. ruthveni, var. leintwardinensis) and one American species, a young form of U. ulrichi, Schuchert (85, pl. 30, fig. 6). The centre of the dise is occupied by a centrale which may exceptionally appear as a double ossicle. External to this is a circle of six plates, five of which are in series with the radialia and are undoubtedly primary radialia, whilst the sixth is in the madreporic interradius just proximal to the madreporite and is a single primary interradial. It is clear that this arrangement is more primitive than that in the most primitive Asteroidea of Section A (the Hudsonasteride), for these have a centrale separated from the primary radialia by a ring of accessory plates and never possess less than five primary interradiaha (see above, p. 61). Schuchert, in spite of his frequent URASTERELLIDA. 129 assertions that all the Asterozoa can be derived from Hudsonaster, makes the same point, for he states (85, p. 49) with respect to accessory disc-pieces: “ In mature Hudsonaster they form a single ring, but in the young of the cryptozonian Uras- terella (U. ulricht) and in mature Calliasterella there are none of these accessory pieces present. For these reasons it is thought that in the Ordovicic there will be found a small asterid, even more primitive than Hudsonaster, that will be devoid of accessory disc pieces.” Some interesting correspondence with Dr. Gemmill enables me to cite the presence of a single primary interradial as evidence of the exceedingly primitive nature of the arrangement of the disc-ossicles. ‘l'wo years ago I wrote to him and pointed out the seeming importance of the five large primary interradialia in the Hudsonasteridz as being paralleled in the young stages of the Recent Asterias. In his reply he remarked: “The large regular interradials in the young Asterias are Texr-Fic. 81.—Plan of ossicles on the apical surface of a young individual of Urasterella thraivensis (D. 46). C., centrale ; /.M., infero-marginalia; &., radialia; X., first adradial. x 10. no doubt of much importance for purposes of comparison, but only, I should say, within forms of definite Asteroid or Ophiuroid type. These ossicles are, of course, as a series, results and not precursors of perfected quinqueradiate symmetry, and there is reason, I think, for considering that one of them (that in the madreporic interradius) is not strictly homologous with the rest” (see 94, p. 266). At that time I was not acquainted with the structure of Urastevella, and itis pleasant to observe that the structure of the genus substantiates his view, that originally the only interraidial present was that which throughout the whole of the Asteroidea is closely associated with the madreporite. The remaining plates of the disc are figured as radialia, adradialia and infero- marginalia. This is not quite in accordance with the views of Schuchert, who regarded the Urasterellide as belonging to the ‘“‘Cryptozonia,” that is, to the Asteroidea in which, in the adult, the original marginal series can no longer be clearly distinguished from the remaining plates. He was only prepared to admit that he had been able to recognise infero-marginalia in the axillary regions of a 130 BRITISH PALAOZOIC ASTEROZOA. young form of Uvasterella ulrichi, in U. asperula (85, p. 174), and at the distal (younger) end of the arm of an adult U. pulchella (85, p. 179). The supero- marginalia, he thought (85, p. 173), might be discernible in the two larger columns of plates which in some species run down the sides of the radialia (X. of Text- fig.150;p- 128). It seems to me that the various series are much more readily recognisable in the English than in the American species. At any rate, I have been always able to distinguish infero-marginalia from the remaining plates in both young and old specimens. Supero-marginalia are never present. ‘The series called supero-marginalia by Schuchert are not present in Salteraster (Text-fig. 94, p. 150) and are clearly the first row of adradialia in Urasterella. The fact that there are Asterozoa which possess clearly discernible infero- marginalia but no supero-marginalia is not surprising. Reasons were given above (pp. 76, 77) for the view that even in the case of those Asteroidea which possess a double marginal series, the infero-marginalia precede the supero-marginalia in Trext-Fi¢. 82.—Drawing illustrating the terms used in describing paxille. 4., paxilla-shaft ; B., paxilla-base; C., paxilla-crown. development. The Urasterellide are one of the groups of forms which separated from the original stock before supero-marginalia were developed, that is, they came from pre-Hudsonaster stock. It will be seen that these conclusions are supported by a study of the Cnemidactinide (p. 155). Hudson (93, p. 134) brings forward good evidence that the apical plates fit closely to the tops of the ambulacralia, and that we must conclude that in the American species the viscera did not extend into the arms beyond the second pair of ambulacralia. He shows, for example, in the cross-section reproduced (Text-fig. 80) that the first adradial fits into a curve at the top of the right ambulacral. It may be added that the reduction of the dorsal body-cavity seems to have taken place independently in several of the Asterozoan branches. Hudson also suggests that the small channels visible between the ambulacralia and the infero-marginalia (photograph reproduced here, Pl. VIII, fig. 7) were for a “fringe of papule issuing between the infra-marginals and the covering plates ” (93: p. £26). Structure of the individual Apical Plates (Text-figs. 82, 92).—Schuchert noticed (85, p. 173) that a very distinctive feature of the Urasterellida was the tendency of URASTERELLIDA. 13] many of the apical plates to be “drawn out into more or less long, blunt, stout, erect, non-articulatory rods.” Hudson has shown more recently that the rods carry small spines, and the plates are in fact paxille. It is convenient for descriptive purposes to adopt Ludwig’s terms (40, p. 510) for the various parts of the paxilla, namely, paxilla-base, paxilla-shaft, and paxilla-crown. These terms are illustrated in Text-fig. 82. One of Hudson’s figures is reproduced here (Pl. VIII, fig. 7). Each paxilla according to Hudson, carries “ three long articulated spinelets”’ (938, p. 130). He also shows that the paxilla-shafts (pedicels) and spinelets “are built of an alter- nating series of light and dark discs. The dark discs indicate the former presence of organic tissues, the white discs the presence of more open or spongy stereom formation. The writer would interpret this appearance as indicating that the spinelets were increased in length by a series of tissue extensions at the tips, these extensions becoming consecutive centres of stereom formation which, however, did not completely join one another. The spines seem also to have been formed in the same manner, and the whole structure is of a very primitive nature. Such a structure must not only have kept the spinelets from becoming very rigid bodies, but it must also have allowed them to fall apart, like a broken string of beads in decay . . . the pedicels also became separated from the plate-bases during decay and, like the spinelets, broke up into similar but more robust beads” (op: cit., p. 131). I have not been able to distinguish the spinelets in English forms, possibly because they so readily decay. ‘The paxilla-shafts (pedicels) are, however, usually recognisable. In most species of Urasterella (Text-fig. 92, p. 143) the paxilla- shafts of the radialia and the first row of adradialia are ridge-like, the ridge running along the length of the ossicle, while the remaining adradialia have rod- like paxilla-shafts. In Salteraster (Text-fig. 94, p. 150) the paxilla-shafts of the radialia are usually boss-shaped, those of the adradialia rod-like. In Urasterella montana they are shaped like an inverted cone (Text-fig. 93, p. 148). Structure of the Ambulacral Groove (Plate VIII, figs. 1—3; Text-figs. 83—85). —Many mis-statements have been made with respect to the structure of the ambu- lacral groove. Most of them have been corrected by Hudson (op. cit.), but it is still possible to add details to the facts already established. Some of these details allow one to obtain a more adequate picture of the mode of life of the forms. The material I have studied the most closely is that of Uruasterella thraivensis, n. sp., several of the specimens of this species showing displaced isolated ossicles. It was found possible to make enlarged models of them in plasticine, which were later reproduced in plaster-of-Paris. A photograph of the more proximal portion of the ambulacral groove reconstructed in this way is given (PI. VIII, fig. 1). The position of the ossicles is almost that which they would occupy if the groove were widely open. A lettered tracing of this photograph is given (Text-fig. 83). 132 BRITISH PALAIOZOIC ASTEROZOA. The ambulacralia are stout, oblong, closely-fitting plates. Stout I-shaped ridges run across their oral faces and serve to separate the depressions for the tube-feet. Down the middle of the groove runs the ambulacral channel for the radial water- vascular and blood-vessels. The concave depressions between each of the opposing pairs of ossicles doubtless served for the attachment of the ventral cross-muscles. Primitive ambulacralia very much of this type are found in several of the Asterozoan branches and have already been described for Promopaleaster (Text- fig. 544, p. 95). An important character in the ambulacralia of Urasterella is the position of the depression for the muscles connecting the ambulacralia with the adambulacralia. The photograph given (PI. VIII, fig. 2) shows that these articular depressions are situated well on the proximal face of the ambulacralia and shaped so that their median plane dips sharply towards the mouth. The effect is to make the oral surfaces of the adambulacralia also tip towards the mouth. Text-ria. 83.—Plan of the model of Urasterella thraivensis photographed PI. VIII, fig. 1. Ad., adambula- eralia ; )., depression for the muscle between ambulacral and adambulacral; &7.,ambulacral ridge. x 10. The description of the ambulacralia of U. pulchella and U. medusa given by Hudson (93, pp. 123-127) agrees on the whole with this. He does not seem to have obtained clear oral views of the ambulacralia, but he has obtained, what I have not, excellent apical views. He shows that there is no room between the plates for the passage of ampulla. ‘This is shown in one of his photographs reproduced here, Pl. VIII, fig. 7. He also shows that the imbrication of the ambulacralia varies according to their position, that is, a few proximal ossicles slope towards the mouth, but the majority slope away from it (op. cif., p. 123). In order to make this clear I have given a simple diagram (Text-fig. 84). Schuchert (85, p. 172) describes the ambulacralia as being alternate. With respect to this Hudson remarks (op. cit., p. 127) : ‘“‘ The arrangement of the flooring plates in U. medusa is for the greater part an alternate one. Those oppositely placed being those of the peristomial ring and a few following them ; arm a has nine plates oppositely placed, arm B but two pairs, and arm c apparently but one pair. In U. pulchella, however, in both holotype and plesiotype, the arrangement so far as seen is an opposite one. Only confusion can come from persisting in using this URASTERELLID A. 13% character, of alternate or opposite arrangement of floor-plates, in our definitions of genera or larger groups of paleozoic sea-stars. In Blastoidocrinus, the blastids, and all forms in which the growing arm-tip rests against the bibrachials, radials, or terminal plates, the flooring-plates are developed alternately. When one has become well grown and stiffened with stereom it takes up the thrusts against the growing arm-tip and leaves a space on the opposite side, practically free from compression, where the embryonic new plate and its concomitant structures may assume their proper positions. ‘The subsequent arrangement of these plates is due to other factors, and they may be found alternately placed in one arm whilst oppositely placed in another of the same individual.” As the arm is followed distalwards the ambulacralia become much squarer in outline. The adambulacralia are stout and high. Hach has a small nose where it meets "TI ANAS Ap. Text-ria, 84.—Drawing illustrating the change in the slope of the ambulacralia of Urasterella thraivensis as they proceed from the mouth-region (P.) distalwards (D.). Text-ria. 85.—Diagram illustrating the muscle-insertions on the proximal adambulacralia of Urasterella thraivensis. Ap., apical surface; Or., oral surface; D., distal surface ; P., proximal surface. an ambulacral. The oral faces have well-marked transverse ridges to which were attached long spines (Pl. VIII, fig. 3). The possession of the ridge and spines gives some resemblance to the side-shields of the Ophiuroidea. The resemblance, however, is superficial. The Ophiuroid side-shields are but loosely connected, the interadambulacral muscles being only shghtly developed or absent. The Urasterellid adambulacralia have strong interadambulacral muscles, which appear to have played a similar part in wriggling movements to the ambulacral (vertebral) muscles of the Ophiuroidea. This is particularly well seen in the case of the adambulacralia near the base of the arms, which have distinct differentiation in their proximal and distal muscle-excavations leading to increased power of the muscle. The proximal excavation is on a forward projecting ridge situate just under the oral face, while the distal excavation is on a backwardly directed projection just above the nose. In consequence of the slope of the ossicles already referred to, the interadambulacral muscles must have run very much as in the diagram given (Text-fig. 85). The contraction of the muscle would tip the ossicles still more towards the mouth and so cause dorso-ventral flexions. Side flexions 18 154. BRITISH PALAOZOIC ASTEROZOA. would be produced by the action of the muscles of one side only. The position of the arms of Calliasterella, figured Text-fig. 109, p. 167, shows that the arms of relations of Urasterella had considerable power of rolling up, and one cannot doubt this for Urasterella itself. Somewhat similar interadambulacral muscles may be found in recent Asteroidea. It is the large size of the adambulacralia in the Urasterellidze which gives the muscles a special significance. The two muscle-insertions of the adambulacralia appear to be more evenly hollowed from the middle of the arm to the distal extremity. The inner adambulacral face is flat in the proximal region of the arm. Distal- wards it is distinctly ridged. The ridges, as usual, helped to form the walls of the depressions for the tube-feet. If the groove be open the inner face appears to form a knee-bend where it 86 Trxt-Fic. 86.—Wash drawing of an interradial angle of Urasterella thraivensis. Ad., adambulacralia I.M., infero-marginalia; M.P., mouth-angle plates; O., odontophor. x 4. Tpx1-rra, 87.— Wash drawing of an interradial angle of Urasterella thraivensis viewed from inside the mouth (adoralwards). Ad., adambulacralia; Am., first ambulacral; M.?., mouth-angle plates; O., odontophor. x 4. joins the oral face (Pl. XI, fig. 8). Usually the groove is not found open, but almost if not completely closed. It is so figured in the reconstructions given (Text-figs. 89, 91, 95). The crests of the adambulacral ridges are occupied by raised perforated pustules, to which doubtless stout spimes were attached. No spies have been observed in this species, but they may be seen in U. ruthvei and U. ruthveni, var. leintwardinensis. Hudson suggests (op. cit., p. 134) that the adambulacral spines of U. medusa are “‘ minute paxille, each pedical bearing two spinelets.” Structure of the Mouth-par!s (Vext-figs. 86, 87).—The mouth-parts are strikingly similar in both the English and the American species of the Urasterellide. Text- fig. 86 shows a view of the interradial angle of U. thraivensis. The mouth-angle plates are prominent and triangular flat ossicles in series with the crested adambula- craha. mmediately distal to and within the angle of the arm is the odontophor (the axillary interbrachial of Schuchert and Hudson). Behind this are outlined URASTERELLA. 135 the edges of four infero-marginalia. Text-fig. 87 shows a view of the mouth-parts of another arm of the same individual looked at from inside the mouth (adorally). The first ambulacral is a very stout plate with a median concavity bordered by two ridges. This same concavity 1s continued upwards into a hollow in the mouth- angle plate. It serves to house the first tube-foot. It will also be noticed that there are opposite to the first three ambulacralia shown, one mouth-angle plate and two adambulacralia, not one mouth-angle plate and three adambulacralia as is so frequently the case in the Asterozoa. Hudson (93) has given a good photograph of the mouth-parts of the American species, U. pulchella (reproduced here, Pl. XI, fig. 7). He also kindly sent me a stereogram of the mouth-parts of this species showing a shghtly different stage in his laying bare the structures to that he has figured. It shows essentially the same structures as those observed in the English species. Hudson noted (op. cit., p- 123) the large first ambulacralia with their deep pit. He was inclined to regard the pit as serving “for an adductor which assisted in drawing inward the first or interradial pair of cover-plates”’ (p. 122). In a private letter to me, which enclosed the stereogram, he asks me to note ‘the paired muscle-remains (one of which is nearly lost) just within the large interradial {odontophor].” He goes on to state that there must have been muscles to draw in the mouth-angle plates, which in each interradius acted as an outer jaw. The origin of these adductors may have been on the inner surface of the odontophors rather than on the first ambulacralia. I see no reason for doubting these later conclusions of Hudson. As already has been pointed out, the pit on the first ambulacral is not a muscle-articulation but a depression for a tube-foot. On the other hand, the stout odontophor may well have served as a fulcrum for muscles moving the mouth-angle plates. Le) None of the English specimens show an apical view of the mouth-parts. Hudson, however, has obtained a good apical view of the mouth-parts of U. medusa. I have reproduced one of his photographs here (PI. VIII, fig. 4) because it shows such a clear resemblance to the corresponding structure in Cnemidactis (Pl. VIII, fig. 5). One of the interesting features in Cnemidactis is the high odontophor, visible in the photograph as a rounded grooved plate immediately above the mouth-angle plates. he photograph of U. medusa shows that the odontophor is similar and equally important in the Urasterellide. One would not guess this, however, because it is vertical and almost always hidden by the apical plates. Schuchert in fact (85, p. 174) regarded the odontophor as being only present in the young forms. It obviously, as a rule, is difficult to see. Careful search shows, however, that it 1s always present. Genus URASTERELLA, McCoy (emend.). 1855. Urasterella, McCoy, Brit, Paleeoz. Foss., p. 59 (not defined). 1885. Stenaster, Billings (pars), Canadian Organ. Rem., 11, p. 77. 136 BRITISH PALAOZOIC ASTEROZOA. 1868. Urasterella, Hall, 20th Rep. New York State Cab., p. 289; rev. ed., p. 392. 1874. - McCoy, Prodr. Palzont. Victoria, i, p. 42. 1879. 3 Zittel, Handb. Paleont., vol. i, p. 453. 1886. - Stiirtz, Neues Jahrb. fiir Miner., vol. ii, p. 152. 1886. Remeraster, Stiirtz, Paleontographica, vol. xxxii, p. 85. 1890. Urasterella, Stiirtz, loc. cit., vol. xxxvi, p. 219. 1890. Remeraster, Stiirtz, loc. cit., vol. xxxvi, p. 220. 1893. Stenaster, Stiirtz, Verh. Nat. Ver. preuss. Rheinl., Jahre. 50, pp. 40, 56. 1893. Remeraster, Stiirtz, loc. cit., pp. 52, 73. 1899. Urasterella, Gregory (pars), Geol. Mag., dec. iv, vol. vi, p. 352. (1914. “ Schuchert, Fossilium Catalogus, Animalia, pt. 3, pp. 5, 7, 28, 36, 37, 39, 44. 1915. Schuchert (pars), Bull. 88, U.S. Nat. Mus., pp. 41, 42, 45, 47, 49, 50, 69, 164, 173, 194, 212. 1916. Hudson, G. H., New York State Mus. Bull., Twelfth Report of the Director, 1915, pp. 117—139. A history of the genus is given by Schuchert (1915, pp. 175—177). Generic Characters.—A Urasterellid with dissimilar rows of adradialia. Species of Urasterella. sys Tao | European Con- British Isles. America. | none Middle Ordovician . — U. pulchella — - U. medusa U. ulrichi Upper Ordovician . | U. thraivensis = Lower Silurian : — U. ruthveni, mut. arisaigensis = (not described) Middle Silurian .| U. gutterfordensis — U. ruthveni, | _ var. leintwar- | | dinensis. Upper Silurian —. | U. ruthveni, var. leintwardinensis — U. ruthveni | Devonian 5 3 — Uz lutheri (not described) — | ;U. asperula. U. stella (not described) - | | U. schucherti (not described) | | U. nov. sp. (not described) Carboniferous : _ — U. montana. There appear to be several lineages re oresented and we cannot with our fo} 5) resent knowledge separate them. We Can take the following characters as fo) 5 showing progressive elaboration : (1) An increase in size Observed generally. (2) A comparative lengthening of the All young English and American forms arm are much more stellate than the more mature individuals. URASTERELLA THRAIVENSIS. 137 (3) A breaking up of the continuity From comparison with changes in the of the radial series Asteroidea of Section A. (4) A loss of symmetry in the central Ditto. plates of the disc The increase in size may be observed in the lineage commencing in the Lower Ludlow U. ruthveni, var. leintwardinensis ; and progressing through the stage U. ruthveni ; until we reach U. asperula of the Devonian. This same series shows a progressive increase in the comparative length of the arm. The same increase can be observed in individuals of U. ruthveni as they become more mature. U. asperula shows a loss of symmetry in the central plates of the disc. A breaking up of the continuity of the radial series is seen in U. ulvichi. It is possible that the long-armed Upper Ordovician British species U. thrai- vensis may be descended from an American stellate form such as U. pulchella. It obviously represents a distinct lineage from that arrayed round the later more stellate Silurian U. ruthveni, although the distinctive characters are very minute. 1. Urasterella thraivensis, n.sp. Plate VIII, figs. 1—3; Plate IX, figs. 1, 2; Plate X, fig. 1; Text-figs. 81 (p. 129), 883—89. Material.—Six specimens are known, all moulds in sandstone, in Mrs. Gray’s Collection from Thraive Glen. D.111 shows the structure of the apical surface of the disc and portions of three arms; D.35 and its counterpart give rather distorted views of the disc and proximal portions of three arms; D. 254 shows excellent views of the mouth-parts and of the oral side of the arm; D. 230 and D. 237, and their counterparts, enable one to obtain very various views of isolated plates as their component ossicles have been considerably displaced and scattered. D. 46 with its counterpart is probably a young form of the species. Specific Characters.—Ridges on adambulacralia set well in the middle of the oral surface. Apical Surface (Plate IX, fig. 1; Text-fig. 88)—The structure of the central portion of the dise and of the arms can very well be made out in casts from D. 111. A plan of the ossicles is given (Text-fig. 88). The general arrangement of the plates has already been referred to (p. 129). The quinque-radiate symmetry of the dise is very striking. There is a centrale surrounded by five primary radialia. Hach of these is a prominent plate with a distinct longitudinal ridge. Only one interradial is present, namely, that in the madreporic interradius. The madre- porite is quite small, distinctly smaller than a primary radial. The remaining radialia are stout somewhat squarish plates which run without interspaces down the exact centre of the arm. Like the primary radial they have a distinct longi- 158 BRITISH PALAOZOIC ASTEROZOA. tudinal ridge which is especially prominent in the proximal region of the arm. It is probable that this ridge is a paxilla-shaft. On each side of the radialia is one broad row of adradialia which alternate with that series and are distinctly six-sided. A stout broad paxilla-shaft extends from each of these. There are at least two other rows of adradialia on each half of the arm, and possibly there may be a third row just at the base. ‘These outer adradialia are all distinctly smaller than the first row, and appear to have longer and thinner paxilla-shafts. The extra length of the spine may be only apparent and due to the fact that the ossicles are slightly displaced and lie on their sides so that they are seen partially in profile view. At any rate, the appearance presented 1s very characteristic not only of this but of related species (compare also 'l'ext- fig. 92, p. 143). Trx?-Fr1G. 88.—Plan of ossicles on the apical surface of Urasterella thraivensis. Lettering as in Text-fig. 92, p.148. x 6. A distinct row of infero-marginalia borders the arm. ‘The sutures between these ossicles run at an angle to a line measured across the breadth of the arm. Frequently the ossicles look as if they overlap. All these rows of ossicles persist throughout 37 mm. of the length of the arm, but distally the differentiation between the ossicles becomes less obvious and the paxilla-shafts less pronounced. The structure of a considerable portion of the distal end of the arm cannot be made out. The odontophor is not visible in apical view. The disc immediately over the odontophor is covered by one or two small paxille which occupy the interradial angles. Oral Surface (Plate IX, fig. 2; Plate X, fig. 1; Text-fig. 89).—The best oral views are shown by casts from D. 254. An account of the structure of the mouth-parts is given (pp. 133-4) and of the adambulacralia and ambulacralia (pp. 184-5). Arm in Cvross-section.—The cross-section of the arm must have looked some- what similar to that figured for U. pulchella (Text-fig. 80, p. 128). The apical URASTERELLA THRAIVENSIS. 139 surface of the arm is well rounded though somewhat flattened in the median region. Possibly the flattening is due to post-mortem pressure and the arm may have been originally more tumid. The entire oral surface is occupied by the adambulacralia, which also help to form the margin. Succeeding the adambula- cralia are well differentiated infero-marginalia. Between the infero-marginalia and the stout radialia are three rows of radialia. The paxilla-shafts are well seen in this view. Measurements.—D. 111 has R: r:: 51mm. (at least): 3mm. Width of arm at base about 4 mm. Width of arm at base of D. 254 is 3°6 mm. Width of arm at base of D. 35 is 4mm. Width of arm at base of D. 230 is 3 mm. This last specimen seems to show the arm in full length—R:r:: 44mm. : 3mm. There appear to have been between fifty and sixty adambulacralia down each side of the arm. The infero-marginalia are equal in number to the adambulacralia. Trxt-ria. 89.—Plan of ossicles on the oral surface of Urasterella thraivensis. O.,odontophor. x 23, Horizon and Locality—Upper Ordovician (Ashgilhan) of Girvan, Ayrshire, Scotland. Food.—A mould of a small gasteropod is just within the mouth-angle plates of D. 254. This is a fact of some interest, as it shows the forms had the power of engulfing fairly large particles, and therefore did not depend upon ciliary action for their food. Description of D. 46 and 46c (Text-fig. 81, p. 129).—This small specimen is undoubtedly an immature form of the species. It is much more stellate than the’ adult; R:r::4mm.:18mm. The plates of the dise are exactly as in the holotype. It is interesting to note, however, that the adradialia on the left side of the figure are very incompletely developed. The infero-marginalia are well differentiated. In fact they appear to be more prominent as marginal plates, viewed either orally or apically, than they are in the mature form. Schuchert has also noted this latter fact with regard to the young of U. ulrichi (85, p. 185), The paxilla-shafts of the radialia are more spicular than in the holotype. I have not been able to distinguish the markings of the madreporite. ‘The transverse ridges of the adambulacralia are not readily made out. 140 BRITISH PALASOZOIC ASTEROZOA. 2. Urasterella ruthveni (lorbes). Plate IX, fig. 5; Plate X, figs. 4—6; Text- fies 90, 91. 1848. Uvraster ruthveni, Forbes, Mem. Geol. Surv. Gt. Brit., vol. ii, pt. 2, p. 436. 1849, a a Forbes, Brit. Organic Remains, Mem. Geol. Surv., dec. i, p. 1, pl. i, fig. 1. 1851. Urasterella ruthveni, McCoy, Brit. Paleoz. Foss., p. 59. 1854. Uraster ruthveni, Murchison, Siluria, fig. 39—3. 1857. Paleeaster ruthveni, Salter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. xx, p. 326. 1862. vs rf Wright, Mon. Brit. Foss. Echinoderm., Oolitic, vol. ii, pt. 1 (Paleontogr. Soe. for 1861), p. 25. 1914. Urasterella ruthveni, Schuchert, Fossilium Catalogus, Animalia, pt. 3, pp. 28, 44, 45. 1915. J x Schuchert, Bull. 88, U.S. Nat. Mus., pp. 174, 175, 187. Material.—Moulds of five specimens are known, all in the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. Specimens a/920, a/921, a/510 are from the Bannisdale Slates, High Tpxr-F1a. 90.—Wash drawing of a portion of the apical surface of Urasterella ruthveni. Ad., adambu- lacralia; 7.1/., infero-marginals; X,adradials. x 6. Thorns, Underbarrow. 129mm. Width of arm at base is 2 mm. Horizon and Locality. —The Leintwardine (Lower Ludlow) beds of Herefordshire. 3. Urasterella gutterfordensis, n. sp. Plate X, figs. 2, 5. Material.—Five moulds are known, four in counterpart. They were found at Gutterford Burn, and are in the Collection of the Royal Scottish Museum registered as 5, 29; 85, 99; 67, 93; 14, 122; 70. The moulds give excellent casts. Specimen 93 and its counterpart are taken as the holotype of the variety. Specific Characters.—The adambulacral ridges and the ambulacralia are as im U. thraivensis, but there is the small plate additional to the centrale which is characteristic of U7. ruthvent. Mouth-anegle plates small. Apical Surface (Plate X, fig. 2).—The best casts of the apical surface are given by mould 93. The disc shows a centrale together with an extra plate as in UW. vuthvent, var. leintiwardinensis. Surrounding these are six prominent plates which are doubtless the five primary radiaha and the single primary interradial. A madreporite has not been recognised, probably because of the small size of the specimen. Unfortunately, the exact arrangement of the other apical plates is very difficult to determine, and I do not feel justified in giving an exact drawing. They seem to me, however, to conform to the Urasterella-plan already described. Prominent paxilla-shafts from the apical plates are seen both in this specimen and in casts from 70. These latter casts also show thin overlapping infero-marginalia. An odontophor can be seen in each of the interradial angles. URASTERELLA. 145 The adambulacralia are better seen in apical view in the majority of these specimens than is usual. This is because the ambulacral groove has been forced widely open with the result that the ambulacralia are thrust well on to the sides of the arm. The dislocation is helped, of course, by the fragile nature of the form. Oral Surface (Plate X, fig. 3)—As already mentioned, the groove in four of the specimens is widely open, and the ambulacralia are thus fully exposed. They are of the type already described for U. graye. Hach is surmounted by a stout —!-shaped ridge, the long arm of the —! being set somewhat obliquely to the main body of the ossicle. Good views of the ambulacralia are seen in the photograph (Pl. X, fig. 3). The inner faces of the adambulacralia, which in the natural position would form a steep wall to the groove, are crushed outwards so that they he flush with the ridges of the ambulacralia. This position makes the true oral ridged faces curve proximalwards exactly as we shall see they do in Sturtzaster (see below). The mouth-angle plates are so small that they can only be recognised with difficulty. The first ambulacralia, on the other hand, are very stout and form a closed ring round the mouth. Hach possesses a deep central depression for the first tube-foot. An odontophor can be seen in each of the interradial angles. Casts from mould 70 show the arms somewhat coiled and the groove closed. The ridges on the adambulacralia are especially discernible on this specimen. Measurements.—93 gives R: r:: 10mm.: 1mm. The remaining specimens are of about the same size. Horizon and Locality—The Starfish-bed of Gutterford Burn (Wenlockian), Pentland Hills. Note.—It is difficult to connect this species with either U. thraivensis or U. ruthvem. At first sight it might seem to be the small beginnings of the U. vuthveni lineage, but the Wenlockian of Gotland (see p. 147) contains a much larger and more typical specimen of that lineage, suggesting that we must look for the roots of the lineage in older strata. American Species of Urasterella. Urasterella pulchella, Billimgs.—This species has been fully described by Schuchert (85, pp. 178-180) and Hudson (93, pp. 117-139). It is found in the Trenton (M. Ordovician) formation of New York and Canada. The cross-section of the arm reproduced here (Text-fig. 80) shows that adradialia of the first row (the supero-marginalia of Schuchert and Hudson) are conspicuously larger than the remaining adradialia, and the species therefore is a true Uvasterella. Other details of the structure have already been incorporated in the preceding general account of the structure of the family and genera. The species may attain a large size (R:r::52mm.:11mm.). This is larger than any English species. 146 BRITISH PALAOZOIC ASTEROZOA. Urasterella medusa, Hudson.—The structure of the arm, as shown by Hudson (93, pl. 3, fig. 2), suggests that this is a true Uvrasterella. The only specimen discovered is from the Trenton beds. Urasterella ulrichi, Schuchert.—The figures and description given (85, pp. 183— 185) leave no doubt that this is a true Uvasterella. The species may become very large (R:r::78mm.: 12 mm.). Schuchert states that in the angles between all the apical plates “ are left subcircular small openings.” These must have been for papule. The radialia are not in series but are separated by adradialia which have thrust themselves between the plates very much as in Promopaleaster (‘Text-fig. 52, p. 93) and Uranaster (Text-fig. 61, p. 106), a suggestion that the lineage to which the species belongs is reaching its maximum of elaboration. The arms are highly convex. Schuchert notes (op. cit., p. 185) that ‘the best preserved speci- men of U. wlricht has two nearly full-grown rays and three short stumps. One of these short rays is so well preserved as to indicate that this condition is not due to poor preservation, but is apparently a case of accidental loss of parts during life. The wound has been healed, but no regeneration of lost parts has taken place, as is so common in similar losses among the living starfishes.” This account should be compared with that given for regeneration in Cnemidactis (p. 161). The specimens are from the Black River (Middle Ordovician) formations of Minneapolis, Minnesota. It is interesting to find such an elaborated form at this early age. The following species of Urasterella are mentioned but not described by Clark, J. M. (94, p. 36): U. ruthvent, mut. arisaigensis, nov. ; U. lutheri, n. sp. ; U. stella, n. sp.; U. schucherti, n. sp.; Urasterella, n. sp. German Species of Urasterella. Urasterella asperula, Roemer.—Schuchert has shown (85, pp. 188-189) that the specimens of this form in the United States National Museum and the Yale Museum belong to species of a true Urasterella. 1 have examined the specimens in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) figured by Stiirtz as Rameraster asperula (76, pl. 1x, figs. 4, 5). The apical surface shows a very similar structure to U. ruthvena, var. leiutwardinensis. The form is larger, however, than any found in England, and there is a loss of symmetry of the central plates on the apical surface of the disc. I am inclined to regard it as merely a horizon variety of U. ruthvent. Specimens are fairly common in the roofing slate of the Lower Devonian of Bundenbach, Germany. French Species of Urasterella. Schuchert suggests (85, p. 187) that the Asterias constellata of ‘Thorent URASTERELLA. 147 (96, p. 259, pl. 22, fig. 7) may belong to Urasterella. He remarks: “ The original figure of this species does not permit of determining its generic position. It is described as having but one range of plates on each side of the ambulacral grooves, and the figure seems to indicate the presence of a large disc with well-defined interbrachial ares. It seems to have more of the characters of Urasterella than of any other genus. The specimen was found in the Siluric (? Lower) strata in Northern France (Mondrepuis, L’ Aisne).” Scandinavian Species of Urasterella. The Mineralogical Museum at Copenhagen contains a specimen which is almost certainly of U. ruthvent, var. leintwardinensis. It shows the oral surface and presents the same characters as U. ruthveni, and is from the Silurian (Wenlock) of Wisby, Gotland. It is registered as No. 231. JI am indebted to Dr. Bather for permission to investigate this specimen, which was lent to him. Measurements give ie t2: 22 mmea(approx.) 2 2°5 mm: Russian Species of Urasterella. The Russian Carboniferous species described by Schéndorf (65, pp. 323-327, pl. xxi, fig. 1; pl. xxiv, figs. 20-22) under the name of Palxaster montanus (Stschurowsky) is undoubtedly nearly related to Urasterella. This was recognised by Schuchert (85, p. 189) who named the species Uvrasterella montana. There is a well-preserved specimen of the form in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) registered as H. 3806. I have investigated it, and make the species have the following diagnostic characters: General arrangement of the plates in cross-section of the arm as in U. rulhvent. Paxilla-shafts shaped like an inverted cone with a flat broad top. Infero-marginalia with ridge-like paxilla-shafts. Ambulacralia much reduced. The following notes on the structure add somewhat to our previous knowledge. That the species is a Uvrasterella is shown by the cross-section (Text-fig. 93). The adambulacraha have the usual “ Urasterellid”’ form, and the apical plates are paxilliform and have the Uvrasterella arrangement. This cross-section differs con- siderably from that figured by Schondorf (op. cit., pl. xxiv, fig. 22). I cannot reconcile the high swollen form and thin ossicles of that figure with the appear- ance presented by the British Museum specimen, or with that which one would expect for a species of the Urasterellide. The adambulacralia are as figured by Schondorf (op. cit., fig. 224). He does not appear, however, to have noticed the “ Urasterellid” ridge which is low but distinctly visible. At least one long spine which must have articulated with the ridge is present. 148 BRITISH PALAIOZOIC ASTEROZOA. The ambulacralia are as described by Schondorf, small and strongly compressed in a proximal-distal direction. They differ considerably from those of the pre- viously described species of Uvasterella, and resemble in cross-section more the ambulacralia of Calliasterella mira (Vext-fig. 111, p. 167). The proximal infero-marginalia have a distinct ridge instead of the usual spine-like paxilla-shaft. The paxilla-shaft of the remaining apical plates is stout and shaped lke an inverted cone. Small granular spines seem to have fitted on to the flat top of this cone. These may be, of course, merely the basal remains of original long spines. The centre of the apical region was not described by Schéndorf. I have been able to expose it, but the exact arrangement of the plates is hidden by the mass of granular spines. Tpxt-r1a, 93.—Cross-section through an arm of Urasterella montana. Ad., adambulacral; 7.M., infero- marginal; R., radial. x 15. The mouth-parts, as seen in external view, including the odontophor, are exactly as in the described species of Uvrasterella. Schéndorf (op. cit., fig. 21 8) figures them as seen from the ambulacral groove, and shows no ambulacral corre- sponding to the mouth-angle plates. In the British Museum specimen the mouth- region is sunk, and one cannot expose the plates sufficiently to decide whether this view be correct. The excellent photograph given by Schéndorf (vp. cit., fig. 1) suggests that the specimen which he investigated would also not yield good exact views of the groove in the mouth-region. At any rate, his figure is not compatible with any arrangement known in the Urasterellide. The measurements of the specimen described by Schondorf are given as R = (about) 85 mm.; r= 6-7 mm. The breadth of the arm at about its middle is about 6mm. The dimensions of the specimen in the British Museum are R = (about) 292 mm.;r=4mm. The breadth of the arm near the middle is about 6 mm. Both specimens are from Mjatschkowa, near Moscow. According to Kayser the beds belong to the lowest series of the Upper Carboniferous (Schéndorf, op. cit., p- 320): SALTERASTER ASPERRIMUS. 149 Genus SALTERASTER, Stiirtz. 1893. Salteraster, Stiirtz, Verhandl. Naturh. Ver. preuss. Rheinl., Jahrg. 50, pp. 43, 60. 1914. & Schuchert, Fossilium Catalogus, Animalia, pt. 3. pp. 7, 37, 44. 1915. FS Schuchert, Bull. 88, U.S. Nat. Mus., pp. 173, 178. Generic Characters —A Urasterellid with all its rows of adradialia exactly similar. Stiirtz, im one of his reviews of the Palaeozoic genera, suggested various names for species which did not seem to him to belong to the genera to which they were ascribed. Amongst other changes he suggested the new generic name Salteraster for the species named by Salter Paleaster asperrimus. No diagnosis of the genus was given, for no very adequate description of the form had been published. Nicholson and Etheridge (54, p. 320), indeed, wrote as follows: ‘ Palxaster asper- rimus, Salter, is an unsatisfactory species. The specimens in the Museum of Practical Geology have the large transverse ossicles [adambulacralia] very apparent; but as to whether there is a row inside or outside these, or both, we are by no means certain. It appears, however, to have possessed only four rows [that is only ambulacralia and adambulacralia alone were visible on the oral surface; marginalia were not visible].”” They quite rightly point out (op. cit., p. 326) that this structure of the arm brings the form into close relationship with their “ Tetraster, sp. ind.,” which is the geno-holotype of my genus Cnemidactis (p. 156). Schuchert (85, p. 187) in view of these remarks says: “It seems best under these circumstances to refer this species to Urasterella, it bemg apparently near U. grandis. . . . Should it prove to be generically different from Uvrasterella, then the name NSalteraster, Stiirtz, can be revived, as he names P. asperrimus as the geno-holotype.” I think that if Schuchert had had the specimens of P. asper- rimus for examination, he would not have regarded the species as being generically distinct from Uvasterella, for it 1s certainly nearly akin to at least two species, U. grandis and U. huxleyi, which he places in that genus. Personally, however, I think that the characters given above warrant a generic distinction. 1. Salteraster asperrimus (Salter). Plate XI, figs. 3, 4; Text-figs. 94—97. 1857. Paleeaster asperrima, Salter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. xx, p. 325, pl. ix, fig. 1. 5» e Wright, Mon. British Foss. Echinoderm., Oolitic, vol. 11, pt. 1 (Palontogr. Soc. for 1861), p. 24, fig. 15 (1). 1866. Paleaster asperrimus, Salter, Mem. Geol. Surv. Gt. Britain, vol. ili, pp. 289, 394, pl. xxiii, figs. 2a, 2b, 2c. Tetraster (?) asperrimus, Nicholson and Etheridge, Mon. Silurian Foss. Girvan Dist., Ayrshire, fase. 3, pp. 320, 321, 326. 20 150 BRITISH PALAOZOIC ASTEROZOA. 1886. Palwaster (?) asperrimus, Stiirtz, Paleeontographica, vol. xxxii, p. 91. 1893. Salteraster asperrimus, Stiirtz, Verhandl. Naturh, Ver. preuss. Rheinl., vol. Jahrg. 50, pp. 43, 60. 1914. Urasterella (?) asperrima, Schuchert, Fossilium Catalogus, Animalia, pt. 3, pp. 37, 44. 1915. Uvrasterella (?) asperrima, Schuchert, Bull. 88, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 187. Material.—Moulds of portions of three individuals are known, in the Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street. The holotype figured by Salter consists of both mould and counterpart. (7435 and 7436). The other two specimens (25335 and 25336) are moulds of portions of the apical surface. The holotype is preserved in rather a curious position, the arms not radiating but bunched together (PI. XI, fig. 3). The specimen of U. grandis figured by Schuchert (85, pl. xxvii, fig. 1) is also preserved in this position. Specific Characters.—Arms highly convex, cylindrical, long. Radialia stout. Apical Surface (Plate XI, figs. 3, 4; Text-fig. 94).—Unfortunately none of the specimens are in a sufficiently good condition to allow one to make a plan of the whole of the apical ossicles with any certainty. The moulds of all the specimens Tex Fria. 94.—Wash drawing of a portion of the apical surface of the arm of Salteraster asperrimus, slightly diagrammatised. J.M., infero-marginalia; R., radialia. x 5. are broken, so that only a portion of the disc is preserved. One of the arms of the holotype is preserved in full apical view, but the mould of this is cracked down the middle. In consequence, only portions of the arm can be studied, but these allow one to obtain a fairly complete idea of the arrangement of the arm-ossicles. Text-fig. 94 shows the arrangement of the ossicles at about the middle of the arm-length. The arm is bordered by stout, almost circular, infero-marginalia, each with an imner nose and a stout paxilla-shaft. The middle of the arm is occupied by prominent radiaha. These have a stellate base, much more circular in appearance than in U. ruthveni, var. leintwardinensis and U. thraivensis. In fact they look very similar to the radialia of the American species U. grandis (85, p. 27, fig. 6). They follow one another in regular sequence. Between the radiaha and infero-marginalia there are five rows of adradialia, all of which are very similar in appearance. Hach adradial looks as if it were V-shaped with the point of the V directed towards the margin. If a displaced ossicle be examined it is seen that this is not the real shape. The base is quadrate rather than triangular, but carries on it asomewhat wedge-shaped paxilla-shaft. The broadest end of the shaft is the inner extremity, from which it tapers somewhat outwards. The result is that the paxilla-shaft makes the whole ossicle look V-shaped in surface view. Reference SALTERASTER ASPERRIMUS. 15] to somewhat similar ossicles in species of Promopalxaster are made in the previous section of this monograph (pp. 91,92). The reference made on p. 92 to U. primeva is wrong. This species (S. asperrimus) should have been named. The photograph of the cast does not give a good idea of the length of the paxilla-shafts. The moulds show deep pits, but it is not easy to get good casts from these. The height of the shaft is best shown in Text-fig. 95. Trxt-Fia. 95.—Cross-section through the arm of Salteraster asperrimus. Ad., adambulacralia ; I.M., infero-marginalia; &., radialia. x 10. The arrangement of the plates of the disc is not certain. All the specimens suggest that the adradialia and radialia follow the Urasterellid disposition as shown in Text-fig. 81. The holotype shows a madreporite, and I think that I can recognise a centrale and a primary circlet of plates in 25385 and 25336. A shght displacement of the plates in 25335 allows one to get a good apical 96 97 Trext-Fia. 96.— Plan of the oral surface of Salteraster asperrimus. O., odontophor. x 23, Trxt-F1a. 97.—Wash drawing of the adambulacralia at the extremity of the arm of Salteraster asperrimus, x 6. view of the ambulacralia. These are thick and high, exactly as described for U. pulchella by Hudson (93, pp. 124 and 136). The thick ambulacralia in them- selves cause the arm to appear convex (T'ext-fig. 95). Oral Surface (Plate XI, fig. 4; Text-figs. 96, 97).—In the Text-figures the groove is shown as closed. The whole breadth of the arm is occupied by the stout adambulacralia which completely hide the ambulacralia. The mouth-parts are almost exactly as in Uvrasterella. The more proximal 152 BRITISH PALAOZOIC ASTEROZOA. adambulacralia increase in size distally until they reach a point a little distant from the base of the arm, where the arm has its greatest breadth. In consequence, the arms appear slightly petaloid. Each adambulacral has a very distinct crest, which starts from the extreme margin of the arm and runs across the distal portion of the ossicle so as to end in a sharp point in the middle of the groove. Pustules for the articulation of the spines were present on the crest. It is not easy to determine the exact number, but I believe that there were about eight. The broken bases of the spines may sometimes be seen in the depression between the crests. Displaced ossicles show proximal and distal hollows for the interadambulacral muscles, and the great thickness of the adambulacralia. A view of the interior of the groove is presented by two other arms. The characteristic knee-shaped bend (see p. 134) is well seen. Measurements.—R :r::356mm.: 6mm. Breadth of arm at base is 6-4 mm. Horizon and Locality—The Upper Ordovician (Caradoc beds) of the Quakers’ burying ground, near Welshpool. 2. Salteraster ? imbricatus (Salter). Plate XI, fig. 5; Text-fig. 98. 1866. Palsaster imbricatus, Salter, Mem. Geol. Surv. Gt. Brit., vol. iii, pp. 289, 407, 480, pl. xxiii fig. 8. 1914. Tetraster ? imbricatus, Schuchert, Fossilium Catalogus, Animalia, pt. 3, pp. 28, 42. 1915. Tetraster? imbricatus, Schuchert, Bull. 88, U.S. Nat. Mus., pp. 168, 169. Material.—The only materials are two poor casts of the holotype of the species Texr-Fia. 98.—Diagram-plan of some of the ossicles on the apical surface of Salteraster imbricatus. R., vadialia. x 4. in the Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street (No. 28364). The natural mould from which the casts were taken is stated by Salter to be “in the collection of Mr. Prosser,” but I have been unable to trace it. Specific Characters.—Body stellate, arms convex. Radialia small. Description.—Only portions of two arms and of the dise are preserved. The form seems to have been distinctly stellate, the arms being much more pointed than SALTERASTER ? CORONELLA. 153 in S. asperrimus. The arms are swollen. Salter describes them as somewhat carinate. According to my observations the keel is very slight, if present at all. [ should describe the arms as being cylindrical. The radialia are small, irregularly- shaped plates not nearly so large or swollen as in S. aspervimus. The adradialia are similar and arranged in rows which form a sharp V across the middle line of the arm. It is this arrangement of the radialia which makes the apical surface of the arm at first sight appear carinate. There is a distinct suggestion that each adradial had a stout paxilla-shaft. The disc is almost bare of plates, only a few remaining near the edge. These appear to be very similar in character to the adradiaha. R:r:: 14mm.: 3°5mm. These measurements are made from the left-hand arm which appears to be preserved in almost full length. Horizon and Locality—Upper Ordovician (Caradocian) of Llanfyllin, Mont- gomeryshire. 3. Salteraster ? coronella (Salter). Plate XI, fig. 6; Text-fig. 99. 1857. Palzxaster coronella, Salter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. xx, p. 326. 1862. Pe ce Wright, Mon. Brit. Foss. Echinoderm., Oolitic, vol. 11, pt. 1 (Paleontogr. Soc. for 1861), p. 25. 1886. Stenaster? coronella, Stiirtz, Neues Jahrb. fiir Min., vol. ii, p. 153. 1914. * 5 Schuchert, Fossilium Catalogus, Animalia, pt. 3, pp. 28, 39. 1915. = ss Schuchert, Bull. 88, U.S. Nat. Mus., pp. 165, 167. Material.—A single specimen in the Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street (7402) is the only material of the species. It is a mould showing the greater portion of the apical surface. Specific Characters.—Infero-marginalia oblong, closely touching, each with a distinct transverse ridge. MRadialia with a large evenly swollen boss with no distinct paxilla-shaft. Apical Surface (Plate XI, fig. 6; Text-fig. 99)—An examination of the photo- graph shows that the disc has been broken away in the region of the primary circlet. The plan of the ossicles (Text-fig. 99) makes it clear that the circlet is incomplete. The four larger ossicles are undoubtedly primary radialia, and the smaller ossicle probably represents the primary interradial usually associated with the madreporite. The fifth primary radial and the madreporite are missing. If this interpretation be correct, the arrangement of the circlet is exactly as in Urasterella thraivensis (Text-fig. 88, p. 138). The radialia are stout and closely touching. Hach has a boss-like eminence with no distinct paxilla-shaft. The matrix in which the fossil is embedded is very coarse, and there may have been originally a slender paxilla-shaft which has not been preserved. There are two rows of adradialia very similar in appearance. AI have paxilla- 154 BRITISH PALAOZOIC ASTEROZOA. shafts as in Urasterella and Salteraster. The arrangement is similar to that in Urasterella except that one of the pair of adradialia immediately succeeding the primary radialia is larger than the other, suggesting that the single interradial plate in this position in Protarthraster longimanus is the survivor of a pair of plates one of which has been suppressed (see p. 163). The infero-marginaha are seen on the left and right arms of the photograph. They are oblong, closely touching, and have a distinct transverse ridge. They differ therefore in appearance from the same series of ossicles in S. asperrimus. Just beneath the infero-marginalia of the right arm of the photograph may be seen ridged plates which must be the adambulacralia. They are visible because this arm is seen slightly in lateral view. Trxt-Fric. 99.—Plan of the ossicles on a portion of the dise and arms of Salteraster (?) coronella. C., centrale ; I.M,, infero-marginalia; R., radialia; X., adradialia (paired interradialia). x 10. The plan of the ossicles shows a small interradial plate just proximal to the infero-marginalia, which may be the apical surface of the odontophor. All the apical plates are closely touching, without imterspaces for the protrusion of papule. Measurements.—R :r:: 7mm. : 2°5 mm. Horizon and Locality —Lower Silurian (May Hill Sandstone), of Gunwick Mill, near Africk, Malvern, Worcestershire. American Species of Salteraster. The following two species described by Schuchert as belonging to the genus Urasterella, apparently really belong to Salteraster. U. grandis, Meek, described by Schuchert (85, pp. 180—182).—The form is very large (R: r:: 93mm.: 9mm). Arms subcylindrical in outline. The rows of adradialia are not differentiated (85, pl. xxvu, fig. 6). On the disc the ossicles CNEMIDACTINIDA. 155 are stated to be “arranged in a few concentric rows,’ obviously an advance on the usual primitive “ Urasterellid” arrangement. Schuchert regards this species as descended from U. pulchella. I am not able to see any good grounds for this opinion. ‘The specimens are found in the Richmond (Upper Ordovician) for- mation. U. hueleyi, Billings, described by Schuchert (85, pp. 182—183).—Schuchert states that: ‘The abactinal side of the disc has a central dise plate that is large and tumid. Around it is a circle of six smaller, highly convex plates, and at the base of each ray medially there is another single large tumid plate, the basal radial [obviously the primitive ‘ Urasterellid’ arrangement]. The abactinal side of the rays is highly convex and somewhat angulated medially. [This latter character distinguishes it from S. asperrimus.| The ossicles are small and distinctly arranged in quincunx, of which there are about six plates in each diagonal row near the base of aray . . . all the ray ossicles are of equal size. R:r::58mm.:5°5 mm.” The only specimen was found in the Chazy (Middle Ordovician) beds at Point Rich, Newfoundland, and is now in the Ottawa Museum. Australian Species of Salteraster. Salteraster ? selwynt was described as Urasterella selwynt by McCoy (Geol. Surv. Victoria, Prodr. Paleont. Victoria, dec. 1, 1874, p. 42, pl. x, figs. 2, 2a, 3,3a). The figures and description suggest that the species might really belong to Salteraster, but good structural details are not given. The form is said to be ‘‘ common in the fine sandy Silurian beds of range on H. side of commonage reserve, Kilmore.” Family CNEMIDACTINIDA, nova. 1914. Urasterellidx, Schuchert (pars), Fossilium Catalogus, Animalia, pt. 3, p. 7. 1915. " Schuchert, Bull. 88, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 172. Group C forms with arms margined by closely-kmit adambulacralia and infero-marginalia. Both these series of plates covered by a uniform ornament of small spines. Apical plates of disc irregularly arranged. The family is founded for one genus and species, Cnemidactis girvanensis (Schuchert), forms of which are found in considerable numbers in the Upper Ordovician (Ashgillian) of Thraive Glen, Girvan, Ayrshire. This abundance, with the large comparative size of the specimens, suggests that one has to deal with a type which has reached the maximum stage of its lineage, or, in other words, that we have to deal here, exactly as was the case in regard to Promopaleaster, with a genus which has already passed through various stages not at present known because of the imperfection of the geological record. We should expect to find 156 BRITISH PALAZOZOIC ASTEROZOA. the form to show features more lke the primitive Asterozoa than do any con- temporary relations which have evolved from the parent stock at a later date than it did. It is these ancestral characters which give much interest to the study of the form. These points can clearly be seen from the following table. (1) Features which show the Relationships with the Urasterellide. (av) The small dise and long arms. (L) The structure of the cross-section of the arm (Text-fig. 100). The adambulacralia occupy the whole of the oral surface and a portion of the margin. There is a row of clearly differentiated infero- marginaha above these. (c) The apical covering which consists of ossicles each with a long process very like the paxilla-shaft of the Urasterellide. (d) The structure of the mouth-parts which are typically Urasterellid. That the form is related to the Urasterellidze was seen by Nicholson and Ktheridge when they first described it (see below) and by Schuchert. (2) Features which are more Primitive than those of the Urasterellide. (1) The adambulacralia are covered by a large number of small spines. In Urasterella specialisation has resulted in the restriction of the spines to a ridge, and the spines themselves are very long and stout. (2) The nose of the adambulacraha is not so much modified as in the Urasterellidee. (8) The infero-marginalia are more similar to those usually found in the Asteroidea, and have a covering of small spines. In the Urasterellide these marginalia have become modified into paxille. (4) There is a large torus. Genus CNEMIDACTIS, novum.! 1. Cnemidactis girvanensis (Schuchert). Plate VIII, figs. 5, 6; Plate XI, figs. 1,2; Plate XII, figs. 1—5; Plate XIII, figs. 1, 2; Text-figs. 100—103. 1880. Tetraster, sp. ind., Nicholson and Etheridge, Mon. Silurian Foss. Girvan Dist., Ayrshire, fase. 3, pp. 325, 326, pl. xxi, figs. 9, 10. 1914. Urasterella girvanensis, Schuchert, Fossilium Catalogus, Animalia, pt. 3, pp. 42, 44. coy a a Schuchert, Bull. 88, U.S. Nat. Mus., pp. 167, 175, 186, pl. xxviii, fig. 5. Material.—Only a mould of the oral surface of a single individual in Mrs. Gray’s collection (D. 9) was known to Nicholson and Ktheridge, who remark: “ In some ' (kunuis = a spoke of a wheel.) CNEMIDACTIS GIRVANENSIS. 157 of its characters it approaches very closely to 1’. ? asperrimus, Salter, sp.; but as we have no definite proof of the existence of the remarkable asperities of the upper the more surface visible in the latter, we prefer to retain the two forms separate so as we have not seen any trace of the prominent spines attached to the marginal plates of the ambulacra of 7’. ? asperrimus.”’ A wax squeeze from this same form was sent by Dr. Bather to Schuchert, who remarks (1915, p. 186): “This species is clearly a Urasterella, a fact which was also noted by Nicholson and Etheridge. In its interbrachial skeleton U. girvanensis retains youthful generic characters, seen in the well-developed interbrachial axillary ossicles [the odonto- phors].” Schuchert was not quite sure whether the species, Hoactis simplea, described by me (above, p. 30) was identical with the species now under descrip- tion, but Hoactis simplex is quite a different form. 100 101 Trxt-riG. 100,—Cross-section through the arm of Cnemidactis girvanensis. Ad., adambulacralia ; Am., ambulacralia ; 1.1/7, infero-marginalia; P., paxille. x 10. Trext-ria. 101.—Plan of ossicles seen in side view in the interradial angle of Cnemidactis girvanensis. Ad,, adambulacralia ; Z.M., infero-marginalia; O., odontophor. «x 10. There are about thirty specimens in Mrs. Gray’s collection from Thraive Glen. No other species except Stenaster obtusus, Forbes, is so abundant. It is curious to note that Stenaster obtusus is very widely distributed in the Ordovician of the British Isles, and a nearly related, if not identical form, S salteri, Billings, is abundant in the Ordovician of N. America. No form of Cnemidactis has been found in any other horizon or locality, except one specimen from the Llandeilo of Dow Hills in this same district in Scotland. The presence in the Girvan “ Star- fish bed” of pecuhar genera known at present from no other region, has been noted in respect to Trilobites and Cystids. The point will be referred to again later. The abundance of CO. girvanensis and its excellent state of preservation allow a full description of the form to be given. Structure of Arm (Plate XII, figs. 1, 4; Plate XIII, fig. 2; Text-figs. 100, 101).—The fundamental structure is best exhibited by the cross-section ('lext- fig. 100). The sides of the arm are bordered by two series of ossicles—the adambulacralia and the infero-marginalia. The adambulacralia are the stouter of 21 —) 158 BRITISH PALAOZOIC ASTEROZOA. the two series. ‘They curve over so as to hide partially the ambulacral groove. The groove itself is arched over by stout ambulacrala. Small plates with a high paxilla-shaft form the apical covering between the edges of the infero-marginalia. The apical coyermg hes almost directly upon the ambulacralia, and there could have been little if any space for the body-cavity. The ambulacralia, adambula- eralia, and infero-marginala are all firmly bound together, and only very rarely can any displacement be observed. So firmly are they fixed that there is no sign that the adambulacralia had any power to roll over and close the groove. In oral view the adambulacralia form the entire margin of the arm. Hach adambulacral is distinctly swollen on both oral and outer surfaces. The swelling is highest in the middle but extends almost to the margin, so that there is no differentiated narrow ridge as in the Urasterellide. It is ornamented by numerous small irregularly arranged pustules which probably carried spines. None of the spines remain attached, but there are many loose spines in the groove which have doubtless fallen there from the adambulacralia. There is along each adambu- lacral a narrow border devoid of ornament, doubtless the beginning of the differ- entiation which resulted eventually in the confinement of spines to a central ridge. Further features which show the primitive condition of the ossicles of the groove are (a) the prominent noses of the adambulacralia, ()) the “ flooring-plate ’ character of the ambulacralia. These latter are stout rectangular plates with a ’ high -shaped ridge. Some of their outer extremities may have been slightly cut away to allow of the passage of ampulle, but it is extremely difficult to be quite certain upon this point. The ambulacralia and adambulacralia are exactly opposite to each other. The evidence for this is especially clear in D. 82. Displaced adambulacralia show that the articular faces have narrow circular concavities for the insertion of the interadambulacral muscles. In side view the arm is seen to be steep-sided. Throughout its greater part the infero-marginalia and adambulacralia alternate. Towards the base occurs a modification which is illustrated in Text-fig. 101. The high odontophor in erowing upwards has carried the proximal infero-marginal with it. The neigh- bouring infero-marginalia and adambulacralia are exactly opposite to each other. All the infero-marginalia are swollen in an exactly similar manner to the adambu- lacralia and possess the same type of ornament (D. 73). In apical view (Pl. XII, fig. 1) the infero-marginalia only form a narrow border. Between them stretches a broad expanse of spicula-like plates which are so similar in appearance to those of Urasterella that one must regard them as paxille. In the middle of the arm these paxillz are slightly larger than those nearer the edge, but they are so irregularly arranged that one cannot separate them into radialia and adradiaha. ‘The outer smaller spicules seem to fall more regularly into diagonal rows of six. About three of these rows occupy the same length as does an infero- marginal. Frequently the spicules have fallen away leaving the ambulacralia CNEMIDACTIS GIRVANENSIS. 159 completely exposed. The flat-topped appearance of the exposed ossicles is very characteristic of the species. Hach fits tightly with its opposite and succeeding neighbour, the only gap being at the outer extremities where small triangular openings may very occasionally be observed. It may be that ampullz penetrated the dorsal cavity through these openings. The tight firmly-fittmg ambulacralia almost give one the impression of bricks set in mortar. The very occasional glimpses one obtains of adjoining faces show steep sides without muscle-depressions. Onemidactis is obviously not a wriggling form. Apical Surface of Disc (Plate XI, fig. 1; Plate XII, figs. 1, 2)—The disc is covered by a number of small spicular plates which do not appear to have any regular arrangement. I have been unable to discover any trace of a madreporite. Text-Fic. 102.—Plan of ossicles, seen in oral view, of an interradial angle of Cnemidactis girvanensis. Ad,., first adambulacral; Ad,., second adambulacral; W.P., mouth-angle plate; O., odontophor ; ie, torus: 5 10} Mouth-parts.—Several of the specimens give perfect views of the mouth-parts in their natural position. Others show the same parts slightly dislocated, so that views can be obtained of individual ossicles. It is thus possible to describe this region in considerable detail. Oral Aspect of Mouth-parts (Plate XI, fig. 2; Text-fig. 102)—The odontophor is a very conspicuous ossicle with a characteristic shape. The proximal end is wedge-shaped, the wedge fitting in between the angle made by the distal extremity of the mouth-angle plates. Distal to the wedge is a slight convexity upon which is fitted the first adambulacral. Beyond this again is a wide concavity in which sits the second adambulacral. A distinct peculiarity of the adambulacralia is the position of the nose, which is not proximal to a median transverse line as is usual amongst the Asterozoa (compare Text-fig. 18, p. 20) but distal. It will also be 160 BRITISH PALAOZOIC ASTEROZOA. noticed that both the mouth-angle plates and the first adambulacralia are very small. A breast-plate-shaped torus, very large in surface view, projects well into the mouth-cavity. It is surrounded by spines. An examination of the photograph given Pl. XI, fig. 2, shows that the five tori and their spines completely close the mouth-cavity. Adoral Aspect of the Mouth-parts (Plate VIII, fig. 6; Text-fig. 103).—I have made a careful model of a portion of the mouth-region. This has been photo- graphed in such a position that one is looking at it from inside the mouth-cavity. A key-drawing to the photograph is given as the Text-figure. The first feature one notices is that the proximal ambulacralia are very large as compared with the mouth-angle plates, that is, the mouth-parts are of the ‘“‘ambulacral type” of Trext-ric. 103.—Outline drawing as key to the photograph of the model, Pl. VIII, fig. 6, showing an adoral view of the plates in the mouth-region of Cnemidactis girvanensis. Ad,., first adambulacral; Ad., second adambulacral ; W/.P., mouth-angle plates; O., odontophor; 7, torus. x 6. Ludwig. The second point is the sharp dip of the ambulacralia into the mouth- cavity. In consequence, the proximal tube-feet must have been well inside the mouth as in the Ophiuroidea. The large torus is another point of similarity with the Ophiuroidea In this latter class, however, the torus is always firmly attached to the mouth-angle plates throughout its depth. In Cneniductis the attachment seems to have been slight and only at the distal end of the torus. At any rate the tori are always found in this position, and are so regularly arranged that it is difficult to suppose that they were secondarily pushed there after death. The first ambulacral is a large plate as in Urasterella. The ridge separating the first and second tube-feet runs in an oblique direction across the plate. Apical View (Plate VIII, fig. 5).—The apical view is especially interesting because of its close resemblance to that of U. medusa (Pl. VIII, fig. 4). The only distinction appears to be, that there has been a great fusion of the ambulacralia in Onemidactis. The first three pairs are usually found so that they form a thick solid bar which stretches from one odontophor to another. A similar fusion in CNEMIDACTIS GIRVANENSIS. 161 other species of Paleozoic Asterozoa has already been referred to (p. 33). The amount of fusion is not constant in all the specimens. ‘Thus there is a distinct median suture in both D. 103 and D. 255. Description of D.255 (Plate XIII, fig. 1).—D. 255 is a small young specimen of the species which deserves special mention, showing only the apical aspect. The chief points are: (1) The ambulacralia of the mouth-region are not fused across the middle line; (2) the odontophor in side view is highly swollen and grooved throughout its entire length; (3) the proximal infero-marginalia are very little differentiated and alternate with the adambulacralia. Measurements.—218c¢ gives R:r::36mm.:4mm. Width of arm at base is 42mm. The variation in size can be judged from the following measurements of the width of the arm at the base: D. 98, 6 mm; D. 24c, 5 mm.; D. 255, 3°2 mm. Horizon and Locality —Middle Ordovician (Llandeilo) of the Dow Hills, and Upper Ordovician (Ashgillian) of Thraive Glen, Girvan, Ayrshire, Scotland. Regeneration of Lost Parts (Plate XII, fig. 5)—A cast taken from D. 110c shows that the arm broke away about 8mm. from the base and that regeneration subsequently took place. The new portion of the arm is, as one would expect in the earlier stages of growth, not so stout as the original lost part. The point is interesting because marked regeneration has not been previously noted in Paleozoic Asteroidea. Schuchert states in respect to this (85, p. 37): ‘‘ Among living star- fishes it 1s common to regrow arms that have been lost through accidental causes. From the base of the severed ray a new growing tip is established, forming a juvenile arm that gradually grows to full size and assumes mature characteristics. Schéndorf (62 pp. 96, 97) states that this habit has been pronounced since the Jurassic, but that he has failed to find marked regeneration in Paleozoic asterids. He did, however, note partial replacement of minor losses among the Devonic species. Stiirtz, who has handled more Palzozoic asterids than any other palzontologist, also has not noted a single case of marked regeneration. The same is true for the 400 Devonaster eucharis found in a limited area of the Middle Devonic of New York. Clarke, in describing this find (1912, pp. 44, 45), however, does note a few specimens which show the existence of only four instead of the normal five arms. These are the only examples of four-rayed Paleozoic starfishes so far recorded. “ The writer has also been unable to find a single case of regeneration, but in the Middle Ordovicic cryptozonian Urasterella wlrichi he describes a specimen with two normally developed rays and three short stumps. All of the arms are normal for the species, except for the length of three rays and their terminations, which are blunt (see pl. xxix, fig. 1). It seems to him that this occurrence is not due to the accident of fossilisation or weathering, but is an actual case of loss in life with subsequent healing of the wounds, but without regeneration of the lost parts. 162 BRITISH PALAZOZOIC ASTEROZOA. “During most of the Palzeozoic, the starfishes could have had no carnivorous enemies other than the cephalopods; as for marine fishes, the armoured Arthrodires did not appear until the Middle Devonic, while the ancient sharks were not common until Lower Carboniferous (Mississippi) time. It is possible that regeneration among the starfishes is connected with the rise of carnivorous enemies, but as the habit 1s so common among living forms it is more probable that this power has always been inherent in the class. Regeneration among the crinoids has been noted in several cases where lost distal ends of arms were being replaced by immature growths. Such have been seen in the Lower Carboniferous (Burlington and Keokuk formations) of America.” Mode of Life.—The rigid position in which the arms have been preserved, and the closely set ambulacralia, suggest that the arm had but little power of lateral or vertical movement. Bather (9a, pp. 451, 510) has already referred to the littoral and probably even arenaceous condition of the “Starfish bed.” One of the commonest of recent Starfishes in a littoral arenaceous habitat is Astropecten, which has pointed feet by means of which it runs about the sandy bottom. It seems to me that Cnemidactis may have had a similar mode of life. The condition of the mouth-parts suggests also that the creature fed just as does Astropecten. The rigid form of the mouth-rings and the trap-like nature of the tori of Cnemidactis are all in favour of this view. MacBride (43, p. 468) states that the ‘‘ loss of suckers has rendered Astropecten and its allies incapable of feeding in the manner described in the case of Asterias rubens. They are unable forcibly to open the valves of shell-fish, and the only resource left to them is to swallow their prey whole. The mouth is consequently wide, and the unfortunate victims, once inside the stomach, are compelled by suffocation to open sooner or later, when they are digested.” Family ARTHRASTERID®, nova. Diagnosis.—Group C forms with adambulacralia much as in the Urasterellide. Infero-marginalia with paxilla-shaft in the form of a strong transverse ridge. “Single” interradial plates immediately distal to the primary circlet. No previous attempt has been made to link up the forms described below with other Paleozoic Asterozoa. I have named the family after the Cretaceous genus Arthraster, which seems to have been the longest surviving genus exhibiting “ Uras- terellid” affinities. The forms in the family have the long arms, small disc, and large adambulacralia of the Urasterellide, but differ in the apical plates, which usually have paxilla-shafts in the form of a transverse ridge. Superficially similar Asteroidea with long arms and a small disc, such as Odinia and Labidiaster, also occur in the existing deep sea; but they have evolved along quite different lines and are probably of more recent origin. ARTHRASTERIDA. 163 There are at present only three genera belonging to the family, Protarthraster from the English Devonian, Calliasterella from the Russian Carboniferous, and Arthraster from the North-west Huropean Cretaceous. The distinctions of the forms from one another and from the Urasterellidz can best be seen from the following table : | Urasterellide. Protarthraster. Calliasterella. Arthraster. | = _ : | Apical. Marginal. Apical. Marginal. | F | Infero- | Paxilla-shafts usually | Paxilla-shafts as| Paxilla-shafts, Paxilla-shafts marginalia | columnar, rarely as transverse ridges as transverse as _ transverse | _ transverse ridges ridges | ridges. | Radiaha .| Paxilla-shafts either| Paxilla-shafts as| Paxilla-shafts | Paxilla-shafts | | ridge-like, boss-like, | transverse ridges as transverse; as transverse | | orcolumnar. If there ridges | ridges. | are ridges they are not transverse, but | run the length of the ossicles |Adradialia .| First row may _ have| First two rows with | Not present One row with | longitudinal ridges or | transverse ridges, re- | transverse | all may have long} mainder with short ridges. columnar paxilla-| columnar __paxilla- shafts shafts | Proximal adradialia| Proximal adradialia | Proximal adradi- | Disposition of paired single alia single proximal adradi- alia not known. The arrangement of the apical plates of the disc gives a clue to the ancestry of the forms within the Family. Schéndorf regarded the “single”? interradial plates of Culliasterella (Text- fig. 110, p. 167) as primary interradialia homologous to the similar plates of the Asteroidea of Section A. This cannot be, as the primary interradialia are always proximal to the primary radialia, whereas in this form the plates are distinctly distal. It seems much more reasonable to suppose that the plates have arisen from a suppression of one of each of the paired proximal adradialia of the Uras- terellidz, as is foreshadowed in Salteraster ? coronella (Text-fig. 90, p. 140), and that a circlet of primary interradialia is not present in Calliasterella just as is the case in Urasterella. The presence of the “single” interradial in Protar- thraster is an important link between Calliasterella and the early “ Urasterellid ” forms. It is possible that when a dise of Arthraster can be examined it will have the same structure, for this genus obviously has close relationships with Calliasterella. I have divided the family into three sub-families corresponding to the different genera. It may be that when further connecting links are known this sub-division may prove to be unnecessary. 164 BRITISH PALAOZOIC ASTEROZOA. 1. Sub-family Protarthrasterinw, nova. Diagnosis.—Arthrasteridz with many rows of apical plates. The inner rows have paxilla-shafts as transverse ridges. The outer rows have columnar paxilla-shafts. Genus PROTARTHRASTER, novum. Generic Characters.—As those of the sub-family. 1. Protarthraster longimanus (Whidborne). Plate XIII, figs. 3—5; Text-figs. 104—108. 1896. Paleeaster longimanus, Whidborne, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. xiv, p. 376. 1898. 55 : ae Mon. Devonian Fauna 8S. England, vol. iii (Paleontogr. Soc.), pp. 204-215, pl. xxvi, figs. 1-4; pl. xxix, fig. 3. Material.—Six specimens are known, four in the Museum of Practical Geology, 104 105 Trexr-r1a. 104.—Wash drawing of a portion of the apical surface of Protarthraster longimanus. C., centrale ; R.,radialia; X., adradialia of first and second series ; X. + X., fused adradialia (proximal interradial). x 6. Text-Fia. 105.—Cross-section through the arm of Protarthrasler longimanus. Ad, adradialia; J.1, infero- marginalia; #&.,radialia. x 20. Jermyn Street. These include the holotype (7163 and its counterpart 7164) figured by Whidborne, pl. xxvi, figs. 1, 2, and figured here, Pl. XIII, figs. 3, 4, and in the Text-figures; specimen 7162 figured by Whidborne, pl. xxvi, fig. 3, and figured here, Pl. XIII, fig. 5, and two specimens not figured here nor by Whid- borne. The remaining two specimens are in the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. They are both figured by Whidborne, pl. xxvi, fig. 4, and pl. xxix, fig. 3 respec- tively, and not re-figured here. Holotype (Plate XII, figs. 3, 4; Text-figs. 104—107).—The holotype is at first sight so different from the other specimens that it almost looks hke another species. Its disc is raised and the arms stretched out in straight lines from it. Casts of the PROTARTHRASTER LONGIMANUS. 165 apical surface show the position of the original ossicles very clearly (Text-fig. 104). Their position is almost diagrammatically simple. There is a distinct centrale which, hke all the other apical plates, has a raised central area. Around the 106 107 Text-Fic. 106.—-Plan of ossicles on the oral surface of Pro/arthraster longimanus. Ad., adambulacralia ; I.M., infero-marginalia; W.P., mouth-angle plates; O., odontophor. x 12. Text-ric. 107.—Wash drawing of a portion of the oral surface of Protarthraster longimanus, Ad., adra- dialia; 7.M., infero-marginalia. x 18. centrale are grouped five primary radialia forming a closed circle. In the inter- radial angles just distal to the primary radialia are five triangular plates which, as suggested above (p. 163), probably represent the fused pairs of adradialia from adjacent arms. The remaining adradialia are added in the same manner as in Textr-Fia. 108.—Wash drawing of the mouth-angle plates of Protarthraster longimanus. M.P., mouth- angle plate; O., odontophor; 7., torus. x 8. Urasterella. All the plates of the apical surface are closely touching without any interspaces for the protrusion of papule. The paxilla-shafts of the radiaha are drawn in Text-fig. 104 as being trans- verse ridges. This is as they appear on one arm. On other arms the paxilla-shafts of the proximal radialia appear to be knob-like as in Salteraster ? coronella. I am unable to say whether this appearance is natural or whether it is due to a destruc- 22 166 BRITISH PALAOZOIC ASTEROZOA. tion of former regular quadrilateral edges of the mould. The paxilla-shafts of the first and second rows of adradialia are always transverse ridges. There are a further three rows of small adradialia, only seen in side view, carrying short columnar paxilla-shafts. Remains of the spines which were originally carried by the paxille are to be seen between and occasionally on the plates. I have not been able to identify a madreporite. In oral view the infero-marginalia are clearly seen. They are not pushed on to the apical surface as in Urasterella. Each ossicle has a transverse ridge. The adambulacral ridges are also clearly seen. The mouth-angle plates are not very distinct in this specimen. There is a large ridged odontophor in each inter- radius. Specimen from Baggy Point (Plate XIII, fig. 5; Text-fig. 108)—The arms in this position have been somewhat disturbed after death. The various views obtained enable me to add to the details given above. The mouth-anele plates are not as in Urasterella, but have a distinct proximal hollow which carried large and prominent spines. The groove is open in many portions of the arm. The adambula- cralia are seen to be exactly as in Urasterella. The exposed ambulacralia are very similar to those of U. ruthvent. The left arm of the photograph shows a good side view of the three outer small rows of adradialia. These carry very short columnar paxilla-shafts. The remaining specimens only confirm the details already given. Measurements.—Specimen 7162 alone enables one to give the relative length of the major and minor radi; R:r::20mm.: 2 mm. The holotype has r = 2mm. The arms are broken off short. The specimen figured by Whidborne, pl. xxix, fig. 3, is about half the size of the above specimens. Horizon and Locality.—Upper Devonian (Pilton Beds) of North Devon. 2. Sub-family Calliasterelline, nova. 1910. Calliasteride, Schéndorf, Jahrb. nassauisch. Ver. Naturk., Wiesbaden, vol. 63, p. 251. 1914. Calliasterellide, Schuchert, Fossilum Catalogus, Animalia, pt. 3, p. 7. 1915. y Schuchert, Bull. 88, U.S. Nat. Mus., pp. 162, 163, 190. Diagnosis.—Arthrasteride with three rows of apical plates (one row of radiaha and two rows of infero-marginalia). These rows have paxilla-shafts in the form of strong transverse-ridges. Odontophor with strongly indented sides. The sub-family does not contain any known British species. Its one repre- sentative, Calliasterella mira, Trautschold, from the Russian Carboniferous, occurs at the same horizon and locality as Urasterella montana (see p. 147). A full description of the form was given by Schéndorf (65, pp. 327—3837, pl. xxi, figs. 2—5, pl. xxiv, figs. 1—18), who thought that the form was a Cryptozonate CALLIASTERELLIN “A. 167 Asteroid. The Text-figures given here are taken from this paper, and they illustrate the real affinities of the form. 110 AS Huns tt Text-Fric. 109.—Reconstruction of Calliasterella mira (after Schondorf). x 4. Trxt-ric. 110,—Plan of the ossicles on the dise of Calliasterella mira (after Schéndorf). C., centrale : I.M., infero-marginalia; O., odontophor; &., radialia; X.+X., fused adradialia (proximal inter- radial). x 15. Text-fig. 109 shows the small disc, long arms, and prominent odontophor, and all these features indicate a close relationship with the Urasterellide. The 112 _ — — TA . Text-ric. 111.—Cross-section through the arm of Calliasterella mira (after Schéndorf). J.I, infero- marginalia; #., radialia. x 1:4. Text-Fic, 112.—Plan of ossicles in the mouth-region of Calliasterella mira (after Schondorf). Am., ambulacral; JZ,P., mouth-angle plate. rounded arms rolled up ventrally present, as Schéndorf noted, a strong superficial resemblance to the American Carboniferous Ophiuroid Onychaster flewilis, Meek 168 BRITISH PALAOZOIC ASTEROZOA. and Worthen. I have already noted (p. 150) a somewhat similar method of preservation of the English species Salteraster asperrimus and the American species Urasterella grandis. It is probably due to a strong contraction of the interadambulacral muscles after death, and indicates the powerful character of these muscles (see p. 135). Text-fig. 110 is a plan of the ossicles on the apical surface of the dise re- lettered so as to show its correspondence with a similar plan of the same region in Protarthraster (Text-fig. 104, p. 164). The prominent odontophor is much more exposed than in Protarthraster, and reminds one of the similar ossicle in Onemi- dactis (compare with Text-fig. 101, p. 157). Text-fig. 111 shows “ Urasterellid”’ adambulacralia with long spines. Schén- dorf (op. cit., p. 352) describes the proximal (adoral) surface of the adambulacralia as being concave and the distal (aboral) surface as being convex. I am inclined to believe after examination of Schdndorf’s figures that the muscle-attachments are merely a modification of those described for Urasterella thraivensis (p. 133). No adambulacral ridges have been described. ‘The adambulacral armature is, how- ever, very similar to that of Uvasterell1 (compare Pl. VIII, fig. 3). It is just possible that very reduced adambulacral ridges may be present, as in Uvrasterella montana (p. 148). The body-cavity as depicted by Schéndorf is much larger than in any of the Urasterellidee. Text-fig. 112 shows the general resemblance between the mouth-parts of the form and those of Urasterella. The Text-figure should be compared with fig. 4 of PI Vik Sub-family Arthirasterine, nova. 1907. Arthraster (family uncertain), Spencer, Mon. British Foss. Echinoderm., Cretaceous (Paleontogr. Soc.), vol. ii, p. 91. 19138. $3 - Spencer, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc., vol. cciv B, p. 139. Diagnosis.—Arthrasteridz with five rows of apical plates (one row of radialia, two rows of adradialia, and two rows of infero-marginalia). These rows have paxilla-shafts in the form of strong transverse ridges. Arrangement of the apical plates of the disc and the mouth-parts not known. The Sub-Family contains one genus, Arthraster, with two species, A. divoni, Forbes, and A. cristatus, Spencer. Both species are found in the Chalk of N.W. Europe. I am dealing briefly with this genus here although it has no known Paleozoic representative. It is convemient, however, to place the forms at least in relationship with other Asterozoa. am | fle RS re. os, | he PLATE VI. Fia PaGeE. 1. Uvranaster ramseyensis (Hicks); photograph of oral surface, X 3.— Lower Ordovician (Arenig) ; Ramsey Island. Lightbody Collection, University Museum, Manchester, no. L. 11036 a 5 =. ieliG 2. Ditto; photograph of apical surface, x 3.—Ibid.; no. L. 11038 = »109 3. Ditto; photograph of oral surface, x 3.—Ibid.; no. L. 110360 Be KO) 4. Ditto; photograph of apical surface, x 3.—Ibid.; no. L. 11037 . 109 5. Lepidactis wenlocki, n. sp.; X 14; photograph of oral surface.—Middle Silurian (Wenlock); Dudley. British Museum (Nat. Hist.), no. 57426; M., madreporite IS} 6. Lepidaster grayi, Forbes, X 3 (approximately).—Ibid. Ketley Collec- tion, University of Birmingham, no. 221. : , 2a PALA ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, I916 movhib ib tag yy: by ‘ PH | cE mt fra LONGOR « Fig. bo (wis) or) PATH Val: Lepidaster grayi, Forbes; photograph of oral surface, x 14 to 2 (approx.).—Middle Silurian (Wenlock); Dudley. Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street, no. 27515; M., madreporite Wash drawing of a portion of arm of same specimen. > 10 (approx.). A., ambulacral; Ad., adambulacral; [.M/., inferomarginal Wash drawing of a pair of mouth-angle plates of the same specimen showing also the torus with some of its spines, x 10 ; Side view of an adambulacral from the same specimen, Xx 10. P., point of attachment of the adambulacral with a ventro-lateral Wash drawing of a model of three adjacent proximal adambulacralia of the same specimen, X 10 (approx.). ., ridge of adambulacral ; P., point of attachment of the adambulacral with a ventro-lateral . . Photograph of another individual of the same species, x 3. Ibid. Dudley Museum, no. 606 PAGE. aE? 118 118 Lk iis 120 PALA ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, ISI6 5 Be London Otereoscc bo Or POAT, Vidi. Urasterella thraivensis, n. sp.; photograph of a model of a small portion of the ambulacral groove, x 10.—Upper Ordovician (Ashgillian) ; Thraive Glen, Ayrshire. A key to this photograph is ene Text- fig. 83, p. 1382 ; Photograph of the right half of the same model ‘anen in a direction facing the wall of the groove. The ossicles are seen tipping towards the mouth, as also does the muscle depression on the outer extremity of each ambulacral : : Photograph of ossicles of the same model tslcan so as to show the ambulacral groove in vertical cross-section : Urasterella medusa, Hudson; photograph of the mouth-region in apical view, X 10 (from a photograph supplied by Hudson) Onenudaster girvanensis (Schuchert); photograph of a model of the mouth-region in apical view, X 7 : Photograph of the same model showing the oral bataes as seen from within the mouth. A key to this photograph is given, Text-fig. 103, p. 160 ; ; : Urasterella medusa, Hudson ; nstoaeaplh of portion of the apical surface of two arms to show the paxilliform infero-marginalia, X 20 (after Hudson). Pores for papulze (?) are also seen on the inner side of the infero-marginals 2 and 3 on the right arm. PAGE. 131 130 PALE ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1916. London Stereoscopic Co. Imp. f = “a (J) PA Xe Urasterella thraivensis, n.sp.; photograph of apical surface of disc, x 5.—Upper Ordovician (Ashgilhan); Thraive Glen, Ayrshire. Mrs. Gray’s Collection, no. D. 111 ; Photograph of the oral surface of another specimen of the same species, X 3.—Ibid. Mrs. Gray’s Collection, no. D. 254 Urasterella ruthvent (Forbes), var. leintwardinensis, nov.; photograph of the apical surface, X 53.—Upper Silurian (Lower Ludlow); Leint- wardine, Herefordshire. Ludlow Museum, no. iv The same specimen, X 6 : Urasterella ruthvent (Forbes) ; solemn of lateral view of arm, X 4. —Upper Silurian (Ludlow); Bannisdale Slates, N. End of Benson Knot. Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge PAGE. 137 158 143 143 140 PALZ ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1916 London Stereoscopic Co. h - + PAU Xe Fia. PaGE. 1. Urasterella thraivensis, n. sp.; photograph of the oral surface of a portion of an arm, x 4.—Upper Ordovician (Ashgillian) ; Thraive Glen, Ayrshire. Mrs. Gray’s Collection, no. D. 35 : » £38 2. Urasterella gutterfordensis, n. sp.; photograph of the apical surface, x 2.—Middle Silurian (Wenlock) ; Gutterford Burn, Pentland Mills. Royal Scottish Museum, no. 93 . 144 3. Photograph of the oral surface of the counterpart of ne previous specimen, X 4. Royal Scottish Museum, no. 67 : . 145 4. Urasterella ruthveni (Forbes); photograph of the oral surface, x 2.— Upper Silurian (Ludlow) ; Bannisdale Slates, High Thorns, Under- barrow. Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge, no. a. 920 : 5 4a 5. Ditto; photograph of oral surface, x 4.—Ibid. Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge, no. a. 510 : - ltall 6. Ditto; photograph of the oral surface, x 2, ene Silurian (igudlow ye N. End of Benson Knot. Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge 14h = oO sr be uJ Oo Oo oP) 4 < ) 2 a < a Oo 2) - z oO W - < oO tereascopic Co. Imp. x aQ OTL O Lond PLATE XI. Cnemidactis girvanensis (Schuchert) ; photograph of apical surface, x 2.—Upper Ordovician (Ashgillian); Thraive Glen, Ayrshire. Mrs. Gray’s Collection, no. D. 216 Ditto ; photograph of oral surface, x 2.—Ibid. ee Gray’s Gellecnion no. D. 24¢ ; ; A Salteraster asperrimus (Salter); photograph of the apical surface, x 2.—Upper Ordovician (Caradocian); Quakers’ Burial Ground, Welshpool. Museum of Practical sat Jermyn Street, no. 7435 Photograph of the counter mart of the same specimen, xX 2 Salteraster (2) wmbricatus (Salter); photograph of the apical surface, x 4.—Upper Ordovician (Caradocian) ; Llanfyllin, Montgomery- shire. Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street, no. 28364. Salteraster (2) coronella (Salter) ; photograph of the apical surface, x 4. —Lower Silurian (Upper Llandovery); Gunwick Mill, near Africk. Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street, no. 7402 Urasterella pulchella, Billings; photograph of the mouth-region in oral aspect, x 10.—Middle Ordovician (Trenton); Ottawa, Canada. Victoria Memorial Museum, Ottawa, no. 1397. The photograph was sent to me by Dr. Hudson : ; : Ditto; photograph of the adambulacralia of the same species turned slightly on one side (after Hudson) x 10 PAGE. 135 134 PALZ ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, = London Ster = Fia. bo Or PLATE XII. Cnemidactis girvanensis (Schuchert) ; photograph of the apical surface to show the linear arrangement of the paxille and the upper surfaces of the exposed ambulacralia, x 2.—Upper Ordovician (Ashgillian) ; Thraive Glen, Ayrshire. Mrs. eee Collection, no. D. 218 Ditto; photograph of the apical Sates taken at a ee different: angle, x 3.—Ibid. Mrs. Gray’s Collection, no. D. 73. O., odontophor : : : Ditto; photograph of the or Al surface to ae the spoke-like arrange- ment of the arms, nat. size—Ibid. Mrs. Gray’s Collection, non DA2USe: ‘ : Ditto; photograph of the or el view of a portion of one arm to show the ornament on the adambulacralia and the ridges on the ambulacralia, x 3.—Ibid. Mrs. Gray’s Collection, no. D. 73 ¢ Ditto; photograph of the extremity of an arm to show regeneration, x 4.—Ibid. Mrs. Gray’s Collection, no. D.110c PaGs. 159 157 161 ISI6 PALZ ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY j a i] Fia. Or PLATE XIII. Jnemidactis girvanensts (Schuchert) ; photograph of the apical surface of a young specimen, X 6.—Upper Ordovician (Ashgillian) ; Thraive Glen, Ayrshire. Mrs. Gray’s Collection, no. D. 255 Photograph of the side view of an arm of an older individual of the same species, X 3. Ibid.—Mrs. Gray’s Collection, no. D. 125 Protarthraster longimanus (Whidborne) ; photograph of the apical surface, x 5.—Upper Devonian ; near Braunton, Devon. Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street, no. 7163 Photograph of the oral surface of the same specimen, x 4 Ditto; photograph of the oral surface of another individual from the same horizon at Baggy Poimt, N. Devon, x 4.—Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street, no. 7162 PaGe. 161 157 164 164 166 PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, I9I6 Qa a London Stereoscopic Go. mp Ve ‘ a AM a [Ppalxontographical Society, 1916. A MONOGRAPH BRITISH GRAPTOLETES. GERTRUDE L. ELLES, Sc.D., ETHEL M. R. WOOD, D.Sc. [Mrs. SHAKESPEAR], OF NEWNHAM COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE; AND THE UNIVERSITY OF BIRMINGHAM EDITED BY CHARLES LAPWORTH, LL.D., F.RB.S., LATE PROFESSOR OF GEOLOGY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF BIRMINGHAM PA el: Paces exlix—clxxi, a—m, 527—539; INCLUDING TITLE-PAGE AND INDEX. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE PALMONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. Fepruary, 1918. PRINTED BY ADLARD AND SON AND WEST NEWMAN, LTD., LONDON AND DORKING. 1901. Strandmark, J. E., “ Undre Graptolit- skiffer vid Fagelsaing,” ‘Geol. Foren. Forh.,’ vol. 23, pp. 548-556, pl. xvii. inter-relationships. 1901. Elles and Wood, “* Monograph of British Graptolites.”” (Edited by Chas. Lapworth.) pt. 1, pp. 1-54. Paleontographical Society, 1901. given on a scale of five times the natural size. HISTORY OF RESEARCH. exlix The author gives a description of the so-called “ Lower Graptolite Shales” of Fagelsing, noting the lithological and paleontological sequence. He figures (taf. 17) the species Tetragraptus Bigsby, Hall, and Tetragraptus phyllograptoides, Linnrs., and also a remarkable new form, Phyllograptus cor Strandmark, and discusses their probable phylogenetic The Monograph opens with a brief Introduction by the Kditor, giving an account of the origin, object, and plan of the work and of the mode of illustration. he First Part is devoted to the description and figuring of the British forms assigned to the Genus Didymograptus of the family of the Dichograptide. The illustrations include quarto plates (I—IV), in which the species are represented on the natural scale, and Text-figures (1—35), in which minor details are Some twenty-eight species are described, of which the following are noted as new: Didymograptus uniformis, D. similans, D. deflexus, )). amplus, J). artus, )). stabilis, and D. acutidens (Lapw. MS.). The Descriptive Section is prefaced by short definitions of the morphological terms employed, and a synopsis of the several groups of Didymograptus recognised. At the close of the description of each such group the individual characteristics of its component forms are tabulated and compared. 1901. Malaise, C., “ Htat actuel de nos connaissances sur le Silurien de la Belgique,” ‘ Annales Soc. Geol. du Nord,’ vol. xxx, pp. 188-190. The author summarises the results of his long-extended and successful researches into the geology and fossils of the Cambrian, Ordovician, and Silurian deposits of the Massif of Brabant, and the Band of Sambre and Meuse, and gives a generalised scheme of the sequence in each area. Especial attention 1s directed to the close parallelism between the British and Belgian paleontological succession, and to the recognised presence of the same characteristic forms of Graptolites in several corresponding horizons in the two countries. 1901. Kerforne, F., “ Silurique de la presqwile de Crozon (Finistere),”’ Rennes, 1901, pp. 1-230. An account of the author’s study of the Silurian Succession in the peninsula of Crozon, with lists of the fossils detected. Seven successive Graptolite Zones are recognised, ranging from the equivalents of the British Upper Llandovery to those of the Lower Ludlow, both inclusive. Some nineteen forms of Graptolites are distinguished as present, and their horizons indicated. cl BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. 1901. This Memoir is remarkable as being the first to demon- Hisel, R., strate the fact that the zonal succession of Graptolite species ce y . . AOC IO GeO. in Central Germany corresponds closely with that already It is the fruit of the enthusiastic researches of the author carried on Thiiringischer und ; ‘ one = age es us established in Britain and North-West Hurope. Voetlindischer Graptolithenschiefer,” ‘ Jahrb. Gesell. Freund. Naturwissenschaften in Gera,’ year 1900. for many years into the chronological succession of Graptolite species in the Thuringian areas, long previously rendered classic by the works of Geinitz and Richter. The author makes known the presence of several successive Graptolite zones in the sequence described, which ranges from Middle Llandovery to Lower Ludlow, and gives the names and ranges of the forms collected by himself personally. The zones described are distinguished by the author by names derived from their characteristic local species, and the following forms are given as new: Monograptus priodon, var. reductus; M. veles; M. Sedgwickii, var. Voglandicus ; Diplograptus binodosus ; D. juncus ; D. Thuringiacus ; etiolites preecursor ; Clima- cograptus eitrocrescens ; Dimorphograptus Lapworthi. (See also Tornquist, 1887.) 1901. Ruedemann, R., “* Hudson River Beds near Albany, and their A summary of the author’s discoveries among the com- plicated Graptolite-bearing strata of the Hudson River Taxonomic Equiva- Valley. lents,”’ ‘New York State Mus.,’ Bull. 42. CHAP PRR WV. 1902 tro 19138. 1902. Moberg, J. C., “ Didymograptus Skiffer,’ ‘Geol. Foren. Forh.,’ vol. 24, pp. 44-48. Tur author proposes to unite under the single title “ Didymograptus Skiffer ” all the Scandinavian Graptolite- bearing strata ranging from the horizon where Didymograptus makes its earliest appearance to the top of the Didymograptus geminus beds. 1902. This Second Part of the British Monograph opens with Elles and Wood, “ Monograph of British Graptolites,” pt. 2, Paleontographical Society, 1902. the first two chapters of the promised ‘‘ General Section.’’ These chapters (pages 1 to xxvii) treat of the History of Research among the Graptolites in general from the times of Bromell and Linneeus (1727) to those of Barrande (1850) and Scharenberg (1851). References are made to the titles and dates of publication, ete., of the several Memoirs cited, and a synopsis 1s given of the more important facts and deductions brought forward by each author. This “General Section” is followed (pp. 55-102) by the continuation from Part I. of the ‘‘ Descriptive Section.” It treats of the whole of the British species HISTORY OF RESEARCH. cli assigned to the family of the Dichograptide, with the exception of those belonging to the genus Didymograptus (already described in Part I). § YMogray vy Twelve British genera are recognised (including Phyllograptus, previously regarded by many authorities as constituting a distinct family, and Azygograptus, hitherto assigned to the Leptograptide). Four new species are described and figured: T'etragraptus reclinatus, 1’. Postlethwaitii, 7. Amii (Lapw. MS.), Holograptus Deani (Lapw. MS.), and Bryograptus divergens. 1902. Kerforne, F., “ Gothlandien inférieur -du Massif Armoricain,” ‘Comptes Rendus, Acad. Sciences,’ July 15, 1902. 1902. Ruedemann, R., “Graptolite Facies of the Beekmantown For- mation in Renesslaer County,” “New York State Paleontol. Ann. Rept.,” ‘New York State Mus.,’ Bull. 52, p. 546. 1902. Ruedemann, R., “Growth and Develop- ment of Goniograptus Thureawi,” ‘ Bull. 52, New York State Museum,’ pp. 576, ete. 1904. Am, H. M., “Preliminary List of Fossils collected by Prof. L. M. Bailey from localities in New Brunswick,” “Summary Rept., Geol. Surv., Canada,’ 1904. 1902. Hah Se. “Reports on Grapto- lites,” ‘ Records Geol. Surv. Victoria,’ vol. 1, pp. 383-35, An outline description of the lithological divisions of the Llandovery and Tarannon strata of Anjou, etc., with a note on their included Graptolites. A registration of the progress and results of the author’s researches and discoveries among the Graptolite-bearing Lower Paleozoic Strata of the State of New York. (See also “ Upper Cambrian Horizon of Dictyonema flabelliforme in New York,” ‘“ New York State Palzontol. Ann. Rept.,” ‘New York State Mus.,’ Bull. 69, p. 934, 1903.) An account of the discovery of two forms of Goniograptus (Goniograptus Thureant, M’Coy, and Goniograptus sp.) m the Deep Kill Graptolite Beds of New York, with a dis- cussion of the bearing of the structural details and successive ontogenetic stages in Goniograptus upon the phylogeny of the Graptolites in general. Identification of genera and species of Graptolites collected from the Lower Palzeozoic Strata of New Bruns- wick, with notes of correlation of the contaming beds. of A list of all the forms recognised up to date is A revision the Graptolite species from LHastern Victoria. included with localities. ovatus and figured. Two new species, Didymograptus Glossograytus Hermani, are described and chi BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. The General Section of this Third Part of the British 1908. Filtestandl Wood: Monograph continues the History of Research from 1851 to “Monograph of British 1865; and the Descriptive Section is devoted to the British Graptolites,” pt. 3. forms of the family of the Leptograptide. Four British Paleontographical See ane genera—namely, Leptograptus, Pleurograptus, Amphigraptus, ociety, 1903. f and Nemagraptus (Cenograptus)—are recognised, embracing eleven species with several varieties. Four of the species are given as new, viz. Leptogvaptus latus, L. sacendens, /. validus (Lapw. MS.), L. grandis (Lapw. MS.). In this, as in other parts of the work, the detailed descriptions are preceded by a summary of the general characteristics of the family or group under notice. 1904. A list of the Graptolites discovered by Dr. Bliicher Noel, M. U., (1898) and the author (1898—1915) in the pebbles of the so Heuner ees Dy gomee Conglomerates of the ‘Grés des Vosges’ of the higher parts Sa ae ee of the basin of the Meuse and the Moselle. Sixteen forms ‘Comptes Rendus, ; are noted, ranging from Llandovery to Lower Ludlow Acad. Sciences,’ June 13, 1904. inclusive. The author summarises the results of her personal studies in the field and in the laboratory of the Vertical Distribution “Some Graptolite of the recognisable species of Graptolites occurring in Zones in the Arenig Sedewick’s ‘“‘Arenig”’ Series of his type area and their Rocks of Wales,” equivalents in other parts of Wales. The rock-successions hee or ata ’ and Graptolite-sequences, as developed in the Arenig Dis- coe ; trict, in Ceernarvon, in the Lleyn Peninsula, at St. David’s, Abereiddy, Whitesand Bay, and other areas in South Wales, are described. These are correlated with the corresponding successions in Shropshire, the Lake District, and Scania. She concludes that three successive Graptolite Zones are distinguish- able in these British Arenig strata, namely, the Zones of (1) Didymograptus extensus, Hall; (2) Didymo. hirundo, Salter; and (3) Didymo. bifidus, Hall. The oldest of these zones follows in order of time the Dichograptus Beds of the Lake District, whilst the newest graduates upwards into the sub-formation usually termed the Lower Llandeilo, which is characterised by the presence of Didymograptus Murchisoni. The ‘ Murchisont Zone’ and the underlying ‘ Bifidus Zone’ are both marked by the domi- nance of ‘‘tuning-fork”’ Graptolites, and constitute the Llanvirn Series of Dr. Hicks. 1904. In this Fourth Part of the British Monograph the Elles and Wood, Historical Section is carried on from 1865 to 1871. The becr ica wo Descriptive Section deals with the British forms assigned to Spe ere etal the family of the Dicranograptidee. Of these only two genera Society,’ 1904. are recognised, Dicellograptus, Hopkinson, and Dicranograptus, Hall. Thirteen British species are assigned to the former genus and ten to the latter. The species described as new are Dicellograptus angulatus, Dicranograptus brevicaulis, 1). celticus, )). cyathiformis, and /). tardiusculus (Lapw. MS.). 1904. Elles, G. L., b) HISTORY OF RESEARCH. clin 1904. Hall, T.S., “ Reports on Grapto- Identifications and lists of Graptolite species from several lites,” ‘Records Geol. localities in Victoria. Surv. Victoria,’ vol. 1, pp. 217-219. 1904. In this paper, of which the first part was published in Tornquist, S. L., 1901, Prof. Tornquist completes his figures and descrip- “Graptolites of the — tions of the Graptolites of the Swedish strata corresponding Lower Zones of the hroadly to the Arenig strata of Britain. The paper is marked Scanian and Vestro- sothiah Phallo-Tetra throughout by the author’s usual modesty of presentation, @ -Tetra- graptus Beds,” pt. 2, his care for accuracy of detail, and the beauty and clearness ‘Lunds Universitets Of his figures. There are four quarto plates, and an appendix Arsskrift,’ vol. 40, showing the vertical distribution of the Graptolites described ips Us SAS aye in the two parts of the Memoir. The Swedish species noted are about forty in number and are grouped in four successive zones named by the author. One genus is given as new (Anthograptus), and eight species—namely, Bryograptus simplex, T'etragraptus Vestrogothus, Dichograptus regularis, Antho- graptus crinitus (Moberg, MS.), and Azyograptus validus (Moberg, MS.). In a note in the body of the work Tornquist treats of the extreme difficulties in the classification of the so-called genera and species of the compound forms of the Dichograptide in general, and gives a provisional classification of those referred to in his own Memoirs. He expresses his agreement with Wiman and Ruedemann, that there can be ‘‘no fundamental difference between the ‘ dicho- tomous’ and ‘lateral’ mode of division of the stipes,” but notes at the same time the remarkable constancy of the one or the other mode in certain forms. an In the second of these notes the author expresses his Tornquist, S. L., : “Sundry Geological Swedish Ordovician as commencing with the Dictyonema agreement with W. C. Brégger. (1896) in regarding the Notes,” nos.2and3, Shales (Tremadoc), and embracing three main members : ‘Geol. Foren. For- (1) Dietyonema Shales; (2) Didymograptus Shales; and handl.,’ vol. 28, 497-515 (3) Dicellograptus Shales. In the third note he discusses the Pp: = ». synonymy of Didymograptus gibberulus, Nicholson ; Didymo. patulus, Hall, and D. constrictus, Hall. 1904. Ruedemann, K., This Memoir constitutes the first volume of a compre- “ Graptolites of New Wonks eanin le Graptolites of the J ; f ; : : : Lower Beds.” ‘New equivalent Graptolite-bearing regions elsewhere in the United hensive Monograph by the author dealing with the Grapto- lites of New York State and their relations to those of the York State Museum, States, in Canada, Europe, Britain, and Australia. Memoir 7.’ This first volume includes not only a description and illustration of all the cliv BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. forms of Graptolites hitherto collected from the ‘“ Upper Cambrian ” (Tremadoc) and ‘‘ Lower Ordovicic ” (Arenig) of New York State (the majority of which were the fruits of the author’s long-extended personal field researches), but embraces also a detailed account and discussion of Graptolitic literature, knowledge, and speculation up to the date of publication. The volume may be said to be divisible into two main sections: a first (pp. 498—577), treating of the Graptolites in general, and a second (pp. 577— ~ 783), devoted to the description of the New York forms. The General Section opens with an outline Bibliography ranging from 1874 to 1903. This is followed by paragraphs dealing with the History of Research among the Graptolites, im which the difficulties of the various branches of the subject are pointed out, and the past stages of advance in knowledge and specula- tion adduced and frankly discussed. In sub-section 3 the author, after passing in review the methods of previous observers, describes the modes of illustration adopted, which on the whole are similar to those followed in the present work. In sub-section 4, where Ruedemann is dealing with Terminology, he notes his adoption of 'Térnquist’s term “ rhabdosome ” instead of polypary as the equivalent of the term “ hydrosome ” or the whole colony in the terminology of the “ Hydro- zoans,’ and suggests the new title “synrhabdosome”’ for each of those stellate assemblages which have been interpreted by himself as colomies of colonies. He calls attention to Lapworth’s use (1897) of the term “ graptotheca” as the equivalent of ‘ hydrotheca,’ but follows the general procedure in using the simple term “theca” without qualification. He regards the Graptolites as being separable into the two orders of the Dendroidea (Nich.) and the Graptoloidea (Lapw.) and the latter as being divisible into the two sub-orders, viz. Graptoloidea-Axonolipa (Frech. Ruedemann, em.) and Graptoloidea-Axono- phora (Frech.). He draws a sharp distinction between the filiform tubular structure in the Axonolipa, termed by Lapworth the “nema” or “ nemacaulus,” and the solid axis, rod or “ virgula’”’ of the Axonophora, agreeing with those who hold that the latter is wanting as such in the Axonolipa, but is apparently present inside the nema- ceaulus in the polypary of the Diplograptide, ete. He employs Hall’s term “funicle”’ for the common base of the component nemacauluses in the stellate forms. After describing and illustrating the sicula and its relations, as worked out by the Swedish authorities, he expresses his full accord with those who hold that notwithstanding its resemblance to an ordinary serial theca it 1s always appropriate to designate by the special title ‘ sicula ” alone. The various classifications of the Graptoloidea are passed in review, and that of Lapworth (1879) accepted, with the additional families due to subsequent discoveries. As respects the phylogeny of the Graptoloidea, the views of Marr HISTORY OF RESEARCH. clv and Nicholson (1895, as extended by Hlles 1898) are adopted, and a compre- hensive table is appended, illustrating the author’s ‘Suggested Phylogeny of the American Graptohte Axonolipa.” In dealing with the geological range of the Graptolites Ruedemann summarises in brief the far-reaching results already arrived at on both sides of the Atlantic by previous graptohthologists, and combines them with the main results of his own researches in a general “ Correlation Table” of the Upper Cambrian and Lower Ordovician formations of Scandinavia, Great Britain, Canada, and New York. In calling special attention to the long-accepted generalisation of the almost world- wide distribution of the same (or a large percentage of the same) characteristic genera and species in corresponding zones, he argues that while there appear to be some evidences of a local nature accordant more or less with the four theoretic ce Lower Paleozoic “ provinces” of Frech and others (deduced from the geographical distribution of the Trilobita, Brachiopoda, etc.), yet there are other facts entirely at variance with the distribution of the land and water areas as they can be constructed for the Lower Siluric (Ordovician) age from the study of the lttoral faunas. Huis remarks are illustrated by a world-chart. As respects the mode of existence of the Graptolites, Ruedemann agrees with those who regard the majority of the genera of the Dendroidea as being perma- nently attached to rocks or growing sea-weeds in the littoral regions, thus forming a part of the marine benthos of their time; while the majority of the Graptoloidea were probably attached to sea-weeds alone, and shared their fate, whether re- maining permanently moored to rocks or the sea-floor off-shore, or drifting (lke the modern Sargassum) as pseudo-plankton far and wide over the surface of the deep seas. Some forms, however, and notably those arranged in stellate groups Rudemann considers, had possibly attained a holoplanktonic stage of existence corresponding with that of the Siphonophora of the present day. In the Descriptive Section of the volume Ruedemann gives diagnoses of some forty species of Graptolites occurring in the New York formations dealt with. These are arranged by him in six families, viz. 1, Dendrograptide (Roemer) - 2, Dichograptidee (Lapw.) ; 3, Coenograptide (nov.) ; 4, Phyllograptide (Lapw.) ; 5, Diplograptide (Lapw.); and 6, Climacograptide (Frech); and seventeen genera, of which two, Sigmagraptus and Strophograptus, are new. he following are the new species described: Dendrograptus (?) sueculentus, D. fluitans, Péilo- graptus tenui:simus, Dictyonena farciferum, LV. rectilineatum, Desinograptus intricatus, Goniograptus gometricus, G. perflexilis, 7’emnograptus Noveboracensis, Bryograptus Lapworthi, 2. pusillus, V'etragiaptus Clarkei, 7’. Woodi, 7’. taraxicum, T. pygmeus, 7’. lentus, Didymograptus cuspidatus, D. Ellesi, UV. Tornquisti, D. spinosus, D. forcipiformis, D).incertus, Sigmagraptus precursor, Strophograptus trichomanes, Diplograptus laxus, D. longicaudatus, Glossograptus hystrix, (. echinatus, Clinacograptus spongens elvi BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. These are illustrated in seventeen excellent quarto plates, im which the majority of the forms are given in natural size and detail. The letterpress of the work is enriched by 106 Text-figures, most of them on a common scale of five times the original size. 1905. Flamande, B. M., “Existence de schistes a Graptolithes a Haci- El-Khenig (Sahara Central), ‘Comptes Rendus Acad. Sciences,’ vol. cxl, pp. 954-957. 1905. Gentil, L., “Sur la présence de schistes a Graptolithes dans le Haut-Atlas Marocain,” ‘ Comptes Rendus Acad. Sciences,’ vol sexliip: 1659) 1905. Fearnsides, W. G., “The Geology of Arenig Fawr and Moel Llyf- nant,” ‘Quart. Journ. Geol. Soce.,’ vol. 1xi, pp. 608-640. 1905-6. Lapworth, C., “On the Graptolites from Bratland, Gaus- dal, Norway,” ‘ Norges Geol. Undersogelse,’ no. 39. Note of the discovery of Graptolites of Silurian Age in the Sahara, by Captain Cottenest and Mons. M. Foureau, in 1902, with a description of the position and lithology of the containing rocks. A brief account of the author’s discovery of Silurian (Llandovery) Graptolites in the strata of the High Atlas, Morocco, with lists of species present and notes upon the forms previously obtained from Silurian strata in the Sahara. (See also Munier Chalmas, “ Notice sur les travaux scien- tifiques,”’ Lille, 1903, p. 94, and ‘ Documents de la Mission Saharienne,’ by MM. Foureau, Gentil and Haug, 1905, pp. 755-756. A detailed description of the geological succession ranging from the base of the Upper Cambrian to the Middle Bala in the classic Arenig region. Some twenty-five species of Graptolites are named as present in the succession, and their relative horizons and ranges are carefully noted. A description of the species of Graptolites collected by Herr Bjorlekixe, of the Geological Survey of Norway, in the Ordovician Shales of Bratland, Gudbrandsdal, in 1890. Ten distinct forms are noted, and illustrated on a plate. Two forms are given as new: Dicellograptus laxatus and Didymo- graptus euodus (Lapworth) var. Bjorlekki. are treated of. ‘The family of the Glossograptide is next taken up, then the Retiolitide, and finally the Dimorphograptide. ‘ A remarkable new form, Petalograptus (?) phylloides is provisionally assigned to the Diplograptide. Two previously named but undescribed sub-genera, Hallograptus (Carruthers, MS.) and Neurograptus (Lapworth) are classed with the Glossograptide, together with two new sub-genera, Thysanograptus and Nymphograptus, and Plegmatograptus is assigned to the Retiolitide. The new species described in this part include Petalograptus altissimus, P. (°) phylloides, Glossograptus acanthus, Niymphograptus velatus, and Pleqinatograptus nebula. 1908. A brilhant monograph dealing with the author’s researches Ohtake into the lithological and paleontological sequence in the ‘Das Obersilur im Silurian (Llandovery to Ludlow) of the classical Norwegian Kristianiagebiete, district extending from Skien to the head of Lake Christiania,’ pp. 1-595. Mjosen. The work is illustrated by maps, plates, sections, abundant text-figures, tables of zonal distribution, and a special chapter on correlation. Four successive formations are recognised, parallel broadly with the British Lower Llandovery, Upper Llandovery (inclusive of the Tarannon), Wenlock and Ludlow respectively, the whole being divided into nineteen zones. In the paleontological parts of the work, although the chief attention is naturally directed to the extraordinarily prolific Brachiopod, Trilobite, and Coral faunas, the Graptolites are by no means neglected, some twenty-six distinct species being recognised, and their geographical and geological ranges in the districts described carefully indicated. 1908. Hall, T.S.; y “ Graptolite Beds of Lists of the Aremg Graptolites from some thirty-four Dalesford,” ‘Proc. Roy. different Victorian localities. Soe. Victoria,’ vol. ii, pp. 271-284. 1908. Hall, TS. * Reports on Grapto- lites,” ‘ Records Geol. Surv. Victoria,’ vol.ii, tardus and Didyinograptus latus. pp. 137-143, pl. xv. Lists of Graptolites collected from Victorian localities, with figures and descriptions of two new species, Diplograptus HISTORY OF RESEARCH. elxv ne) Under the collective title of Didymograptus Skiffer, Westergard, A. H., Westergard includes the Lower and shaler division of “Studier ofver Dicho- Angelin’s Ceratopyge Region in contradistinetion to the more graptus Skiffernin = compact and calcareous Upper Division, embracing the Skane, ete.,” ‘ Lund’s Geol. Faltklubb.,’ ser. B, no. 4, pp. 1-79, pls. i-v. Shumardia beds and Ceratopyge Kalk proper, the Upper Division being distinguished further by a fauna consisting mainly of Trilobites and Brachiopods, while the Lower Division under description is marked by the presence of Graptolites. The present paper summarises the main facts and conclusions respecting the strata of this Lower Division, regarded by Scandinavian geologists as the basal member of the Swedish Ordovician, and of the beds which are in immediate contact with the sub- formation above and below. The memoir is introduced by a full bibliography of the history of previous research, followed by a detailed account of the results of the author’s personal field-studies of the succession in Scania, Westergotland, Ostergétland, Oland, ete. The author arranges the strata of the Dictyograptus Skiffer in three sub-zones, characterised respectively by: (1) Dictyograptus flabelliformis (Hichw.). (2) [dem Forma typica. (2) Clonograptus tenellus (Linnrs.). (3) Dictyograptus flabelliformis var. Norvegica (Kjerulf.). All the known fossils, so far as they are represented in the Lund Museum, are described in the body of the paper, and figured in the accompanying plates. Especial attention is devoted to the Graptolites present. Nine distinct species and varieties are recognised. Two of these are noted as new, Dictyograptus flabelliformis (Hichw.) var. confertus (Linn. MS.) and Olonograptus tenel/us (Linn.) var. grandis, All the Graptolite forms noted are admirably figured in the plates, some from striking photographs by Professor Moberg, and others from drawings by Mauda Broman and the author. As respects that large group of Graptolites generally united by paleontologists under the common generic title of Dictyonema, Hall, Westergard expresses his opinion that the group is separable into two distinct sections or genera: (1) a section typified by Dictyonema flabelliforme (Hichw.), and (2) a section typified by Dictyonema cervicorne (Holm.), etc. To the first of these sections he restricts the generic title, Dictyograptus (Hopkinson and Lapw.), and for the second he proposes a new generic title—Dictyodendron. Dictyograptus he assigns to the Graptoloidea and Dictyodendron to the Dendroidea. A description of the detailed results of the authoress’ 1909. ; : : ees Elles, G@. L study of the lithological and paleontological succession in the aM dorienneand rocks of the Conway District, ranging from the Llandeilian Silurian Rocks of to Middle Wenlockian. Particular attention is paid to the Conway,” ‘ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ vol. lxv, pp. 169-194. Graptolites, some fourteen separate zones being recognised and named, and paralleled with their equivalents elsewhere in Great Britain. elxvi BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. 1909. An admirably detailed description of the local members Jones, O. T.., «The Hartfell-Valen- tian Succession around and - distribution of the lithological and_ paleontological succession, as worked out by the author, in the Plynlymmon Plynlimon and Pont District, Central Wales, through strata ranging from Upper Erwyd,” ‘Quart. Journ, Bala to Middle Tarannon (zone of Dicellograptus anceps to Geol. Soc., vol. lxv, zone of Monograptus Griestuniensis). The strata described are pp. 463-537. locally rich in Graptolites. More than 100 distinct forms are recognised as present by the author; their distribution in the several local formations, stages, and zones is tabulated, and paralleled with their known arrangement in equivalents elsewhere in Britain. Two new species of Graptolites, Monograptus atavus and M. Rheidolensis, are figured and described. The authors record the occurrence of Plectograptus C = es ebIe macilentus (T'érnquist), Fetiolites spinosus (Wood), Gotho- Térnquist, S. L., graptus nassa (Holm), in the Seanian-Colonus Shales. The “ Retioloidea Skines structure of the first named, which is made the type of a new COIS NE SUS)” genus, is described and figured in detail. For the central , Sveriges Geol. Under- a wh x r rn 66 < * ” 2 E . ° Ma eee rod-like body, or ‘ filiform organ,” figured by Holm in his Gothograptus nassa, and provisionally termed ‘“ Virgula”’ by Wiman—with the reservation, however, that it is not apparently morphologically identical with the virgula of the Diplograptidee—the authors of this paper propose the neutral title of “ fulcell”’ (Latin “ fulcimen,” a prop or stay). 1909. Hall, T. S., A list of twelve forms of Graptolites collected by the “Notes onGraptolites officers of the New South Wales Geological Survey. The from Tallong, New South Wales,” : ; j ‘Records Geol. Surv, One variety (Dicranograptus hians (T. 8. Hall) var. apertus) N.S. Wales,’ vol. viii, is noted as new. pp. 339-341, pl. lv. majority are identified with previously known species, but 1910. In this valuable memoir the author gives a minutely detailed Moberg, J. C., “Guide forthe Principal Silurian Districts of description of the most important Cambrian, Ordovician, and Silurian fossiliferous localities in Scania including the famous Scania,” ‘Geol. Foren, Graptolite-bearing areas of Fogelsang, Jerrestad, Rostanga, Forhandl.,’ vol. 32, Tésterup, etc., illustrating the work by many maps, tables of pp. 45-194. local zonal sequence, and by a bibliography ranging from 1827 to 1909 inclusive. The long extended, detailed, and successful researches of Prof. Moberg in the Lower Paleozoic rocks and fossils of Scania give an especial authority to this memoir, and it is certain long to remain the standard field guide to the region. HISTORY OF RESEAROH. elxvil It is introduced by a section dealing with the general character- 1910. This Part of the Monograph is wholly Descriptive. Eilles and Wood. “Monograph of British istics of the family Monograptide and of the genus Mono- Graptolites,” pt. 2, graptus, followed by diagnoses and illustrations of British Palezontographical species belonging to the first three of the seven component Society, 1910. - groups of Monograpti recognised by the authors. None of the species described are named as new, but several forms previously regarded as species by other authors are here classed as varieties. , ior A privately printed geological and paleontological memoir ae ; eae Fricke, M. on the Silurian strata south of Zwickau, Saxony, with special reference to the Graptolite fauna. The work is somewhat “ Die Silurischen Abla- gerungen am Sitidrande des Zwickauer Kohlenbeckens,”’ pp. 1-53. Zwickau, 1910. popular in character, but apparently the result of several years’ enthusiastic research. It is introduced by a discussion of the results obtained by previous researchers in the neighbouring regions of Thuringia, etc., and embraces a brief description, illustrated by many good text-figures, of the typical forms and structures of the Graptolites in general. A list of the local Graptolites of the region, including some eighty species and varieties, is carefully tabulated, the forms cited being grouped for eight different localities, and in the zones and sub-zones previously defined by Hisel, to whose long extended labours and successful results in the equivalent Graptolitic deposits of Thuringia appropriate references are made. 1910. Tornquist, S. L., “ Cyrtograptus-arter fran Thiringen, ete.,”’ ‘Geol. Foren. For- handl.,’ vol. 32, pp. 1559-1575, pl. Ixii. 1910. Lapworth, C. “Graptolites,”,‘ Eney- clopedia Britannica,’ 11th ed., vol. xii, pp. 365-867, figs. 1-28. The author describes and figures Thuringian examples of his species, Cyrtograptus radians (Térnquist) (see bd. 9, p. 491) He appends sundry historical and critical observations upon the and a remarkable new form, Cyrtograptus multiramis. detailed grouping of the Monograptide in general, and of several of the forms referred to by Jaekel (1899) and Frech (1897) in particular. A brief summary of the existent state of knowledge and opinion respecting the Graptolites in general, their structure, development, classification, systematic position, and geological and geographical range. wo main sections—viz. Graptoloidea and Dendroidea—are recognised, united under the collective title of Graptolithina. The article is illustrated by figures of the adult polypary in several of the more characteristic genera, and of the sicula and the early parts of the polypary in the best known species. 1ST Hadding, A., “Svenska Arterna af Slaktet Pterograptus, Holm,” ‘ Geol. Foren. Forhandl.,’ vol. 33, pp. 487-494, pl. vii. A welcome summary, discussion, and extension of previous knowledge and opinion respecting the geological distribution, range, and alliances of the genus Plerograptus, Holm, illus- trated by clear and instructive figures. elxvinl BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. 1911, Tornquist describes his discovery of Lasiograptus (Hallo- Tornquist, S. L., “ Graptolitologiska vhs 5 : Ai bidrag,” ITT-VIL, Flag-kalk of the Siljan region, together with Glyptoqgraptus graptus) mucronatus, Hall (= var. bimucronatus, Nich.), in the aera ihren Tae teretiusculus, His., and discusses the geological horizon of handl.,’ vol. 33, the containing beds. He treats of the synonymy of two pp. 421-488, pls. v, vi. previously known forms in the upper Didymograptus Shales of Fogelsang, and classes them as Didymograptus bifidus, Hall, and D. lentus, Tornquist, sp. nov. He indicates the resemblance of Cyrtograptus Ulrichi, Ruede- mann, to C. multiranis, Torng., and describes and figures three forms from the Phyllogrvaptus densus zone of Flagebro, viz. an example of the form Chetoides, Gurley, and two of Clonograptus. A specimen of Dendrograptus conf. serpens, Hopk., is also described by him from Bornholm. Taal Horn, E., “ Hine Graptolithen- kolonie aus Westergot- : ) lange o Geol aoren: beds of Westrogothia, of the type of one of Ruedemann’s Forhandl.,’ vol. 33,“ Synrhabdosomes.” pp. 237-239. The author figures and describes a radiating assemblage of examples of Climacograptus scalaris, from the Itastrites ee A summary of the results of the author’s field work in “Llandovery and the Welshpool district, the sequence described ranging from Associated Rocks of | Llandeilo-Caradoc (Glenkilk-Hartfell} to Lower Ludlow in- N.E. Montgomery- clusive. Twenty-eight Graptolite species are noted in the ie aaa “Succession, and their stratigraphical and distributional ar- eol. Soc.,’ vol. Ixvn, ; ; pp. 415-459. rangement described and discussed. 1911. Watney, G. R., and Welch, EH. G., “ Zonal Classification An account of the detailed local sequence in the Wenlock and Lower Ludlow beds of a large area in Westmoreland, of Salopian Rocks especial attention being devoted to the Graptolites present. Cautley and Raven- Six distinct Graptolite zones are distinguished and named. stonedale,” ‘Quart. Thirty-four distinct forms are recognised, and their localities Journ. Geol. Soe.,’ vol. Ixvui, pp. 215-287. 1912. In the first of these contributions Tornquist gives a Tornquist, S. L., “Graptolitologiska bidrag,” VIIL, IX, X, pe hoe per ae a@eclatérens Hor Geinitz, illustrating it by a plate, including not only Geinitz’s and ranges given and discussed. minutely detailed critical review of the history of discovery and opinion respecting the species Monograptus spiralis, handl.,’ vol. 34, original species, but also those of examples collected by pp. 603-622, pl. vill. Hisel from the actual locality whence Geinitz obtained his original specimen. In the second contribution Térnquist discusses the asserted synonomy of Monograptus discus, Tornq., and M. veles, Richter. In the third he makes known the presence of the British zonal forms, Diplograptus acuminatus, Nich., and D. vesiculosus, Nich., in the Lower Rastrites Shales of Roéstanga. HISTORY OF RESEARCH. clxix 1912. In this paper the author gives a detailed description of the > > U . . . Ruedemann, i, local succession, lithology, and fauna of the “ Utica Slate” and “ Lower Siluric Shales : of the Mohawk Valley,” : eNooE York Gtate extending from Albany north-westwards up the valley of the associated sub-formations outcropping in the broad Shale Belt, Museum Bull., elxii, | Upper Hudson River to Saratoga and Glenfalls, and westwards pp. 1-151. up the valley of the Mohawk to Littlefalls and Utica. The memoir, which is illustrated by several good plates and by local lists of the Graptolites, etc., collected in situ, goes far to satisfy a long-felt want in respect to the vexed question of the relations of the so-called Utica Slate in its typical localities to the neighbouring sub-formations, ranging from the Trenton on the one hand to the Loraine on the other. Among the Graptolites cited in the four successive local groups recognised by the author, the following forms are given as new: Dictyonema multiramosum, Dicranograptus Nicholsont (Hopkinson) var. parvulus, Diplograptus (Mesograptus) Mohawkensis, D. (Ainplexograptus) macer. The example of D. Nicholson figured and described (Fig. 17, p. 79) is especially interesting, each of its branches showing a virgula-like axis prolonged distally as a naked rod or fibre well beyond the theca-bearing parts of the branch. 1912. This Ninth Part of the British Monograph is wholly eilcuand Wood: descriptive. Diagnoses and figures of some fifty-three British “Monograph of British species of Monograptidee are given, among which are many Graptolites,” pt.2, forms not previously recorded from British strata. Four Paleontographical — snecies are noted as new, namely, Monograptus remotus, M. posture. undulates, /. Knockensis, M. delicatulus. 1913. A detailed discussion, mainly from the paleontological ~ Re ee point of view, of the evidences relating to the probable local Silurian Boundary,” Positions of the North American (United States and Canada) ‘Compte-Rendu stratigraphical horizon answering to that usually accepted in Congres Geologique Britain and Europe as marking the upper limits of the Bala International, Canada ae ? (Toronto),’ 1913, and the lower limits of the Llandovery. The bearing of the pp. 593-669. Graptolite species upon the subject is carefully noted, and the discovery of typical Birkhill Graptolites in the United States (Arkansas) is for the first time made known.! A well-illustrated memoir on the sequence and fossils of 1913. , , ; ‘ eens al the Swedish Graptolite-bearing strata which follow at once “Undre Dicellograp- | upon the “Didymograptus geminus strata,” and answer more or tuskiffern i Skane, ete.,” less to the British Llandeilo Flags and Upper Llandeilo. The - Lund’s Universitets series isdivided by the author into four successive zones, namely, sere 9,n0. 15, the zones of (1) Glossograptus Hincksii ; (2) Climacograptus "pm a ay lea putillus; (3) Nemagraptus gracilis; and (4) a zone in which 1 Compare also Ulrich’s “Revision of the Paleozoic Systems,” ‘Bull. Geol. Soc. of America,’ vol. xxii, 1911. pp. 481-680; and Ulrich and C. Schuchert, “ Paleozoic Seas and Barriers in Eastern North America,’ ‘New York State Museum Bull.,’ 1902, li, pp. 633-663. clxx BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. Graptolites are wanting. ‘Twenty-six forms of Graptolites are described, and well illustrated by figures drawn by the author. Of these forms twelve are given as Azygograptus Mobergi, Glossograptus Seanicus, Cryptograptus lanceolatus, Thysanograptus spinatus, Diplograptus Térnquisti, D. notabilis, D. propinquus, Dicranograptus irregularis, Dicellograptus vagus, D. minimus, Nemagraptus subtilis, and Desmograptus Tullbergi. Founding upon specimens of which parts are preserved in relief, the author discusses the probable form and structure of the new polypary and thecz in the genus Glossograptus. A description of the geology of a wide region of Northern 1913. : Ta Toiche ee aD Burma, surveyed by the author; with notes on the “ Geology of the characteristic fossils and a correlation of the containing Northern Shan States, formations with their Asiatic, Huropean, and American Burma,”’ ‘Mem. Geol. equivalents. Surv. India,’ vol. xxxix, In this work there is made known for the first time the discovery of Graptolites in the Lower Paleozoic rocks of South-East Asia. A list of the forms collected by the author and Mr. J. Coggin Brown, and identified by Miss G. Hlles, is given. All the forms pt. 2. named are referred to well-known British species. (See also Coggin Brown, ‘Records of Geological Survey of India.’) 1913. Davies, A. M., and f : : oy ve Pringle, J. Notable from the poimt of view of British Graptolitic “Deep Borings at literature as recording the earlest discovery of Graptolites Calvert, Buckingham- — (Clonograptus) of ''remadoc Age in deep borings in Central shire,” ‘ Quart. Journ. Oinslench — Geol. Soe.,’ vol. lxix, ie pp. 308-342. 1913. In this paper Tornquist gives an historical and critical Tornquist, S. L., summary and review of the discoveries and opinions re- “Nagra anmarkningar : =. specting the distribution of those species of Graptolites which om indelningar inom Sveriges Kambro- are of zonal significance in the various recognised formations silur,” ‘Geol. Foren. and sub-formations of the Lower Paleozoic strata of Sweden, Forhandl.,’ vol. 35, | Norway, Denmark and Bohemia, and Britain. Reterences to pp, 407-488. the papers cited are given in footnotes, and the most recent zonal nomenclatures for the Swedish Graptolite-bearing strata are given at appro- priate places in the text. 1913. This Tenth Part of the British Monograph is composed Bice and Wood. of three divisions. The first division deals with those forms ‘Monograph of British of the Monograptide which the authors arrange in their Graptolites,” pt.10, seventh group Rastrites (auctorum). Of these only one species pp. 487-526, pls. L-lii, Palceeontographical Society, 1913. is noted as new, Monograptus (Rastrites) setiger. The second division is devoted to the genus Cyrtlograptus (Carruthers). SS HISTORY OF RESEARCH. elxx1 The third division deals with the Zonal Range of all the forms of the British Graptoloidea definitely recognised by the authors in the Descriptive sections of the Monograph. ‘These forms are named as amounting to 372 im number, and are grouped in the order of the consecutive families and genera described in the body of the work. Some thirty-six British Graptolite zones are recognised and named by the authors A first table (Table A, pp. 516-525) entitled “The Zonal Distribution of the British Graptoloidea,”’ shows the presence, so far as known, of each species and variety in the several British zones recognised. A second table (Table B, p. 526) entitled “The Vertical Range of the Zones of British Graptoloidea,”’ exlibits the approximate relative position of each of the Grap- tolite zones named in the ascending Succession of the British Lower Palaeozoic formations and sub-formations generally. PALAJONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. INSTITUTED MDCCCXLVII. VOLUME FOR 1916. EiO2NeDIOUN: A MONOGRAPH OF BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. ORDER OF BINDING AND DATES OF PUBLICATION. PAGES Title-page and Index 1—54. 1— xxvili, 55—102 xxix—li, 1083—134 lii—lxxii, 185—180 Ixxiii—-xevi, 181—216 xevii—cxx, 217—272 exxi—exlvii, 2783—358 359—414. 415—486 487—526 a—m, exlix—clxxi, 527—539 PLATES ISSUED IN VOL. FOR YEAR PUBLISHED I—IV V—XIII XIV—XIxX XX—XXV XXVI—XXVII XXVITI—XXXI XXXII—XXXV XXXVI—XLI XLII—XLIX L—LIlI 1916 1901 1902 1903 1904 1906 1907 1908 1910 1912 1913 1916 February, 1918 December, 1901 December, 1902 December, 1903 December, 1904 December, 1906 December, 1907 December, 1908 January, 1911 February, 1913 February, 1914 February, 1918 A MONOGRAPH OF BREEISH GRAPTOLETES. BY GERTRUDE L. ELUES, Sc.D., LATE GEOFFREY FELLOW, NEWNHAM COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE ; AND ETHEL M. R. WOOD, D.Sc. [Mrs. SHAKESPEAR], OF NEWNHAM COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE; AND THE UNIVERSITY OF BIRMINGHAM EDITED BY CHAREES ETAPWORTEH, IoD) PaR:s., LATE PROFESSOR OF GEOLOGY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF BIRMINGHAM LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE PALHZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 1901—1918. PRINTED BY ADLARD AND SON AND WEST NEWMAN, LTD., LONDON AND DORKING. HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION ... ms ses DESCRIPTION OF GENERA AND SPECIES ... Family Dichograptidee Didymograptus — Groups of — extensus ... — nitidus — uniformis - patulus ... — hirundo ... — sparsus ... — pennatulus —— superstes - euodus — affinis — gracilis — acutidens -— Nicholsoni -— — var. planus ... -—— serratulus —— simulans... — filiformis — v.-fractus — == wr, yoluese ... — deflexus ... — Maurchisoni — — var. geminus — bifidus — amplus — indentus ... — nanus — artus — stabilis — fasciculatus — gibberulus Tetragraptus ... 19 42 SY Saree AEE PAGE | | Tetragraptus, Groups of — quadribrachiatus = CFUCier a. — Headi — Amii — fruticosus — pendens ... — Postlethwaitii — serra — reclinatus — Bigsbyi ... — Table of Species of Schizograptus — reticulatus — tardifureatus Trochograptus — diffusus Holograptus ... — Deani Dichograptus ... — Groups of — octobrachiatus — — var. Sedgwickii — separatus Loganograptus — Logani Clonograptus ... — tenellus ... — — var. Callavei... Temnograptus — multiplex Bryograptus ... — Groups of — Kjerulfi ... — — var. cumbrensis — divergens Trichograptus — fragilis ENED ane Xe 70 Azygograptus Groups of Lapworthi Hicksii suecicus .., ceelebs Bia Table of Species of Phyllograptus typus angustifolius anna ilicifolius var. grandis ... Family Leptograptidee Leptograptus ... flaccidus ... — var. spinifer... — var. macilentus — yar. macer — var. arcuatus eapillaris .. validus — var. incisus . jerangis o.. latus - ascendens Table of Species of Pleurograptus linearis ... ~- var. simplex... Amphigraptus divergens — var. radiatus distans Nemagraptus... Groups of gracilis — var. surcularis — var. remotus — yar. nitidulus explanatus — var. pertenuis Table of Species of Family Dicranograptidee Dicellograptus Groups of complanatus — var. ornatus... anceps SYSTEMATIC INDEX. Dicellograptus divaricatus ... — — var. rigidus ... —- — var. salopiensis — intortus ... — patulosus — pumilus ... — angulatus — Forchammeri — — var. flexuosus — sextans — — yar. exilis — Morrisi — moffatensis — elegans — — var. rigens — caduceus... - — Table of Species of Dicranograptus — Groups of — Clingani... — tardiusculus —- brevicaulis — rectus — celticus — Nicholsoni — cyathiformis — ramosus ... — — var. spinifer... — — var. longicaulis — z1czac — furecatus, var. minimus... — Table of Species of Family Diplograptidee Climacograptus — Groups of — scalaris — —— var. normalis — — yar. miserabilis — rectangularis — medius — Tornquisti — minimus ... — brevis = ICONS € — — var. tridentatus — — var. peltifer ... — supernus... — Wilsoni ... PAGE 143 144 145 146 147 149 149 150 152 153 155 155 157 159 161 161 162 164 165 165 167 168 169 170 al 174 175 176 Lag ha, 179 180 181 182 183 184 186 186 187 189 190 191 192 193 195 196 196 197 SYS Climacograptus Wilsoni var. tubularis antiquus ... — var. bursifer... — var. lineatus... caudatus tubuliferus latus styloideus Scharenbergi Hughes’ ... extremus... minutus ... innotatus tuberculatus Table of Species of Diplograptus .. - Groups of : Subgenus Obtioord pus (Orthograptus) quadrimucronatus — — var. spinigerus .. — Pageanus wis — — var. micracanthus — — var. abnormispinosus ... — Whitfieldi — insectiformis — vesiculosus ... — — var. penna — bellulus — mutabilis — truncatus es abbreviatus intermedius pauperatus... socialis — — var. = ee. SF" TEE SS De — cyperoides — calcaratus — — var. vulgatus — — var. acutus — — var. basilicus — — var. tenuicornis .., —- — var. priscus — rugosus, var. apioulatus Subgenus Glyptograptus (Glyptograptus) tamariscus — — var. incertus — serratus — — var. barbatus — teretiusculus STEMATIC INDEX. Diplograptus (Glyptograptus) teretiusculus var. euglyptus — — — var. siccatus — — dentatus : — — — var. anpendiculatan — — sinuatus — — persculptus ... — Subgenus Mesograptus — (Mesograptus) foliaceus — — multidens on — — — var. compactus ... — — modestus — — — yar. parvulus — — — var. diminutus ... — — magnus — Subgenus ienpleroummins — (Amplexograptus) perexcavatus —- — confertus — — celatus — — arctus Petalograptus — palmeus ... — — var. latus — — yar. tenuis os — — var. ovato-elongatus — ovatus — minor — altissimus — folium — (?) phylloides Cephalograptus — cometa C — tubulariformis ... — (?) acuminatus . Orthograptus, Table of Srecies Obnee Glyptograptus > ” Mesograptus ” ” Petalograptus » ” Cryptograptus — tricornis ... 500 — — var. Schaferi — Hopkinsoni — (?) antennarius... Trigonograptus — ensiformis — — var. lanceolatus Glossograptidee Glossograptus PAGE bo pw po po Ox Or Cr ao w bd or or h SYSTEMATIC INDEX. PAGE Glossograptus cf. ciliatus 309 | Glossograptus erectus — Hincksii ... 309 | — elongatus — — var. fimbriatus 312 — extenuatus — armatus ... 312 | Monograptide — acanthus... i 314 | Monograptus ... — Table of Species of 315 | — Groups of Retiograptus ... 315 | — eyphus — Geinitzianus 316 | — acinaces ... — aculeatus 317 | — gregarius Lasiograptus ... : : 318 | — bohemicus — Subgenus Hallograptus 320 | — concinnus — (Hallograptus) mucronatus D2 — Nilssoni ... — — — var. inutilis 322 | — leptotheca — —- — var. bimucronatus 323 | —- regularis... — — — var. nobilis 324 | — jaculum ... — Subgenus Thysanograptus 325 | — variabilis — (Thysanograptus) Harknessi ... 325 | — nudus — — — var. costatus 327 | — dubius — — — retusus ata 328 | — vulgaris .. — Subgenus Nymphograptus 329 | — — var. curtus ... — (Nymphograptus) velatus 329 | — tumescens — Subgenus Neurograptus 331 — — var. minor — (Neurograptus) fibratus 301 | — comis ns — — margaritatus 332 | — ef. gotlandicus ... Retiolitide 339 — — ultimus — Groups of e he or .. 9335 | — revolutus Retiolites, Subgenus Gladiograptus ... 9336 | — -— var. austerus — (Gladiograptus) Geinitzianus ... 336 | — — var. precursor — — — yar. angustidens 338 | — difformis — — perlatus 338 | — argenteus — — — var. Daironi 340 | — — var. cygneus — Subgenus Plegmatograptus 340 | -- lmatulus — (Plegmatograptus) nebula 340 | — colonus ... Sas — — obesus 3 342 | — — var. compactus — — -- var. macilentus ... 343 | — — var. ludensis — Subgenus Gothograptus 343 | — varians — (Gothograptus) nassa ... 343 | — — var. pumilus — — spinosus 345 | — Roemer... — Table of Species of 346 | — chimera... ss Dimorphograptidee 347 — — var. Salweyi... Dimorphograptus 348 | — — var. semispinosus -~ Groups of 348 | — leintwardinensis — confertus 349 | — — var. incipiens — — var. Swanstoni 350 | — atavus — decussatus 352 | — Sandersoni — — var. partiliter 353 | — incommodus — physophora 353 | — tenuis — cf. longissimus ... 304 | — argutus .. Monograptus vomerinus — — var. gracilis ... — — var. crenulatus — griestoniensis —~ crenularis — galaensis — priodon ... — pandus — Weim — cultellus ... —. riccartonensis — Flemingi — — var. primus ... — — var. compactus — uncinatus var. orbatus ... — -—— var. micropoma — irfonensis — flexilis — acus — undulatus — distans — scanicus ... — crinitus ... — Jaekeli — gemmatus — turriculatus -— discus — tortilis — Sedgwick — Isla — MCoyi ... — testis var. inornatus — lobiferus... — runcinatus == — vor. pertinax — Becki — exiguus .., — nodifer — crispus — flagellaris — capillaceus — retroflexus — dextrorsus — remotus ... — Barrandei SYSTEMATIC INDEX. Monograptus knockensis Clingani ... millepeda convolutus decipiens urceolus ... triangulatus — var. major raitzhainiensis ... denticulatus spiralis proteus ... delicatulus involutus circularis communis — var. rostratus fimbriatus — var. similis planus intermedius cf. elongatus (Rastrites) peregrinus ... — longispinus ... — setiger hybridus... — approximatus var. Gerntn — fugax — Linnei — maximus Table of Species of (Rastrites) equidistans... Table of Species of Cotinueny, Cyrtograptus ... ZonaL Range oF British GRAPTOLOIDEA Murchisoni Lundgreni rigidus symmetricus hamatus ... Linnarssoni Grayi Carruthersi Table of Species of VERTICAL RANGE OF ZONES LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS IN FIG. PAGE — Parkes-Lapworth Microscope... - 3 1. Didymograptus bifidus oe vei 6 2. = — ee a 6 3. Divergence of the stipes of Didymo- grapti al ss ae ates a 4. Didymograptus extensus ha a 9 5. — nitidus ... 5e6 ai 10 6. — uniformis ... ae or ew o2 7. — ef. uniformis me Ns Se ali 8. -—— patulus.... a - vee A 9. — hirundo ... ae S36 ite | 3 10. — sparsus.... ag: a nat eid, 11. — superstes ... at ate son AY 12. — euodus ... nae Su soa 13. — affinis se ae BN. eee 3) 14. — gracilis... ae ie 25 15. — acutidens ... a A, eae 16. — Nicholsoni = 5 She PREP) 17. — — var. planus... oe eats fray) 18. — serratulus ... ae ma 30) 93 — simulans ee ee a “el 20. — ef. filiformis me ey 25 OU 21. — v.-fractus ... ase AG = B84 22. — — var. volucer ... oe ae OD 23. — deflexus ... Be 585 so | OO 24. — Murchisoni L es oS 25. — — var. geminus ... ee ey) aL 26. —bifidus... on Le wm, 42 27. — amplus_... Bee ss ee 28. — ef. indentus ae ape 0) 29. — nanus He ae a ee Ad 30. — artus a6 Aes a, we = 48 31. — stabilis... — a: scene, 2) 32. — fasciculatus re a Me Ol: 33. — gibberulus... : i Oo 34, Tetragraptus quadr forachiagis see, OK 35. — Headi ee nee aie sco ON) 36. — Amii “is ave We a. FOL FIG. Tetragraptus fruticosus — pendens — Postlethwaitii — serra — reclinatus ... — Bigsbyi 3. Trochograptus ditieus . Dichograptus octobrachiatus var. Sede- wickii... — separatus ... . Clonograptus tenellus ... — Callavei . Temnograptus raiultaplex . Bryograptus Kjerulfi ... — — var. cumbrensis — divergens ... . Trichograptus fragilis’. . Azygograptus Lapworth — Hicksu — suecicus — celebs . Phyllograptus typus ... 59. — angustifolius — anna . Leptograptus ef. Hineeidus — flaccidus — — var. spinifer — — — macilentus... — — — macer — — — arcuatus — capillaris ... — validus — — var. incisus . Leptograptus grandis ... ees inane var. simplex ... . Amphigraptus divergens ELE: 2 SE eas PAGE 62 63 64 66 67 69 74 As) 80 84 84 86 87 88 89 90 91 93 94 96 97 99 101 101 105 106 109 110 1 112 112 113 114 115 116 121 122 List Or FIG. 74. Amphigraptus divergens var. radiatus 75. — distans sa 76. Nemagraptus gracilis ... “7. — — var. surcularis 78. — — — remotus 72, — — — nitidulus 80. — sp.... a 81. — explanatus... 82. — — var. pertenuis ... 83. Dicellograptus sp. 84. — complanatus 85. — — var. ornatus 86. — anceps 87. — efr. divaricatus 88. — divaricatus var. rigidus ... 89. — — — salopiensis... 90. — intortus 91. — patulosus ... 92. — pumilus 93. — angulatus ... 94. — Forchammeri 95. — — var. flexuosus ... 96. — sextans 97. — — var. exilis 98. Morrisi 99. Moffatensis 100. — elegans 101. — — var. rigens 102. — caduceus Re 103. Dicranograptus Clingani 104. — tardiusculus 105. — brevicaulis 106. — rectus 107. — celticus 108. — Nicholson... 109. — — ee 110. — cyathiformis 111. — ramosus 112. — — var. spinifer 3. ziezac 114. — fureatus var. minimus 115. — — Age es ; 116. Climacograptus Scharenbergi 117. — Wilsoni 118. — scalaris 119. — — var. normalis ... 120. — — var. miserabilis 121. — rectangularis ILLUSTRATIONS IN PAGE | 123 124 127 129 131 131 132 1338 134 135 139 141 142 143 145 145 146 148 149 150 151 152 154 155 156 157 160 161 161 166 167 168 170 algal 172 173 174 175 176 178 IAS, 179 182 183 184. 186 187 188 TE: “EEX: FIG 122. Climacograptus medius 123. — Tornquisti 124. — minimus 125. — brevis 126. — bicornis 127. — supernus 128. — Wilsoni oe 129. — — var. tubularis ... 130. — antiquus 131. — — var. bursifer 132. — — — lineatus 133. — caudatus 134. — tubiliferus 135. — latus 138. — styloideus ... 139. — Scharenbergi 140. — Hughesi 141. — extremus 142. — minutus 1435 = imnotatusy ss: 144. — tuberculatus a 145. Orthograptus quadrimucronatus 146. — -— var. spinigerus 147. — Pageanus ... at. 148. — — var. micracanthus 149. — Whitfieldi... 150. — insectiformis 151. — vesiculosus 152. — bellulus 535 ——smmutalorlisees Gy, ——= (aR DNGAAUS ae = 155. — — var. abbreviatus 156. — — — intermedius 157. — — — socialis 158. — cyperoides ... 159. — calearatus ... ; 160. — — var. vulgatus ... 161. — — — acutus 162. — — — basilicus 1638. — — — tenuicornis 164. — —- — priscus ane se 165. Diplograptus (Orthograptus) priscus 166. Orthograptus rugosus var. apiculatus 167. Glyptograptus tamariscus 168. — — var. incertus ... 169. — serratus ae 170. — — var. barbatus ... 171. — teretiusculus |; PAGE 189 19] 192 193 194 197 198 199 200 201 201 202 203 205 206 207 209 210 211 212 218 223 225 225 226 227 228 229 232 233 234. 235 236 237 238 240 241 242 243 243 24.4, 245 246 248 249 250 250 250 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS IN THE TEXT. : PAGE | FIG. PAGE 2. Glyptograptus teretiusculus var. eu- 219, Neurograptus margaritatus ... pep 6GI3)3) elyphus ft os ... 252 | 220. Gladiograptus Geinitzianus ... a BOe — — — siccatus... os .. 253 | 221. — perlatus ... “i a BO -— dentatus ... a _ ... 254 | 222. Plegmatograptus sepa re sae Sal — sinuatus ... 6 sag ... 256 | 228. — obesus si ae i .. 842 — persculptus e He ... 207 | 224. — — var. macilentus oe we 843 Mesograptus foliaceus ane ... 259 | 225. Gothograptus nassa ... .. 344 — multidens ... ae a ... 261 | 226. Retiolites (Gothograptus) spinosus... 345 — —— var. compactus Sr ... 262 | 227. Dimorphograptus confertus ... ... 300 — modestus ... be bie ... 263 | 228. — — var. Swanstoni PP 50 Ol — — var. parvulus ... ih ... 265 | 229. — decussatus... we se os 3oZ — — — diminutus ... om ... 265 | 2380. — — var. partiliter ... BF: ‘es OE — magnus... oe ror ... 266 | 231. — physophora Se ane LOO Amplexograptus perexcavatus ... 268 | 232. — efr. longissimus ... B. 2: Soo — confertus ... oe iA «. 209 | 233. — erectus — ... oe ae ee Fes —celatus ... Ry, “ei .. 270 | 234. — elongatus ... a i ig BOW, — arctus tive sa os .. 2@71 | 2385. — extenuatus... eB Fas sn BOE ; . Petalograptus palmeus ioe ... 274 | 236. Monograptus cyphus ... aa :. BGS — — var. latus 276 | 237. — acimaces _... ee aa .. 364 — — — tenuis ane 277 | 238. — gregarius ... ae ... 9366 — — — ovato-elongatus ... ... 278 | 239. — bohemicus ... ny = =. 308 — ovatus ee ee ... 279 | 240. — concinnus ... a it “= 800 — minor he ae : ... 280 | 241. — Nilssoni ... Ae “ie st SMO: — altissimus ... ne se ... 281 | 242. — leptotheca ... = Bet i oe — folium a ee oat ... 283 | 243. — regularis ... Bad Ae a Bs — (?) phylloides... tr ... 284 | 244. — jaculum ... oR dee . 3804 Cephalograptus cometa $5: ... 286 | 245. — variabilis ... ae ts i) he — tubulariformis ... ae: ... 288 | 246. — nudus fe site ay sa: ORG — (?)acuminatus ... xe =. 209 | 247.. ——‘dubius 2. Me si age Cryptograptus tricornis wind ... 297 | 248. — vulgaris... a = 1a O48 — — var. Schiferi ... Beh ... 299 | 249. — tumescens ... e st ax Saou Trigonograptus ensiformis ... ... 3802 | 250. — — var. minor ... se 2 SB — — var. lanceolatus a ... 803 251. — comis oe fe oy ae ae Glossograptus cfr. ciliatus ... ... 9809 | 252.. — ef. gotlandicus ... ae =.. 302 — Hincksii ... Bs Si .. 93810 | 253. — ultimus... at ee .. 383 — — var. fimbriatus 312 | 254. — revolutus ... Bae a 7 oo — armatus 313 | 255. — var. precursor sad ... 386 — acanthus 314 | 256. — difformis ... oa) “i 2, 38m Retiograptus Geinitzianus 316 | 257. — argenteus .. . ae ... 3888 Hallograptus mucronatus 321 | 258. — — var. cygneus ... ace a) Be = — var. inutilis BONDS ee limatmlinsieees ey eee ae 390) — bimucronatus 323 | 260. — colonus ... bse a ws See — —- var. nobilis 324 | 261. — — var. compactus a won SHS Thysanograptus Harknessi ... 326 | 262. — — ludensis see oe O94 =) var. Costabusi-- 327 | 263. — varians... ve a . 6895 — retusus 2 328 | 264. — — var. pumilus ... a ae BOO Nymphograptus relate 330 | 265. — Roemeri ... aan ae .» 398 Neurograptus fibratus 332 | 266. — chimera... EN a .. 399 Monograptus chimeera var. LIST OF leintwardinensis — var. incipiens ... atavus Sandersoni incommodus tenuis argutus vomerinus ... — var. basilicus ... — — gracilis == (Crenulatuis)... eriestoniensis cf. -— erenularis ... priodon pandus Marri cultellus riccartonensis Flemingii ... — var. primus ——} — compactus ... uncinatus var. orbatus — — micropoma irfonensis ... flexilis acus 5 undulatus .. distans scanicus erinitus Jaekeli gemmatus ... turriculatus discus tortilis Sedewickii... Halli M’Coyi testis var. Inornatus lobiferus runcinatus... — var. pertinax ... Becki — exiguus nodifer ILLUSTRATIONS Salweyi ... PAGE | FIG 400 | 314 A401 | 315. 402 | 316. 404 | 317. 405 | 318. 406 | 319. 407 | 320. 408 | 321. A410 | 322. ALI | 323. 412 | 324. AJ2 | 325. A13 | 326. Ad4, | 32:2. Alay | 328: 419 | 329 49] | 330. 4992, | 331. 423 | 332. 494 | 3338. 426 | 384. 496 | 335. 427 | 336. 498 | 337. 499 | 338. 499 | 339. 430 | 340. Aly || avi 432, | 342. 433 | 343. 434 | 344. A35 | 345. 436 | 346. 437 | 347. 438 | 348. 439 | 349. 441 | 350. 449, | 351. 444, | 352. 446 | 308. 44.7 | 354. 449 | 355. 450 | 356. 452 | 357. 452, | 358. 453 | 309 454 LN” WEEE Monograptus crispus... — flagellaris ... — capillaceus... — retrohexus... — dextrorsus.... — remotus == Barrande ..- — knockensis... — Clingani — millepeda . — convolutus .. — decipiens — urceolus — triangulatus — — var. major — raitzhainiensis — denticulatus — spiralis —— proteus — delicatulus... — involutus ... — ceircularis — communis ... — — var. rostratus ... — fimbriatus ... — — yar. similis — planus — intermedius — cf. elongatus — (Rastrites) peregrinus longispinus setiger ... hybridus fugax Linnei... maximus Cyrtograptus Murchisoni — Lundgreni .. — rigidus — symmetricus — hamatus — lLinnarssoni — Greym — Carruthersi TEXT. ap proximatu s var. Ge iDOUNAL oo. ib .4 é 1 . . ; ‘ - i r =| i a ' ’ ~ . . A MONOGRAPH OF BRETEISH GRAPTOLETPES. GERTRUDE L. ELLES, Sc.D., ETHEL M. R. WOOD, D.Sc. [Mrs. SHAKESPEAR], OF NEWNHAM COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE; AND THE UNIVERSITY OF BIRMINGHAM, EDITED BY CHARLES? LARPWORTE, iD, WR:S:, LATE PROFESSOR OF GEOLOGY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF BIRMINGHAM. HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE PALMONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 1901—1918. A MONOGRAPH OF BRITISH GRAPTOLETES. GERTRUDE L. ELLES, Sc.D., ETHEL M. R. WOOD, D.Sc. {[Mrs. SHAKESPEAR], OF NEWNHAM COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE; AND THE UNIVERSITY OF BIRMINGHAM. EDITED BY CHARLES LAPWORTH, LL.D., F.R.S., LATE PROFESSOR OF GEOLOGY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF BIRMINGHAM. DESCRIPTION OF GENERA AND SPECIES. THON ON: PRINTED FOR THE PALHONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 1901—1918. “oe, —— A MONOGRAPH OF BREEISH GRAPTOLETES. GERTRUDE L. ELLES, Sc.D., ETHEL M. R. WOOD, D.Sc. [Mrs. SHAKESPEAR], OF NEWNHAM COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE; AND THE UNIVERSITY OF BIRMINGHAM. EDITED BY CHARLES LAPWORTH, LL.D., F.RB.S., LATE PROFESSOR OF GEOLOGY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF BIRMINGHAM. PLATES. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE PALHONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 1901—1918. Arar’ ores INDEX. Norw.—After the semicolon the Roman numeral indicates the plate on which the species is figured, and the following Arabic numeral refers to the figure. Specific names to which no plate-number is given are regarded in the Monograph as Synonyms. Amphigraptus ne ae, ole = distans 1240 XeVel 3 — divergens 122; XVIII, 1 — — var, radiatus 1238; XVIII, 2 — radiatus sor coe 183 Amplexograptus és 221, 267, 293 — arctus 2 ON D.O:O:015 IG — celatus 221, 270; XXXI; 17 — confertus 221, 269; XXXI, 18 = perexcavatus 221, 200 3 OL LS Angle of divergence ... 56: wee me 6 Aperture a ae ai ee Le 6 Azygograptus i oe pas pe — celebs noo 7 & QMO, 4! — Hicksii OA x 2 — Lapworthi 905 Nel — suecicus 50 Gye QOH, 3 Branching, lateral and dichotomous hoo ACA Bryograptus ... fa a 500 age toil — Callavei a sits 84 — divergens Oe JOO, 2 — Kjerulfi Pm Oe Dia — "— var. cumbrensis 89; XIT, 4 — ramosus ... 88, 89 Cephalograptus ... 222, 285, 294 — acuminatus 222,289; XXXII, 11 222, 285; XXXII, 10 282 = cometa — folium Casual references are in italics. Cephalograptus ovato-elongatus 277 = petalum 222, 287 — tubulariformis 287; XXXII, 9 Cladograpsus capillaris 112 — Forchammeri ... 150 -— gracilis 127 — linearis 119 Clathrograptus 315 a= cuneiformis ... .. 9316 Climacograptus 164, 182 — antennarius 300 — antiquus 199; XXVII, 4 var. lineatus 201; XX VII, 5 -— var. bursifer 201; XX VII, 6 193; XXVI, 8 198 == bicornis — — var. longispina var. tridentatus 195; X XVI, 9 var. peltifer 196; XX VI, 10 == brevis IPAS DOV, 9 — caudatus 202; XXVIII, 7 — celatus 199, 270; XXX, 17 — confertus re 269 = extremus PAKS DOC WAGE UG? a Hughesii 208; XXVII, 11 — innotatus 212; XXVIII, 10 — internexus ... ae ... 208 — latus 204; XXVII, 3 — medius 189; XXVI, 4 69 528 INDEX. Climacograptus minimus... 191; XXVII,1 | Cyrtograptus Linnarssoni ... aa) OLE Bias — minutus - .., 211; XXVII, 12 -- Lundgreni ___... 2 507 Eee — parvulus... ai 1 264 —- Murchisoni _... ~ (ols ales _- perexcavatus me fe 207 — rigidus... oh pee Ewes Ib, — ramosus... J83 soo ALS — symmetricus ... =, ODODE IS — rectangularis 187, 190; XXVI, 5 — scalaris 184, 189; XXVI, 1 | Demirastrites urceolus me oe .. 70 = — var. caudatus ... 202 | Dendrograpsus linearis ne ses A nus — — var. miserabilis Denticle Ane a ss es bS 6 186; XXVI, 3 | Dicellograptus Sir Sass Ee -. 136 = — var. normalis — affinis... a sae v» 1A6 HSS 9 DOC WAL, P? — anceps ae 0. LAT eXOXeRS — -- var. rectangularis — angulatus ... 149; XXI, 4 187, 190 a caduceus re 161; XXIII, 4 — — var. tubuliferus ... 203 — complanatus... Peglicy e.O:< || — Scharenbergi 206; XXVII, 14 — — var. ornatus —_ styloideus ... 205; XX VII, 9 140; XX, 2 — supernus ... WQEs .OKWAL, IL == divaricatus ... woe W435: IXOXG 5: — teretiusculus 33 an dks) — ——— var. rigidus — Tornquisti ... 190); X8xaval, 6 144; XX, 6: = tuberculatus PALBSS DO: OVE 7 = = var. salopiensis —- tubuliferus ... 203; X XVII, 8 145; XX, 7 = typicalis... Sa 0d a elegans Yor NES O20 NUL, & — undulatus ... a .. 208 = — var.rigens 161; XXIII, 3. = Wilsoni soe © WBS ROCOVIL, WB = Forchammeri 150; X XT, 1 = — var. tubularis = — var. flexuosus IS SOOT 13} 152; X XT Clonograptus ... Le a. ae aoe, a= intortus 38 ... 146 ; XCX, 4s ‘ — tenellus ee seo | eS OKI, a moffatensis ...148, 157; XXIII, 1 = — var. Callavei... 84; XI, 3 == — var. divaricatus... 144. Coenograptus ... oe a re oe 125 — Morrisi ef 155; XXI, 6 _ explanatus —... ene Ho SR — patulosus) 147; XXI, 5. = gracilis a ie Seon alii, == pumilus > 149; XXI, 3. = nitidulus Ae ee soo tall a sextans ae 1538; XXT I = pertenuis ns > cos JUL = = yarexalis Ge NOME Y -- surcularis ae ... 129 | Dichograptide ne ee = = 5 Coign ... aoe vie on 98 389 6 | Dichograptus ... 5a ee she 0 ai Common canal Re oe ae tna Gy = aranea... ie ae 1 SG Crossing canal aye Ae ae ae 10534 — fragilis a i eee Cryptograptus ee a = no) MOD. — Logani ae - on, a — antennarius ... 300; XXXII, 14 a multiplex 2, te 2 86 = Hopkinsoni ... 299; XXXII, 15 = octobrachiatus (ibe II — tricornis se LS Oy DNRC RTM AL — — var. Sedgwicki = — var. Sehiferi 79; X,3 299 XOX 3 = reticulatus 71 Cyrtograptus ... MG as oe 504, 513 — Sedewicki —... Sh =) ae — Carruthersi ... son NS TOTS zs! = separatus 4 Be 80; X, 4 > Gray ... Roe foo UPS TONS = tenellus ae es ae 88 — hamatus as ... 610; LIT, 3 | Dichotomous branching’... fe ie Dicranograptidee Dicranograptus = rectus 169; XXIV, 4 | — sextans 153 | — spinifer sae 176 — tardiusculus... IOs OSGI = ziezac We ORM S | — — var. minimus 179 Didymograptus ae Fr oi oe 5 — acutidens ; 25; II, 3 — affinis saecey, Loe 1G I == amplus 44; IV, 3 — anceps me Ad —— artus ang ete IN) — bifidus _ O, 2a IY Lh — bryonoides et sa! 05 — caduceus aye (5) = deflexus ae IG IP — divaricatus ... .. 148 — elegans 155, 159 =~ extensus fig Il, It == euodus ; PALS Th NO) = fasciculatus = HS INE ts) = filiformis ... ba a 32 = flaccidus 106, 155 == Forchammeri 150 — fruticosus ... Ses On — furcillatus ... me .. ~=—40 -— geminus 45, 47 -- gibberulus ... D2) sO = gracilis Ae 2A. TT, 2 _ Headi at oe apo OY — hirundo Hoye Ih; — indentus 45, 49: IV, 4 INDEX. LS 164 brevicaulis ... 1:70%s) XEXGRV 165; XXIV, 1 celticus Clingani eyathiformis formosus 154, 168 furcatus oar ore seeeeleg, Je) = var. minimus 179); XOXV, 4 UALR ROY, I 175); XOXTV, 6 var. longicaulis Ns SOM, @ — var. spinifer Nicholsoni ... ralosus 176; XXIV, 8 | indentus var. nanus son A 168; XXIV, 3 | 174; XKV, 2 | 529 | Didymograptus moffatensis 157 == Murchisoni... iis AUD A -— — var. geminus 40; III, 2 — nanus . 47: IV,5 — Nicholsoni ... 7 | a= — var. planus | 29; II, 5 — nitidus 7 LOSSOR 2 os patulus oy dlee Nias Ms = pennatulus .. keh aL Y/ | — quadribrachiatus ... eh to oe serratulus ... Dye Oey: MUS 7 — sextans rales — simulans 30; II, 6 — sparsus gs My —_ stabilis 49; IV, 2 — superstes Gye I, — uniformis 5 We Mey Zh — v-fractus Dimorphograptide | Dimorphograptus | _— confertus — decussatus | = elongatus... — erectus — longissimus — extenuatus = physophora — Swanstoni Diplograptidee Diplograptus ... —— aculeatus — acuminatus —- antennarius ... _- appendiculatus — arctus... — bellulus set bimucronatus — calearatus — ccelatus — cometa —— var. 33. IT, 10 volucer 34599 IOI, WL 347 ss ... 348 349; XXXV, 3 var. Swanstoni 350; XXXV, 4 352; KXXV, 5 — var. partiliter 353; XXXV, 6 357; XXXV, ll 355; KXXV, 9 354; XXXV, 8 358; XXXV, 10 Bie) 0.0:0.0)), 7) 350 349 181 217 ey Ne Ore 989; XXXII, 11 300 Py ee OS v71; XXXI, 16 231 ; XXIX, 2 or ws pao 939; XXX, 1 O70) KOI 285 var. Kurcki... 530 INDEX. Diplograptus compactus ... tae ... 262 | Diplograptus tamariscus 247; XXX, 8 = confertus (Nicholson) | — teretiusculus, 206, 208, 250; 263, 269; XXXT, 18 | XXXI, 1 — confertus (Lapworth) 349 _ tricornis a .. 296 — _ eyperoides 238 | — __ truneatus 2338; XXIX, 3 -—— dentatus = tubulariformis 285, 287 207, 252, 253, 850; XXX, 4 = vesiculosus 229; XXVIII, 8 — Etheridgii 296 — Whitfieldi 227; XXVIII, 6 —- euglyphus 252 —_ fimbriatus saa ll — foliaceus, 239, 241, 244, 259; Fucoides dentatus 253 XX XI, 8 — serra 65 — — var. calearatus 241 == — var. vulgatus 241 — folium 282 | Gladiograptus ee 336, 346 — Harknessi 3825 — Geinitzianus... 3386; XXXIV, 8 — Hincksii 309 — -- var, angustidens — Hopkinsoni meres) 338; XXXIV, 9 — Hughesi , 208, 249 _- perlatus 338; XXXIV, 10 — insectiformis ... 228; XXVIII, 7 eee == var. Daironi — inutilis 322 340; XXXIV, 11 — longissimus ... dig ... 354 | Gladiolites 336 — magnus 266; XXXI, 14 — Geinitzianus 336 = minimus su ... 191 | Glossograptidee ... 304 — modestus 263; XXXI,11 | Glossograptus 307, 315 — mucronatus ... : F 321 — acanthus 314; XX XIII, 4 — multidens ZO: XXX 9 — armatus 312; XXXIII, 5 — mutabilis 232; XXIX, 1 — ciliatus 309; XXXIIT, 1 — ovato-elongatus 277 — echinatus 314 = ovatus ; 278 == fimbriatus a cn sole — Pageanus 225; XXVIII, 3 | — Hineksu 309; XXXIII, 2 — palmeus 274, 277, 279 | — — var. fimbriatus, 312; _- penna... ; ae 2 231 XXXII, 3 — perexcavatus... 267; XXXI,15 | Glyptograptus Bs 221, 247, 292 -- persculptus DS IONE 7 = dentatus 22, 2533) XOXO aa physophora 353 -— — var. appendiculatus — pristiniformis 253 221,205); XCXEXGI = pristis... 245 — euglyphus one .. 252 = quadrimucronatus — persculptus ...221, 257 XXXI, 7 223; XXVIII, 1 — serratus .. 221, 249: KXK, LO = = var. spinigerus — — var. barbatus 225; XXVIII, 2 221, 250; XXX, 11 — ranosus 175 = sinuatus sa ARS NOONE | — rectangularis... 187 | = tamariscus ... 221, 247; XXX, 8 — rugosus is 245 | ~ — var. incertus — serratus 249; XXX, 10 | 221, 249; XXX, Y — sextans ae Peelos | — teretiusculus, 227, 250; XXXI, 1 — sinuatus 255; XXXI, 6 | — _— var. euglyphus — socialis 237 | 221, 252; XXXI, 2 INDEX. Glyptograptus teretiusculus var. siccatus 921, 258: XXXI, 8 | 343, 346 | Gothograptus... “* Graptolites ’ nassa ... spinosus “ Graptolithus ” acutus 343; XXXIV, 15 345; XXXIV, 16 * argenteus 388 bryonoides 60 colonus ... 379 discretus... 4.07 fimbriatus 482 griestoniensis 413 lobiferus ... 4.48 — var. exiguus 453, ludensis var. minor 381 millepeda 465 Nicohi 44.8 Nilssoni ... soa GAO) priodon ... 409, 418 tenuis 407 vomerinus 4.09 485 attenuatus ... 4386 Barrandei er 367, 462 Becki 482, 448, 452 bicornis 193 bifidus .. 42 Bigsbyi 68 bohemicus 367 bryonoides 65 chimera 398 Clingani ... 463 colonus 376, 391, 897, 409 convolutus 467 erucifer 58 divaricatus 143 divergens 122 dubius ... 376 ensiformis 301 extensus 8 flaccidus 106 Flemingi 425 foliaceus 259 fruticosus 61 geminus «= 40 gracilis... 126, 127 Halli 44.3 hamatus 510 Headi ... 59 indentus 45 “ Graptolithus ’ ’ intermedius oo Logani.. — ludensis = mareidus — mucronatus — Murchisoni — Nilssoni == nitidus .. — octobrachiatus _— ovatus ... — palmeus aa patulus — pennatulus _— plumosus = proteus == quadribrachiatus — quadrimucronatus a ramosus = Richardsoni — Roemeri = scalaris === Sedewicku — var. spinigerus = serratulus — sextans... -- spiralis... = teretiusculus ... = turriculatus -— Whitfieldi Hallograptus ... _—— mucronatus = bimueronatus... Helicograpsus — var. nobilis 323; XXXIII, 9 — gracilis Heteroprionidee Holograptus ... — IDeanieen: = expansus — Richardsoni Idiograptus = aculeatus Isograptus var. lata var. tenuis var. plana | 77 ae F278 274, 277 275; XXXII, 2 276 13 18 453 A77 484, 57 i 220 169, 175 76 397 367 441 44.1 29 153 475 206 438 227 320 321; XXXII, 6 328 125. 127 B47 74 vay Cons, WALI, a2 INDEX. Isograptus gibberulus 52 | Microscope, Parkes- Lapworth . ey 3 Lasiograptidee 304 Monograptidee a oo. 359 Lasiograptus ... 318 | Monograptus ... 359, 496, 502 — costatus Le en OO. — acinaces 364; XXXVI, 2 — fibratus Soll: EXOXOXGh Vi), 5 — acus mi 431; XLITI, 7 -— Harknessi 325; XXXIV, 1 —= approximatus var. Geinitzi = = var. costatus A492; Th, 5 B20; XXXIV, 2 a argenteus . 888; XXXVITII, 5 — margaritatus ... 332; XXXIV, 6 = — var. cygneus — mucronatus 321; XXXTIT, 6 389; XX XVIII, 6 —— — var. bimucronatus -- argutus ... 408; XL, 3 3238; XXXIII, 8 = atavus 403; XXXTX, 1 _ == var. inutilis = attenuatus a .. 436 O22; NOX 7 os Barrandei 462; XLVI, 6 = = var. nobilis — Becki ... 452; XLV, 4 324; XX XIII, 9 == bohemicus 867; XXXVI, 4 — retusus 328; XXXIV, 3 — broughtonensis sy oa - SO = velatus 329; XXXIV, 4 — capillaceus 458; XLVI, 4 Lateral branching 70 — chimeera 398; XXXIX, 3 Leptograptidee 103 — — var. Salweyi Leptograptus ... 104. 400; XXXIX, 5 — antiquus oe ww. 134 — — _ var, semispinosus — capillaris nee 2 EV A 401; XX XIX, 4 -- ascendens saolllls KOVIS -— circularis 479; XLVIII, 9 — flaccidus ls STG UE — Clingani 463; XLVI, 11 = SS var arcuatius Wl exeVvirs — colonus 391, 395, 397; XX XVIII, 8 — — vere, immer .., Ils SOY, 2 — — var. conipactus — — var. macilentus 393; XXXVIII, 10 OPs MANY, By MOVG I — — var. ludensis — — var. spinifer, 108; XIV, 2 394; XXXVIII, 9 —- erandis 115; XVI, 4 -- comis ... 381; XX XVII, 9 — latus TAGE SVE — communis 480; XLIX, 1 —= validus IMB se SWI, 1 = var. rostratus = — var. incisus, 114; XVI, 2 481; XLIX, 2 Linograptus Nilssoni 370 — concinnus 368; XXXVI, 5 Loganograptus a tel) = convolutus 467; XLVII, 1 — Logani Sills OIE I — — var. communis 480 Lomatoceras priodon ae .. Al18 — _- var. fimbriatus ... 483 Mesograptus ... ; a 221, 258, 293 — crassus a . 443 — foliaceus sen 2k, PADIS DOOM, {83 — erenularis pele SGI, V7 = magnus 21, 266; XXX, 14. — crenulatus Ee .. 412 == modestus PPO 9 VO.OI5 I = crinitus 435; XLIV, 3 = — var. diminutus = crispus 456; XLV, 6 Be ARB MOO, MB} — cultellus 423 ; XLII, 9 = — var. parvulus —- cygneus e a. <88o 221, 264; XXXI, 12 — cyphus 362; XXXVI, 1 — multidens Bil, PXVILS SOLOS G) = fimbriatus 482; XLVIII, 4 “= — var. compactus — — var. similis 221, 262; XXXI, 10 483 XLVIII, 5 INDEX. 533 Monograptus flagellaris ss 457; XLVI, 3 | Monograptus M’Coyi 6 446; XLIV, 9 — Flemingii ste 425; XLII, 5 — Marri ... 422; XLII, 4 — var. compactus —— maximus 494: L, 6 427; XLII, 7 | _- var. primus 426; XLIT, 6 flexilis ... 430; XLILII, 4 | fugax ... A93- Th, 7 calaensis 415; XLII, 1 = var, basilicus ela eemmatus 436, 456; XLIII, 5 | gotlandicus 382; XXXVII, 8 365; XXXVI, 9 3 413; XL, 5 oD) erecarius eriestoniensis ... decipiens 469; XLVILI, 478; XLVII, densus Sa 42 delicatulus — denticulatus AVA. XLVI, 2 dextrorsus 460; XLVI, 7 difformis 54 BIS ROOM WADEL 7 discus ... A389. XLIV, 5 distans 433 ; XLITI, 6 dubius... 376; XXXVII, 7 elongatus 486; XLIX, 5 equidistans 500; LI, 2 exiguus 453; XLVI, 1 Telli... 443; XLIV, 8 harpago ba oe . 448 Hisingeri a ai ae oD — var. jaculum moto _ var. nudus... a Ode — var. variabilis spo OME hybridus 491: LL, 4 incommodus ... ... 406; XI, 1 intermedius 485; XLIX, 3 — var. involutus ... 478 involutus 478; XLIX, 4 irfonensis 429; XLIII, 3 jaculum 373; XXXVI, 4 Jaekeli ABS > XUV, 1 knockensis 462; XLVI, 8 leintwardinensis 401; XX XIX, 8 = var. incipiens 402; XXXIX, 9 leptotheca 371s XOXOXCVLL, 2 limatulus joo OMS OO. VIELE 7 Linnei A93 + Tale il . 448, 465; XLV, 1 — var. pandus ue (AQT 489; L, 2 lobiferus longispinus millepeda 465; XLVI, 10 Nilssoni 309) DxONO NG VELL nodifer 454. XLVI, 2 nudus... 3/0; XXX VIL, 6 pandus AVAL oD DIUL peregrinus 488; L, 1 planus... 484; XLVIII, 6 priodon 418; XLII, 2 XLVIII, 8 A473; XLVIII, 3 3/2; XXXVII, 3 461; XLVI, 9 resurgens te Ao .. 484 459; XLVI, 5 384; XXXVITI, 1 a var. austerus 385; XXXVITI, 2 — var. preecursor 386; XXXVIII, 3 rheidolensis ... aS es OAg 424; XLII, 8 Bl BONS DO: O8IDIG & 450; XLV, 2 — var. pertinax 451; XLV, 3 Salweyi ase 400 proteus cae OAS raitzhainiensis recularis remotus retroflexus revolutus riccartonensis... Roemeri runcinatus Sandersoni 404; XXXIX, 10: scanicus 433; XLIV, 2 Sedgwickii 441; XLIV, 10 serra... ae a, sno US setiger... 490; L, 3 spiralis 475; XLVIII, 7 — . subconicus... 475. tenuis ... non ANUS DU, testis var. inornatus, 446; XLIV, 7 tortilis... 440; XLIV, 6 triangulatus ... 471; XLVII, 4 —_ var. major 472; XLVII, 5 — var. Raitzhainiensis, 473 tumescens ... 379; XXXVII, 12 — var. minor 381; XX XVII, 13 turriculatus 438; XLIV, 4 ultimus , Steaie XOO-QVIUL, iz: Fost Monograptus uncinatus var. micropoma INDEX. 428; XLIII, 2 | var. orbatus 497; XLII, 1 | 432 ; undulatus — urceolus 470 ; -- variabilis — varians var. pumilus 396; XKXKIX, 7 409 Xa — vomerinus var. basilicus All; XLI, 2 var. crenulatus 412; XLI, 4 var. gracilis, 411; XLI, 3 . 378; XXXVII, 10 — vulgaris var. curtus 374; XXXVII, 5 | 395; XXXIX, 6 Xiive 5: | RVG, A Bog DOOKWAUE Tal Nema ... 6 Nemagraptidee 103 Nemagraptus ... 125 — capillaris 112 — descendens 132 | — elegans 126, 127 | —- explanatus 1335 XCEXS 6 | — — var. pertenuis |Z -@ B.@ara — gracilis 127; XIX, 1 — — jee imenclilns Isls MBs 4 | — — var. remotus 130; XIX, 3 | — — var.surcularis 129; XIX, 2 Neurograptus oe: .. 33) = fibratus 381: XXIV, 5 | — margaritatus ... 332; XXXIV, 6 Nymphograptus cos, OG) _— velatus 329 ; XXXIV, 4 Obverse oe 6 | “ Orthoceratites ”’ tenuis ae soo WS Orthograptus... 220, 222, 290 — basilicus ah 243 | -- bellulus LO, PRINS VOID 74 | — calearatus 220; 2389; XXX, 1 — — var. acutus 220, 242; XXX, 3 — -- var. basilicus 220, 248; XXX, 2 | | Orthograptus calcaratus var. priscus 220, 244; XXX, 6 — var. tenuicornis 243; XXX, 4 var. vulgatus 220, 241; XXX, 5 cyperoides 220, 238 insectiformis, 220, 228. ORM AONE, 7 mutabilis spe); PBS NOMAD I Pageanus 220, 225; XXVIII, 3 — var. abnormispinosus 220, 226; XXVIII, 5 — var. micracanthus 220, 226; XXVIII, 4 quadrimucronatus 220, 223; XXVIII, 1 — var. spinigerus 220, 225; XXVIII, 2 rugosus 52220), DAD DXEXONG 7, — var. apiculatus 220, 245; XXX, 7 — truncatus ...220, 2838; XXIX, 3 — — var. abbreviatus 220, 235; X XIX, 6 — — var. intermedius 220, 286; XXIX, 4 = — _- var. pauperatus DO, VBS WORDS & — = var. socialis DOG) Wey o MODS 7 = vesiculosus 220, 229; XXVIII, 8 -— — var. penna 220, 231; XXVIII, 9 — Whitfieldi 220, 227; XXVIII, 6 Parkes-Lapworth Microscope = Le 3 Petalograptus e 221, 273, 294 — altissimus 222, 281; XXXII, 7 -- folium... 221, 282; XXXII, 8 = minor ... 222.279): XcXeXaIER — ovatus... 278; XXXII, 6 — palmeus 299 974; XXXII, 1 -- — var. lata (?) phylloides 222, 275; XXXII, 2 — var. ovato-elongatus 222, 277; XXXII, 4 tenuis 222, 276; XXXII, 3 222, 284; XXXII, 16 Vel ire INDEX. Petalolithus ... 273 = ovatus... tne! PKS — palmeus 274, 27 -— parallelo-costatus ... amet: Phyllograptus ae =o Teele) — aneustifolius... 100; XIII, 7 — annals. 101 ; XIII, 6 ilicifolius, var. grandis 102; XIII, 8 — similis 68 = stella... ee sn _ typus... ecm 6) UI OLS) Plegmatograptus 340, 346 — nebula 340; XXXIV, 14 = obesus 342, XXXIV, 12 a — var. macilentus 343; XXXIV, 13 Pleurograptus Le is 119 = lhmeanis) 19's sxeVval: (77 OxaValile var. simplex 121; XVII, 2 — vagans (4s WAL Pomatograptus micropoma ... 428 Prionotus 206 — _ convolutus 467 — folium 282 — geminus 40 — scalaris 184 — Sedewicki 441 — teretiusculus 250 Pristiograptus bohemicus me Od — colonus 391, 398 — frequens 379 — eregarius 365 -— Nilssoni 369 — Roemeri 397 a uncinatus 401 Rastrites ee ae ae .. 904 — approximatus var. Geinitzi 492; L, 5 — Barrandi 127 — capillaris 456 — distans woe aa 500 a — var. abbreviatus .., ee 00 — _ equidistans 500; LI, 2 == fugax 493; L, 7 — gemmatus ... is se .. 456 =e hybridus 491. Li, 4 — finnei 493; Tal, 1 — longispinus 489 ; L, 2 bod | Rastrites maximus 494: L, 6 — peregrinus ... ee foe itstoye Dy — —_— var. hybridus ... wo. ADIL — — var. longispinus 489; L, 2 = setiger 490: L, 3 — triangulatus 47] — urceolus 470 Retiograptus ... 315 — aculeatus 317 — Barrandi 316 — eucharis ae Son coillts} — Geinitzianus BiG) XOXOXO 7 Retiolitidee 333 Retiolites 335, 346 — ensiformis ,,. 302 = fibratus é 351 — Geinitzianus 336; XXXIV, 8 -— — var. angustidens 338; XXXIV, 9 — macilentus... “s 343 — nassa 343; XXXTV, 15 — nebula 340; XXXIV, 14 — obesus .. 0842; XXXIV, 12 — — var. macilentus . 343; XXXIV, 13 — perlatus 3388; 342; XXXIV, 10 — — var. Daironi 340; XXXIV, 11 = — var. obesus 342 — _ spinosus 345; XXXIV, 16 Reverse ; 6 Rouvilligraptus te 74 — Richardsoni 76 Schizograptus ‘ones COU, = reticulatus “Als \Wal % = tarditureatus... (PAS WAL, ts: Sicula ... 6 Stephanograptus 125 — gracilis 127 Stipe ... 6 Temnograptus 85 — multiplex 86; XII, l Tetragraptus ... sce Or — Amii 60; V, 4 = Bigsby1 68; VI, 6 _— bryonoides 65 — crucialis ue) 0G — erucifer 08; V,2 536 Tetragraptus fruticosus — Halli — Headi ... — Hicksii — pendens — Postlethwaiti... — quadribrachiatus == reclinatus _ serra Theca ... : Thysanograptus ou — Harknessi ... — — var INDEX. 61; VI, 2 | Thysanograptus retusus ... 328; XXXIV,3 .. 65 | Trichograptus re ine ss Be ol) Ee Wa 8 = fragilis eds cra GALLS OSCE, benim oa — tenellus sn ate Mice ee 63; VI, 3 | Trigonograptus ia oe wig sf OOM 64; VI, 1 — ensiformis ... 302; XXXV, 1 Oe elle = — var. lanceolatus oe eRIaa VEL iO: 303; XXXV, 2 62, 65; VI, 4 == lanceolatus ... 7 aos 6 Trochograptus ee oe oe om gre se sha CS) = diffusus ia, Vo8 VEL Velo 325; XXXIV, 1 . costatus 327, XXXIV, 2 Zonal Range of British Graptoloidea .. 614 ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF AUTHORITIES REFERRED TO IN THE HISTORY OF RESEARCH, AVVETeISER Allman, G. J., 1872. Ami, H. M., 1904. Baily, W. H., 1861, 1871. Barrande, J., 1850, 1852. Barrois, C., 1881, 1892, 1893. Beyrich, E., 1854. Billings, E., 1861, 1863. Bjorlekke, K. O., 1891. Boeck, C., 1851. Boubée, 1845. Brogger, W. C., 1882. Bromell, M. von, 1727. Brongniart, A., 1828. Bronn, 1835, 1849, 1851, 1856. Carruthers, W., 1858, 1859, 1867 (five), 1868. Cassiano de Prado, 1855. Dairon, J., 1874-76. Dalimier, 1861. Dames, W., 1873. Davies, A. M. (and Pringle, J.), 1913. Dawson, J. W., 1860, 1885. Dewalque, G., 1863. Dodge, W. W., 1890. Eichwald, E. von, 1840, 1842, 1860. Eisel, R., 1901. Elles, G. L., 1897, 1898, 1900, 1904, 1909. also Elles and Wood.) Elles and Wood, 1896, 1901, 1902, 1903, 1904. 1906, 1907, 1908, 1910, 1912, 1913. Emmons, E., 1844, 1855. Erdmann, E., 1873. Etheridge, R., Junior, 1874. Evans, D. C., 1906. (See THE DATES OF THE PUBLICATIONS CITED. Fearnsides, W. G., 1905, 1907. Flamande, B. M., 1905. Fournet, 1854. Frech, F., 1897. Fricke, M., 1910. Gentil, L., 1905. Geinitz, H. B., 1842, 1846, 1852, 1866, 1890. Getz, 1890. Giebel, C. G., 1859. Goeppert, H. R., 1859. Groom, T. T. (and Lake, P.), 1893. Giimbel, C. W., 1878. Giirich, G., 1892, 1896. Gurley, R. R., 1890, 1891, 1896 (two). Hadding, A., 1911, 1913. Hall, J., 1843, 1847, 1849, 1852, 1858-59, 1859, 1860, 1865, 1868. Hall, T. S., 1891, 1893, 1894, 1895, 1896, 1898, 1899, 1900, 1902, 1904, 1905, 1906, 1908 (two), 1909. Harkness, R., 1851, 1855. Haupt, 1878. Heidenhain, 1869. Herrmann, M. O., 1882, 1885. Hind, W., 1907. Hisinger, W., 1837-40. Holl, F., 1829. Holm, G., 1881 (two), 1890, 1895. Hopkinson, J., 1869, 1870, 1871 (two), 1872 (three), 1873 (two), 1882. Hopkinson, J. (and Lapworth, C.), 1875. Horn, H., 1911. Jaekel, O., 1889. Jahn, J. J., 1892. 538 James, J. F., 1892 ?. Jones, O. T., 1909. Kayser, E., 1878. Keeping, W., 1881. Kerforne, F., 1901, 1902. Keyserling, A. (Murchison, and de Verneuil, E. P.), 1845. Kiaer, J., 1908. Kjerulf, T., 1865. Kurek, K., 1882. Lake, P., 1895. Lake, P. (and Groom, T. T.), 1893. Lapworth, C., 1871 (two), 1872, 1873, (two), 1878, 1880, 1879-80, 1881, 1886, 1889, 1897, 1905-6, 1910. Lapworth, C. (and Hopkinson, J.), 1875. Lapworth, C. (and Walther), 1897. Lapworth, C. (and Nicholson, H. A.), 1875. Lapworth, C. (and Swanston, W.), 1875. Lapworth, H., 1900. Linneus, 1735, 1751, 1768. Linnarsson, G., 1869, 1871, 1876, 1877, (two), 1880, 1881. Logan, W. E., 1863-64. Léssen, K. A., 1874. Lundgren, B., 1894. 1876, 1882, 1879 Malaise, C., 1865, 1873, 1890, 1901. Mallada, 1875. Marr, J. E., 1880, 1882, 1889, 1894. Marr, J. E. (and Nicholson, H. A.), 1888, 1895. Mather, W. W., 1843-44. Matthew, G. F., 1891, 1895. McCrady, 1857, M Coy, F., 1850, 1854, 1861-2, 1874, 1875, 1876, 1878. Meek, A., 1898. Meneghini, G., 1857. Michel, M. L., 1860. Miller, S. A., 1874. Moberg, J. C., 1891, 1892 (three), 1893, 1894, 1901, 1902, 1907, 1908, 1910. Moberg, J. C. (and Térnquist, S. L.), 1908-09. Moberg, J. C (and Segerberg, C. O.), 1906. Murchison, R. I., 1839, 1854. Murchison, de Verneuil, E. P., and Keyserling A., 1845. ALPHABETICAL | | INDEX. | Naumann, 1850, 1857. Newton, E. T., 1901. Nichol, J., 1850. Nicholson, H. A., 1866, 1867 (three), 1868 (six), 1869, 1870 (two), 1872 (three), 1873, 1875, 1876, 1890. Nicholson, H. A. (and Lapworth, C.), 1875. Nicholson, H. A. (and Marr, J. E.), 1888, 1895. Nicholson, H. O., 1890. Nilsson, 1830-35. Nimmo, 1847. Noel, M. C., 1904. Orbigny, d’, A., 1842. Owen, R., 1844. Peach, B. N. (and Horne, J.), 1899. Peck, 1865. Perner, J., 1894, 1895, 1897, 1899. Phillips (and Salter, J. W.), 1848. Piney Jy Ee L905: Portlock, J. H., 1843. Postlethwaite, J., 1883-84. Prado, Cassiano de, 1855. Pringle, J. (and Davies, A. M.), 1913. Pritchard, G. B., 1891, 1894. Prout. So. Quenstedt, F. A., 1840, 1879-81. Regny, P., Vinassa de, 1907. Ribeiro, 1853. Richter, R., 1850, 1851, 1853, 1871, 1875, 1878. Roemer, F., 1855, 1885. Rouville, de, 1889. Ruedemann, R., 1895, 1896, 1901, 1902 (two), 1903, 1904, 1908, 1912. Salter, J. W., 1849, 1851, 1852, 1853, 1857, 1861, 1863, 1866, 1873. Salter, J. W. (and Phillips), 1848. Scharenberg, 1851. Schepotieff, A., 1905. Schmidt, F., 1882. Schlotheim, E. F., 1822. Sedgwick and McCoy, 1848. Segerberg, C. O. (and Moberg, J. C.), 1906. | Sharpe, D., 1849. Sollas, W. J., 1898. ALPHABETICAL Spencer, J. W., 1878-79, 1884. Stache, G., 1873. Strandmark, J. E., 1901. Suess, H., 1851. Swanston, W., 1875. Swanston (and Lapworth), 1876. Tromelin (and Lebesconte), 1875. Tornquist, 8. L., 1864-65, 1867, 1876, 1879, 1880, | | Westergird, A. H., 1909. 1881, 1883, 1887, 1890, 1892 (two), 1893, 1894 (two), 1897, 1899, 1901, 1904, 1905, 1906, 1907, 1910, 1911, 1912, 1913. Touche, T. H. D. La, 1918. Tullberg, 1880, 1882 (two), 1883. Ulrich, E. O., 1913. INDEX. 539 | Vanuxem, L., 1842. | Verneuil, E. de, 1850. | Wade, A., 1911. | Wahlenberg, G., 1821. Walch, 1771. Walther (and Lapworth), 1897. | Watney, G. R. (and Welch, E. G.), 1911. Welch, K. G. (and Watney, G. R.), 1911. White, C. A., 1575. Wiman, C., 1893 (two), 1895, 1896, 1897. Wood, EK. M. R. (Mrs. Shakespear), 1900, 1906 (two), 1908, 1910. (Seealso Elles and Wood.) Zittel, K. A. von, 1879. ADLARD AND SON AND WEST NEWMAN, LTD., LONDON AND DORKING. RARY 3771 I iif 00089 | AD OF iii 1853 3